technical bid (part – i)

TECHNICAL BID (PART – I

)

Notice Inviting Tender

Re: Interior Furnishing including, Civil, Plumbing, Electrical, Data & Voice, Fire

Fighting & Fire Alarm etc on Turnkey Basis for Proposed Regional office,

Gandhinagar, at 19th floor, GIFT One Tower, Gift City, Gandhinagar,

Ahmedabad.

Bank of Baroda Invites Applications from experienced contractors for Interior

Furnishing including, Civil, Plumbing, Electrical, Data & Voice, Fire Fighting & Fire

Alarm etc on Turnkey Basis for Proposed Regional office, Gandhinagar, at 19th floor,

GIFT One Tower, Gift City, Gandhinagar, Ahmedabad.

Tender form has to be downloaded from the Bank’s website www.bankofbaroda.com

(tender section). Application form available on website alone needs to be used. Tender forms will be available on the bank’s website from 13.05.2016. The last date for issue of tender form is 02.06.2016 up to 1500 hrs (shall be available on website).

• Contractors who are desirous to apply for the said work must fulfill the following minimum criteria:

1. Should have satisfactorily completed similar jobs* in last seven years (as on

31.03.2016) as follows: a) One Similar* completed work costing not less than Rs.360 Lacs

OR

b) Two similar* completed works each costing not less than Rs.225 Lacs

OR

c) Three similar* completed work costing not less than Rs.180 lacs

SIMILAR JOBS shall mean Interior Furnishing including, Civil, Plumbing,

Electrical, Data & Voice, Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm etc on Turnkey Basis. Interior

& Furnishing works of Office/ Institutional/ Commercial buildings directly

(subcontractors will not be considered) including exposure to various trades required to complete the job during last - 7 years (as on 31.04.2016)

Offers which do not enclose the Client’s certificate for having satisfactorily completed the respective work shall be liable to be rejected.

2. Average annual financial turnover of the firm during last 3 years, ending 31 st should be at least Rs.225 lacs (supported with Audited Balance Sheets.)

March, 2016

Tender Bid shall consist of three envelopes consisting of following:

1.

2.

3.

Cover 1 –

Cover 3 -

Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

Cover 2 - Part – I - Technical Bid including prequalification documents

Part – II - Price Bid (BOQ)

Cover 1 - Shall contain Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) amounting to Rs.4,50,000/- in the

form of Demand Draft/Bankers Cheque in favour of Bank of Baroda payable at Mumbai.

The tender/bids not accompanied with EMD will be summarily rejected and their tender will not be opened.

Cover 2 - Part – I - Technical Bid, shall contain following documents

1.

2.

Technical bid accepting terms and conditions of the tender

Pre qualification documents i. Specified in Annexure A ii. Proforma 1 to 4 showing details of work executed/in hand/ personnel /infrastructure

(enclosed in Proforma & Annexure section)

Cover 3 - Part – II - Price Bid, shall contain BOQ (Bill of Quantities) with rates.

No conditions will be acceptable in the Price bid. Conditional offers will be summarily

rejected.

Part – I & Part – II of the tender duly filled in and signed should be submitted in following manner.

The bidder should clearly write on Cover -1 ( which shall be duly sealed )- the words –

“EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT(EMD) for Interior Furnishing including, Civil, Plumbing,

Electrical, Data & Voice, Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm etc on Turnkey Basis”

The bidder shall clearly write on Cover-2 ( which shall duly sealed )the words “Technical

Bid – Cover 2- tender Interior Furnishing including, Civil, Plumbing, Electrical, Data &

Voice, Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm etc on Turnkey Basis for Regional office, Gandhinagar,

Ahemedabad”

The bidder shall clearly write on Cover- 3 ( which shall duly sealed )the words - “ PRICE

BID (BOQ) - Cover 3 - tender for Interior Furnishing including, Civil, Plumbing, Electrical,

Data & Voice, Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm etc on Turnkey Basis for Regional office,

Gandhinagar, Ahemedabad” Price Bid should contain BOQ with rates.

All the three sealed covers shall be put in one single cover and super scribed “INTERIOR

FURNISHING INCLUDING, CIVIL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, DATA & VOICE, FIRE

FIGHTING & FIRE ALARM ETC ON TURNKEY BASIS FOR REGIONAL OFFICE,

GANDHINAGAR, AHEMEDABAD ” submitted at the tender box kept at 1 st floor, at following address:-

The Dy. General Manager & Head

(Facility Management & OA)

Baroda Corporate Centre

C – 26, G - Block,

Bandra Kurla Complex

Bandra (East)

Mumbai 400 051

The last date of submission of the tender bids is 02/06/2016 @ 1500 hrs.

Prebid meeting will be held on at the office of The General Manager, North Gujarat

Zone, Bank of Baroda, P &E Dept, opp. Law Garden, Ellisbridge, Ahmedabad on

19/05/2016 at 1600 hrs.

For prebid meeting the queries /clarifications shall be sent to email –

[email protected]

/

[email protected]

on or before

18/05/2016 upto 1700 hrs.

Tender covers 1 & 2 will be opened on 02/06/2016 at 1530 hrs in presence of tenderers or their authorized representatives should they choose to be present at above refereed address.

Opening of The Price Bid (cover 3) shall be intimated after Pre Qualification of The

Contractors as per Criteria sought and Mentioned hereinabove. The commercial bids

of only those bidders shall be opened who pre qualify as per the criteria mentioned.

Validity of offer shall be 120 days from the date of opening of Price Bid.

The Bank does not bind itself to accept the lowest or any tender and reserves the right to accept or reject any or all tenders either in whole or in part, without assigning any reasons whatsoever.

No conditions will be entertained. Conditional offers shall be rejected. Disputes, if any, will be subject to Mumbai jurisdiction only.

In case of any clarification you may please contact following officials:-

Mr. A. K. Shukla, Chief Manager(Civil Engr.) Tel. No. 022-66985101

Mr. H. R. Joshi, Chief Manager, Tel. No. 079- 26473246

Mr. Dhananjay Purekar, Manager (Civil Engr.) - Tel. No. 022-66985114 e-mail –

[email protected]

/

[email protected]

Fax No. 022 - 26525767

All the pages of tender documents are to be stamped and signed by the tenderer

Last date of receipt of tenders in the prescribed form is 02/06/2016 up to 1500 hrs.

Date of opening of Price Bid Part-II shall be advised separately.

Sign & Signature of Tenderer

ANNEXURE - A

Basic information

1.0

Name of the Applicant / Organization

1.1

Address of the registered offices

(With Phone Nos. Fax Nos. & Email ID & Contact

Person)

11

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

d)

10 7.0

a) b) c)

Year of Establishment

Type of the Organization (whether Sole

Proprietorship, Partnership, Private Ltd. Or Ltd. Co.

etc.)(Enclose Certified Copies of documents as evidence)

Name &Qualification of the Proprietor / Partners

/Directors of the Organization / Firm a) b) c)

Enclose certify- copies of document as evidence

Details of Registration - Whether Partnership Firm,

Company, etc. Name of Registering Authority, Date

& Registration Number. Enclose certified copies of

Document as evidence.

Whether Registered with Government / Semi

Government/Municipal Authorities of any other Public

Organization and if so, in which class and since when?

(Enclose certified copies of document as evidence)

No. of years of experience in the field and details of work in any other field.

Whether ISO Certified, furnish the details.

Area of business activities other than construction, if any, and place of business.

Address of business activities other than construction

If any, and place of business

Address of office through which the proposed work of

The bank will be handled and the name & designation of officer in charge.

a) Yearly turnover of the organization during last 3 years (year wise) and furnish audited balance sheet and Profit & Loss A/c (Audited) for the last -

3-years.

Turnover in

2013-2014

2014-2015

2015-2016

12 8.0

14 9.0

Name and Address of Bankers (Solvency Certificate from a Bank to be enclosed for indicating satisfactory financial capacity of the organization

PAN No. :

15 10.0

Details of Registration for a. Sales Tax.

b. Service Tax c. VAT

10.1

Details of Registration for a. ESIC b. EPF

11.0

Details Description and Value of works done

(Performa- 1)

1 11.1

Single work of Rs. 360 lacs

OR

11 11.2

Two similar works of Rs. 225 lacs

OR

1 11.3

Three similar work of Rs. 180 lacs

`1 11.4

Works on hand (Performa-2)

17 12.0

Details of key personnel permanently employed(Performa-3)

18 13.0

Other infrastructural information to be used/ referred for this project (Proforma-4) List of available plants,

Machineries equipments etc.

19 14.0

Furnish the names of -3- responsible persons along with their designation, address, Tel.No.,etc., for whose Organization (Previous Client) , you have completed the above mentioned Jobs, and who will be in a position to certify about the

Performance of your organization.

Filled the information in Proforma 2

1

2

3

20 15.0

Whether any Civil Suit/ Litigation arisen in contracts

Executed/ being executed during the last 10 years. If

Yes, please furnish the Name of the Project,

Employer, Nature of work, Contract Value, Work

Order and Brief Details of Litigation. Give Name of

Court, Place, and Status of pending Litigation.

21 16.0

22 17.0

Attach a separate sheet if required

Information relating to whether any Litigation is pending before any arbitrator for adjudications of any litigation or else any litigation was disposed off during the last ten years by an arbitrator. If so, the details of such litigation are required to be submitted.

No. of supplementary sheets attached for Part-II

Note : Attach extra sheets with Sr. No if the space found less if required.

(a) Description of works

(b) Earnest Money Deposit

FORM OF TENDER

PLACE :

DATE :

To,

Bank of Baroda,

…………………….

……………………….

……………………………

Dear Sir,

Having examined the Drawings, Specifications, Designs and Bill of Quantities relating to the works specified in the memorandum hereinafter set out and having examined the site of the works specified in the said memorandum and having acquired the requisite information relating thereto as affecting the tender, I / We hereby offer to execute the works specified in the said memorandum within the time specified at the rates mentioned in the Priced Bill of Quantities or any agreed rates on negotiation and in accordance in all respects with the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing referred to in conditions of contract, Appendix to the form of Tender, articles of agreement, Addenda, Bill of Quantities and with such materials as are provided for, by, and in all other respects in accordance with such conditions so far as they may be applicable.

MEMORANDUM

: Interior Furnishing including, Civil, Plumbing, Electrical,

Data & Voice, Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm etc on Turnkey

Basis for Proposed Regional office, Gandhinagar, at 19 th floor, GIFT One Tower, Gift City, Gandhinagar,

Ahmedabad.

: Rs. 4,50,000/- (Rupees Four Lacs Fifty Thousand Only).

(c) Initial Security Deposit

(d) Performance Guarantee

: 2% of the Contract Value by Bank Demand Draft within 7 days of issue of LOA / Work Order.

: 5% of Contract Value in the Form of Bank Guarantee from

F - 1

Form of Tender

(e) Retention Money /

Security Deposit any Nationalised Bank within 14 days of issue of LOA /

Work Order.

Retention Money to be deducted in cash @ 8% of each

Interim Bill subjected to total Security Deposit i.e. Retention

Money and Initial Security Deposit does not exceed 5% of

Contract Value or final Actual Value of work whichever is greater.

(d) Time allowed for completion

2.

: -2- calendar months from date of commencement

Should this tender be accepted, I / We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill the terms and provisions of the said Conditions of Contract annexed hereto so far as they may be applicable or in default thereof to forfeit and pay to Bank of Baroda the amount mentioned in the said conditions.

3.

4.

I / We have deposited a sum of Rs. 4,50,000/- (Rupees Four Lacs Fifty Thousand Only) as earnest money in the form of Demand Draft with the Bank of Baroda should I / We fail to execute the contract when called upon to do so, I / We do hereby agree that this sum shall be forfeited by Bank of Baroda.

Our bankers are: (With full address):

(i)

(ii)

The names of partners of our firm are:

(i)

(ii)

Names of the partner(s) of the firm authorised to sign

Form of Tender

F - 2

Name of person having power

Attorney to sign the

Contract (Certified true copy of the Power of

Attorney should be attached)

(Signatures and addresses of witnesses)

(i)

(ii)

Yours faithfully,

Signature of Contractor

Form of Tender

F - 3

Item

Contract Value / Tender

Value

Date of Commencement

Time of Completion

Liquidated Damages for

Delay

Limit of Liquidated

Damages

Defects Liability Period

APPENDIX TO FORM OF TENDER

Reference

Clause No.

Description

1 (xxii) of GCC Total value of the Tender as accepted by the

Employer.

5 (iii) of GCC 7 (seven) days from the date of issue of the acceptance letter / work order or the date of handing over of site whichever is later.

32 of GCC

37 of GCC

37 of GCC

-2- ( Two) months from the date of commencement.

0.5% of Contract Value per week or part thereof

5% of Contract Value.

Earnest Money Deposit

Insurance

Mobilisation Advance

Recovery of Mobilisation

Advance

36 of GCC

7 of IIT

365 days from the date of virtual Completion

Certified by the Engineer-in-Charge /

Engineer.

Rs. 4,50,000/- (Rupees Four Lacs Fifty

Thousand Only) in the form of Demand

Draft/BC/Bank Guarantee from

Nationalised/scheduled Bank in favour of

BOB

41 of GCC As per 41 of GCC

31 (i) of GCC Maximum 10% of Contract Value against irrevocable Bank Guarantee as specified.

31 (i) of GCC To be recovered with 12% rate of interest from Contractors Interim Bills in 8 equal installment or 50% of value of work completed whichever is earlier.

F - 4

Form of Tender

Secured advance on

Materials at site

Minimum Value of Work for Interim certificate

Payment of Interim Bill

Initial Security Deposit

Performance Guarantee

Submission of Final Bill

Payment of Final Bill

Retention Money /

Security Deposit from

Interim bills

Release of Security

Deposit

31 (ii) of GCC 75% of the cost of materials or 60% of the relevant item rate whichever is less as determined by the Engineer.

31 (iii) of GCC Rs. 30.00 Lakhs for Interim Bills including secured advances excluding for 1 st two

Interim Bills for which value will be 50.00

lacs.

31 (iii) of GCC Adhoc payment of 75% of the net payment to be released within 10 working days from the date of receipt of Architect’s certificate.

Balance 25% to be released after 15 working days from the date of receipt of Architect’s

Certificate.

8 of IIT 2% of Contract Value in the form of

Demand Draft / BG from a Scheduled Bank within 7 days from the date of issue of LOA

/ Work Order .

9 of IIT

5% of Contract Value in the form of Bank

Guarantee from Nationalized & Schedule

Bank within 14 days from the date of issue of

LOA / Work Order.

31 (iv) of GCC Within 60 days from the date of virtual completion as certified by the Engineer.

31 (iv) of GCC Within 120 days from the date of submission of the bill by the Contractor along with complete information & voucher.

30 of GCC

30 of GCC

To be deducted in cash @ 8% of each

Interim Bill subjected to total Security

Deposit i.e. total of Retention Money &

Initial Security deposit does not exceed 5% of Contract Price or Final Actual Value whichever is greater.

50% upon issue of certificate of virtual completion and 50% after issue of no dues certificate subject to Clause no. 35 of GCC.

F - 5

Form of Tender

ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT

(On stamp paper of Rs. 500/-)

ARTICLE OF AGREEMENT made on this ............ day of _________ Two Thousand two

BETWEEN the Bank of Baroda, ……………………………………………………….. hereinafter called "Employer" (which expression shall include its successors and assigns wherever the context or meaning shall so require or permit) of the one part and _________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________ hereinafter called the "Contractor"

(which expression shall include its successors and assigns wherever the context or meaning shall so require or permit) of the other part.

WHEREAS the Employer is desirous of carrying out Interior Furnishing including, Civil,

Plumbing, Electrical, Data & Voice, Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm etc on Turnkey Basis for Proposed

Regional office, Gandhinagar, at 19 th floor, GIFT One Tower, Gift City, Gandhinagar,

Ahmedabad.

AND WHEREAS the Contractor has agreed to execute upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein and to the conditions set forth in the special conditions and in the Bill of Quantities and

Conditions of Contract (all of which are collectively hereinafter referred to as "The said terms & conditions") the works, shown upon the said drawings and or described in the said specifications and included in the said bill of quantities at the respective rates therein set forth amounting to the sum as therein arrived at or such other sum as shall become payable there under (herein after referred to as the said "Contract Value").

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1.

In consideration of the said Contract Value to be paid at the times and in the manner set forth in the said terms & conditions, the contractor shall upon and subject to the said terms

& conditions execute and complete the works shown on the said drawings, and described in the specifications and / or bill of quantities.

2.

The Employer shall pay the contractor The Said Contract Value or such other sum as shall become payable at times and in the manner specified in the said terms & conditions.

3.

The said terms & conditions and Appendices thereto shall be read and construed as forming part of this Agreement and the parties hereto shall respectively abide by submit themselves to the said terms & conditions and perform the agreements on their part respectively in the said terms & conditions contained.

F - 6

Form of Tender

4.

5.

6.

This Contract is neither a fixed Lump sum Contract nor a Piece Work Contract but is a

Contract to carry out the work in respect of the entire work as defined in the contract documents to be paid for according to actual measured quantities at the rates contained in the bill of quantities or as provided in the said Contract documents.

The Contractor shall afford every reasonable facility for the carrying out of all works relating to Interior Furnishing including, Civil, Plumbing, Electrical, Data & Voice, Fire

Fighting & Fire Alarm etc on Turnkey Basis in the manner laid down in the said terms & conditions.

The Employer reserves to itself the right of altering the Drawings and nature of the work by adding to or omitting any items of work or having portions of the same carried out without prejudice to this Contract.

7.

8.

Time shall be considered as the essence of this Contract and the Contractor hereby agrees to commence the work within 7 th day of the date of issue of Acceptance letter or the date of handing over of site whichever is later as provided for in the said terms & conditions to complete the entire work within 02 (Two) months subject nevertheless to the provisions for extension of time.

All payments by the Employer under this contract will be made only at Ahemedabad.

9.

All disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this agreement shall be deemed to have arisen at Ahmedabad and only courts in Ahmedabad shall have jurisdiction to determine the same.

10.

That the several parts of this Contract have been read by the Contractor and fully understood by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled for the payment for the quantities beyond the tendered quantities unless ordered for by specific written instructions from the engineer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE Employer and the Contractor have set their respective hands to these presents and two duplicates hereof the day and year first hereinabove written.

(If the contractor is a partnership or an individual).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer has set its hands to these presents through its duly authorized official and the Contractor has caused its common seal to be affixed hereunto and the said two duplicates / has caused these presents and the said two duplicates hereof to be executed on its behalf, the place, day, month and year first hereinabove written (If the contractor is a Company).

F - 7

Form of Tender

Signature Clause.

SIGNED AND DELIVERED by the

Bank of Baroda by the hand of

Shri ________________________

(Name and Designation) in the presence of

(i) _______________________

Address ___________________

(2)________________________

Address ___________________

Witness

SIGNED AND DELIVERED by----

------------------------in the presence of

(i) _______________________

Address ___________________

(2)________________________

Address ___________________

Witness

(If the party is a partnership firm or an individual should be signed by all or on behalf of all the partners.)

F - 8

Form of Tender

The COMMON SEAL OF CONTRACTOR was hereunto affixed pursuant to the resolutions passed by its

Board of Directors at the meeting held on -----------------in the presence of

(1)-----------------------------

(2)-----------------------------

Directors who have signed these presents in token thereof in the presence of

(1)-----------------------------

(2)-----------------------------.

--------------------------

(If the contractor signs under its common seal the signature clause should tally with the sealing clause in the Articles of

Association)

SIGNED AND DELIVERED BY the (If the contractor is signing by the hand

Contractor by the hand of of power of attorney whether a company or individual.)

Shri____________________________ and duly constituted attorney

Form of Tender

F - 9

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.

(i)

Definitions & Interpretations

In construing these conditions, the Specifications, Bill of quantities and Contract Agreement etc. the following words shall have the meaning herein assigned to them except where the subject or context otherwise requires.

a.

"Employer" / "Owner" means Bank of Baroda. (BOB) a Corporate Body constituted under Banking and Companies (Acquisition and Transfers of Undertaking)

Act 1970 and having its Head Office at Mandvi, Vadodara with its dealing office at

Head office, Suraj Plaza I, Sayajigunj, Vadodara 390005.

b.

"Engineer-In-Charge (EIC) / Engineer" means authorized representative of .

c.

"Architect" i.e. Sachin Gandhi & Associates , having its office at “Devi” 148/1/B,

Murli Bungalows, Opp. Navjivan Press, Income Tax, Ahmedabad, 380009, Gujarat,

India and their authorised nominees & representatives or such other firms / persons, as shall be nominated by the Employer.

(ii) "Contractor” shall mean :a) In the case of a Partnership firm :- ------------------------------------------- and -------

-------------- trading as partners in the name and style of ------------------------ and having a place of business at ------------- and shall include the partners for the time being of the said firm and the legal representatives of a deceased partner.

b) In the case of individual Contractor :- Shri _____________________________ trading in the name and style of ___________________________ and shall include his heirs, successors & legal successors & legal representatives.

c) In the case of Company :- _________________________________ a company incorporated under __________ 20___ and having its registered office at

______________ and office at ______________________________ and shall include its successors and assignee.

(iii) "Site" shall mean the site of the contract works including any building and erections thereon and any other land (inclusively) as aforesaid allotted by the Employer for the

Contractor's use.

(iv) "Contract" shall mean the following documents, all duly signed, collective in that

GCC - 1

General Conditions of Contract

e) f) g) order of precedence.

a) b) c) d)

Articles of Agreement

Letter of acceptance of Tender / Award of Work

The Bid including Appendix to Bid, Addendum if any

Special Conditions of Contract h)

General Conditions of Contract

Priced Bill of Quantities

Technical Specifications (including any further instructions by Engineer / EIC during construction work)

Drawings (Tender drawings / Working drawings issued during construction)

(v) "Notice in writing" or "written notice" shall mean a notice in written, typed or printed characters sent (unless delivered personally or otherwise proved to have been received) by registered post to the last known private or business address or registered office of the addressee and shall be deemed to have been received when in the ordinary course of post it would have been delivered.

(vi) "Act of Insolvency" shall mean any Act of Insolvency as defined by the Presidency

Towns insolvency Act, or the Provincial Insolvency Act or any Act amending such original.

(vii) "Net Prices" : If in arriving at the contract amount, the Contractor shall have added to or deducted from the total amount of the items in the Tender any sum, either as a percentage or other wise, then the net price of any item in the tender shall be the sum arrived at by adding to or deducting from the actual figure appearing in the Tender as the price of that item and similar percentage or proportionate sum provided always that in determining the percentage or proportion of the sum so added or deducted by the

Contractor, the total amount of any Prime Cost items and provisional sums of money shall be deducted from the total amount of the tender. The expression "net rates" or "net prices" when used with reference to the contract or accounts shall be held to mean rates or prices so arrived at.

(viii) "Works" means the permanent works described in the "Scope of Work" and / or to be executed in accordance with the Contract and includes materials, apparatus, equipment, temporary supports, fittings and things of all kinds to be provided, the obligations of the

Contractor hereunder and work to be done by the Contractor under the contract.

GCC - 2

General Conditions of Contract

(ix) "Drawings" means the drawings prepared by the Architects and issued by the

Engineer-in-Charge / Engineer & referred to in the Specifications and any modification of such drawings and such other drawings as may be issued by the Engineer from time to time.

(x) "Bill of Quantities" means the Schedule and Quantities of items, materials & rates, summaries, etc. as finally accepted.

(xi) "Specification" means the specifications given in these documents including relevant

Indian standard specification where so required and where such a specification is not available, the specification will be approved by the Architect.

(xii) "Temporary Works" means all temporary works of every kind required in or about the execution, completion or maintenance of the works.

(xiii) "Materials" means the materials, apparatus, equipments, fittings, fixtures and all such other material which are incorporated in the 'work".

(xiv) "Virtual Completion of the Works" means the completion of the whole of the works substantially in all respects as evidenced by issuance of a Certificate of Completion by the Engineer-in-Charge / Engineer.

(xv)

"Period of Maintenance / Defect Liability Period” shall mean the period of 365

(Three hundred Sixty Five) days calculated from the date of virtual completion of the works as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge / Engineer.

(xvi) "Urgent Works" means any urgent works, which in the opinion of the Engineer-In-

Charge / Engineer becomes necessary at the time of execution and / or during the progress of work to obviate any risk of accident or failure or to obviate any risk of damage to the structure or services or required to accelerate the progress of work for which becomes necessary for safety and security or for any other reason, the Engineer /

Employer may find it necessary.

(xvii) "Market Rate" means the rate as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge / Engineer on the basis of cost of materials at site inclusive of any tax, duty, octroi etc. at the time of execution of work.

(xviii) "Approved" means approved in writing; "Approval” means approval in writing.

GCC - 3

General Conditions of Contract

2.

3.

(xix) "Month" means calendar month.

(xx) "Week" means seven consecutive calendar days.

(xxi) "Day" means a calendar day beginning and ending at 00 Hours and 24 hours respectively,

(xxii) "Contract Value / Tender Value" means the total value of the tender as accepted by the Employer.

(xxiii) Interpretations / Marginal Note / Heading / Catch Lines.

The Marginal Notes, Headings and in the catch lines hereto and in the annexures hereto are meant only for convenience of reference and shall not in any way be taken into account in the interpretation of these presents and the annexures hereto. The Contractor will have to carry out and complete the said work in every respect in accordance with this contract.

Words imparting the singular only also include the plural and vice versa where the context requires.

Language and Law

The language in which the Contract documents shall be drawn up shall be English only and the law governing the Contract is the law of Union of India.

Errors, Omissions and Discrepancies

In all cases of errors, omissions and / or doubts or discrepancies in any of the items or specifications, a reference shall be made to the Engineer whose elucidation, elaboration or decision shall be considered as authentic. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any error that may occur in the work through lack of such reference and precaution.

4.

Scope of Contract

The Contract comprises the construction, completion and maintenance of the works and except in so far as the Contract otherwise stipulates the provision of all labour, materials, constructional plant, machinery temporary works and everything whether of a temporary or

GCC - 4

General Conditions of Contract

permanent nature required in and for such construction, completion and maintenance so far as necessary for providing the same as specified in or reasonably to be inferred from the Contract.

5.

(i)

Letter of Acceptance / Award

Before signing of the Contract, the Employer shall issue by registered post or by otherwise depositing at the registered office of the Contractor, Letter of Acceptance /

Award to enter into a Contract with the Contractor for the execution of the works in accordance with the contract. Until a formal contract agreement is prepared and executed, the tender documents i.e. Volume I, II, III & set of drawings together with the relevant correspondence exchanged from receipt of the tender to acceptance and together with the Employer's letter of Acceptance / Award shall constitute a binding contract between the parties.

(ii)

Contract Agreement

On receipt of intimation from the Employer of the acceptance of his / their tender, the successful tenderer shall be bound to implement the contract & within fourteen days

thereof, the successful tenderer shall sign an agreement in accordance with the draft agreement. The Contract shall be executed in quadruplicate and the Employer, the , the

Architect and the Contractor shall be entitled to one executed copy each for their use.

(iii)

Commencement of Works

Contractor shall commence the work within 7 days from the date of issue of the

Acceptance Letter / Work Order issued to the Contractor or the date of handing over of site which ever is later.

(iv)

Possession of Site

Save in so far as the Contract may prescribe the extent of portions of the Site of which the Contractor is to be given possession from time to time and the order in which such portions shall be made available to him and subject to any requirement in the Contract as to the order in which the Works shall be executed, the Employer will within 7 days from the date of issue of acceptance letter / work order give to the Contractor possession of so much of the Site as may be required to enable the Contractor to commence and proceed with the programme and otherwise in accordance with such reason able proposals of the Contractor as he shall, by notice in writing to the Engineer, make and will from time to time as the Works proceed give to the Contractor possession of such further portions of the Site as may be required to enable the Contractor to proceed with the construction of the Works in accordance with the said programme or proposals (as

GCC - 5

General Conditions of Contract

6.

the case may be).

If the Contractor suffers delay or incurs expense from failure on the part of the

Employer to give possession in accordance with the terms of this clause the EIC shall grant an extension of time for the completion of the works on approval from Employer.

(v)

Wayleaves, etc.

The Contractor shall bear all expenses and charges for special or temporary wayleaves required by him in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall also provide at his own cost any additional accommodation outside the Site required by him for the purpose of the Works.

Custody of Drawings & Specifications

The Contractor will be given free of cost two copies of Drawings during the progress of the works. Any further copies of such Drawings required by the Contractor shall be obtained by him from the Engineer on payment of necessary charges to be fixed by the Architect. The

Contractor shall keep one copy of all Drawings at the works site and the Employer / Architect/ shall at all reasonable time have access to the same. Before the issue of the final certificate to the Contractor, he shall forthwith return to the Employer all Drawings and Specifications. No drawings shall be taken as in itself an order for execution unless, in addition to the Architect signature, it is marked “Fit for Construction” by .

7.

Disruption of Progress

The Contractor shall give adequate but not less than 4 weeks time written notice to the Engineer whenever planning or progress of the Works is likely to be delayed or disrupted unless any further drawing or order, including a direction, instruction or approval, is required to be issued by the Engineer. The notice shall include details of the drawing or order required explaining why and by when it is required and of any delay or disruption likely to be suffered if it is late.

8.

Further Drawings and Instructions

The Contractor shall carry out and complete the said work in every respect in accordance with this Contract and with the directions of and to the satisfaction of the Employer / Architect / .

The Engineer may in his absolute discretion or in consultation with Employer / Architect and from time to time issue further drawings and / or written instructions, details, directions and

GCC - 6

General Conditions of Contract

explanations which are hereafter collectively referred to as "Engineer's Instructions" in regard to:-

(a) The variation or modification of the design, quality or quantity of items of works or the addition or omission or substitution of any item.

(b) Any discrepancy in the Drawings or between the Bill of Quantities and / or Drawings and / or Specification.

(c) The removal from the site of any material brought thereon by the Contractor and the substitution of any other material therefore.

(d) The removal and / or re-execution of any works executed by the Contractor.

(e) The dismissal from the works of any persons employed thereupon.

(f) The opening up for inspection of any work covered up.

(g) The amending and making good of any defects.

The Contractor shall forthwith comply with and duly execute any work comprised such

Engineer's instructions provided always that verbal instructions, directions and explanations given to the Contractor or his representative upon the works by the

Engineer shall, if involving a variation, be confirmed in writing by the Contractor within three days & if not dissented from in writing within a further three days by the Engineer, such shall be deemed to be Engineer's instructions within the scope of the Contract.

9.

Duties of Architect

The Architect engaged by the Employer shall supervise the works and to test any materials to be used in the works. The contractor shall provide Architect facility and assistance for examining the works and materials and checking and measuring works and materials.

duties are to watch and supervise the works of and to test any materials to be used or workmanship employed in connection with the works, quality control, Project Scheduling and monitoring and co-coordinating with all other Agencies and Interior / Civil Contractor, recording of measurements, certification of bills, preparing extra/deviation items, excess/ saving statement, preparing Minutes of Meeting etc. They shall have no authority either to relieve the

Contractor of any of his duties or obligations under the contract or except those expressly provided hereunder, to order any work involving delay or any extra payment by the Employer or any variation of or in the work.

GCC - 7

General Conditions of Contract

The shall have no power to revoke, alter, enlarge or relax any requirements of this contract or to sanction any day work, additions, alterations, deviations or omissions unless such an authority may be confirmed by written order of the employer.

The shall act in consultation with the Structural Consultant in regard to the quality of all structural aspects of work and in consultation with the Employer, will finalise the selection of finishing materials. The shall jointly record the measurements with Contractor’s representative for all items of works and on completion hand over the records to the Employer.

The shall have the power to give notice to the Contractor or his Engineer-In- Charge, about the non-approval of any work or materials and such works shall be suspended or the use of such materials should be discontinued until the decision of the Employer but such examination shall not in any way exonerate the Contractor form the obligation to remedy any defects which may be found to exist at any stage of the work or after the same is completed. Subject to the limitations of this clause, the Contractor shall take instructions only from the Architects/

Employer/ Structural Consultant as the case may be through .

The shall have such other power and discharge other functions as are specifically provided in this contract included such incidental or consequential powers or duties, subject always to such specific instructions or directions of the Employer, which shall be duly notified to the

Contractors.

10.

Contractor's General Responsibilities

The Contractor shall provide at his cost everything necessary for the proper execution of the works according to the intent and meaning of the Drawings, Bill of Quantities and

Specifications taken together with whether the same may or may not be particularly shown or described therein provided that the same can reasonably be inferred therefrom, and if the

Contractor finds any discrepancy in the Drawings or between the Drawings, Bill of Quantities and Specifications, he shall immediately and in writing refer the same to the Engineer.

The successful tenderer is bound to carry out any items of work necessary for the completion of the job even though such items are not included in the Bill of Quantities and rates. Instructions in respect of such additional items and their quantities will be issued in writing by the Engineer on approval from Employer.

The Contractor must co-operate with the other contractors appointed by the Employer so that the work shall proceed smoothly to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

The Contractor must bear in mind that all the work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the Specifications as given in these documents and also in compliance of the requirements

GCC - 8

General Conditions of Contract

of the local public authorities and to the requirements / satisfaction / direction of the Engineer and no deviation on any account will be permitted.

The Contractor shall have to use materials from the makes / manufacturers specified in the list of materials of approved brand and / or manufacture contained in contract documents and as approved by Engineer in Consultation with

Employer.

11.

Safety of Site Operations

The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the safety, stability and adequacy of all site operations and methods of construction including all temporary works, provided that the

Contractor shall not be responsible, except as may be expressly provided in the Contract, for the design or specification of the permanent works.

12.

Watching & Lighting

The Contractor shall in connection with the Works provide and maintain at his own cost adequate lights, guards, fencing, warning signs and watch & ward staff when and where necessary or as directed by the Engineer or as directed by duly constituted authority for the protection of the works or for the safety and convenience of the public or pilferage of materials from site.

13.

Care of Works

From the commencement to the certified completion of the whole of Works, the contractor shall take full responsibility for the care thereof and of all Temporary Works and in case any damage loss or injury shall happen to the works or to any part thereof or to any Temporary Works from any cause whatsoever.

The Contractor shall at his own cost repair and make good the same so that on completion, the works shall be in good order and condition and in conformity to every respect with the requirements of the Contract and the Engineer's instructions. The Contractor shall also be liable for any damage to the Works occasioned by him including his subcontractors in the course of any operations carried out by him for the purpose of completing any outstanding work and complying with his obligations under Clause no. 36 hereof. The Contractor shall indemnify the

Employer from all risks on this account.

14.

(i)

Contractor's Senior Representative for Execution & Co-ordination of Works

The Contractor shall have on site at all times during working hours throughout the

GCC - 9

General Conditions of Contract

course of the Contract at least one competent senior representative who shall be empowered to make decisions binding on the Contractor in respect of all matters likely to arise in connection with the execution & coordination of the Works at site and shall keep the Engineer and the Employer informed at all times about the name and designation of such representative.

Any directions, explanations, instructions or notices given by the Engineer to such representative shall be held to be given to the Contractor.

(ii)

Contractor's Employees

The Contractor shall provide and employ after approval from the Engineer on the site in connection with the execution, completion and maintenance of the Works all

Engineering staff / technical assistants as are qualified, skilled and experienced in their respective trades, foremen and leading hands as are competent to give proper supervision, ensuring quality & output to the work they are required to supervise, and also such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour as are necessary for the proper and timely execution, completion and maintenance of the works.

(iii)

Removal of Contractor's Employees

The Contractor shall on the direction of the Engineer immediately dismiss from the works any person employed thereon by him who may, in the opinion of the Engineer, be incompetent or misconduct himself and such person shall not be again employed on the works without the permission of the Engineer.

(iv)

Unauthorised Persons

No unauthorised persons are to be allowed on the site. The Contractor shall instruct all such persons to keep out and shall take steps to prevent trespassing.

15.

Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc.

The Contractor shall conform to the provisions of any Act of the legislature relating to the works and to the regulations and bye-laws of any authority, and of any water, electric supply and other companies and / or authorities with whose systems the structure is proposed to be connected, and shall, before making any variations from the Drawings or Specifications that may be necessitated by so regulations, give to the Engineer written notice, specifying the variation proposed to be made and the reason for making it and apply for instructions thereon.

In case, the Contractor shall not within ten days of submission of such notice, receive such instructions, he shall proceed with the work conforming to the provisions, regulations, or bye-laws in question, and any variation so necessitated shall be dealt with under Clause no. 29

GCC - 10

General Conditions of Contract

thereof.

The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Engineer all notices required for execution by the said Acts, regulations or bye-laws to be given to any authority and pay to such authority, or to any public office all fees that may be properly chargeable in respect of the works, and lodge the receipts with the Engineer.

16.

Setting Out

The Contractor shall set out the works and shall be responsible for the true and perfect setting out of the same and for the correctness of the positions, levels, dimensions, and alignment of all parts thereof. If at any time any error in this respect shall appear during the progress of the works or within the defects liability period the Contractor shall, if so required, at his own expense rectify such error to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

17.

(i)

Quality of Materials & Workmanship & Test

All materials and workmanship shall be the best of the respective kinds described in the

Contract and in accordance with the Engineer's instructions and shall be subjected from time to time to such tests as the Engineer may direct at the place of manufacture or fabrication or on the Site or at Government recognized / any approved testing laboratory

The Contractor shall upon the instruction of the Engineer furnish him with documentation to prove that the materials and goods comply with the requirements of contract and for requirement stated above. The Engineer may issue instruction in regard to removal of material from site or any work, if these are not in accordance with the

Contract. The Contractor shall provide such assistance instruments, machinery, labour and materials as are normally required for examining, measuring, sampling and testing any material or part of work before incorporation in the Works for testing as may be selected and required by the Engineer.

(ii)

Samples

All samples of adequate numbers, sizes, shades & pattern as per specification shall be supplied by the Contractor without any extra charge. Apart from adhering to any special provision made in the specifications regarding submission of samples the contractor shall provide to the Engineer samples alongwith the detailed literature of all materials he proposes to use in the building irrespective of the fact that a specific make / material might have been stipulated atleast before 90 days of their incorporation in work. If certain items proposed to be used are of such nature that samples cannot be presented or pre pared at the site, detailed literature / test certificate of the same shall be provided

GCC - 11

General Conditions of Contract

instead to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Before submit ting the samples / literature the contractor shall satisfy himself that the material / equipment for which he is submitting the samples / literature meet with the requirement of the specification. The Engineer shall check the samples and give his comments and / or approval to the same. Only when the samples are approved in writing by the Engineer, the contractor shall proceed with the procurement and installation of the particular material / equipment. The approved samples shall be signed by the Engineer for identification and shall be kept on record at site office until the completion and acceptance of the work and shall be available at the site for inspection / comparison at any time. The contractor shall keep with him a duplicate of such samples to enable him to process the matter.

For items of work where the samples are to be made at the site, the same procedure shall be followed. All such samples shall be prepared at a place where it can be left undisturbed until the completion of the project.

The Engineer shall communicate his comments / approval to the Contractor to the samples at his earliest convenience. Any delay that might occur in approving of the samples for reasons of its not meeting with the specifications or other discrepancies, inadequacy in furnishing samples of best qualities from various manufacturers and such other aspects causing delay on the approval of the materials / equipments, etc. shall be to the account of the contractor. In this respect the decision of the Engineer shall be final.

On delivery of the supplies of materials / equipment for permanent works at the site, the contractor shall specifically arrange to get the supply inspected by the Engineer and compared with the approved sample and his specific approval obtained before using the same in the work.

(iii)

Inspection & Testing During Manufacture

The Engineer shall be entitled during manufacture to inspect, examine and test on the

Contractor's premises during working hours the materials and workmanship and check the progress of manufacture of all fabrication materials to be supplied under the

Contract, and if part of the said materials is being manufactured on other premises the

Contractor shall obtain for the Engineer permission to inspect, examine and test as if the said Plant were being manufactured on the Contractors premises. Such inspection, examination or testing if made shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation under the Contract.

GCC - 12

General Conditions of Contract

(iv)

Dates for Inspection & Testing

The Contractor shall agree with the Engineer the date on and the place at which any plant / works will be ready for testing as provided in the Contract and unless the

Engineer shall attend at the place so named on the date agreed the Contractor may proceed with the tests, which shall be deemed to have been made in the Engineer's presence, and shall forthwith forward to the Engineer duly certified copies of the test readings. The Engineer shall give the Contractor 24 hours notice in writing of his intention to attend the tests.

(v)

Facilities for Testing at Manufacturer's Works

Where the Contract provides for tests on the premises of the Contractor or of any sub-contractor the Contractor shall provide such assistance, labour, materials, electricity, fuel, stores, apparatus and instruments as may be requisite and as may be reasonably demanded to carry out such tests efficiently.

(vi)

Certificate of Testing

As and when fabrication materials shall pass the tests referred in this, the Engineer shall furnish to the Contractor a certificate in writing to that effect.

(vii)

Rejection

If as a result of such inspection, examination or test of the works the Engineer shall decide that such material is defective or not in accordance with the Contract he shall notify the Contractor accordingly stating in writing his objection and reasons therefore.

The Contractor shall with all speed make good the defect or ensure that the material complies with the Contract. Thereafter, if required by the Engineer, the tests shall be repeated under the same terms and conditions and that all reasonable expenses to which the Employer may be put by the repetition of the tests shall be deducted from the Contract Sum.

(viii)

Delivery of Materials & Equipment

Unless the Engineer shall otherwise direct, no material shall be delivered to site until the

Engineer shall have issued, in respect of such material, a certificate under Clause no. 17 above. Likewise Fabrication Materials or Contractor's Equipment shall be delivered to

Site only upon an authorisation in writing applied for and obtained by the Contractor

GCC - 13

General Conditions of Contract

from the Engineer.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the reception on site of all Materials and

Contractor's Equipment delivered for the purposes of the Contract.

(ix)

Inspection & Testing and Reinspection & Retesting

All deficiencies revealed by testing and inspection shall be rectified by the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction and approval of the Engineer. Rectified components shall be subject to retesting and reinspection.

(x)

Inspection Reports

The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with 3 copies of reports of all inspections and tests.

(xi)

Cost of Tests

The cost of making any test shall be borne by the Contractor if such test is intended by or provided for in the Specification or Bill of Quantities or required as per standard practice of the trade / BIS.

(xii)

Costs of Tests not provided for, etc.

If any test is ordered by the Engineer which is either

(a) not so intended by or provided for or not required as per standard practice / BIS.

(b) (in the cases above mentioned) is not so particularised, or

(c) though so intended or provided for but ordered by the Engineer to be carried out by an independent person authorised by Engineer at any place other than the site or the place of manufacture / fabrication and shows the materials, plants not to be in accordance with the provision of contract then the cost of such test shall be borne by the Contractor.

18.

Absence of Specification

If the specifications do not contain particulars of materials and works which are obviously necessary for the proper completion of the works, and the intention to include, which is inferred, all such materials and works shall be supplied and executed by the Contractor without extra charge. If the Contractor requires additional information, he shall request in writing well in advance to commencement of the particular work to the Engineer who will issue such

GCC - 14

General Conditions of Contract

detailed information as necessary within a reasonable time. Generally, in absence of any specification BIS code, CPWD and PWD Specification shall be followed in order of preference.

19.

Obtaining Informations Related to Execution of Work

No claim by the contractor for additional payment will be entertained which is consequent upon failure on his part to obtain correct information as to any matter affecting the execution of the works, nor will any misunderstandings or the obtaining of incorrect information or the failure to obtain correct information relieve him from any risks or from the entire responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract.

20.

Contractor's Superintendence

The Contractor shall give all necessary personal superintendence during the execution of the works, and as long, thereafter, as the Engineer may consider necessary until the expiry of the

"Defects Liability Period" stated hereto.

21.

Access for Inspection

The Employer, Architect, Engineer and their respective representatives shall at all reasonable times have free access to the work and / or to the workshops, factories or other places where materials are lying or from which they are being obtained and the Contractor shall give to the

Employer, Architect, the Engineer and their representatives every facility necessary for checking measurements, inspection and examination and test of the materials and workmanship. No person not authorised by the Employer, Architect or the Engineer except the representatives of public authorities shall be allowed on the works at any time.

22.

(i)

Examination of Work Before Covering Up

No work shall be covered up or put out of view without the approval of the Engineer and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for the Engineer to examine and measure any work which is about to be covered up or put out of view and to examine foundations before permanent work is placed thereon. The Contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer of any such work or foundations is or are ready or about to be ready for examination and the Engineer shall without unreasonable delay, unless he considers it unnecessary and advises the Contractor accordingly, attend for the purpose of examining and measuring such work or for examining such foundations.

(ii)

Uncovering and making openings

The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts of the Works or make openings in or

GCC - 15

General Conditions of Contract

through the same as the Engineer may from time to time direct and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any such part or parts have been covered up or put out of view after compliance with the requirements of sub-clause (i) of this Clause and are found to be executed in accordance with the contract the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through reinstating and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer but in any other case all such expenses shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be recoverable from him by the

Employer or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due or which may become due to the Contractor.

23.(i) Assignment

The whole of the works included in the contract shall be executed by the Contractor and the

Contractor shall not directly or indirectly transfer, assign or sublet the contract or any part / share thereof or any interest therein without the prior written consent of the Employer & no undertaking shall relieve the Contractor from the full & entire responsibility of the contract or from active superintendence of the works during their progress.

(ii) Work is to be Carried Out to the Satisfaction of Employer / Engineer

The Contractor shall carry out all the works strictly in accordance with Drawings, detailed

Specifications and instructions of the Engineer. If in the opinion of the Employer or EIC changes have to be made in the works the Contractor shall carry out the same, and payment, if any, arising out of these shall be made as per the terms of the contract.

(iii) Removal of Improper Work & Materials

The Engineer shall, during the progress of the works, have power to order in writing from time to time the removal from the works within such reasonable time or times as may be specified in the order, of any materials which in the opinion of the Engineer are not in accordance with the

Specifications or the instructions of the Engineer, the substitution of proper materials, and the removal and proper re-execution of any work executed with materials or workmanship not in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications or instructions, and the Contractor shall forthwith carry out such order at his own cost. In case of default on the part of the Contractor to carry out such order, the Employer shall have the power to employ and pay other persons to carryout the same, and all expenses consequent thereon, or incidental thereto, as certified by the

Engineer shall be borne by the Contractor, or may be deducted by the Employer from any moneys due, or that may become due, to the Contractor.

(iv) Urgent Repairs

GCC - 16

General Conditions of Contract

If by reason of any accident or failure or other event occurring to in or in connection with the

Works, or any part thereof, either during the execution of the Works or during the Period of

Defect Liability / Maintenance any remedial or other work or repair shall, in the opinion of the

Engineer / Employer or their representative be urgently necessary for security and safety of life or for the works or of adjoining property, and the Contractor is unable or unwilling at once to do such work or repair, the Employer may employ his own or other workmen do such work or repair, as the Engineer / EIC or their representative may consider necessary. If the work or repair so done by the Employer which is in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor was liable to do at his own expense under the Contract, all costs and charges incurred by the Employer in so doing shall on demand be paid by the Contractor to the Employer or may be deducted by the

Employer from any amount due or which may become due to the Contractor. Provided always that the Engineer or the Engineer's representative (as the case may be) shall, as soon after the occurrence of any such emergency, as may be reasonably practicable notify, the Contractor thereof in writing.

(v) Default of Contractor in Compliance

If the Contractor after receipt of written notice from the Engineer / EIC requiring compliance within ten days fails to comply with such further drawings and / or Engineer's instructions the

Employer may employ and pay other persons to execute any such work whatsoever that may be necessary to give effect thereto, and all costs incurred in connection therewith shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer on the Certificate of the Engineer as a debt or may be deducted by him from any moneys due to the Contractor.

24.

(i)

Prime Cost Items

DELETED

(ii)

Provisional Sums

DELETED.

(iii)

Use of Provisional Items

DELETED.

(iv)

Production of Vouchers, Etc.

The Contractor shall when required by the Employer / Engineer produce all quotations, invoices, vouchers and accounts or receipts in connection with expenditure in respect of

Prime Cost items.

GCC - 17

General Conditions of Contract

(v)

Nominated Specialist Agencies / Objection to Nomination

All Specialists, Merchants, Tradesman and others executing any work of supplying and fixing any goods for which prime cost items or provisional sums are included in the Bill of Quantities and / or Specification who may be nominated or selected by the Engineer are hereby declared to be sub-Contractors employed by the Contractor and are herein referred to as nominated Sub-Contractors.

No nominated Sub-Contractor shall be employed on or in connection with the works against whom the Contractor shall make reasonable objection or who will not enter into a contract providing:

(a) That the nominated Sub-Contractor shall indemnify the Contractor against the same obligations in respect of the Sub-Contract as the Contractor is under in respect of this contract.

(b) That the nominated Sub-Contractor shall indemnify the Contractor against claims in respect of any negligence by the Sub-Contractor, his servants or agents or any misuse by him or them of any scaffolding or other plant, the property of the Contractor or under any Workmen's Compensation Act in force.

(c) Payment shall be made to the nominated Sub-Contractor by the contractor within fourteen days of his receipt of payment from the Employer provided that before any Certificate is issued, the Contractor shall upon request furnish to the

Engineer proof that all nominated Sub-Contractor's accounts included in previous certificates have been duly discharged, in default whereof the

Employer may pay the same upon a Certificate of the Engineer and deduct the amount thereof from any sums due to the Contractor. The exercise of this power shall not create privity of contract as between Employer and Sub-Contractor.

25.

Quantities and Variation

i) The Bill of Quantities (BOQ), unless otherwise stated shall be deemed to have been prepared in accordance with the Indian Standard Method of Measurement and quantities in B.O.Q. are to be considered as estimated and not accurate. The rates quoted shall remain valid for variation of quantity against each individual item by + 25%.

ii) Variation Exceeding 25% of Tender Quantity : When the quantity of any item varies by

+ 25% of Tender Quantity, the rate for such item of works will be determined on the basis Cl. No. 29 (c) hereof or as decided by the Employer / EIC. No compensation for deletion or non-execution of item will be considered.

GCC - 18

General Conditions of Contract

26.

Works to be measured

The Engineer may from time to time intimate to the Contractor that he requires the works to be measured & the Contractor shall forthwith attend or send a qualified Representative to assist the

Engineer in taking such measurements and calculations and to furnish all particulars or to give all assistance required by any of them.

Should the Contractor not attend or neglect or omit to send such Representative, then the measurement taken by the Engineer or a person approved by him shall be taken to be correct measurements of the works. Such measurements shall be taken in accordance with the Mode of

Measurements detailed in the Specifications.

The Engineer shall take joint measurements with the contractor and the measurements shall be entered in the measurement book / sheet by the Engineer's representative.

The Contractor or his Representative may at the time of measurement take such notes and measurements as he may require.

All authorized extra works, omissions and all variations made without the Engineer's knowledge, but subsequently sanctioned by him in writing (with the prior approval in writing of the Employer) shall be included in such measurements.

27.

Claims for additional expenses

The Contractor shall send to the Engineer once in every month an account giving particulars as complete and fully detailed as required of all claims for any additional expenses, to which the

Contractor may consider himself entitled and of all extra or additional / substituted work ordered by the Engineer which he has executed during the preceding month subject of provisions under relevant clauses of contract hereof, and no claim for payment for any such work will be considered which has not been included in such particulars. Provided always that the Engineer shall be entitled to authorize payment to be made for any such work notwithstanding the Contractor's failure to comply with this condition, if the Contractor has, at the earliest practicable opportunity notified the Engineer in writing that he intends to make a claim for such work and thereafter send complete and detailed particulars of the claim to the

Engineer as directed by the Engineer but not later than 10 days from the date of notification of his claim.

28.

Variations

Any alteration, omission or variation ordered in writing by the Engineer shall not vitiate this contract. In case the Engineer / EIC think proper at any time during the progress of the works to make any alterations in, or additions to or omissions from, the works or any alteration in the

GCC - 19

General Conditions of Contract

kind or quality of the materials to be used therein, the Engineer shall give notice thereof in writing to the Contractor or shall confirm in writing within seven days of giving any such oral instructions. The Contractor shall alter, add to, or omit from, as the case may be, in accordance with such notice, but the Contractor shall not do any work extra to or make any alterations or additions to or omissions from the works or any deviation from any of the provisions of the

Contract, stipulations, Specification or Contract Drawings without the previous consent in writing of the Engineer and the value of such extras, alterations, additions or omissions shall in all cases be determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of Clause no. 29 hereof, and the same shall be added to or deducted from the Contract value, as the case may be.

29.

Valuation of Variations

No claim for an extra shall be allowed unless it shall have been executed under authority of the

Engineer with the concurrence of the Employer as herein mentioned. Any such extra is herein referred to as authorised extra and shall be made in accordance with the following provisions.

(a) Rates for all extra items, wherever possible, should be derived out of the accepted tender rates. The accepted net rates or prices in the contract shall determine the valuation of the extra work where such extra work is of similar character and executed under similar conditions as the work priced herein.

(b) Where the extra works are not of similar character and / or not executed under similar conditions as aforesaid or where the omissions vary the conditions under which any remaining items or works are carried out, then the contractor shall within 7 days of the date of receipt of order to carry out the work, inform the Engineer of the rate which he intends to charge for such items of work, supported by analysis of the rate or rates claimed and the Engineer shall fix such rate or prices as in the circumstances in his opinion are reasonable and proper, based on the verification of market rate.

(c) It is further clarified that for all such authorized extra items where rates cannot be derived from accepted tender rates, the Contractors shall submit rates supported by rate analysis worked on the “market rate basis", for material including all taxes, octroi and delivery at site, labour, hire / running charges of equipment and wastages etc. plus 20% towards establishment charges including water & electricity, contractor's overheads & profit, work contract tax, service tax or like. In case of variation in items of works, which are subcontracted to specialist agencies, specialist agencies’ profit and overhead is deemed to be included in above stated 20%. Items derived from market rates shall

not be eligible for escalation.

The measurement and valuation in respect of the Contract shall be completed within the

GCC - 20

General Conditions of Contract

"Period of Final Measurement" stated in the Appendix.

30.

Security Deposit / Retention Money

For due fulfillment of the contract by the Contractor, 8% of the value of each Interim Bill will be retained by the Employer towards Retention Money until the total Security Deposit including

Initial Security Deposit amounts to 5% of the Contract Value or Actual Value of work whichever is higher. 50% of the security deposit shall be released to the contractor after issue of virtual completion certificate and balance 50% on issue of “No Dues Certificate” as per Clause

no 35. The amounts retained by the Employer shall not bear any interest.

All compensation or other sums of money payable by the Contractor to the Employer under the terms of this contract may be deducted from the security deposit if the amount so permits and the Contractor shall, unless such deposit has become otherwise payable, within ten days after such deduction make good in cash the amount so deducted.

The security deposit of the contractor will be forfeited if he fails to comply with any of the conditions of the contract.

31.

Certificates & Payment

(i)

Mobilisation Advance

(a)

On written application from the Contractor, the Employer may grant mobilization advance upto 10% of the amount of accepted tender less the value of probable costs for the Cement and Steel reinforcement bars. The mobilization advance will be released in two equal installments, each against production of Bank Guarantee for 110% of the amount requested as mobilization advance. The first installment shall be released after contractor has commenced the work at site and Contractor satisfies Architect / /

Employer with production of documentary evidence that this amount of Mobilisation

Advance shall be used for procurement of materials / equipment / labour for the work.

Second installment will be released by the Employer on satisfying 1 st installment of mobilization advance was used for purpose for which it was granted. The advance shall attract simple interest at the rate of 12% per annum (applicable to both installement).

The advance shall be secured by a Bank Guarantee from a Nationalized Bank for the

110% of amount of mobilization Advance plus interest at the rate of 12% per annum (in approved Proforma), which will be recovered in the manner described hereinafter.

GCC - 21

General Conditions of Contract

(b)

The amount of mobilization advance, which may be given to the Contractor, shall be at the sole discretion of the employer.

(c)

The mobilization advance shall be utilized by the contractor for the purpose of this contract and for no other purpose.

(d)

Recovery of the mobilization advance and of interest there on shall be made by the deduction from the contractor’s running account bills on pro-rata basis till completion

of 50% of value of work or from the first Eight (-8-) running bills whichever occurs earlier.

(e)

If any time the contractor fails to execute the contract to the satisfaction of the employer for any reason whatsoever the employer shall be entitled to reach forthwith the entire amount so advanced with interest, cost and legal expenses, etc. and/ or recover the whole balance amount as the case may be from the bill if any, payable to the contractor or by enforcing the Bank guarantee at the discretion of the Employer.

(ii)

Secured Advance on Materials at Site

The Contractor will be paid secured advance against cement, reinforcement steel &

Structural steel and other non perishable and quantifiable material as decided by

Engineer and stacked at site for use in permanent works and in the opinion of the

Engineer are required to be procured in advance. The advance paid for the materials stacked at site shall be maximum 75% of the cost of the materials or 60% of the

relevant item rate, whichever is less at the discretion of Employer and the

Contractor shall produce necessary vouchers / documents in support of cost of each material. No advance shall be admitted for perishable materials or cannot be stored and quantified properly and materials procured prematurely as decided by the

Engineer. The secured advance so given to the Contractor will be recovered from next three (3) R.A. Bills.

Where in any Certificate (of which the Contractor has received payment), the

Engineer has included the value of any unfixed materials intended for and / or placed on or adjacent to the works such materials shall become the property of the Employer and they shall not be removed except for use upon the works, without the written authority of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to, such materials.

GCC - 22

General Conditions of Contract

The materials shall also be in conformity with contract specifications and of approved quality as stated in relevant clauses hereof. These advances shall be made on the basis of the quantity of each material lying at site at the time of preparation of each interim bill. The Contractor shall sign Indemnity Bond as per Annexure I for any loss either due to theft or fire etc.

(iii)

Interim Bill

(a) The Contractor shall be paid by the Employer from time to time by installments under Interim Certificate to be issued by the Engineer to the Contractor on account of the works executed when in the opinion of the Engineer, work to the approximate value named in the Appendix to Form of Tender "Minimum value of Work for Interim Certificate" (or less at the sole discretion of the Engineer /

Employer) has been executed in accordance with this contract, subject to a retention of the percentage of such value named in the Appendix to form of tender hereto as ‘Retention Percentage for Interim Certificates’ until the total b) amount retained shall reach the sum named in the Appendix to form of tender as

‘Security Deposit’.

The contractor shall generally be paid one Interim bill in a month satisfying the minimum value of work, which shall include work done and secured advance against material. If in the opinion of the Engineer the progress of the work warrants a second payment in a month, the same shall be so arranged by the

Employer.

c) After submission of bill along with complete information, vouchers, etc. to the satisfaction of the Engineer and after making necessary deductions toward

Income Tax, Work Contract Tax and other recoveries deductible at source, the bill will be paid as follows: i) ii)

An adhoc payment of 75% of the value of work done as assessed by the

Engineer and vetted by EIC/Architect shall be released within 7 working days by the Employer, after certification by the Engineer/Architect who will certify within reasonable period from submission of Bill with necessary vouchers, documents etc.

Balance amount shall be certified by the Engineer/Architect on submission of bill and payment shall be released by the Employer within

GCC - 23

General Conditions of Contract

d) e) f) g)

15 working days of certificate receipt from the Engineer/Architect.

All Interim Bill payment shall be regarded as payment by way of advance against the final payment only & not as payment for the work actually done.

All payments under this Clause will be released after due checking & verification by EIC/Architect.

Pending consideration of extension of date of completion, interim payments shall continue to be made as herein provided, without prejudice to the right of the employer to take action under the terms of the contract for delay in the completion of work, if the extension of date of completion is not granted by the competent authority.

50% of Service Tax as applicable will be deducted from each Bill and deposited to the authority by Bank. Balance 50% will be deposited by the

Contractor.

(iv)

Payment Break-up a) Interior, Civil, Plumbing, Electrical, ELV Work :

Payment shall be made on completion of all works under the relevant items as specified in B.O.Q. However, Engineer at his discretion can certify part payment of any item as deemed fit to him considering the balance work to be carried out for the item.

b) HVAC, Fire Fighting Work & Fire Alarm work :

Payments shall be made generally as follows; However, Engineer decision will be final for sub-break-up if required.

Payment Breakup of item rates :

On installation - 75%

On testing, approval & commissioning - 15%

On documentation submission of As-built drawings, NOCs from statutory local body ( if required), etc. complete - 10%.

GCC - 24

General Conditions of Contract

(v)

Final Bill

a) The Contractor shall submit final bill within 60 days from the date of issue of virtual completion certificate with all relevant informations and details, documents as-built drawing etc. complete.

b) The Engineer within 60 days of submission of the final bill, shall issue a certificate of payment against the final bill to the Employer / EIC who shall thereupon, within 60 days from the date of receipt of the certificate, shall release the balance payment to the contractor after effecting all recoveries, including advances and payments against interim certificates.

(c) The Engineer / EIC/Architect shall have power to withhold Certification if the works or any parts thereof are not being carried out to his satisfaction.

(d) The Engineer / EIC/Architect may by any Certificate make any correction in any previous Certificate, which shall have been issued by him.

(e) No payment shall be made to the Contractor if the Contractor fails to insure the works and keep them insured till the issue of the Virtual Completion Certificate.

32.

Time for Completion

The entire work is to be completed in all respects within 20 months from the Date of

Commencement as stated in Appendix to "Form of Tender" or such extended time as may be allowed under Clause no. 33 hereof. Time is the essence of the contract and shall be strictly observed by the contractor.

If required in the contract or as directed by the Engineer / Employer, the contractor shall complete certain portion of the work before the completion of the whole of the work.

However the completion date for whole of the work shall not change for above.

33.

Extension of Time for Completion

i.

If the Contractor needs an extension of time for the completion of the work or if the completion of work is likely to be delayed for any reasons beyond the due date of completion stipulated in the contract, the Contractor shall apply to the Employer for extension of time in writing at least 30 days before the expiry of the scheduled time and while applying for extension of time, Contractor shall furnish the reasons in detail and his justification, if any, for the delays.

ii.

If in the opinion of the Engineer the works be delayed for reasons beyond the control of the contractor, the Engineer with due consultation with Employer may make a fair and

GCC - 25

General Conditions of Contract

reasonable extension of time for completion of the contract works such time extension will be said as “Authorised Time Extension” which will not qualify for levy of liquidated damages.

iii. If the works be delayed beyond the authorized time extension, the Engineer with due consultation with Employer may allow extension of time for completion of contract works but with levy of Liquidated damage as stated under Clause no. 37.

Further, the contract shall remain in force even for the period beyond the due date of completion irrespective whether the extension is granted or not.

iv. The contractor shall be bound to extend validity of all insurance covers, Bank Guarantees till such period of completion as may be considered necessary at contract cost.

34.

Virtual Completion Certificate

Virtual Completion of works means the completion of whole of the work substantially in all respects including all types of testing, obtaining all necessary statutory approvals and is fit for occupation. The works shall not be considered as completed until the Engineer in Consultation with

Employer has certified in writing that they have been virtually completed. The Defects

Liability Period shall commence from the date of virtual completion as certified by the

Engineer.

35.

Approval Only by No Dues Certificate

(i)

Final Completion Certificate

On successful completion of entire works covered by the Contract to the full satisfaction of Employer / Engineer, the Contractor shall ensure that the following works have been completed to the satisfaction of Engineer : (a) clear the site of all scaffolding, wiring, pipes, surplus materials, Contractor's labour, equipment and machinery (b) demolish, dismantle and remove all Contractor's site offices and other temporary works, structures

& constructions and other items and things whatsoever brought upon or erected at the site or any land allotted to the Contractor by the Owner and not incorporated in the permanent works (c) remove all rubbish, debris etc. from the site and the land allotted to

Contractor and shall clear, level and dress, compact the site as required and said land to the satisfaction of the Engineer (d) shall put the Owner in undisputed custody and possession of the site and all land allotted by the Owner to the Contractor (e) All defects

/ imperfections have been attended & rectified to full satisfaction of the Engineer during the Defect Liability Period.

Unless the Contractor shall have fulfilled the provisions of the clause, the works shall

GCC - 26

General Conditions of Contract

not be deemed to have been completed.

Upon the satisfactory fulfillment by Contractor as stated above, the Contractor shall be entitled to apply to the Engineer for a Final Completion Certificate in respect of the entire work.

If the Engineer is satisfied of the completion of the work relative to which the

Completion Certificate has been sought, the Engineer shall within 14 (fourteen) days of the receipt of the application for Completion Certificate, issue a Completion Certificate in respect of the works for which the Completion Certificate has been applied.

This issuance of a Completion Certificate shall be without prejudice to the Employer's rights and Contractor's liabilities under the Contract, including the Contractor's liability for the Defect Liability Period nor shall the issuance of a Completion Certificate in respect of the works or work at any site be construed as a waiver of any right or claim of the Employer against the Contractor in respect of work or the works at the site and in respect of which the Final Completion Certificate has been issued.

(ii)

No Dues Certificate

The Contract shall remain valid and shall remain incomplete until no dues Certificate shall have been signed by the Engineer and delivered to the Employer with a copy to the contractor. Such a certificate shall be given by the engineer within 30 days of completion of defects liability period (the last period to be considered if different periods to be considered if different parts of the work) or within 30 days from the date of payment of final bill whichever is later.

36.

Defect Liability Period

Any defect, shrinkage, settlement or other faults which may appear within the "Defects

Liability Period" stated in the Appendix hereto or, if none stated, then within 365 days after the date of the virtual completion of the works as certified by the Engineer, arising in the opinion of the Engineer from materials or workmanship not in accordance with the contract, shall upon the direction in writing of the Engineer, and within such reasonable time as shall be specified therein, be amended and made good by the Contractor, at his own cost and in case of default the Employer may employ and pay other persons to amend and make good such defects, shrinkage, settlements or other faults, and all damages, loss and expenses

GCC - 27

General Conditions of Contract

consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be made good and borne by the Contractor and such damage, loss and expenses shall be recoverable from him by the Employer or may be deducted by the Employer, upon the Engineer's Certificate in writing, from any money due or that may become due to the Contractor, or the Employer may in lieu of such amending and making good by the Contractor deduct from any monies due to the Contractor, a sum, to be determined by the Engineer equivalent to the cost of amending such work and in the event of the amount retained under Clause no. 30 hereof being insufficient, recover the balance from the Contractor, together with any expenses the Employer may have incurred in connection therewith. Should any defective work have been done or material supplied by any Specialist

Agencies employed on the works who has been nominated or approved by the Engineer, the

Contractor shall be liable to make good in the same manner as if such work or material had been done or supplied by the Contractor and been subject to the provisions of this Clause and

Clause no. 23 (ii) hereof. The Contractor shall remain liable under the provisions of this

Clause notwithstanding the signing of any certificate or the passing of any accounts, by the

Engineer. The Contractor will not be responsible for defects arising out of fair wear & tear & damage caused by Employer's personnel during the use of the building after being occupied.

37.

Liquidated Damages for Delay

If the Contractor fails to complete the works by the period stated in the Appendix or within any authorized extended time under Clause no. 33 hereof and the Engineer with due Consultation with Employer certifies in writing that in his opinion the same ought to have been reasonably completed by the original completion date or authorized extended completion date, as the case may be, the Contractor shall pay the Employer the sum named in the Appendix to Form of

Tender as "Liquidated Damages" for the period during which the said works shall so remain incomplete or the Employer may deduct such damages from any monies due to the Contractor.

38.

(i)

Default of Contractor

It the Contractor being an individual or a firm, commits any “Act of insolvency” or shall be adjudged as insolvent or being an incorporated Company shall have an order for compulsory winding up or applies for voluntary winding up or subject to the supervision of the court and of the official Assignee or the Liquidator in such acts of insolvency or winding up shall be unable within seven days after notice to him requiring him to do so, to show to the reasonable satisfaction of the / Architect that

GCC - 28

General Conditions of Contract

he is able to carry out and fulfill the Contract, and to give security therefore, if so required by the / Architect i) Or if the contractor (whether an individual; firm or incorporated company) shall suffer execution to be issued, or shall suffer any payment under this contract. To be attached by or on behalf of any of the creditors of the Contract.

ii) Or shall assign or sub-let the Contract without the consent in writing of the /

Architect / Employer first obtained.

iii) Or shall charge or encumber this Contract or any payments due or which might become due to the Contract or any payments due or which might become due to the

Contractor there under.

iv) Or if the / Architect shall certify in writing to the Employer that the Contractor : a) has abandoned the Contract, or b) has failed to commence the works, or has without any lawful excuse under these conditions suspended the progress of the works for seven days after receiving from the written notice to proceed, or c) has failed to proceed with the works with such due diligence and failed to make such due progress as would enable the works to be complete with the time agreed upon , or d) has failed to remove materials from the site or to pull down and replace work for seven days after receiving from the written notice that the said materials or work were condemned and rejected by the under theses conditions, or e) has neglected or failed persistently to observe and perform all or any of the acts, matters or things by this Contract to be observed and performed. By the

Contractor for seven days after written notice shall have been given to the

Contractor requiring the Contractor to observe or perform the same or f) has to the detriment of good workmanship or in defiance of the instruction to the contrary sublet any part of the Contract.

Then in any of the said cases the Employer may not withstanding any previous waiver, after giving seven days notice in writing to the Contractor, determine the

Contract but without thereby affecting the powers of the Architect, or the obligations and liabilities of the Contractor, the whole of which shall continue in force as fully as if Contract has not been determined and as if the works subsequently executed had been executed by or on behalf of the Contractor. And further, the Employer, may enter upon and take possession of the work and all plant, tools, scaffoldings, sheds,

GCC - 29

General Conditions of Contract

machinery, seam and other power utensils and material lying upon the premises or the adjoining lands or roads and use the same as his own property or may employ the same by means if his own servants and workmen carrying on and completing the works and the Contractor shall not in any way interrupt or to do any act, matter or things to prevent or hinder such other contractor or other person or persons employed for completing and finishing or using the materials and plant for the works. When the works shall be completed or as soon thereafter as convenient, the /Architect shall give a notice in writing to the Contractor to remove his surplus materials and plant, and should the Contractor fail to do so within a period of 14 days after receipt thereof by him the employer shall sell the same by public auction and shall give credit to the

Contractor for the amount realized after deducting there from the costs of removal and sales by the Employer for the values of the said and the expenses or loss which the

Employer shall have been put to in procuring the works to be completed and the amount, it any, owing to the Contractor and the amount which shall be so certified shall thereupon be paid by the Employer, to the Contractor, or, by the Contractor to the Employer, as the case may be, and the certificate of the Architect / Employer shall be final and conclusive between the parties. On termination of the contract, the contractor shall forthwith remove himself and his workmen from the works site.

(ii)

Default of Employer

a) If payment of the amount payable by the Employer under the Certificates of the /

Architect shall be in arrears and unpaid for 45 (forty five) days after notice in writing requiring payment of the amount shall have been given by the Contractor to the

Employer, or the Employer commits any ‘Act of Insolvency’, or if the Employer being an individual or firm shall be adjudged insolvent or (being an incorporated company) shall have an order made against it or pass an effective resolution for winding up either compulsorily or subject to the supervision of the court or voluntarily, or if the official assignee of the Employer shall repudiate the contract, or if the official assignee or the liquidator in any such winding up fails within 15

(fifteen) days after notice to him requiring him to do so, to show to the reasonable satisfaction of the Contractor that he is able to carry out and fulfill the Contract and to make all payments due, and to b) become due hereunder and if required by the Contractor, to give security for the same, or if the works be stopped for 3 (three) months under an order of the /Architect or the

Employer or by any injunction or other orders of any court of law, then and in any of the said cases the Contractor shall be at liberty to determine the Contract by notice in writing to the Employer, through the /Architect, and he shall be entitled to recover

GCC - 30

General Conditions of Contract

39.

(i) from the employer payment for all works executed and for any loss he may sustain upon any plant or material supplied or purchased or prepared for the purpose of the

Contract.

In arriving at the amount of such payment, the net rates or prices quoted for Item rate work contained in the Contractor’s original tender shall be followed or where the same may not apply, valuation shall be made in accordance with Clause No. 29 (c) of

GCC.

Determination of Contract

The Employer shall in addition to any other power enabling him to determine the

Contract have power to determine the Contract at any time by giving not less than fourteen (14) days notice in writing to the Contractor and on the expiry of such notice the Contractor shall forthwith determine but without prejudice to the claims of either party in respect of any antecedent breach thereof.

(ii)

Compliance with Engineer's Direction on Determination

If the Contract shall be determined under the provisions of the Clause no. 39 (i) the

Contractor shall with all reasonable dispatch comply with the directions of the Engineer in respect to :

(a) Cancellation of outstanding commitments

(b) Performance of further work required for the protection of work executed

(c) The removal of Constructional Plant Temporary Works and materials from the

Site

(d) Any other matters arising out of the Contract with regard to which the Engineer decides that directions are necessary or expedient.

(iii)

Payment on Determination

In the event of the Contract being determined under the provisions of this Clause the sum payable to the Contractor shall be such sum as would have been payable under

Clause no. 43 hereof and

(a) The reasonable cost of complying with the Engineer's directions under sub-clause (ii) hereof and

(b) Such reasonable sum as may be agreed between the parties or in default of

GCC - 31

General Conditions of Contract

agreement settled by arbitration in respect of the Contractor’s overheads including any sums properly and necessarily incurred as the direct result of such determination.

(iv) The Engineer has a right to ascertain the happening of any contingency, including but not limited to the contingencies listed below, which would vest in the Employer certain powers including, but not limited to, taking possession of the work so far as it has been performed and to completing the work either by himself or by employing some other

Agency, retaining property of the Contractor, such as materials, plant or money already due to the Contractor: b) c) d) a) e)

Failure of Contractor to proceed with or complete the works in the time or manner stipulated

Contractor's bankruptcy

Failure of Contractor to commence the work

Failure of Contractor to regularly proceed with the work for a certain fixed period

Failure of Contractor to proceed to the satisfaction of the Employer or the

Engineer f) g) h) i)

Failure of Contractor to proceed with the work for any reason independent of prevention by Employer

If in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor is not exercising due diligence and proceeding with such dispatch as will enable the works to be duly completed in time

Failure of Contractor in complying with the orders and directions given by the

Engineer

Failure of Contractor in complying with the Specification, stipulations, conditions or Drawings

The Contractor being guilty of any default in the fulfillment of the contract j) k) l)

The Contractor leaves the work unfinished

Failure of Contractor, after due notice, to rectify defective work m) The Contractor renouncing materials from site and n) Failure of Contractor to maintain the works

40.

Work by Other Agencies

The Employer / Engineer reserves the right to use premises and any portions of the site for the

GCC - 32

General Conditions of Contract

execution of any work not included in this contract which it may desire to have carried out by other persons simultaneously, and the Contractor shall allow all reasonable facilities for the execution of such work, but shall not be required to provide any plant or material for the execution of such work except by special arrangement with the Employer. Such work shall be carried out in such manner as not to impede the progress of the works included in the Contract and the Contractor shall not be responsible for any damage or delay which may happen to or occasioned by such work.

41.

Insurance Policies

On commencement for the work :-

a) The contractor shall take out a suitable C.A.R. Insurance policy covering entire scope of the works under this contract for the value of work as per contract tender conditions and arrange to keep the policy valid till the defect liability period is over.

b) The contractor shall take out and submit to the Architect and EMPLOYER, a suitable insurance policy against third party risks. The limit of liability of this insurance shall be limited to Rs.35 Lakh in respect of any one accident or series of accidents arising out of one event or Rs.15 Lakh in respect of any passer-by. The policy shall be kept valid, till end of defect liability period.

c) The contractor shall take out and submit to Employer a suitable Insurance Policy against Workmen's compensation / Janata Policy as per requirements. The policy shall be kept valid till the end of defect liability period.

d) Necessary PF & ESI contribution of contractor’s labourers will have to be paid by contractor as per statutory authority’s regulations and EMPLOYER shall be absolved of all the risk.

In Respect of Damage to Person and Property :-

From Commencement to Completion, the Contractor shall be responsible for all injury to persons, animal or things and for all structural and decorative damage to property which may arise from operation or neglect of himself or any subcontractor or of any of his or a subcontractor's employee whether such injury or damage may arise from carelessness, accident or any other cause whether in any way connected with the carrying out of this contract. This clause shall be held to include interalia any damage to building, whether immediately adjacent or otherwise, any damages to roads, streets, footpaths, bridges, or ways as well as all damage to the buildings and works forming the subject of this contract by first or other inclemency weather. The contractor shall indemnify the Employer and hold him harmless in respect of all and

Any expenses arising from any such injury or damage to persons or property as aforesaid and

GCC - 33

General Conditions of Contract

also in respect of any claim made in respect of any award of compensation or damages consequent upon such claim.

The Contractor shall reinstate all damage of every spot mentioned in this clause so as to deliver up the whole of the contract works complete and perfect in every respect and so as to make good or otherwise satisfy all claims for damage to the property of third parties.

Against third party risks :-

On commencement of the work, the contractor shall take out and submit to the Employers a suitable insurance policy against third party risks. The limits of liability of this insurance shall be as follows:

Rs. 15 Lakhs in respect of any one accident or series of accidents arising out of one event.

Contractor shall take out third party insurance for 3 no. of such accidents and repetition of the same after three occurrence including visitors like Local Authority, Vendors etc.

CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY AND INSURANCE SUMMARY

Sr.

No Nature and Scope of

Risk

1.

Loss of damage to works or any part thereof and all materials at site from any cause whatsoever.

CAR Policy

Value of

Insurance

100 % of

Contract Amount

2.

Damage, Loss or

Injury to any Property of the Employer or

Consultant to any person including the

Employer or

Consultant for his

Agents and Servants.

3.

Claims under the

Rs. 35.00 Lakhs per claim upto 3 claims

As per Govt. Rules

GCC - 34

General Conditions of Contract

Validity

Period of Insurance

The policy shall be valid till completion of defect liability period.

Name of the

Insurer

The policy shall be in the joint names of the

Employer /

Bank

Insurance

Policy No.

and

- DO - DO -

- DO - DO -

Workmen’s

Compensation Act,

1923

4.

Third party insurance Rs. 15 Lakhs in respect of any one accident or series of accidents arising out of one event.

Contractor shall take out third party insurance for

3 no. of such accidents and repetition of the same occurrence after three including visitors like Local

Authority, Vendors etc.

- DO - DO -

General Conditions of Contract

GCC - 35

42.

(i)

Rate of Progress

The whole of the materials, plant and labour to be provided by the Contractor and the mode, manner and speed of execution and maintenance of the Works are to be of a kind and conducted in a manner to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Should the rate of progress of the Works or any part thereof be at any time be in the opinion of the

Engineer too slow to ensure the completion of the whole of the Works by the prescribed time or extended time for completion, the Engineer shall so notify the Contractor in writing and the Contractor shall thereupon take such steps as considered necessary by the Engineer to expedite progress so as to complete the works by the prescribed time or extended time for completion. Such communication from the Engineer neither shall relieve the contractor from fulfilling obligations under the contract nor he will be entitled to raise claims arising out of such directions.

(ii)

Work during Night or on Holidays

Subject to any provision to the contrary contained in the Contract none of the permanent work shall save as herein provided be carried on during the night or on Holidays without the permission in writing of the Engineer, save when the work is unavoidable or absolutely necessary for the saving of life or property or for the safety of the Works in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the Engineer. Provided always that the provisions of this clause shall not be applicable in the case of any work, which becomes essential to carry out by rotary or double shifts in order to achieve the progress

& quality of the part of the works being technically required / continued with the prior approval of the Engineer.

All work at night shall be carried out without unreasonable noise and disturbance and with the approval of the Engineer and in addition that of the local authority, if so applicable. The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer from and against any liability for damages on account of noise or other disturbance created while or in carrying out the work and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in regard or in relation to such liability.

43.

Suspension of Work

The Contractor shall on the written order of the Engineer in Consultation with EIC suspend the progress of the Works or any part thereof for such time or times and in such manner as the

Engineer may consider necessary and shall during such suspension properly protect and secure the work so far as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. The extra cost including all

GCC - 36

General Conditions of Contract

running wages to be paid on the Site, salaries, depreciation and maintenance of plant, Site on costs & overhead costs of the Contract relatable to the works done or incurred by the Contractor in giving effect to the Engineer's instructions under this Clause shall, be borne and paid by the

Employer. However, the same will not be payable if the such suspension is :

(a) otherwise provided for in the Contract

OR

(b) necessary by reason of inclement weather conditions affecting adversely the safety or quality of the Works.

OR

(c) necessary by reason of some default on the part of the contractor

Provided that the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover any such extra cost unless he gives notice in writing of his intention to claim to the Engineer within 28 days of the

Engineer's order. The Engineer shall settle and determine such extra payment and / or extension of time under relevant Clause hereof to be made to the Contractor in respect of such claim as shall in the opinion of the Engineer be fair and reasonable and the

Engineer's decision shall be final and binding.

44.

Settlement of Disputes and Differences

Except where otherwise provided in the contract all questions and disputes relating to the meaning of the specifications, design, drawings and instructions herein before mentioned and as to the quality of workmanship or materials used on the work or as to any other question, claim, right, manner or thing whatsoever in any way arising out for relating to the contract, designs, drawings, specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions or otherwise concerning the work or the execution or failure to execute the same whether arising during the progress of the work or after the cancellation, Termination, completion or abandonment thereof shall be dealt with as mentioned herein after.

i) ii)

If the contractor considers that he is entitled to any extra payment or compensation in respect of the works over and above the amounts admitted as payable by the Architect or in case the contractor wants to dispute the validity of any deductions or recoveries made or proposed to be made from the contract or raise any dispute, the contractor shall forthwith give notice in writing of his claim, or dispute to the Chief Manager / Asst. General Manager, Bank Of Baroda and endorse a copy of the same to the Architect, within 30 days from the date Of

GCC - 37

General Conditions of Contract

disallowance thereof or the date of deduction or recovery. the said notice shall give full particulars of the claim, grounds on which it is based and detailed calculations of the amount claimed and the contractor shall not be entitled to raise any claim nor shall the Bank be in any way liable in respect of any claim by the contractor unless notice of such claim shall have been given by the contractor to the Chief Manager / Asst.

General Manager, Bank Of Baroda in the manner and within the time as aforesaid.

The contractor shall be deemed to have waived and extinguished all his rights in respect of any claim not notified to the Chief Manager / Asst. General Manager,

Bank Of Baroda in writing in the manner and within the time as aforesaid.

iii) Chief Manager / Asst. General Manager, Bank of Baroda shall give his decision in writing on the claims notified by the contractor. The contractor may within 30 days of the receipt of the decision of Chief Manager / Asst. General Manager, Bank of

Baroda submit his claims to the conciliating authority namely the Dy. General

Manager, Bank of Baroda for conciliation along with all details and copies of correspondence exchanged between him and the Chief Manager / Asst. General

Manager, Bank Of Baroda.

45.

Arbitration

If the conciliation proceedings are terminated without settlement of the disputes, the contractor shall, within a period of 30 days of termination thereof shall give a notice to the concerned Dy. General Manager, Bank Of Baroda of the Bank for appointment of an

Arbitrator to adjudicate the notified claims failing which the claims of the contractor shall be deemed to have been considered absolutely barred and waived.

v) Except where the decision has become final, binding and conclusive in terms of the contract, all disputes or differences arising out of the notified claims of the contractor as aforesaid and all claims of the Bank shall be referred for adjudication through arbitration by the sole Arbitrator appointed by the General Manager, Bank Of Baroda. It will also be no objection to any such appointment that the Arbitrator so appointed is a Bank office and that he had to deal with matter to which the contract relates in the course of his duties as Bank officer. If the Arbitrator so appointed is unable or unwilling to act or resigns his appointment or vacates his office due to any reason whatsoever another sole Arbitrator shall be appointed in the manner aforesaid by the said General Manager, Bank Of Baroda. Such person shall be entitled to proceed with the reference from the stage be entitled to proceed with the reference from the stage at which it was left by his Predecessor.

GCC - 38

General Conditions of Contract

It is a term of this contract that the party invoking orbit ration shall give a list of disputes with amounts claimed in respect of each dispute along with the notice for appointment of arbitrator. It is also a term of this contract that no person other than a person appointed by such General Manager, Bank Of Baroda as aforesaid should act as Arbitrator. The conciliation and arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the

Arbitration & Conciliation Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re - enactment thereof and the rules made there under. It is also a term of the contract that if any fees are payable to the arbitrator these shall be paid equally by both the parties. However, no fees will be payable to the arbitrator if he is a Bank officer. It is also a term of the contract that the arbitrator shall be deemed to have entered on the reference on the date he issues notice to both the parties calling them to submit their statement of claims and counter statement of claims. The venue of the arbitration shall be such place as may be fixed by the arbitrator in his sole discretion.

The fees, if any, of the arbitrator shall, if required to be paid before the award is made and published, be paid half and half by each of the parties. The cost of the reference and of the award (including the fees, if any of the arbitrator) shall be in the discretion of the arbitrator who may direct to any by whom and in what manner, such costs or any part thereof, shall be paid and fix or settle the amount of costs to be so paid.

46.

Boreholes & Exploratory Excavation

If at any time during the execution of the works the Engineer shall require the Contractor to make boreholes or to carry out exploratory excavation, such requirement shall be ordered in writing and shall be deemed to be an addition ordered under the provisions of Clause no. 28 hereof unless a provisional sum in respect of such anticipated work shall have been included in the Bill of Quantities.

47.

Fossils, Etc.

All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site of the Works shall be deemed to be the absolute property of the Employer and the Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing or damaging any such article or thing and shall immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer's representative of such discovery & carry out at the expense of the Employer & the instructions of Engineer's representative's to the disposal, or otherwise, of the same.

General Conditions of Contract

GCC - 39

48.

Contractor to Search

The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer in writing, search, test as shall be necessary to determine the cause of any defect, imperfection or fault under the directions of the Engineer.

Unless such defect, imperfection or fault shall be one for which the Contractor is liable under the contract the cost of the work carried out by the Contractor in searching’s as aforesaid shall be borne by the Employer. But if such defect, imperfection or fault shall be one for which the

Contractor is liable as aforesaid, the cost of the work carried out in searching as aforesaid shall be borne by the Contractor and he shall in such case repair rectify and make good such defect, imperfection or fault at his own expense in accordance with the provisions of Clause no. 23 hereof.

49.

Interference with Traffic and Adjoining Properties

All operations necessary for the execution of the Works and for the construction of any

Temporary Works shall so far as in compliance with the requirements of the Contract permits be carried on so as not to interfere unnecessarily or improperly with the public convenience or the access to use and occupation of public or private roads and footpaths or to or of properties whether in the possession of the Employer or of any other person and the Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Employer in respect of all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expense whatsoever arising out of or in relation to any such matters in so far as the Contractor is responsible.

50.

(i)

Extraordinary Traffic

The Contractor shall use every reasonable means to prevent any of the highways or bridges communicating with or on the routes to the Site from being damaged or injured by any traffic of the Contractor or any of his sub-contractors and in particular shall select routes and use vehicles and restrict and distribute loads so that any such extraordinary traffic as will inevitably arise from the moving of plant and material from and to the site shall be limited as far as reasonably possible and so that no unnecessary damage or injury may be occasioned to such highways and bridges.

(ii)

Special Loads

Should it be found necessary for the Contractor to move one or more loads of

Constructional Plant Machinery or pre-constructed units or parts of units of work over part of a highway or bridge the moving whereof is likely to damage any highway or bridge unless special protection or strengthening is carried out then the Contractor shall adopt proper & adequate measures and shall be responsible for all the costs and consequences thereof.

GCC - 40

General Conditions of Contract

(iii)

Settlement of Extra Ordinary Traffic Claims

If during the carrying out of the works at any time or thereafter the Employer shall receive any claim arising out of the execution by the Contractor of the Works in respect of damage or injury to highways or bridges he shall immediately report the same to the

Engineer & the Contractor and thereafter the Contractor shall negotiate the settlement of and pay all sums due in respect of such claims and shall indemnify the Employer in respect thereof and in respect of all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs charges and expenses in relation thereto provided always that if and so far as any such claims or part thereof shall in the opinion of the Engineer be due to any failure on the part of the Contractor to observe and perform his obligations then the amount certified by the Engineer to be due to such failure shall be paid by the Contractor.

51.

(i)

Contractor to Keep Site Clear

During the progress of the works the Contractor shall keep the site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction and shall store or dispose of any constructional plant and surplus materials and clear away and remove from the site any wreckage, rubbish or temporary works which are no longer required.

(ii)

Clearance of Site on Completion

On the completion of the Works the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the site all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the site and works clean and in a workmanlike condition to the full satisfaction of the Engineer / local authorities not later than 30 days from the virtual completion of the works or by such other later date as fixed by the Engineer.

52.

Construction Plant

DELETED

53.

Labour Laws

53.1

The Contractor shall at all times during the continuance of the Contract, comply fully with all existing Acts, regulations and bylaws including all statutory amendments and re-enactment of

State or Central Government and other local authorities and any other enactments, notifications and acts that may be passed in future either by the State or the Central

Government or local authority, including Indian Workmen's Compensation Act. Contract

Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970 and Equal Remuneration Act 1976, Factories

GCC - 41

General Conditions of Contract

Act, Minimum Wages Act, Provident Fund Regulations, Employees Provident Fund Act, schemes made under the same Act and also Labour Regulations as revised Health and

Sanitary Arrangement for Workmen, Insurance and other benefits and shall keep Employer indemnified in case any action is commenced by competent authorities for contravention by the Contractor. If the Employer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to cause or observe, or for non-observance of the provisions stipulated henceforth on the part of the Contractor, the Architect / Employer shall have the right to deduct from any money due to the Contractor, his amount of Performance Security or recover from the

Contractor personally any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss or damage suffered by the Employer, responsibility in connection with the employees of the contractor, who shall, in no case, be treated as the employees of the Employer at any point of time.

53.2

Fair Wages:

The Contractor shall pay the labourers engaged by him on the work not less than fair wage which expression shall mean, whether for time of piecework, the respective rates of wages fixed by the local authorities as fair wages for the area payable to the different categories of labourers or those notified under the Minimum Wages Act for corresponding employees of the Employer, whichever may be higher.

53.3

The Contractor shall, notwithstanding the provisions of a contract to the contrary, cause to be paid a fair wage to labourers indirectly engaged on the Works, including any labour engaged by sub/contractors in connection with the said works as if the labourers had been directly employed by him.

53.4

Notices:

The Contractor shall before he commences the work, display, and correctly maintain in a clean and legible condition at a conspicuous place on the Site, notices in English and in a language spoken by the majority of the workers, stating therein the rate of wages which have been fixed as fair wages and the hours of work for which such wages are earned and send a copy of such notices to the Architect.

53.5

Record of wages etc.

The contractor shall maintain records of wages and other remuneration paid to his employees in such form as may be convenient and as per the requirements of the / Employer/ Architect and the Conciliation Officer (central), Ministry of Labour Government of India, or such other authorized person appointed by the central or State Government and the same shall include

GCC - 42

General Conditions of Contract

the following particulars of each worker : a.

Name, worker's number and grade; b.

Rate of daily or monthly wage; c.

d.

e.

f.

g.

h.

Nature of work on which employed;

Total number of days worked during each wage period;

Total, amount payable for the work during each wage period; All deductions made from the wage with details in each case of the ground for which the deduction is made;

Wage actually paid for each wage period.

The Contractor shall provide a Wage Slip for each worker, employed on the Works.

The Wage records and Wage Slips shall be preserved for at least 12 months after the last entry for Inspection of Wage Records.

i.

j.

The Contractor shall allow inspection of the aforesaid Wage Records and Wage Slips to the Architect / and to any of his workers or to his agent at a convenient time and place after due notice is received, or to the Employer or any other person authorized by him on his behalf.

The Employer / Architect or any other person authorized by them on their behalf shall have power to make enquiries with a view to ascertaining and enforcing due and proper observance of the Fair Wages Clause. He shall also have the Power to investigate into any complaint regarding any default made by the Contractor or subcontractor in regard to such provision.

k.

No party shall be represented by a legal practitioner in any investigation or inquiry under this Clause, unless Architect / Employer agree otherwise.

54.

Safety Code

The Contractor shall comply with all the precautions as required for the safety of the workmen by the I.L.O. Convention No. 62 as far as they are applicable to the Contract. The

Contractor shall provide all necessary safety appliances, gears like goggles, helmets, masks, etc. to the workmen and the staff.

SCAFFOLDS

i.

Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot safely be

GCC - 43

General Conditions of Contract

done from the ground, or from solid construction except in the case of short duration work which can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used, it shall be of rigid construction made either of good quality of wood or steel. The steps shall have a minimum width of 450 mm and a maximum rise of 300 mm. Suitable hand holds of good quality wood or steel shall be provided and the ii.

Scaffolding or staging more than 4m. above the ground floor, swung or suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationary support shall have a guard rail properly bolted, braced or otherwise secured, at least 1 m. above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such openings as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or structure.

iii.

Working platforms, gangways and stairways shall be so constructed that they do not sag unduly or unequally and if the height of the platform, gangway or stairway is more than 4 m. above ground level or floor level, they shall be closely boarded and shall have adequate width and be suitably fenced as described in (ii) above.

iv.

Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or materials by providing suitable fencing or railing whose minimum height shall be 1 m. Wherever there are open excavations in ground, they shall be fenced of by suitable railing and danger signals installed at night so as to prevent persons slipping into the excavations.

v.

Safe means of access shall be provided to all working places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over 9m. in length while the width between side rails in rung ladder shall in no case, be less than 290mm. for ladder up to and including 3m. in length. For longer ladders this width shall be increased at least

20mm for each additional meter of length.

vi.

A sketch of the ladders and scaffolds proposed to be used shall be prepared and approval of the Engineer obtained prior to construction.

vii.

All personnel of the contractor working within the plant site shall be provided with safety helmets. All welders shall wear welding goggles while doing welding work and all metal workers shall be provided with safety gloves. Persons employed on metal cutting and grinding shall wear safety glasses.

GCC - 44

General Conditions of Contract

viii.

Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment. No materials on any of the sites of work shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public.

EXCAVATION & TRENCHING

i.

All trenches, 1.25 m. or more in depth shall at all times be supplied with at least one ladder for each 30 m. in length or fraction thereof. The ladder shall be extended from bottoms of the trench to at least 1 m. above the surface of the ground. Sides of trenches which are 1.5 m or more in depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slope or securely held by timber bracing so as to avoid the danger of sides collapsing. The excavated materials shall not be placed within 1.5 m of the edges of the trench or half of the depth of the trench whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances undermining or undercutting shall be done.

ii.

The contractor shall take all measures on the site of the work to protect the public from accidents and shall be bound to bear the expenses of defence of every suit, action or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any persons for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any such persons or which may with the consent of the contractor, be paid to compromise any claim by any such person.

DEMOLITION

a.

Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the process of the work: b.

All roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or suitably protected.

c.

No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be a source of danger over a cable or apparatus used by the operator shall remain electrically charged.

d.

All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed from the risk of fire or explosion or flooding. No floor, roof or other part of the building shall be so overloaded with debris or materials as to render it unsafe.

PERSONAL SAFETY EQUIPMENTS

i.

All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the site Engineer / should be kept available for the use of the person employed on the site and maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use, and the contractor should take

GCC - 45

General Conditions of Contract

adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those concerned.

a) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials, cement and lime mortars shall be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles.

b) Those engaged in white washing and mixing or stacking of cement bags or any material which is injuries to the eyes shall be provided with protective goggles.

c) d) e)

Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s protective eye sight lids.

Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective clothing and seated at sufficiently safe intervals.

When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use, the contractor shall ensure that the manhole covers are opened and are ventilated at least for an hour before the workers are allowed to get into manholes and the manholes so. Opened shall be cordoned off with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent accident to the public.

f) g)

The contractor shall not employ men below the age of 18 years and women on the work of painting with products containing lead or any toxic material in any form. Wherever men above the age of 18 are employed on the work of such painting the following precautions should be taken:

No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used except in the form of paste or readymade paint. Paints like vinyl and epoxies having toxic fumes should be applied after following all precautions laid down by manufacturers.

h) Suitable face masks should be supplied for use by the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and scrapped.

ii.

Overalls shall be supplied by the contractor to the workmen and adequate facilities shall be provided to enable the working painters to wash during the cessation of work.

iii.

When the work is done near any public place where there is risk of drowning all necessary equipments should be provided and kept ‘ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt rescue of any person in danger and adequate provision should

GCC - 46

General Conditions of Contract

be made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work.

iv.

Use of hoisting machines and. tackle including their attachments anchorage and supports shall conform to the following standards or conditions: a) These shall be of good mechanical constructions sound material and adequate strength and free from patent defect and shall be kept in good repair and in good working order.

b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as means of suspension shall be of durable quality and adequate strength and free from patent defects.

v.

Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified and no person under the age of 21 years shall be in charge of any hoisting machine including any scaffolding which or give signals to operator.

vi.

In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle shovel and pulley block used in hoisting or as means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means. Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to above shall be plainly marked with the safe working load. In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each safe working load and the. Conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part of any machine or any gear referred to above in this paragraph shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of testing.

vii.

In case of departmental machines, the safe working load shall be notified by the site

Engineer / . As regards contractor’s machines, the contractor shall notify the safe working load of the machine to the whenever he brings any machinery to site of work and get it verified by the concerned.

viii.

Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting appliances should be provided with efficient safeguards. Hoisting appliances should be provided with such means as will reduce to the minimum of the risk of any part of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations which are already energized, insulated mats, wearing apparel, such as gloves, sleeves and boots as may be necessary, should be provided. The

GCC - 47

General Conditions of Contract

workers should not wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials which are good conductors of electricity.

ix.

All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be maintained in safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities should be provided at or near places of work.

x.

These safety provisions should be brought to the notice of all concerned by display on a notice board at a prominent place at work spot. The person responsible for compliance of the safety code shall be named therein by the contractor.

xi.

To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety precautions the arrangements made by the contractor shall be open to inspection by the Labour Officer, Engineers of the Department or their representatives.

xii.

Notwithstanding the above clause from (i) to (xviii), there is nothing in these to exempt the contractor from the operations of any other Act or Rule in force in the

Republic of India.

First Aid:

At every workplace, there shall be maintained in a readily accessible place first aid appliances including an adequate supply of sterilized dressings and sterilized cotton wool as prescribed in the Factory Rules of the State in which the work is carried on. The appliances shall be kept in good order and, in large workplaces; they shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person who shall be readily available during working hours.

At large workplace, where hospital facilities are not available within easy distance of the works, First Aid Posts shall be established and be run by a trained compounded. Where large workplaces are remotely situated and far away from regular hospitals, an indoor ward shall be provided with one bed for every 250 employees. Where large work place are situated in cities, towns or in their suburbs and no beds are considered necessary owing to proximity of city or town hospitals, suitable transport shall be provided to facilitate removal of urgent cases to these hospitals. At other workplaces, some conveyance facilities shall be kept readily available to take injured person or persons suddenly taken seriously ill, to the nearest hospital. At large workplace, there shall be provided and maintained an ambulance room containing the prescribed equipment and in the charge of such medical and nursing staff as

GCC - 48

General Conditions of Contract

may be prescribed. For this purpose, the relevant provisions of the Factory Rules of the State

Government of the area, where the work is carried on, may be taken as the prescribed standard.

Accommodation for Labour:

The Contractor shall during the progress of the Work provide, erect and maintain necessary temporary living accommodation and ancillary for labour at his own expenses to the standards and scales as approved by the

Drinking Water:

In every workplace, there shall be provided and maintained at suitable places, easily accessible to labour, a sufficient supply of water fit for drinking. Where drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply, each workplace shall be provided with storage where drinking water shall be stored. Every water supply storage shall be at a distance of not less than 15 meters from any latrine, drain or other source of pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an existing well, which is within such proximity of latrine, drain or any other source of pollution, well shall be properly chlorinated before water is drawn from it for drinking. All such wells shall be entirely closed in and be provided with a trap door which shall be dust-proof and water-proof. A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well. The trap door shall be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection which shall be done at least once a month.

Washing and Bathing Places:

Adequate washing and bathing places shall be provided separately for men and women. Such places shall be kept in clean and drained condition.

Latrines and Urinals:

Except in workplaces provided with water/flushed latrines connected with a water borne sewage system, all latrines shall be provided with receptacles on dry-earth system which shall be cleaned at least four times daily and at least twice during working hours and kept in a strictly sanitary condition. Receptacles shall be tarred inside and outside at least once a year.

Payment of Wages

a.

Wages due to every worker shall be paid to him direct. All wages should by paid in current coins or currency or in both.

GCC - 49

General Conditions of Contract

b.

Wages of every worker employed on the Contract shall be paid where the wage period is one week, within THREE days from the end of the Wage period, and in any other case before the expiry of the 7 th day or 10 th day from the end of the wage period according as the number of workers does not exceed 1,000 or exceeds 1,000.

NOTE: The term "Working Day" means a day on which the work on which the labour is employed is in progress.

Register of Workmen:

A register of workmen shall be maintained in the Form appended to the regulations and kept at the work site or as near to it as possible and relevant particulars of every workman shall be entered therein within THREE days of his employment.

Employment Card:

The Contractor shall issue an employment card in the Form appended to these regulations to each worker on the day of work or entry into his employment. If a worker already has any such card with him issued by the previous employer, the Contractor shall merely endorse that

Employment Card with relevant entries. On termination of employment, the Employment

Card shall again be endorsed by the Contractor and returned to the worker.

Register of Wages, etc.:

i) A Register of Wages cum Muster Roll in the Form appended to these regulations shall be maintained and kept at the Work Site or as near to it as possible.

ii) A wage slip in the form appended to these regulations shall be issued to every worker employed by the Contractor at least a day prior to disbursement of wages.

55.

Force Majeure

Conditions of Force Majeure

The terms “Force Majeure” as employed herein shall mean act of God, war, revolt, riot, fire, flood and Acts & Regulations of respective Governments of the two parties namely the

Employer and the Contractor.

Note : ‘Typhoon’, ‘Cyclones’, ‘Hurricanes’, ‘Tornado’ are covered under act of God.

In the event of either party being rendered unable by force majeure to perform any of obligations required to be performed by them under the Contract, the relative obligation of the party affected by such Force Majeure shall upon notification to the other party be suspended for the period of delay, which is directly caused by such Force Majeure event.

GCC - 50

General Conditions of Contract

a) b)

Upon the occurrence of such cause and upon its termination, the party alleging that it has been rendered unable as aforesaid thereby, shall notify the other party in writing within (72) seventy two hours of the alleged beginning and ending thereof giving full particulars and satisfactory evidence in support of its claim.

Time for performance of the relative obligation suspended by the Force Majeure shall then stand extended by the period of delay, which is directly caused by Force Majeure event. The party who has given such notice shall be executed from timely performance of its obligations under the Contract, for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such parties performance is prevented, hindered or delayed, provided the party or parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect thereof upon its performance of the Contract and so to fulfill its obligations under the

Contract.

If works to be executed by the Contractor are suspended by Force Majeure conditions lasting for more than (2) two months, the Employer shall have the option of cancelling or terminating this Contact in whole or part thereof at Employer’s discretion. Upon such termination provisions of Clause 39 shall apply.

Delay or non-performance by a party hereto caused by the occurrence of any of Force

Majeure shall not:

Constitute a default or breach of the Contract,

Give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned thereby : if such delay or non-performance is caused by the occurrence of any event of Force

Majeure. Force Majeure conditions shall not be payable under any circumstances.

General Conditions of Contract

GCC - 51

BA NK O F B A RO D A

I N F O R M A T IO N A N D IN S T R U C T IO N S TO TE N D E R ER S

1.

Scope of Work :

1.1

The brief description of work to be carried out and its scope are given in the General Condition of Contract and the "Special Conditions of Contract" of these documents.

2.

Site Inspection and Information :

2.1

The tenderer must obtain for himself on his own responsibility and at his own expenses all the information which may be necessary for the purpose of making a tender and for entering into a contract and must examine the Drawings, inspect the site of the work and acquaint himself with all the information about all the local conditions, means of access to the work, nature of the work and all matters pertaining thereto.

2.2

Access to the Site will be given during the Tender period by appointment on application to the

Chief Manager, P & E Department, North Gujarat Zone, Bank of Baroda, Law Garden,

Ahmedabad. The tenderer shall ascertain the location, size and condition of the areas available for his use as working areas and all other information affecting this Tender.

2.3

The Employer will not be responsible and will not reimburse any expenses which may be incurred or losses to person or property suffered by any Tenderer in connection with visits to and examination of the site and in the preparation of his tender for submission.

2.4

The tenderers should note that information, if any, as regards to the site and local conditions, as contained in these tender documents has been given merely to assist the tenderers and is not deemed to be complete.

2.5

The tenderers should note and bear in mind that the Employer shall bear no responsibility for the lack of acquaintance of the site and other conditions or any information relating thereto, on their part. The consequences of the lack of any knowledge, as aforesaid, on the part of the tenderers shall be at their risk and cost and no charges or claims whatsoever consequent upon the lack of any information, knowledge or understanding shall be entertained or payable by the

Employer either during tender stage or during the construction period.

Informations and Instructions to Tenderers

IIT - 1

3.

Rates & Discrepancies etc. :

3.1

The contractor shall quote the rate after careful examination Tender documents & drawings.

3.2

The tenderers shall quote the rates both in figures and words. If some discrepancies found between the rates quoted in figures and words, the following procedure shall be adopted for checking and arithmetic calculation : i) When there is difference between the rates in figures and words, the rates, which correspond to the amount worked out by the tenderer, shall be taken as correct.

ii) When the rates quoted by the tenderer in figures and words tally but amount is incorrect, the rate quoted by the tenderer in words shall be taken as correct.

iii) When it is not possible to ascertain the correct rate by either of the above methods, the rates quoted in words shall be taken as correct.

iv) All erasures and alterations made while filling the tender must be attested by initials of the tenderer. Overwriting of figures is not permitted and failure to comply with either of these conditions will render the tender void at the Employer's option. No advice of any change in rate or conditions after opening of the tender will be entertained.

v) In case the contractor has not quoted both rate and amount for any items, then the maximum of the quotes for that item by other bidders shall be taken for assessing the value of his tender. Further, in case he is awarded the work, the rate for the said item shall be payable as per the lowest rate quoted by other bidders.

3.3

The Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for any loss suffered by him on account of delays, in commencing or executing the work, whatever the cause of delays may be, including delays arising out of modifications to the work entrusted to him or in any subcontract connected therewith or delays in awarding contracts for other trades of the project or in commencement of completion of such works or in procuring Government controlled or other building materials or in obtaining water and power connections for construction purposes or for any claim in respect thereof. The Employer does not accept liability for any sum towards loss of overheads & profits of the contractor besides the accepted amount, subject to such variations as are provided for herein or as deemed fit to Employer. However, necessary time extension will be allowed if the delay is not attributable to contractor.

Informations and Instructions to Tenderers

IIT - 2

3.4

The Tenderers shall before tendering carefully examine the Tender Documents including these

Informations & Instructions to Tenderers, General Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, General Particulars & Requirements to Specifications, Detailed Specification,

Drawings and other matters referred to therein, the Schedules and the Bill of Quantities and if there should be or appear to be any ambiguity in / or discrepancy between any of these documents or between figured and measured dimensions and other aspects upon the Drawings, he shall immediately refer the matter to the Employer / Architect for clarification before

submission of Tender. However, in case of any discrepancies between Drawings,

Specifications and B.O.Q. items, B.O.Q. item shall supercede the others for quoting of rates.

4.0

Forms & Documents :

i) ii)

The tenderer must use only the forms issued by the Employer to fill the rates.

The Tender Form and the documents attached to it shall not be detached one from the other, and no alteration or mutilation (other than filling in all the blank spaces) shall be made in any of the documents attached hereto.

iii) All documents of the tender are to be read in conjunction with each other and rates quoted by the tenderer shall take this aspect into consideration.

5.0

Signing of Documents :

i) Each page of the tender documents should be signed by the person or persons submitting the tender in token of his / their having acquainted himself / themselves with the General Conditions of Contract, Specifications, Special Conditions, etc., as laid down. Any tender with any of the documents not signed will likely be rejected.

ii) The tender submitted on behalf of a firm shall be signed by all the partners of the firm or by a person who has the necessary authority on behalf of the firm to enter into the proposed contract. Otherwise, the tender may be rejected by the Employer iii) Tender shall contain full address, Telephone Nos., Fax No. for serving notices / addendums required to be served to the Tenderer in connection with the Tender.

iv) Power of Attorney in the name of person(s) who has / have signed the tender document.

Informations and Instructions to Tenderers

IIT - 3

6.0

The Tender shall accompany the following information and documents:

a) A construction programme in the form of Bar chart showing the sequence of operation together with the estimated time for major activities.

b) Full details of any special methodology or technique the Tenderer proposes to use for the construction or for any other purpose.

List of Proposed Technical man-power including their qualification & experience.

c) d) e)

List of proposed specialised contractors / associate if any, along with their credentials in respect to the trades of works together with their address.

-

-

Information regarding any changes from the previous submission made by the Tenderer for prequalification in respect of following aspects

Details of Business & Technical Organisation

Financial resources

f)

g) h)

DELETED.

The Tenderers shall attach to their tender a copy, duly authenticated by a notary, of the documents containing the constitution of the consortium, company or firm by which the

Tender is submitted so as to indicate by what persons and in what manner a contract may be entered by the consortium, company or firm and what persons would be directly responsible for the due performance of the Contract and can give valid receipt on behalf of the consortium, company or firm.

List of the equipments, formwork and staging to be erected / installed / deployed at the site for timely completion of the works.

Informations and Instructions to Tenderers

IIT - 4

7.0

Earnest Money

No Tender will be considered as responsive which is not accompanied by a sum of Rs.

4,50,000/- (Rupees Four Lacs Fifty Thousand only) as Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) in the form of Demand Draft / Pay Order drawn in favour of BOB payable at Mumbai or by way

Bank guarantee from a Nationalised /scheduled bank. In the event of the Tenderer withdrawing his Tender before the expiry of 120 days from the date fixed for receiving the Tenders or such other extended dates as agreed to or if the tender is accepted, the Contractor fails to pay the security deposit as stipulated/or if he fails to commence the work within stipulated time, the

Earnest Money will be forfeited. The Demand Draft/Pay order/Bank guarantee submitted against the Earnest Money Deposit will be returned without any interest to the unsuccessful

Tenderers within 180 days after the date fixed for receiving tenders. The Tender without

EMD will be summarily be rejected.

8.0

Initial Security Deposit ;

The successful Tenderer shall deposit a sum equal to 2% of the accepted Contract value, in the form of DD / BG from nationalized Bank within 7 days of issue of letter of Acceptance / Work

Order failing which the employer at his discretion may revoke the letter of Acceptance / Work order and forfeit the Earnest Money Deposit.

9.0

Performance Guarantee

The successful tenderer to whom the Contract is awarded shall deposit a sum equal to 5% of the accepted contract value in the form of Bank Guarantee from a Nationalised or Scheduled

Bank. The Performance Guarantee shall be deposited within 14 days from the date of issue of

Letter of Acceptance / Work Order failing which the Employer at his discretion may revoke the

Letter of Acceptance / Work Order and forfeit the Earnest Money Deposit. The Bank

Guarantee for Performance Guarantee shall be valid till the issue of Virtual Completion

Certificate.

10.0

The Tenderer (whether or not he submits a tender) shall treat the details of the documents as secret and confidential. In case a tenderer does not submit his tender, he shall return the blank

Tender documents and drawings.

Informations and Instructions to Tenderers

IIT - 5

11.0

Examinations & Evaluation of Tenders :

Employer will examine each Tender to satisfy whether - i) has been properly signed, ii) is accompanied by required security and documents and their correctness. A substantially responsive Tender is one, which conforms to all terms, condition and specifications of Tender

Documents without material deviation or reservation. The Tender Evaluation will be as under :i) ii)

The Tender which does not fulfill the submission of documents as specified in Sl. No. –

6 of Information & Instruction to Tenderers or elsewhere in the Tender document will be treated as unqualified and will be rejected.

The Tenders whose documents are found in order and satisfactory as stated above will be treated as responsive Tenders and the Price Bid of responsive Tenders will only be opened.

During evaluation employer may ask for any clarification or documents including breakdown of unit rates to the tenderer but no change in the price or substance of the bid will be sought.

12.0

Award of Contract :

Subject to Clause no. 13 herein below Employer will award the contract to the Bidder whose bid has been determined to be substantially responsive and whose offer has been found lowest after arithmetical checking.

13.0

The Employer does not bind himself to accept, the lowest or any tender and reserves to itself the right to accept or reject any or all the tenders, either in whole or in part, without assigning any reasons for doing so. The Employer also has the right to re-invite the tender at his sole discretion.

14.0

Throughout all the documents the term ‘Bid’ and ‘Tender’ and their derivatives like Bidders,

Tenderer are synonymous.

Informations and Instructions to Tenderers

IIT - 6

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

PROFORMA 1 - LIST OF SIMILAR WORKS EXECUTED IN LAST 7 YEARS

PROFORMA 2 - LIST OF IMPORTANT WORKS ON HAND

PROFORMA 3- DETAILS OF KEY PERSONNEL

PROFORMA 3A - DETAILS OF CURRICULUM VITAE

PROFORMA 4 - DETAILS OF INFRASTRUCTURE IN OFFICE

ANNEXURE – A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT / COMPLETION OF CONTRACT

WORK

ANNEXURE – B MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT

ANNEXURE – C RECEIPT & CONSUMPTION OF MATERIALS AT SITE

ANNEXURE – D MEASUREMENT BOOK (CIVIL WORK)

ANNEXURE – E RUNNING A/C BILL

ANNEXURE – F SECURED ADVANCE

ANNEXURE – G R. A. BILL CERTIFICATE

ANNEXURE – H PROFORMA OF UNDERTAKING IN CONNECTION WITH PAY

MENTS OF ADVANCE ON MATERIALS BROUGHT BY THE CON

TRACTORS TO THE SITE

ANNEXURE – I CERTIFICATE OF PAYMENT BY PMC

ANNEXURE – J HINDRANCE REGISTER

ANNEXURE – K ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT

ANNEXURE – L WATER PROOFING WORKS

ANNEXURE – M EXTENSION OF TIME LIMIT

BANK OF BARODA

PA-1

Performance & Annexure

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

PROFORMA- 1

Sr.

No.

1

LIST OF SIMILAR WORKS EXECUTED BYTHE ORGANISATION DURING THE LAST 7

YEARS

(Each work not less than

₹160 Lacs for Interior & Furnishing work)

Name of

Work

Project with

Address

2

Name

&Full

Postal

Address of the

Owner

(Specify)

Contract

Amount(Rs.)

Stipulated

Time of

Completion

(Years)

3 4 5

Actual time of

Completion

(Years)

6

Any other relevant

Information.

Actual amount of the project.

If Increased, give reasons.

7

Enclose

Clients

Certificate

For

Satisfactory

Completion

8

Notes:

Information has to be filled up specifically in this format. Please do not write remark “As indicated in Broacher”.

Date shall be reckoned from 01.05.2009

.

For certificates, the issuing authority shall not be less than an executive in charge.

PA-2

Performance & Annexure

PROFORMA - 2

SI.

No.

1 2

LIST OF IMPORTANT WORKS ON HAND

( Each work not less than

₹160 Lacs for Interior & Furnishing work)

Name of Work/

Project with

Address

Name & full postal address of the owner.

Specify whether Govt.

undertaking along with

Name, Address and

Contact Nos. of -2-

Persons

(Engineers or Top

Officials of the

Organization)

Contract

Amount

(Rs.)with copy of Work

Order

Stipulated Time of

Completion(years)

Present status of the

Project

3 4 5 6

Any other relevant information

7

Note :Information has to be filled up specifically in this format. Please do not write remark

“’As indicated in Brochure.”

PA-3

Performance & Annexure

PERFORMA -3

DETAILS OF KEY PERSONNEL, GIVING DETAILS ABOUT THEIR TECHNICAL

QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE

INCLUDING THAT IN YOUR ESTABLISHMENT

Sr.

No.

1

1 Details of qualified in-house Civil

Engineer/Architect.

2 Details of qualified

In-house Interior

Decoration supervisor/ Jr. Civil

Engineer/Jr.

Electrical/Mechani cal Engineer, with details of experience in similar works.

3 If the applicant is having existing association/collabo ration or likely to form a consortium of/ with other

Consulting

Name and

Designation

Age Qualification

2 3 4

Experie nce

Nature of

Works handled

5 6

Name of the projects handled costing over

Rs.

160

Lacs.

7

Date from which

Employed in your organization

Indicated etails of

Experienc e for similar projects

8 9

PA-4

Performance & Annexure

Engineers/

Contractor for the special work, the details of the intended setup shall be given along with details of Technical Staff similar lines to the above.

Notes:

1. Information has to be filled up specifically in this format. Please do not write remark “As indicated in Boucher”.

2. Indicate other points, if any, to show your technical and managerial competency to any important point in your favour.

Performance & Annexure

PA-5

ANNEXURE – A

PROFORMA OF NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT / COMPLETION OF CONTRACT

WORK

1. Name and principle employer & address

2. No. and date of certificate of registration

3. I / we hereby intimate that the contract work ________________ (Name of work) given to

__________________ (Name and address of the Contractor) having License No.

________________________ dated __________________ has commenced / has been completed with effect from _______________________ (date ) / on

______________________ (date).

Signature of the Principle

Employer

The Inspector,

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

Performance & Annexure

PA-6

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – B

PROFORMA OF MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT

Name of work

Progress report for the month

Report No.

Sr. No.

Description

Details of location where works is done

Approximate quantity executed

A.

GENERAL BUILDING WORK

1. Excavation work

2. Reinforcement fabrication

3. Shuttering work

4. Reinforce d cement concrete

Sr. No.

Description of work

Date of

Commencement

Due date of

Completion

Percentage

Progress

Achieved

PA-7

Performance & Annexure

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE - C

RECEIPT & CONSUMPTION OF MATERIALS AT SITE

Sr.

No.

Description

Opening

Balance

Receipt during month

Consumption during month

Closing balance

Total quantity received till date

1. Playwood sheets

2. Laminates sheets

3. False ceiling material

4. Tiles

Performance & Annexure

PA-8

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – D

Item. No.

Description

MEASUREMENT BOOK

L

Measurements No.

B D/H

Quantity

Performance & Annexure

PA-9

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

I - RUNNING A/C BILL

1. Name of Contractor / Agency

2. Name of work

3. Sr. No. of this bill

4. No. and date of previous bill

5. Reference to Agreement No.

6. Date of written order to commence

7. Date of completion as per agreement

Sr. No.

Item Description Unit Rate (Rs.) As per Tender

1 2 3 4 5

ANNEXURE – E

Upto previous R/A.

Bill

Qty.

6.

Amount

(Rs.)

7.

Upto date (Cumulative)

Qty.

8.

Amount

(Rs.)

9.

Qty.

10.

Present Bill

Amount

(Rs.)

11.

Remarks

12.

Note: 1) if part rate is allowed for any item, it should be indicated with reasons for allow ing such a rate

2) if ado payment is made, it should be mentioned specifically

______________

Net values since

Previous bill

PA-10

Performance & Annexure

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – F

II – ACCOUNT OF SECURED ADVANCE, IF ADMISSIBLE ON MATERIALS

HELD AT SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR

No.

1

Item

2

Quantity

3

Unit

4

Amount

5

Remarks

6

______________________________________________________________________

Total value of material at site

____________________________________________________________________

Secured Advance @ _____________ % of the above value

CERTIFIED (i) that the materials mentioned above have actually been brought by the Contractors to the site of the work & no advance on any quantity of any of this item is outstanding on their security,

(ii) that the materials are of imperishable nature and are all required by the contractors for use in the work in connection with the items for which rates of finished work have been agreed upon.

_________________________________________________________________________________

Dated signature of

Site Engineer PMC

Preparing the bill

Designation ___________________________

Dated signature of Bank’s Architects

_____________________

(Name of the Architects)

__________________________________________

Dated signature of Contractors

PA-11

Performance & Annexure

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – G

R.A. BILL CERTIFICATE

The measurements on the basis of which the above entries for the running bill no. : _____________ were made have been taken jointly on___________ and are recorded at pages _______________ to

___________ of Measurement Book No. ___________

Signature and date of

Contractor

Signature and date of PMC’s

Representative (seat)

The work recorded in the above mentioned measurements has been done at the site satisfactory as per tender drawings, conditions and specification.

Architect P.M.C.

Bank’s Engineer

Performance & Annexure

PA-12

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – H

PROFORMA OF UNDERTAKING IN CONNECTION WITH PAYMENTS OF

ADVANCE ON MATERIALS BROUGHT BY THE CONTRACTORS TO THE SITE

The undertaking made this _________ day of ___________ 20 07 _______ between the Bank of

Baroda ________________________________________ and having its ______________________ office at (hereinafter called the Employer) of the one part and ____________________ (hereinafter called the Contractors of the other part).

The Employer and the Contractors have entered into an Agreement dated _____________ hereinafter called as the said agreement and in terms of clause no. ___________ of the conditions in the agreement, the Employer has agreed that the Contractors will be paid an advance of 75 % of the cost of non-perishable building materials brought by the Contractor to the site for consumption in the works at the discretion of the Employer.

The Contractors have applied to the Employer that they be allowed advances on the security of materials absolutely belonging to them and brought by them to the site of work. The Employer has agreed to do so on the terms and hereinafter set out.

Not this Letter of Undertaking witnesses that in consideration of the said agreement and in consideration of the amount paid / payable to the Contractors by the Employer and / or any further advances as may be made to the Contractors as aforesaid, the Contractors hereby agree with the

Employer and undertake as under: i) The amount advanced by the Employer to the Contractors as aforesaid and all or any further sum or sums advanced as aforesaid shall be employed by the Contractors in or towards expediting the execution of the said works and for no other purpose whatsoever.

ii) That the materials which have been offered to and accepted by the Employer as security are absolutely the Contractors own property and free from encumbrances of any kind and the

Contractor will not make any application for or receive a further advance on the security of materials which are not absolutely his own property and free from encumbrances of any kind and the Contractors indemnify the Employer against all claims to any materials in respect of which an advance has been made to them as aforesaid.

PA-13

Performance & Annexure

iii) That the materials on the security of which any further advance or advances may hereafter be made as aforesaid (hereinafter called the said materials) shall be used by the Contractors solely in the execution of the said works in accordance with the directions of

________________ of the Employer and accordance with the terms of the said agreement.

iv) That the contractors shall take their own cost all the necessary and adequate arrangement for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risks of the site of the said works in the contractors custody and on their own responsibility and shall at all times be open to inspection to the Employer’s Engineers or any Officer authorized by the Employer. In the event of the materials or any part thereof being stolen, destroyed or damaged, the Contractors will further replace the same with other materials of like quality or repair and make good the same as required by the Employer.

v) That the said materials shall not on any account be removed from the site of the said works except with the written permission of the________________________ of Bank of Baroda.

vi) That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractors receive payment from the Employer of the price payable to them for the said works under the terms and the provisions of the said agreement provided that if any intermediate payments are made to the

Contractors on account of work done, then on occasion of each such payment, the Employer will be at liberty to make a recovery from the Contractors bill for such payment by deducting there from the value of the said materials then actually used in the construction and in respect of which recovery has not been made previously, the value for this purpose being determined in respect of each description of materials at the rates at which the amount of the advances made under these presents were calculated.

vii) That if the Contractors shall at any time make any default in the performances or observance in any respect of any of the terms and provisions of the said agreement or of these presents, the total amount of advance or advances that may still be owing to the Employer, shall immediately on the happening of such default be repayable by the Contractors to the

Employer together with interest thereon at 12% per annum from the date or respective dates of such advance or advances to the date of repayment and with all costs, charges, damages and expenses incurred by the Employer in or for the recovery thereof or the enforcement of this security or otherwise by reason of the default of the Contractors and the Contractors hereby covenant and agree with the Employer to repay and pay the same respectively to him accordingly.

PA-14

Performance & Annexure

viii) That the Contractors hereby charge all the said materials with the repayment to the Employer of the sum or sums advanced as aforesaid and all costs, charges, damages and expenses payable under these presents PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding anything in the said agreement and without prejudice to the powers contained therein if and whenever the covenant for payment and repayment hereinabove contained shall become enforceable and the money owing shall not be paid in accordance therewith, the Employer may at any time thereafter adopt all or any of the following courses as he may deem best: ix) Seize and utilize the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the said works on behalf of the Contractors in accordance with the provisions in that behalf contained in the said agreement debiting the Contractors with the actual cost of effecting such completion and the amount due in respect of advances under these presents and crediting the Contractors with the value of work done as if he had carried it out in accordance with the said agreement and at the rates thereby provided. If the balance is against the Contractors, they are bound to pay the same to the Employer on demand.

x) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part thereof and out of the moneys arising from the sale, retain all the sums aforesaid repayable or payable to the

Employer under these presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to the Contractor.

xi) Deduct all or any part of the money owing out of the Security Deposits or any sum due to the

Contractor under the said agreement.

xii) That except in the event of such default on the part of the Contractors as aforesaid, no interest shall be payable on the said advance.

xiii) That in the event on any conflict between the provisions of these presents and the said agreement, the provisions of these presents shah prevail and in the event of any dispute or difference arising over the construction of effect of these presents the settlement of which has not been herein before expressly provided for the same shall be referred to the Officer in charge, Premises Department , whose decision shall be final and no appeal shall lie against his decision before any court, arbitrator or authority.

xiv) The provision of this Undertaking shall be deemed to be supplemental to the said agreement.

PA-15

Performance & Annexure

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Contractors have set their hands to these presents the day and year first hereinabove written.

Signed, sealed and delivered by the said Contractors in the presence of Witness:

Signature

Name

Address

Performance & Annexure

PA-16

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – I

PROFORMA OF CERTIFICATE OF PAYMENT BY ARCHITECT

Certificate No. Interim

Client:

Contractor:

Dated

Project No.

Particulars:

Contract / Letter No.

Contract’s Bill No.

Building Work / Interior Work

Dated:

Dated:

This is to certify that the amount given below (*) is due to your contractors for the work done by them and / or against materials delivered at site and/or for advance towards contract on the above referred project.

Advance against contract:

Less: Advance adjusted to date

Balance Advance

Advance against material delivered at site

Amount of work done to date

Total

Less: Retention on work done

Less: Previously certified upto

Present Certificate (*)

Rupees _________________________________

PA-17

Performance & Annexure

The cost of cement or any other material supplied by you or payments made by you directly if any, and not covered herein above, should be adjusted before making the payment of the certified amount

(*)

Necessary Deduction U/S 194C of the Income Tax 1961 and sales tax may be made before paying the above certified amount.

By a copy of this letter, we are intimating the contractors to call on you for the necessary payment.

Remarks, if any the details of insurance policy are enclosed .

Enclosures: Bill Signature of Architect.

Performance & Annexure

PA-18

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – J

PROFORMA OF HINDRANCE REGISTER

Name of the work :

Name of Contractor :

Agreement No. :

Sr.

No.

1

Date of state of work:

Period of Completion:

Date of completion:

Nature of

Hindrance

2

Date of

Occurrence of

Hindrance

3

Date of which

Hindrance was removed

4

Period of

Hindrance

5

Signature of PMC

6

Remarks

7

______________________________________________________________________________

PMC – Project Management Consultant

PA-19

Performance & Annexure

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE - K

FORMAT OF GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY THE FIRM / CONTRACTOR IN

RESPECT OF THE WORK OF PRE-CONSTRUCTION ANTI-TERMITE

TREATMENT

This agreement made this _________ day of _________ two thousand ______ between________ having its Head Office at ___________________(herein after called “the Employer”) of the one part and __________________________(herein after called “ the Guarantor”) of the other part.

WHEREAS THIS AGREEMENT is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the contract dated _________ and made between the Employer of the one part and the Guarantor of the other part) where by the Firm / Contractor inter alia undertook to render the building / structure completely free from any infestation of termites. And whereas the Guarantor agreed to give guarantee to the effect that the said building / structure shall remain free from any infestation of termites for a minimum period of ten years from the date of completion of preconstruction anti-termite treatment carried out as per the relevant I.S. Code.

Now the Guarantor hereby agrees to make god all defects and render the building / structure free from any infestation of termites, during this period of guarantee and to the satisfaction of the

Employer. The Guarantor also agrees to take up such rectification work at his own cost, and within one week from the date of issue of notice from the Employer, calling upon him to rectify the defects.

The decision of the employer as to the cost payable by the Guarantor will be final and binding, in case the Guarantor fails to commence the work as per above notice and the work is got done through some other contractor. That if the Guarantor fails to execute the pre-construction anti-termite treatment or commits breach there under then the Guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successors against all loss, damage caused, expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by any reason of any default on the part of the Guarantor in performance and observance of this agreement. As to the amount of loss and / or damage and/or cost incurred by the Employer the decision of the Employer will be final and binding.

PA-20

Performance & Annexure

In witness where of these presents have been executed by the obligator ___________ and by

_____________ and for on behalf of the Employer on the month and year first above written.

Signed, and delivered by ________________________________________ by the hands of Shri

___________________ in the presence of ____________________

Signed and delivered by the hand of ___________________in the presence of _____________

Performance & Annexure

PA-21

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXTURE –L

FORM OF GUARANTEE IN RESPECT OF WATER PROOFING WORKS

The Agreement made this ……………….day of ………………..two thousand and seven between

……………………………………………….. (Hereinafter called the Guarantor of the one part) and the Dy. General Manager, state management, Bank of Baroda Bandra Kurla Complex (hereinafter called the other part.)

WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the Contract ), dated

………… and made between the GUARANTOR OF THE ONE part and BANK OF BARODA other part, where by the Contractor, interalia, undertook to render the buildings and structures in the said contract recited completely water and leak-proof.

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said structures will remain water and leak-proof for 10 years from the date giving of water proofing treatment.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that water proofing treatment given by him will render the structure completely lick-proof and the minimum life of such water proofing treatment shall be 10 years to be reckoned from the date after the maintenance period prescribed in the contract. Provided that the guarantor will not be responsible for leakage caused by earthquake or structural defects or misuse of roof or alteration and for such purpose.

(a) Misuse of roof and other water proofed surface shall mean any operation which will damage proofing treatment, like chopping of firewood and things of the same nature which might cause damage to the water proof surface.

(b) Alteration shall mean construction of any additional work by removing the water proofing treatment in parts.

(c) The decision of the Architect / PMC with regard to cause of leakage shall be final.

PA-22

Performance & Annexure

During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and in case of any defect being found render the building water proof to the satisfaction of the Architect / PMC at him cost and shall commence the work for such rectification within seven days from the date of issue of the notice from the Architect / PMC calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the owner by some other contractor at the Guarantor’s cost and risk. The decision of the Architect / PMC as to the cost, payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding. That if

Guarantor fails to execute the water proofing or commits breach there under, then the Guarantor will indemnify the Principal and his successors against al lose, damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this supplementary agreement As to the amount of loss and / or cost incurred by the Owner the decision of the Architect / PMC will be final and biding on the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligor ……………………..

and by ………………………. And for and on behalf of the Dy. General Manager, state management, Bank of Baroda – Bandra Kurla Complex on the day, month and year first above written.

SIGNED, SEALED AND delivered by OBLIGOR in the presence of :

2.

3.

SIGNED ON BEHALF OF BANK OF BARODA BY ………………In the presence of :

1.

2.

Performance & Annexure

PA-23

PROFORMA & ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – M

APPLICATION OF PROFORMA FOR EXTENSION OF TIME LIMIT

1. Name of Contractor

2. Name of the work as given in the Agreement

3. Agreement No.

4. Estimated Tender Amount.

5. Date of Commencement of work as per Agreement.

6. Period allowed for Completion of work as per Agreement.

7. Date of Completion Stipulated in Agreement.

8. Period for which Extension of Time has been given previously: a) 1 st

Extension vide Architects / Bank letter no. dtd, month, days b) 2 nd

Extension vide Architects / Bank letter no. dtd, month, days c) 3 rd

Extension vide Architects / Bank letter no. dtd, month, days d) 4 th

Extension vide Architects / Bank letter no. dtd, month, days

9. Total Extension previously given.

a) Reasons for which extensions have been given (copies of the previous application should be attached)

10. Period for which extension is applied for :

PA-24

Performance & Annexure

11. Hindrances on account of which extension is applied for with dates on Hindrances occurred and the period for which these are likely to last : a) Serial No.

b) Nature Of Hindrance: c) Date of Occurrence: d) Period for which is likely to last : e) Period for which Extension required for this particulars Hindrance: f) Overlapping period if any , with to item (e) above g) Net extension applied for : h) Remarks if any

12. Extension of time required for extra work

13. Details of extra work and amount involved : a) Total value of extra work : b) Proportionate period of extension time on estimated amount put tender

14. Total extension time required for 11 & 12 :

Submitted to the PMC / Architects / Bank

--------------------------------------------------

Signature of contractor

Date:

PA-25

Performance & Annexure

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.

Scope of Work

The scope of the work is to carry out Interior Furnishing including, Civil, Plumbing,

Electrical, Data & Voice, Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm etc on Turnkey Basis for Proposed

Regional office, Gandhinagar, as detailed in the Drawings, Specifications and Bill of

Quantities for Office Building of Bank of Baroda at 19th floor, GIFT One Tower, Gift

City, Gandhinagar, Ahmedabad

2.

3.

4.

Location of Site

The site is located at at 19th floor, GIFT One Tower, Gift City, Gandhinagar, Ahmedabad.

Area for the Contractor’s Site Facilities

The area to the extent available, at the discretion of the EIC, from the said plot will be allocated to the contractor for his stores, offices, erection of plants, workshops etc. Any additional area including area for labour camp etc. shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost. The Employer neither undertakes any responsibility for providing the area more than the above nor will entertain any claim / reimbursement etc. towards arrangement of additional area / land etc. by the contractor.

Dimensions and Levels

All dimensions and levels shown on the Drawings shall be verified by the Contractor on the

Site and he will be held responsible for the accuracy and maintenance of all the dimensions and the levels.

Figured dimensions are in all cases to be accepted and no dimension shall be scaled. Largescale details shall take precedence over small-scale drawings. In case of discrepancy the

Contractor shall ask for clarification from the Engineer before proceeding with the work.

5.

Notice of Operation

The Contractor shall not carry out any important operation without the consent in writing of the Engineer / EIC.

SCC - 1

Special Conditions of Contract

6.

7.

8.

9.

Construction Records

The Contractor shall keep and provide to the Engineer full and accurate records of the dimensions & locations of all new work and any other information necessary for the Engineer for records of the works as constructed.

Safety of adjacent Structures & Trees

The Contractor shall provide and erect to the approval of the Engineer such supports as may be required to protect efficiently all structures and protective guards to trees which may be endangered by the execution of the works or otherwise take such permanent measures as may be required by the Engineer to protect the structures and trees.

Temporary Works

Before any Temporary Works are commenced the Contractor shall submit at least 7 days in advance to the Engineer for approval, complete drawings of all Temporary Works he may require for the execution of the works. The Contractor shall also submit his calculations relating to strength, if required by the Engineer and shall carry out the modifications that the

Engineer may require in accordance with the Conditions of Contract at his own cost. The

Contractor shall be solely responsible for the stability and safety of all Temporary Works and unfinished works and for the quality of the permanent works resulting from the arrangement eventually adopted for their execution.

Temporary Roads

Access roads shall be provided to the site by the Contractor from the Main Road at no extra cost as directed by the Engineer / EIC. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper maintenance of this access road and would take all care to see that existing services if any are maintained in working order.

The construction and maintenance of Temporary Roads within the site area shall be the

Contractor’s responsibility and the Contractor shall take such measure as are necessary and as directed by the Engineer / EIC.

10.

Power, Water & Other Facilities

(a) The rate quoted by the Contractor shall include expenditure for providing all the water required for the work and the Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the supply of good quality potable water, including obtaining Municipal connection for

SCC - 2

Special Conditions of Contract

his labour as well as for construction purpose, and all charges for water shall be borne by him. If Municipal water is not available and should it become necessary for

Contractor to bore wells for obtaining water for construction purposes or to bring water from outside by tankers, the Employer shall not be liable to pay any charges in connection therewith.

(b) The rate quoted in the tender shall also include electric consumption charges for power. If no power is available at the site, the Contractor shall have to make his own arrangements to obtain power connections and maintain at his own expenses an efficient service of electric light and power and shall pay for the electricity consumed.

(c) For water and electricity, the Contractors for other trades directly appointed by the

Employer shall be entitled to take connections from the temporary water and electric supply connection obtained by the Contractor at their cost. Such contractors (directly appointed by Employer) shall install a sub-meter for measuring electric / water consumption at their own cost and maintain the wiring / installation in good condition as per the local rules and reimburse the actual consumption charges directly to the

Contractor at mutually agreed rates between them. In case of any disagreement, the reimbursement charges shall be decided by the Engineer, whose decision shall be final and with out appeal.

All Municipal charges for drainage and water connection and electricity charges for construction purposes shall be borne by the Contractor and charges payable for permanent connections, if any, shall be initially paid by the Contractor and the

Employer will reimburse the amount on production of receipts.

(d) The contractor shall make suitable arrangement for a stable and uninterrupted supply of water, power and other facilities for the work and Engineer's and Employer’s office.

The cost of these facilities towards installation and maintenance shall be borne by the contractor and are deemed to be included in the quoted rates / prices.

(e) The Employer, as well as the Engineer, shall give all possible assistance to the

Contractor to obtain the requisite permission from the various Authorities, but the

(f) responsibility for obtaining the same in time shall be that of the Contractor.

In case water and electricity are provided by the Employer from their existing source, the charges as decided by the Employer will be deducted from the payment due to contractor.

SCC - 3

Special Conditions of Contract

11.

Temporary Services

The Contractor shall provide and maintain all temporary services on or about the site, for the execution of the works and shall remove them on completion at his own cost.

12.

(i) Office Accommodation for Contractor, / Employer's Representatives and Visiting

Officials

(a) The Contractor shall provide & maintain all necessary site office(s), stores, laboratories, shelters, sanitary facilities, canteens and other temporary buildings for themselves and their staff at site to the approval of the Engineer.

All temporary buildings and facilities under Clause no. 11, 12, 13 & 14 hereof shall be provided by the contractor during the construction period and be removed on completion of the project or at any earlier date as directed by the Engineer, at their own cost.

All the expenses for obtaining statutory approvals and maintenance of the above facilities as well as running expenses shall be borne by the contractor. It is also responsibility of the Contractor to obtain statutory approvals for providing above facilities.

Special Conditions of Contract

SCC - 4

(ii) Telephone & Fax

The Contractor shall install and maintain 1 telephone with required extension (for local calls) and one telephone cum fax at Employer’s site office at his own cost and shall pay all the bills for the calls and maintenance. The telephone cum fax shall be installed at the office of the Employer's representative. The Contractor shall also allow free and exclusive use of the same to the Employer's representatives and other visiting officials for phone calls / fax transmission in connection with the works. It may be noted that the telephone cum fax shall be used for local calls only.

13.

Facilities for Contractor's Employees

The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the housing and welfare of his staff and workmen including adequate drinking water and sanitary facilities. The Contractor shall also make his own arrangements at his own cost for transport where necessary for his staff and workmen to and from the Sites of the works. The necessary drinking water and sanitary facilities for Employer's & PMC's representative, contractors staff & labour & visitors at site shall be provided and maintained by the contractor at no extra cost.

14.

Lighting for Works

The Contractor shall at all times provide adequate and approved lighting as required for the proper execution and supervision & inspection of the works.

15.

Fire Fighting Arrangement

(i) The Contractor shall provide suitable arrangements for fire fighting at his own cost.

For this purpose, he shall provide requisite number of Fire-Extinguishers and adequate number of buckets, some of which are to be always kept filled with sand and some with water. These equipment shall be provided at suitable prominent and easily accessible places and shall be properly maintained.

(ii) The Contractor may be subject to periodic fire prevention inspections and any deficiency or unsafe condition shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own cost and to approval of the Engineer and the relevant authorities.

These fire prevention inspections shall include but not limited to the following:

SCC - 5

Special Conditions of Contract

a) b) c) d) e) f)

Proper handling, storage and disposal of combustible materials, liquids and wastes.

Work operations, which can create fire hazards.

Access for fire fighting equipment.

Type, size, number and location of fire extinguishers or other fire fighting equipment.

Inspection and maintenance records for extinguishers.

Type, number and location of containers for the removal of surplus materials and rubbish.

General housekeeping g)

16 (i) Site Instruction Book

For the purpose of quick communication between the Engineer / EIC and the Contractor or his Agent or Representative, Site Books shall be maintained at Site in the manner as described below :

Any communication, relating to the works may be conveyed through Site Instruction Books.

Such a communication from one party to the other shall be deemed to have been adequately served in terms of the Contract. Each site book shall have machine-numbered pages in triplicate and shall be carefully maintained and preserved by the Contractor and shall be made available to the Engineer / EIC as and when demanded. Any instruction which the Engineer /

EIC may like to issue to the Contractor may be recorded by him in the Site Book and two copies thereof taken by the Engineer / EIC for his record. The Contractor or his Agency or

Representative may similarly record in the Site Book any communication he may like to send to the Engineer / EIC. Two copies thereof when sent to the Engineer / EIC and receipt obtained thereof, will constitute adequate services of the communication to the Engineer /

EIC.

(ii) Site Records

Contractor shall maintain various site records like inventories of materials, approval of

SCC - 6

Special Conditions of Contract

material, testing, hindrance etc as per standard practice or as advised by Engineer / EIC.

17.

Temporary Fencing, Barricades etc.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain a suitable approved temporary fencing / barricades and gates to adequately enclose all boundaries of the site for the protection of the public and for the proper execution of the Works including all costs incurred for the security of the

Works and in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer / Employer and regulations of local authorities / pollution board. These shall be altered, relocated and adapted from time to time as necessary and removed on completion.

18.

Site Meetings

Progress and quality evaluation meetings will be held at the site every week or fortnightly.

The Contractors senior representative in charge of the project along with his site-in-charge and other staff including staff of approved subcontractors and suppliers as required shall participate in these progress review meetings and ensure all follow up actions. Any additional review meetings shall be held if required, as decided by the Engineer / EIC which also shall be attended by the above referred representatives.

19.

Programme of Works

(i)

Detailed Programme to be furnished

Within 15 days of receiving letter of Acceptance / Award the Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed programme of works in the form of a Bar Chart / Mile stone network showing all activities & the order of procedure in which he proposes to carry out the works including labour histogram, cash flow and deployment of equipments.

Within 15 days from the date of submission, the Engineer / EIC shall convey to the

Contractor his comment / approval on the programme.

The contractor shall be required to submit the PERT / CPM chart for the various activities involved in this work including dependencies etc., and regularly monitor the progress of construction accordingly.

(ii)

Programme to be Modified

Subject to the provisions of Clause no. 19 hereof, if at any time it should appear to the

Engineer that the actual progress of the works does not conform to the approved

SCC - 7

Special Conditions of Contract

programme referred to in sub-clause (i) of this Clause, the Contractor shall produce a revised & detailed programme showing the modifications to the original programme necessary to ensure the completion of the works within the time for completion as defined in Clause no. 32 of GCC hereof.

(iii)

Cash Flow

The detailed programmes shall also show the estimated Cash flow required for each month to complete the works.

(iv)

Progress Report / Photograph

Two copies of monthly progress reports containing the following shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Employer through the Engineer on or before the 7 th day of the next month.

(a) Monthly detailed progress report showing the progress of individual activities of programme as achieved at site till such period & being suitably marked on the approved network diagram, or as directed by the Engineer, shall be provided by the Contractor indicating the actual state of progress during the course of the contract, together with other details of procurement & delivery schedules of materials / equipments, as required by the Engineer.

(b) Three copies of coloured photographs with negatives in (5 x 7.5) inch size showing important progress of work.

(c) Labour report in the form prescribed by the Engineer.

(d) Equipment & machinery report in the form pre scribed by the Engineer.

(e) Supervisory staff report in the form prescribed by the Engineer.

(f) Remedial Measures for covering up delay, if any.

(g) Bottlenecks and hindrances,

Apart from the above the Contractor shall submit daily report indicating regular deployment of his staff and works, equipments, important stages of progress, procurement of construction materials etc. as approved by the Engineer.

20.

Procedure for Measurement, Record and Billing :

i.

All measurements shall be taken jointly by the Contractor / Engineer. During measurement, Contractor shall provide all assistance with measuring appliances, labour and other necessary for measurement.

SCC - 8

Special Conditions of Contract

ii.

iii.

Engineer to Scrutinize, Check and record the measurements on the Measurement

Sheets / Books (duly approved by Employer and issued to Engineer) and to Certify the bills for payment.

iv.

Measurement shall be taken as per methods of measurement spelt out in the

Specification / Contract document. In case of any dispute as to the mode of measurement not covered by the Contract to be adopted for any item of work, mode of measurement as per latest Indian Standard Specification / CPWD / Standard

Engineering Practices as decided by Engineer shall be followed in order of preference.

v.

Interim Bills shall be submitted by the Contractors based on the measurement taken for Scrutiny and Certification for payment by Engineer / EIC.

vi.

While preparing the final bills overall measurement may not be taken again. Only volume of work executed since the last measurement bill along with summary of final measurements will be considered for the final bill. However, detailed checking of previous Interim Bills shall be made and in case there are any missing items or measurements, the same shall be recorded.

Incase, the Contractor does not submit the Final Bill within the stipulated period as specified in Clause no. 31 of General Condition of Contract, the Engineer may take the measurements of his own and certify the Bill which will be binding on the

Contractor.

vii.

The schedule of payment of Bill shall be as specified in Clause no. 31 of General

Condition of Contract.

21.

Disposal of Refuse etc.

i) The Contractor shall cart away from site and deposit where directed by the Engineer all refuse, etc. arising from the Works both as it accumulates, at completion of the

Works or at the direction of the Engineer.

ii) It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain a certificate from the local authorities concerned to the effect that all rubbish arising out of Contractor's activities at the construction site or any other offsite activities borrow pits and / or disposal area(s)has been properly disposed off.

This certificate from the authority shall be dated not later than the (last) Certificate of

SCC - 9

Special Conditions of Contract

Completion of Works and is to be enclosed with the Payment Certificate in which the

Contractor re quests for payment of any Retention money due to him.

22.

Contractor to verify site Measurements

The Contractor shall check and verify all site measurements whenever requested by other specialists, Contractors or by nominated or other sub-contractors to enable them to prepare their own shop drawings and pass on the information with sufficient promptness, as will not in any way delay the works. A copy of all such information passed on shall be given to the

Engineer.

23.

Hoarding

The Contractor shall at his cost put up a suitable hoarding of approximate size 4 m x 3 m in

English to a design to be approved by the Engineer. The board shall include the name of the

Project Employer, Architect cum Project Management Consultant & the Contractors.

24.

DELETED

.

25.

Approved Makes / Agencies

The Contractor shall provide all materials from the list of approved makes and also appoint the specialist agency from the approved list as provided in the Tender. The Architect /

Employer / Engineer will approve make / agency as selected by the contractors within the approved list after inspection of their samples / mock-ups and there compliance to Technical

Specifications / B.O.Q. items and after ascertaining their spare capacities and recent past performances.

In case the materials are not in conformity with BOQ & Technical

Specification though it is in approved list or for Aesthetic reason, Employer / Architect may select the other approved makes

26.

As Built Drawings / Documents / Shop Drawing

(a)

Drawings Issued to the Contractor by the Engineer :

The Engineer will issue three sets of the drawings / soft copies to the Contractor for the items for which some changes have been made from the approved drawings as instructed by the Engineer. The contractor will mark the changes which have been made from the approved drawings and submit the copies of drawings / soft copies to the Engineer for his approval. In case any revision is required or the corrections are not properly marked, the Engineer will point out the discrepancies to the Contractor.

The Contractor will have to incorporate these corrections and / or attend to

SCC - 10

Special Conditions of Contract

discrepancies either on the copies as above or fresh copies as directed by the Engineer and resubmit to the Engineer for approval alongwith soft copies. The Engineer will return one copy to the contractor duly approved for his records.

(b)

Shop drawings prepared by the Contractor :

The contractor shall prepare the shop-drawings as & when required or as directed by

EIC. The Contractor will modify the drawing prepared by him wherever any changes are made consequent to site decisions etc. as approved by the Engineer. Three copies along with soft copies shall be submitted of these corrected drawings to the Engineer for his approval.

The Engineer shall return one copy of the same, duly approved, if found satisfactory or advise contractor the changes required or discrepancies, if any. The Contractor shall resubmit the three copies after incorporating all the corrections / changes etc. with soft copies. The Engineer / Architect will return one copy to the contractor duly approved for his records.

(c)

Documents :

Contractor shall submit documents like Maintenance and Operation Manuals,

Literatures of various equipments, Guarantee etc. in bounded form in triplicate to

Engineer on completion of work, which will be construed as a condition for certify

Final Bill.

27.

Procurement of Materials.

The contractor shall make his own arrangement to procure all materials required for the work.

All wastages including that in cement and steel shall be to the contractors account.

28.

(i) Excise & Sales Taxes, Works Contract Tax, Service Tax, Labour Cess for Works

The Contractor shall pay and be responsible for payment of all taxes, duties, levies, royalties, fees or charges in respect of the works including but not limited to sales taxes, tax on works contract, Service Tax, Excise duties, Labour Cess and octroi, payable in respect of materials, equipment, plant and other things required for the

Contract. All of the aforesaid taxes, duties, levies fees and charges shall be to the

Contractor's account and Employer shall not be required to pay any additional or extra amount on this account. Variation of taxes, duties, levies, fees etc., if any, till completion of work shall be deemed to be included in the accepted rates and no extra claim on this account will in any case be entertained except for Work Contract tax /

SCC - 11

Special Conditions of Contract

Service Tax for which any variation, the Employer will reimburse the same on documentary evidence.

(ii) New Taxes, Duties & Levies, etc.

If a new Tax or Duty or Levy is imposed under as statute or law during the currency of the contract, the same may be reimbursed by the Employer if so deemed fit on documentary evidence.

29.

General Price Variation Adjustment (PVA) for Materials and Labour

DELETED

30.

Non-Assignability

This Contract & Benefits and Obligations thereof shall be strictly personal to the bidder bidding the bid and shall not on any account be assignable or transferable by the Bidder. Also, the Bidder will not be allowed to get the work executed on back to back basis through any other agency except for specialized works.

31.

Appointment of Specialist Agencies

The contractor shall appoint specialist Agencies for the following works with due approval from Engineer / Engineer-in-charge apart from that mentioned in elsewhere of the tender document for specialized works.

i.

ii.

Electrical and ELV System

Fire Fighting Work & Fire Alarm work iii.

HVAC work

The specialist agencies so appointed by the contractor should have adequate Technical and

Financial capability and have proven record for the relevant works. The specialist agencies should have completed at least one similar work or two similar works or three similar works of value 75%, 50%, 40% of awarded value of relevant works respectively.

The contractor shall submit the relevant documents to the Engineer / Engineer-in-charge for appointing specialist agencies and shall get approval from the Engineer / Engineer-in-charge.

The appointment of specialist agencies shall not relieve contractor from any of their performance obligation as per the contract. The contractor should be fully and solely responsible for the quality and completion of works to be carried out by the specialist agencies.

However, contract can deploy their own In-house facilities only if it is approved by Employer

SCC - 12

Special Conditions of Contract

/ Engineer after verifying their credential and past performance

32.

Priority of Contract Documents

The several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another, but in case of ambiguities or discrepancies, the documents forming the Contract shall be as follows in order of precedence.

f) g) d) e) a) b) c) h)

Articles of Agreement

Letter of acceptance of Tender / Award of Work

NIT, Form of Tender, information of instruction to tenderer & Addendum if any

Special Conditions of Contract

General Conditions of Contract

Priced Bill of Quantities

Technical Specifications (including any further instructions by Engineer / EIC during construction work)

Drawings (Working drawings issued during construction).

33.

Statutory Approvals

Contractor shall obtain all statutory approvals at his own cost before commencement and on completion of work if required from the GIFT authorities. However, Employer shall pay or reimbursed the all official fees on demand/producing original receipts.

The contractor shall obtain necessary permissions, approval from the GIFT authorities as required for completion of the work.

34.

Contractor to co-ordinate with other Contractors :

Contractor has to co-ordinate with other Contractors employed by Employer for other works and for any dispute the same to be brought to the notice of Employer / Engineer.

35.

Delegation

The BOB may delegate any of the duties and responsibilities to other people after notifying the Contractor and may cancel any delegation after notifying the Contractor.

36.

Basic Rates for Steel & Cement and other Materials

SCC - 13

Special Conditions of Contract

Basic rates of Material while bidding the Tender, the Tenderers shall quote the rates based on the basic rates mentioned in BOQ

Basic price means the landed cost of materials at site including transportation, excise duty, sales tax, VAT, Octoroi and all other duties levied by Govt. or any public bodies.

1.

For materials for which a basic price has been stipulated in the tender, the variation in the actual cost of purchase including transportation, excise duty, sales tax, VAT,

Octoroi and all other duties levied by Govt. or any public bodies from the basic price stipulated above will be considered for adjustment (recoverable or payable as the case) due to incorporation of required quantity of such material in the works over different periods of time as per construction schedule. No claim against wastage component

will be consider for the same. Rates should be however fair and competitive and verified by market enquiry by the Employer calling quotations from the approved material distributers/manufactures on regular interval and the quantity purchased in every period should be reasonable and advantageous, in case of huge fluctuation in rate for basic rated items, upon receiving instructions from Employer, contractor to initiate bulk procurement for those items to have benefit of rate etc. Contractor is required to submit delivery callan, invoice and payment details in respect of the basic rated material purchased for verification of Employer / PMC.

2.

The Contractor shall not in any way be entitled to any sums by way of overhead costs, profits or otherwise whatsoever in respect of such variation. The corresponding adjustment shall be made in the Contractor’s bill on production of all necessary documents duly certified by the PMC/Architects. Wastage in cement, steel and other materials shall be on the Contractor’s account. It is clarified that no adjustment shall be made in respect of items such as steel grills window/ventilator bars, doors, hoop iron or

M.S. rods for partitions wall plates for water tanks, & other manufactured items whatsoever.

3.

That in case the Employer is able to arrange for steel for the works either from its own stocks or from the manufacturers or stockiest or suppliers or otherwise the Contractor shall use the same in the work if so directed by the Employer.

4.

The employer has the right to instruct the successful tenderer to purchase the required materials for which the “Basic Price” has been stipulated from the dealer or supplier as per list of approved makes / Agencies or any other agencies selected by the Employer and at the rate approved by the Employer on verification of market rate from time to time.

SCC - 14

Special Conditions of Contract

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for procurement of cement. As the cement of tested quality is freely available in the market in abundant quantity at competitive prices, the contractor shall take prior approval from Employer with regard to brand of cement other than approved make or brand and the price at which the same shall be procured.

37.

Typographic or Clerical Errors:

The Architect's clarifications regarding partially omitted particulars or typographical or clerical errors in the Tender documents shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

38.

Rate Analysis of Major Items :

Rate Analysis of major items to be submitted by the Bidder before award of work if so required by Employer.

39.

Notices :

Notices of the Employer to the Architect/Structural Consultant or the contractor may be served personally or by being left at or sent by registered post to the known place of abode or business of the party to whom the same is given or in the case of the Contractor by being left on the works. In the case of company or corporation, Notices may be served at or sent by registered post to the registered office of the Company or Corporation. Any notice sent by registered post shall be deemed to be served at the time when, in the ordinary course of post, it would be delivered

40.

Soil Test Report :

DELETED

41.

Technical Audit

The whole of the work may be technically audited by the Chief Technical Examiner (CTE) of the Central Vigilance Commission, Government of India from time to time. Any defects, improvement or testing etc. conveyed by the Examiner shall be carried out by the contractor at no extra cost, to the satisfaction of the CTE. Any deduction suggested by the CTE either due to faulty workmanship or not adhering to the specification will be effected.

The Employer shall have a right to cause a technical examination and audit of work and running and final bills of the contractor including all supporting vouchers. Abstract, etc. to be made at the time of the bill. If as a result of this examination or otherwise any sum is found to have been overpaid in respect of any work done by the contractor under the contract the

SCC - 15

Special Conditions of Contract

contractor shall be liable to return the amount of over payment and it will be lawful for the employer to recover the same from any sum or sums due to him and in any other manner legally permissible and if it is found that the Contractor was paid less than what was due to him under the contract in respect of any work, executed by him under the contract, the amount of such under payment shall be duly considered / paid by the employer.

Any sum of money due and payable to the contractor (including security deposit returnable to him) under this contract may be appropriated by the Employer and set off against any claim of the Employer for the payment of a sum of money arising out of or under any other contract made by the Contractor with the Employer.

Special Conditions of Contract

SCC - 16

GUIDELINES FOR INTERIOR WORKS IN GIFT CITY

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

Zonal Facility Centre (ZFC),

Block-12, Road 1-D, Zone-I,

Gandhinagar, Gujarat, Pin-382355

Board Line: 079 – 30018300/332

Website: www.giftgujarat.in

July 2015

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

Sr. No. Contents

Statement of need

Applicability

Definitions

Guidelines for Interior Works of Buildings in GIFT City

04 A Mandatory Guidelines for Interior Works of Buildings

04 B Recommended Guidelines for Interior Works of Buildings

General Conditions applicable for Interior Works

Submission Requirements for Interior Permission

06 A Design Approval Stage Requirements

06 B Completion Stage Requirements

Format of Application for Interior Permission (Form No. IP – A – 01)

Format of Application for Completion Certificate of interior works (Form

No. IC – A – 02)

Format of permission for Interior works (Form No. IP – B – 01)

Format of Completion Certificate of Interior works (Form No. IC – B – 02)

Format of drawing template (Annexure – A)

ENCLOSED

Page

No.

3

4

5

6

6

3

3

4

6

6

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

2

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015

01.

Statement of Need

GIFT City, as an upcoming Tec-City, has always focused on appearance and functionality of public areas, common areas and even building interior spaces. Gujarat International

Finance Tec - City Company Limited (GIFTCL) management gives high importance to safety and security of its citizens not only in the public areas of the city but also inside the buildings.

GIFTCL intends to grant some flexibility for individual creativity and expression for interiors of buildings so long as it is within building norms. GIFTCL desires to control the elements enhancing the visual quality of the interior and exterior spaces of the buildings, thereby adding a degree of visual uniformity. At the same time no compromise is permitted on fire safety, building safety. GIFT DCRs were prepared keeping building development as focus without detailing on guidelines for interiors of the buildings.

As per the condition of Occupancy Certificate the buildings which received occupancy certificates needs to take prior permission of GIFTCL to carry out the interior works on any floor of the building. This guideline handbook will help users / occupants needing to carry out interior works in their offices, work places, shops, retail areas and even residential flats. This document will help to guide the interior design and execution works for creating an efficient and safe indoor environment. This document also brings out the Interior Works Permission Process in GIFT, requirements for design, approval and completion stage drawings and document.

02. Applicability

These guidelines are only for the interior modifications / changes proposed by the occupant in offices, work places, shops, retail areas and even residential flats which do not amount to ‘development’ as defined in Gujarat Town Planning and Urban

Development Act, 1976 and in GIFT DCRs. The interior works not involving any change of use, structural changes and/or changes in light/ventilation, sizes of rooms will be permitted under these guidelines.

The interior works/internal change/modification without increase in BUA but involving structural modification, changes in room dimensions, room areas, toilet dimensions, duct dimensions, changes in natural light, ventilation arrangements, entrance/exit location, parking location etc. will need development permission from GIFT UDA.

03. Definitions

GIFTCL - Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited and its officers.

GIFT UDA – GIFT Urban Development Authority appointed by Government of Gujarat under section 22 of Gujarat Town Planning and Urban Development Act, 1976 by its notification dated 15 March 2012.

BUA- Built Up Area which is approved by GIFT UDA.

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

3

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015

CA- Carpet Area which is mentioned in the registered transfer deed/lease deed/approved as-built drawings of Occupancy Certificate

SQM- Used for referring square meters.

GTPUD ACT - Gujarat Town Planning and Urban Development Act, 1976.

NBC 2005 – National Building Code 2005 and its updated versions.

04. Guidelines for Interior Works of Buildings in GIFT City

04 A. Mandatory Guidelines for Interior Works of Buildings

1. Structural Change –

No alteration of the existing structural elements, façade material / decoration of the building is permissible.

2. Interference in “Common Area” –

Construction within “Common Area” of the building is not permissible. All functional and habitable interior spaces should be designed without any interference in “Common

Area” like – corridors, passages, staircases, lift lobby, refuge areas, escape routes etc.

3. Architectural compatibility with existing facilities –

• The architect/interior designer must ensure complete coordination between interior and exterior designs for the best interest of the user and the function of the space.

• The articulation of interior space should be such that it’ll provide maximum daylight condition, will not obstruct the existing windows for sufficient ventilation.

• The façade signage on exterior of the building is not allowed.

4. Fire-Fighting –

• Fire-Fighting within the interior space should be as per NBC 2005, Part 4 – Fire

& Life Safety.

• Fire-Audit should be conducted for the entire floor to get Fire-Rating and to judge how vulnerable the floor is for fire.

• In no case the fire fighting arrangements in common areas should be altered/modified/changed.

5. All Interior Works for the Buildings in GIFT shall be compliant with Leadership in

Energy and Environment Design (LEED) India for the following aspects – a. Water Efficiency

• Water Use Reduction by application of water efficient fixtures, fittings and appliances as per LEED requirement.

• Fixtures for showers, toilet flushing and drinking shall be of low flow either by use of aerators or pressure reducing devices or sensor based control.

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

4

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015

b. Energy and Atmosphere

• Optimizing Energy Performance through efficiency in energy related systems

1. HVAC

2. Lighting and day lighting controls

c. Materials and Resources

As far as possible all the materials used for interior works should be fire resistant. The use of combustible materials like natural wood, plywood, fiber, particle boards shall be avoided. The materials like glass, steel, aluminum etc. should be used.

It is recommended to use low – emitting adhesives, sealants, paints, coatings, flooring systems, composite wood and systems furniture.

6. Distribution systems including fire hydrant, electrical, mechanical, HVAC, data / telecommunication and plumbing network –

• Distribution system network should be compatible with existing facilities / network.

• Distribution system network should be compatible with fire and life safety code of NBC 2005.

• All the additional services including water, fire detection, fire suppression, electrical, ventilation, air-conditioning, plumbing etc. must be integrated with the building’s Intelligent Building Management System (IBMS).

7. Execution of Work –

Following shall be observed during execution work of interior.

• Noise Control should be done within permissible level.

• Safety of laborers, occupants and other users of the building and its surrounding precinct should be maintained.

• Minimum disturbance to the existing occupants should be ensured during execution of interior works.

• Minimum exposure of building occupants to potentially hazardous particulates and chemical pollutants should be ensured.

04 B. Recommended Guidelines for Interior Works of Buildings

1. Furniture Layout –

Following shall be observed while preparing the layout of furniture.

• Designing with essential ergonomics and anthropometric dimensions

• Compact arrangement

• Flexibility for current use and future alterations

• Efficiency in terms of maximizing use of space

2. Non-structural systems including ceilings, flooring and interior walls –

Following shall be ensured in the interior design.

• Stability of false ceiling, partition walls

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

5

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015

• Use of anti-skid materials for flooring.

• The clear height from the finished floor to soffit of false ceiling /ceiling must be minimum 2.75 M.

3. Horizontal & Vertical circulation system –

• Minimize the corridors to reduce horizontal distance from stair / lift area.

05. General Conditions applicable for Interior Works

1) No alteration in “Common Areas” of the constructed building shall be done. Entrances from the common areas must be considered as constructed.

2) No violation of façade – structure / material / decoration etc shall be done.

3) Construction of permanent interior components like internal walls, partition walls etc are not permissible to ensure flexible use of space at present and future.

4) GIFTCL shall issue permission to carry out the work upon approval of the drawings.

5) Owner/Architect shall prepare and submit to GIFTCL completion certificate upon satisfactory completion of the work.

6) Fire – resistant materials along with their fire – rating shall have to be adhered to by the applicant.

06. Submission Requirements for Interior Permission

06 A. Design Approval Stage Requirements:

a. Drawing Requirements:

Following scaled drawings duly signed by owner/lease/license holder and registered architect shall be provided in three sets. i. Plans and sections with dimensions and clear heights ii. Partition details and Furniture Layout iii. Floor Plan, showing common area and proposed area with BUA and carpet area calculations iv. Services drawings – HVAC, Electrical, Plumbing, fire services, IBMS layouts v. Integration with IBMS

Note:

1. All the drawings must be prepared in the standard drawing template of GIFTCL.

For the format of the template refer Annexure – A.

2. The soft copy of the AutoCAD drawing template can be obtained from Building

Permission Division, GIFTCL.

b. Documents / Data:

i. ii. iii.

Application in standard format (Refer Form No. IP – A – 01)

Document of title of property/transfer deed/lease deed.

Copy of building occupancy certificate issued by GIFT UDA.

c. NOCs / Certificates:

i. The report for Fire, Electrical, Safety, Energy Consumption and Air quality aspects in line with GREEN building requirements, mentioning details for

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

6

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015 interior material to be used along with its specification, fire rating etc., duly signed by the registered professional/s. ii. NOC issued by the owner or the society as the case may be. iii. Certificate of Fire Audit of the proposed interior work from consultant.

06 B. Completion Stage Requirements:

a. Drawing Requirements:

Following As-Built Drawings duly signed by owner/lease/license holder and registered architect shall be provided in three sets. i. Plans and sectional drawings ii. Partition details and Furniture Layout iii. Floor Plan, showing common area and proposed area with BUA and carpet area calculations iv. Service drawings – HVAC, Electrical, Plumbing, IBMS layouts v. Integration with IBMS

b. Documents / Data:

i. Application in standard format (Refer Form No. IC – A – 02)

c. NOCs / Certificates:

i. Completion Report and completion certificate duly signed by the registered architect/interior designer. ii. Certificate for completion of MEP services from concerned professionals. iii. Certificate of Fire Consultant for the floor space to be occupied with completed interior works.

d. BIM Model:

Building Information Model for the floor space to be occupied should be submitted at the stage of completion. So that the overlapping of all the distributor service networks within interior space with the building system can be understood.

Enclosed:

01. Format of Application for Interior Permission - Form no. IP-A-01

02. Format of Application for Completion Certificate of interior works - Form No. IC-A-02

03. Format of permission for Interior works – Form IP-B-01

04. Format of Completion Certificate of Interior works – Form IC-B-02

05. Format of drawing template to be used for Annexure - A

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

7

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015

Form no. IP-A-01

Application for Interior Permission

1

To

The Chief Architect and Planner

Gujarat International Finance Tech-City Company Limited

Zonal Facility Center, Block 12, Road 1D, Zone-I, GIFT City

Gandhinagar 382355.

Sir,

The occupancy certificate was granted for the following building by GIFT UDA as per GIFT Area

Development Control Regulations letter no._____ Dt. _________.

Sr. No.

1. Building ID

2.

3.

4

Road/

Number

Street

Zone Number

Floor Number/s

Details

I/We are the lease holder/licensee of ____ Sqm (___Sqft) Carpet Area on ____ floor of the building

No._____. I/We intend to do the interior works for this area. I/We herewith submit the following drawings in triplicate in accordance with the GIFT Guidelines for Interior Works, duly signed by me and Mr/Ms. _________________, the Architect Registered with Council of Architecture having valid COA No. _____________who will supervise the execution. Also, submitting the documents required as given below.

1. Layouts and sectional drawings duly signed by architect and applicant for-

A. Partition details and Furniture

B. Floor plan drawing showing common area and proposed area with the calculations.

C. Services-Electrical, HVAC, Fire, Plumbing, IBMS and Integration with IBMS.

2. The report for Fire, Electrical, Safety, Energy consumption and Air quality aspects in line with GREEN building requirements covering details for interior material to be used with its specification, fire rating etc. duly signed by the concerned professional appointed by me/us and Certificate of Fire Audit from the consultant.

3. Ownership documents (lease deed/transfer deed/license agreement)

4. NOC issued by the Owner or the Society for doing interior work.

5. Any other document as prescribed by the Competent Authority.

I/We request that the permission for the proposed interior work may be issued to me/us.

Signature of Applicant:

Name of Applicant (In block letters):

Address, e-mail ID and mobile number of Applicant:

Date: ______________

1

Application to be made on the letterhead of the applicant

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

8

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015

Form No. IC-A-02

Application for Completion Certificate

2

of Interior works

To

The Chief Architect and Planner

Gujarat International Finance Tech-City Company Limited

Zonal Facility Center, Block 12, Road 1D, Zone-I, GIFT City

Gandhinagar 382355.

Ref.: Your permission for interior work by letter no._____ dated______.

Sir,

The interior work has been completed as per the approved drawings of the interior permission given for the following building floor/s.

Sr. No.

1. Building ID

2.

3.

Road/

Number

Zone Number

Street

4 Floor Number/s

Details

I/We forward herewith the following drawings in triplicate in accordance with the GIFT

Guidelines for Interior Works, duly signed by me and Mr./Ms. _________________, the Architect, having valid COA registration No. _____________who has supervised the execution of interior works. Also, submitting the documents required as given below.

1. As built drawings for Partiton details, Furniture and Services layouts - Electrical, HVAC,

Fire, Plumbing, IBMS.

2. Completion report of interior works, Furniture and Services- Electrical, HVAC, Fire,

Plumbing, IBMS duly signed by the concerned professional/s.

3. Fire audit report of the fire installations done.

4. BIM Model

I/We request that the completion certificate for interior works may be issued.

Signature of Applicant:

Name of Applicant (In block letters):

Address, e-mail ID and mobile number of Applicant:

Date: ______________

2

Application to be made on the letterhead of the applicant

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

9

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015

Form No. IP-B-01

Interior Permission

(To be filled by the Competent Authority)

To

______________________

______________________

Ref.: 1. Occupancy Certificate issued by GIFT UDA by letter no. _____ dated ______.

2. Your application no.____ dated ______.

Sr. No.

1. Building ID

2.

3.

4

Road/

Number

Street

Zone Number

Floor Number/s

Details

Sir,

Please refer to your application dated________ regarding the Permission for Interior works.

The permission for Interior works for part/entire area of _____ floor of ______building ID _____

Block ____, Zone __, Road __. GIFT City, Gandhinagar for _____ Sqm (____ Sqft) carpet area is hereby granted with reference to the Occupancy Certificate conditions mentioned in the letter referred above. One set of approved drawings is also enclosed.

The permission for interior works is granted with the following conditions:

Specific conditions: a. __________________________________________________________________________. b. __________________________________________________________________________.

General Conditions: i. __________________________________________________________________________________. ii. __________________________________________________________________________________.

Chief Architect and Planner

GIFTCL

Stamp:

Date:

Encl: One set of approved drawings

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

10

Guidelines for Interior Works in GIFT

2015

Form No. IC-B-02

Completion Certificate of interior work

(To be filled by the Competent Authority)

To

-------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------

Ref.: 1. This office interior permission issued by letter no. _____ dated _____.

2. Your application for completion certificate of interior work no. ___ dated _____.

Sr. No.

1. Building ID

2. Road/

Number

3.

4

Street

Zone Number

Floor Number/s

Details

This is to certify that the Interior works for part/entire area of _____ floor of ______building ID

_____ Block ____, Zone __, Road __. GIFT City, Gandhinagar for _____ Sqm (____ Sqft) carpet area completed as per plan prepared by architect Mr./Ms. _________________________ and executed under the supervision of ________________________(Supervising Engineer/Architect) has been inspected on dated __________ and it is declared that the interior work has been carried out in accordance with the approved plans of Interior Permission No.__________ dated ____________.

The applicant shall observe the following conditions:

1. ________________________________________________________________________

2. ________________________________________________________________________

Chief Architect and Planner

GIFTCL

Stamp:

Date:

Gujarat International Finance Tec-City Company Limited (GIFTCL)

11

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

BANK OF BARODA

Bank of Baroda RO Gandhinagar,

SMELF & RLF

AT GIFT ONE BUILDING, Gandhinagar

INTERIOR & CIVIL, PLUMBING WORK, ELECTRICAL WORK,

HVAC WORK, ELV & FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM FOR BANK

OF BARODA – RO GANDHINAGAR, SMELF & RLF AT GIFT

ONE BUILDING, GANDHINAGAR

TECHNICAL BID

PART – 2

GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Page 1 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

INTERIOR & CIVIL, PLUMBING WORK, ELECTRICAL WORK,

HVAC WORK, ELV & FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM FOR BANK

OF BARODA – RO GANDHINAGAR, SMELF & RLF AT GIFT

ONE BUILDING, GANDHINAGAR

INTERIOR & CIVIL ITEM SPECIFICATION

SUMMARY PAGE

I.

A.

INTERIOR & CIVIL WORK

Page No

___________________________________________________________________________________

_

Item Specifications

Section – 1

Section – 2

Section – 3

Section – 4

Section – 5

Section – 6

Section – 7

Section – 8

Section – 9

AAC Block Masonry Work

Plaster Work

Gypsum Plaster

Color Work

White PU (Polyurethane)

Texture Work

Kitchen & Toilet Platform

Vitrified Tiles(1200X600)

Skirting Work

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Section – 10 CompositeMarble Flooring Not Applicable

Page 2 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Section – 11

Section – 12

Section – 13

Section – 13.1

Section – 14

Section – 15

Section – 16

Section - 17

Section – 18

Section – 19

Section – 20

Section – 21

Section - 22

Section – 23

Composite Marble Skirting

Vitrified Tiles(600X600)

Wood Flooring

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Beeding

Wooden Skirting

Carpet Tile

Door Work

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Gypsum Board Ceiling

Armstrong Channeled Woodworks

Not Applicable

Ceiling

Ultima (BEVELLED TEGULAR)

DUNE (Beveled Tegular)

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

ARMSTRONG SOUNDSCAPES

SHAPES Not Applicable

ARMSTRONG METALWORKS

BAFFLE CEILING

ARMSTRONG CELLIO OPEN CELL Not Applicable

Page 3 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Section – 24

Section – 25

Section – 26

Section – 27

Section – 28

Section – 29

Section – 30

Section – 31

Section – 32

Section – 33

Section – 34

Section – 35

Section – 36

Section –37

Section – 38

Section – 39

Section - 40

Section – 41

Section – 42

Full Height Solid Partition

MDF Frame Work 100mm x 8mm

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

MDF Frame Work 75mm x 8mm Not Applicable

10mm thick Fix Glass with Profile Fitting

-ALEXA MR 28 (DORMA)

Glass Door With Patch Fitting

- ALEXA (DORMA)

Frost Decorative Film/Translucent

Not Applicable

Film on Glass

Reception Table

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

RM Executive Table Suites Not Applicable

DRM, RLF & SME Executive Table Suite

Conference Table

Discussion table

Cafe table

1 Seater workstation table

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

2 Seater workstation table With Front Not Applicable side low height Partition Not Applicable

2 Seater workstation table With center Partition Not Applicable

Not Applicable 4 Seater workstation table

Chair for RM's cabin Not Applicable

Visitor Chair For RM's Cabin, Reception table & Conference room Not Applicable

Desk let Chair for Conference Room Not Applicable

Page 4 of 468

Section – 49

Section – 50

Section – 51

Section – 52

Section – 53

Section – 54

Section – 55

Section – 56

Section – 57

Section – 58

Section – 59

Section – 60

Section – 61

Section – 62

Section – 63

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Section – 43

Section – 44

Section - 45

Section – 46

Section – 47

Section – 48

Chair for Workstation & Discussion room

Chair for Cafe table Not Applicable

Podiums Not Applicable

Full Height Storage

(up to 2400mm height)

Low Height Storage (up to 1200mm height)

Low Height Storage (for cabin area)

(up to 750mm height)

Storage Units for Passage

Sofa (3 Seater)

Sofa (2 Seater)

Center Table

Sofa Side Table

Wooden Paneling

Roller Curtain

Water Dispensers

Printed Glass

Glass Shelves

Dry Planters Boxes

SS Dustbins

Murals in Display Area

Artificial Small Plants

Signages

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Page 5 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Section – 64

Section – 65

Section – 66

Section – 67

Section – 68

Section – 69

Section – 70

Section – 71

Section – 72

Section – 73

Section – 74

Section – 75

Section – 76

Section – 77

Aaronic - KMR3A Recess Panel (3 in 1 ):

C.P. towel ring

C.P.Toilet paper holder

Mirrors in Toilet

Pantry (Shutters under platform)

Pantry (Overhead unit)

Toilet Cubical partition

Urinal partition

Vertical Garden

Assembly conference table

Conference table(18 seater)

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Workstation with overhead storage Not Applicable

Workstation Not Applicable

Rotafile Storage Not Applicable

Page 6 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

INTERIOR & CIVIL ITEM SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

AAC Block Masonry Work

Providing and constructing AAC Block masonry work with minimum compressive strength of 50 Kg per Sq.cm. in cement mortar 1:5 (1cement :

5 coarse sand) for superstructure at all levels including racking out of joints, scaffolding, making provision for opening in walls for switches, water lines, watering, curing etc. complete as directed by the

Architect/Engineer in charge. Item to also include, all accessories, men material for a lift up to 20th floor in the building for materials, preapplication preparation cleaning after the finish etc. complete.

1) Material

Autoclaved aerated concrete is a lightweight, load-bearing, high-insulating, durable building product which is produced in a wide range of sizes and strengths.AAC

offers incredible opportunities to increase building Quality and at the same time reduce coast at the construction side. AAC is produced out of a mix of Quartz sand

/or pulverized fly ash (PFA), lime, cement, gypsum, water and aluminum and is hardened by steam -curing in autoclaves. As a result of its excellent properties,

AAC is use in many building construction, for example in residential homes, commercial and industrial buildings, schools, hospital, hotels and many other application. The construction material AAC contains 60% to 85% air by volume.

2) Workmanship:

Scaffolding:

Wooden bullies, bamboos, planks, trestles and other scaffolding shall be sound.

These shall be properly examined before erection and use. Stage scaffolding shall be provided for ceiling plaster which shall be independent of the walls.

Preparation of back ground:

The surface shall be cleaned of all dust, loose mortar droppings, traces of algae, efflorescence and other foreign matter by water or by brushing. Smooth surface shall be toughened by wire brushing if it is not hard and by hacking if it is hard. In case of concrete surface, if a chemical retarded has been applied to the form work, the surface shall be roughened by wire brushing and all the resulting dust and loose particles cleaned off and care shall be taken that none of the readers if left on the surface. Trimming of projections on brick/concrete surfaces where necessary shall be carried out to get an even surface.

Raking of joints in case of masonry where necessary shall be allowed to dry out for sufficient period before carrying out the plaster work.

Page 7 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The work shall not be soaked but only damped evenly before applying the plaster.

If the surface becomes dry, such area shall be moistened again.

For internal plaster, the plastering operations may be-started wherever the building frame and cladding work are ready and the temporary supports of the ceiling resting on the wall of the floor have been removed. Ceiling plaster shall be completed before starting plaster to walls.

Application of plaster:

The plaster about 15x15 cms. Shall be first applied horizontally and vertically at not more than 2 meters intervals over the entire surface to serve as gauge. The surfaces of these gauges shall be truly in plane of the finished plastered surface.

The mortar shall then be applied in uniform surface slightly more than the specified thickness, then brought to a true surface by working a wooden straight edge reaching across the gauges with small upward and sideways movements at a time.

Finally, the surface shall be finished off true with a trowel or wooden float according as a smooth or a smooth or a sandy granular texture is required Excessive troweling or overworking the float shall be avoided. All corners, arises, angles and junctions shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the case may be and shall be carefully finished. Hounding or chamfering, corners, arises junctions etc. shall be carried out with proper templates to be size required.

Cement plaster shall be used within half an hour after addition of water and mortar or plaster which is partially set shall be rejected and removed forthwith from the site.

In suspending the work at the end of the day, the plaster shall be left out clean to the line both horizontally and vertically, when recommencing the plaster, the edges of the old work shall be scraped clean and wetted with cement putty before plaster is applied to the adjacent areas to enable the two to properly join together.

Plastering work shall be closed at the end of the day on the body of the wall and nearer than 15 cm. to any corners or arises. It shall not be closed on the body of features such as plaster bands and cornices not at the corners or arises. Horizontal joints in plaster work shall not also occur on parapet tops and copings as these invariably lead to leakage. No portion of the surface shall be left out initially to be packed up later on.

Each coat shall be kept damp continuously till the next coat is applied or for a minimum period of 7 days. Moistening shall commence as soon as plaster is hardened sufficiently. Soaking of walls shall be avoided and only as much water as can be readily absorbed shall be used, excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side of building in hot air or dry weather shall be prevented by hanging matting or gunny bags on the outside of the plaster and keeping them wet.

The plastering work shall be in single coat on rough side of block wall for interior plastering up to floor two level, finished even and smooth in C.M. 1:4.

Page 8 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement:

The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

2.0

Plaster Work

Providing 15mm thick Cement Plaster in single coat on brick/concrete wall for interior plastering at various floor level as below, finished even and smooth including application of rough backing coat of cement mortar 1:4 with trowel finish as directed etc. complete.

1) Material

The cement mortar of proportion 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand)

2) Workmanship :

Scaffolding:

Wooden bullies, bamboos, planks, trestles and other scaffolding shall be sound.

These shall be properly examined before erection and use. Stage scaffolding shall be provided for ceiling plaster which shall be independent of the walls.

Preparation of back ground :

The surface shall be cleaned of all dust, loose mortar droppings, traces of algae, efflorescence and other foreign matter by water or by brushing. Smooth surface shall be toughened by wire brushing if it is not hard and by hacking if it is hard. In case of concrete surface, if a chemical retarded has been applied to the form work, the surface shall be roughened by wire brushing and all the resulting dust and loose particles cleaned off and care shall be taken that none of the readers if left on the surface. Trimming of projections on brick/concrete surfaces where necessary shall be carried out to get an even surface.

Raking of joints in case of masonry where necessary shall be allowed to dry out for sufficient period before carrying out the plaster work.

The work shall not be soaked but only damped evenly before applying the plaster.

If the surface becomes dry, such area shall be moistened again.

For internal plaster, the plastering operations may be-started wherever the building frame and cladding work are ready and the temporary supports of the ceiling

Page 9 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar resting on the wall of the floor have been removed. Ceiling plaster shall be completed before starting plaster to walls.

Application of plaster :

The plaster about 15x15 cms. shall be first applied horizontally and vertically at not more than 2 meters intervals over the entire surface to serve as gauge. The surfaces of these gauges shall be truly in plane of the finished plastered surface.

The mortar shall then be applied in uniform surface slightly more than the specified thickness, then brought to a true surface by working a wooden straight edge reaching across the gauges with small upward and sideways movements at a time. Finally, the surface shall be finished off true with a trowel or wooden float according as a smooth or a smooth or a sandy granular texture is required

Excessive troweling or overworking the float shall be avoided. All corners, arises, angles and junctions shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the case may be and shall be carefully finished. Hounding or chamfering, corners, arises junctions etc.

shall be carried out with proper templates to be size required.

Cement plaster shall be used within half an hour after addition of water and mortar or plaster which is partially set shall be rejected and removed forthwith from the site.

In suspending the work at the end of the day, the plaster shall be left out clean to the line both horizontally and vertically, when recommencing the plaster, the edges of the old work shall be scraped clean and wetted with cement putty before plaster is applied to the adjacent areas to enable the two to properly join together.

Plastering work shall be closed at the end of the day on the body of the wall and nearer than 15 cm. to any corners or arises. It shall not be closed on the body of features such as plaster bands and cornices not at the corners or arises.

Horizontal joints in plaster work shall not also occur on parapet tops and copings as these invariably lead to leakage. No portion of the surface shall be left out initially to be packed up later on.

Each coat shall be kept damp continuously till the next coat is applied or for a minimum period of 7 days. Moistening shall commence as soon as plaster is hardened sufficiently. Soaking of walls shall be avoided and only as much water as can be readily absorbed shall be used, excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side of building in hot air or dry weather shall be prevented by hanging matting or gunny bags on the outside of the plaster and keeping them wet.

The plastering work shall be in single coat on rough side of block wall for interior plastering up to floor two level, finished even and smooth in C.M. 1:4.

Page 10 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall include the cost of all materials, labour and scaffolding etc. involved in the operations described under workmanship.

All plastering shall be measured in square meters unless otherwise specified.

Length breadth or height shall be measured correct to a centimeter.

Thickness of the plaster shall be exclusive of the thickness of the key i.e. grooves or open joints in brick work, stone work etc. or space between laths. Thickness of plaster shall be average thickness with minimum 15 mm at any point on this surface.

The measurement of wall plastering shall be taken between the walls or partition

(dimensions before plastering being taken) for length and from the top of floor or skirting to ceiling for height. Depth of cover of cornices if any shall be deducted.

Soffits of stairs shall be measured as plastering on ceilings, following soffits shall be measured separately.

For jambs, soffits, sills etc. for openings not exceeding 0.5 sq. met each in area for ends of joints beams, posts, girders, steps etc. not exceeding 0.5 sq.mt each in area and for openings exceeding 0.5. sq.mt and not exceeding 3.00 sq.mt. in each area deductions and additions shall be made in the following manners.

(a) No deductions shall be made for ends of joints, beams, posts etc. and openings not exceeding 0.5 sq. MT each and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sils etc. of these openings, for finish to plaster around ends of joints, beams posts etc.

(b) Deduction for openings exceeding 0.5 sq. mt but not exceeding 3 sq.mt. each shall be made as follows and no addition shall be made for ravels, jambs, soffits, sills etc. of these openings, (i) When both faces of all wall are plastered with same plaster, deduction shall be made for one face only, (ii) When two faces of wall are plastered with different types of plasters or if one face is plastered and the other pointed, deductions shall be made from the plaster or pointing on the side of frame for door, window etc. on which width of reveals is less than that on the other side but no deductions shall be made on the other side. Where width of reveals on both faces of all is equal, deductions of 50% of area of opening on each face shall be made from areas of plaster and / or pointing as the case may be.

Page 11 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

For openings having door frames equal to or projecting beyond the thickness of wall, full deduction for opening shall be made from each plastered face of the wall.

In case of openings of area above 3 sq. mt. each, deduction shall be made for openings but jambs, soffits sand sills shall be measured.

The rate shall be for a unit of One sq. meter.

3.0

Providing Avg. 12 mm thk. gypro expert (Saint globin) Gypsum

Plaster, of approved make, to be applied in 2varying coats to achieve desired total thickness, with all necessary nominal curing and drying complete, to correct line, level and plumb, finished smooth. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle, men material and lift up to 20 mts., cleaned complete with all necessary edge masking with approved min.

8mm wide masking tape. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

1) Material

Gypsum Plaster (1): It shall be formed by enclosing and bonding together a core of set gypsum plaster by two sheets of heavy paper. It shall offer high standard of safety, thermal efficiency and aesthetics. It shall be light in weight, shall offer good fire resistance and shall render faster construction. It shall be suitably used in areas subjected to continuously damp or wet conditions, except bathrooms, where gypboard partitions shall be properly protected by tiles or other impervious materials. It shall be a non-resonant material, rendering sound insulation. It shall be strong, durable and dimensionally stable. It shall offer a smooth surface which can be painted, tiled or wall papered. It shall block the passage of heat and shall retard the spread of fire. It shall hide up to 60 dB of sound, when erected in the proper manner.

2) Workmanship

It shall be suitably used in areas subjected to continuously damp or wet conditions, except bathrooms, whereGypboard partitions shall be properly protected by tiles or other impervious materials. It shall be a non-resonantMaterial, rendering sound insulation. It shall be strong, durable and dimensionally stable. It shall offer a smoothsurface which can be painted, tiled or wall papered.

Page 12 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement

Gypsum plaster be measure in sqm. Dimensions is computed in square meter, rounded to two places of decimal. Noextra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

3.0

Colour Work

Royale Emulsion paint

Providing & applying three finish coats of 100% water-proof Royale Emulsion paint of Asian Paints or equivalent brand approved by Architect of require shade including two coats of acrylic wall Putty making surfaces even on walls and ceilings, applied evenly to give uniform finish in color patterns and even shade, including curing, preparation of surface and a coat of matching priming coat of white cement to give an even shade after thoroughly brushing the surface to remove all dirt and dust and remains of loose powdered, complete. In case of areas having excessive dampness using

Asian Paints DampBlock to limit further dampness. When the underlying surface exhibits chalkiness, in spite of thorough surface cleaning, use Asian

Paints Exterior Sealer.

1) Material

100% water-proof Royale Emulsion paint of Asian Paints or equivalent brand approved by Architect.

In case of areas having excessive dampness using Asian Paints Damp Block to limit further dampness. When the underlying surface exhibits chalkiness, in spite of thorough surface cleaning, use Asian Paints Exterior Sealer.

2) Workmanship

Three finish coats of 100% water-proof Royale Emulsion paint of Asian Paints or equivalent brand approved byArchitect of require shade including two coats of acrylic wall Putty making surfaces even on walls and ceilings,

Applied evenly to give uniform finish in color patterns and even shade, incuding curing, preparation of surface and aCoat of matching priming coat of white cement to give an even shade after thoroughly brushing the surface to Remover all dirt and dust and remains of loose powdered, complete

Page 13 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in sqm. Dimensions is computed in square meter,rounded to two places of decimal. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

5.0

white pu

Providing & applying Polyurethane Paint (PU) n approved shade selected by architect on wooden, Plywood, and MDF surfaces. It is a single pack clear wood finishing system comprising of basecoat and topcoat that can be applied and a clear, flexible coating that has unique non-yellowing property.

PU can be thinned with potable water and can be applied by spraying or roller and can be used for all kind of wood, veneer, plywood and medium density fiber board (MDF). Apply coating as follow: first coat spraying or brushing and sand with emery paper 320 or 400 and wipe clean. Second coat spraying or brushing and sand with emery paper 320 or 400 and wipe clean.

After first & second coat PU matt/glossy spraying and emery paper 320 or

400 and wipe clean.

1) Material

Polyurethane Paint (PU) n approved shade selected by architect on wooden,

Plywood, and MDF surfaces. It is a single pack clear wood finishing system comprising of basecoat and topcoat that can be applied and a clear, flexible coating that has unique non-yellowing property.

2) Workmanship

First coat spraying or brushing and sand with emery paper 320 or 400 and wipe clean. Second coat spraying or brushing and sand with emery paper 320 or

400 and wipe clean. After first & second coat PU matt/glossy spraying and emery paper 320 or 400 and wipe clean.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in sqm. Dimensions is computed in square meter, rounded to two places of decimal. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

Page 14 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

6.0

Texture Work

Providing & applying Interior Texture of Asian Paints - Royal Play Archi+

Concrete including cost of emulsion paint in approved shade ( two coats ) laid on 2 mm. th. texture material pattern, quality and manufacturer by architect incl. priming coat ( One coats) of white cement to give an even shade after thoroughly brushing the surface to remove all dirt and dust and remains of loose powdered materials etc. compete & as per detail & directed by Architect& Engineer in-charge. The work should be carried out by autorised applicator of Asian Paints.

1) Material

Interior Texture of Asian Paints - Roayle Play Archi+ Concrete including cost of emulsion paint in approved shade

2) Workmanship

(Two coats ) laid on 2 mm. th. texture material pattern, quality and manufacturer by architect incl. priming coat ( One coats) of white cement to give an even shade after thoroughly brushing the surface to remove all dirt and dust and remains of loose powdered materials etc. compete & as per detail & directed by Architect&

Engineer in-charge

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in sqm. Dimensions is computed in square meter, rounded to two places of decimal. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern

7.0

Kitchen & Toilet Platform

Providing & laying avg 20 mm thick (+/-2mm) pre-polished artificial engineered quartzite marble sandwich platform for counter top basins 600 &

Kitchen sink of avg 700 mm wide, with quartzite supports of avg 20 mm thick for vertical support and kadappa/Kota of avg 25 mm thick below Quartzite marble with necessary approved sealant as required as per the detail drawing etc., including avg. 32 mm fascia patties of Engineered Quartzite marble and rounding or polishing the exposed edges as per drawing, cutting for basin & kitchen sink opening, sealing all crevices with silicon sealant, etc. complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings &

Page 15 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect. Basic Price Pre-polished

Engineered Marble = Rs.4000 per smt.

1) Material

20 mm thick (+/-2mm) pre-polished artificial engineered quartzite marble sandwich platform for counter top basins 600 & Kitchen sink of age 700 mm wide, with quartzite supports of age 20 mm thick for vertical support and kadappa/Kota of avg

25 mm thick below Quartzite marble with necessary approved sealant as required as per the detail drawing etc.

32 mm fascia pattis of Engineered Quartzite marble and rounding or polishing the exposed edges as per drawing.

2) Workmanship

The Kitchen & toilet platform of size as directed shall be constructed on 70 Cm width and 80cm height. The vertical support shall be of polished kota stone sandwich type upto full depth in cement mortar (1:3).20 mm thick (+/-2mm) prepolished artificial engineered quartzite stone shall be provided in a single piece upto 1.5 mt. in length & specified light. The same shall be sandwich with bottom

PKS slab. The horizontal & vertical sandwich partition shall be provided with quartz stone single piece facia. All exposed edges of stones shall be machine cut and rounded of smoothly.

3) Mode of measurement

The work of cooking platform shall be measured for finished work. The rate includes cost of all labour and materials etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as described above.

The rate shall be for a unit of per Sq. meter. (Only plan area shall be considered)

8.0

Vitrified Tile

Providing & laying Vitrified tile (Glossy/Mat) flooring as per approved shade/patterns with tiles of sizes 1200 mm x 600 mm/800 mm x 800 mm/other approved size with avg.13 mm (+/- 1mm) thk. Tiles as per approved brand of 1st quality set in with approved tile adhesives as per the detailed instructions of the tile adhesive manufactures. Joints shall be properly grouted with grouts of reputed brand .The rate shall be inclusive of

Page 16 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

cutting of raceways junction box conduits etc. Complete as per standard specification.

The item shall also include cleaning, making mock-up for approval of

Architect/Engineer in charge, all accessories, tools, labour, and protecting finished installation with POP layer till handover, with all cleaning complete etc. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

Make:Qutone/asian/johnson/varmora. Basic Price of Vitrified tiles Rs 1292 per smt.

1) Material

Vitrified tile (Glossy/Mat) flooring as per approved shade/patterns with tiles of sizes

1200 mm x 600 mm/800 mm x 800 mm/other approved size with avg.13 mm (+/-

1mm) thk. tile flooring over 20mm (average) base of cement mortar 1:6 (1 Cement

: 6 Coarse sand).

2) Workmanship

tile flooring over 20mm (average) base of cement mortar 1:6 (1 Cement : 6 Coarse sand) on new surface or fixing on existing flooring by adhesive material including of flooring and jointed with color cement slurry including finished with flush pointing and cleaning the surface etc.

3) Mode of measurement

Dimensions are computed in square meter, rounded to two places of decimal. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

9.0Skirting

P & L Skirting of size 1200 MM X 75 MM on wall / column in complete line & level. The job includes joint finishing with the help of white cement, cement color, with joint filler of approved make, cleaning etc. complete. The skirtings are to be fixed to match the joints of the flooring, joined with suggested color cement slurry in joints. proper fixing level should be maintained. Full pieces have to be fixed except where small pieces are unavoidable. Actual on site laid quantity will be considered for the measurement purpose. The item includes cutting / hacking in wall / plaster, surface preparation, fixing the skirting with rich cement mortar, putting

Page 17 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1/2”x1/2” groove between skirting & plaster, finishing etc. comp. & removal of debries

1) Material

Vitrified tile (Glossy/Mat) as per approved shade/patterns with tiles of Skirting of size 1200 MM X 75 MM on wall / column in complete line & level.

2) Workmanship

The job includes joint finishing with the help of white cement, cement color, with joint filler of approved make, cleaning etc. complete. The skirtings are to be fixed to match the joints of the flooring, joined with suggested color cement slurry in joints.

Proper fixing level should be maintained. Full pieces have to be fixed except where small pieces are unavoidable. Actual on site laid quantity will be considered for the measurement purpose. The item includes cutting / hacking in wall / plaster, surface preparation, fixing the skirting with rich cement mortar, putting 1/2”x1/2” groove between skirting & plaster, finishing etc. comp. & removal of debries.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in SQ.MT. (L x H). It will not be measured in RMT. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

10.0Composite Marble

Providing and fixing avg. 20 mm (+/- 2mm) thk. Pre-polished Composite

Marble flooring (silica) in reception & waiting area installed size

3025x1225/approved equivalent size of Approved Make, shade & code laid as per Design Drawing, blemish less and clear without any spots or marks, laid on CM Bed Mortar 1:3 with thickness of 20 mm as approved with mortar overlay of White cement, levelled, aligned as per flooring layout drawing, fixed complete. Item to include getting dry mock-up approved from the

Architects. Item to include all Tools & Tackle, lift for all men, materials & implements to masking neighbouring installations, cleaning complete with protective tarpaulin cover on finished installation till handover. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern. Please note payment will be in SQM of finished floor/dado area only .Basic Price of Italian marble

Rs 4850 per smt. Inclusive of all taxes & freight

Page 18 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1) Material

20 mm (+/- 2mm) thk. Pre-polished Composite Marble flooring (silica) in reception

& waiting area installed size 3023x1225/approved equivalent size of Approved

Make, shade & code laid as per Design Drawing, blemish less and clear without any spots or marks, laid on CM Bed Mortar 1:3 with thickness of 20 mm as approved with mortar overlay of White cement, levelled, aligned as per flooring layout drawing, fixed complete

2) Workmanship

Pre-polished Composite Marble flooring (silica )laid on CM Bed Mortar 1:3 with thickness of 20 mm as approved with mortar overlay of White cement, leveled, aligned as per flooring layout drawing, fixed complete. Item to include getting dry mock-up approved from the Architects. Item to include all Tools & Tackle, lift for all men, materials & implements to masking neighboring installations, cleaning complete with protective tarpaulin cover on finished installation till handover.

3) Mode of measurement

Dimensions are computed in square meter, rounded to two places of decimal. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

11.0

Providing and fixing avg. 20 mm (+/- 2mm) thk. Pre-polished Composite Marble

Skirting including installed size avg. 3025X1225/approved equivalant size of

Approved Make, shade & code laid as per Design Drawing, blemish less and clear without any spots or marks, laid on CM Bed Mortar 1:3 with thickness of 20 mm as approved with mortar overlay of White cement, leveled, aligned as per flooring layout drawing, fixed complete. Item to include getting dry mock-up approved from the Architects/Engineer in charge. Item to include all Tools & Tackle, lift for all men, materials & implements to 19th floor, masking neighboring installations, cleaning complete, with protective tarpaulin cover over finished installation till handover. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern. Please note payment will be in Running Meter of finished skirting area only. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

Basic Price of Pre-polished Composite Marble = Rs. 4850 per sqmt.

Inclusive of all taxes & freight.

Page 19 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1) Material

20 mm (+/- 2mm) thk. Pre-polished Composite Marble Skirting including installed size avg. 1500 x 1500/approved equivalent size of Approved Make, shade & code laid as per Design Drawing,

2) Workmanship

Pre-polished Composite Marble Skirting laid on CM Bed Mortar 1:3 with thickness of 20 mm as approved with mortar overlay of White cement, leveled, aligned as per flooring layout drawing, fixed complete. Item to include getting dry mock-up approved from the Architects/Engineer in charge. Item to include all Tools &

Tackle, lift for all men, materials & implements to 19th floor, masking neighboring installations, cleaning complete, with protective tarpaulin cover over finished installation till handover.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in SQ.MT. (L x H). It will not be measured in RMT. . No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

12.0

Providing & laying Vitrified tile (Glossy/Mat) flooring as per approved shade/patterns with tiles of sizes 600 x 600 mm/other approved size with avg.10 mm (+/- 1mm) thk. Tiles as per approved brand of 1st quality set in with approved tile adhesives as per the detailed instructions of the tile adhesive manufactures. Joints shall be properly grouted with grouts of reputed brand .The rate shall be inclusive ofcutting of raceways junction box conduits etc. Complete as per standard specification. The item shall also include cleaning, making mock-up for approval of Architect/Engineer in charge, all accessories, tools, labour, and protecting finished installation with

POP layer till handover, with all cleaning complete etc. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

Make:Qutone/asian/johnson/varmora. Basic Price of Vitrified tiles = Rs 850 per smt.

Inclusive of all taxes & freight

1) Material

Page 20 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Vitrified tile (Glossy/Mat) flooring as per approved shade/patterns with tiles of sizes

600 mm x 600 mm/other approved size with avg.10 mm (+/- 1mm) thk. tile flooring over 20mm (average) base of cement mortar 1:6 (1 Cement : 6 Coarse sand).

2) Workmanship

tile flooring over 20mm (average) base of cement mortar 1:6 (1 Cement : 6 Coarse sand) on new surface or fixing on existing flooring by adhesive material including of flooring and jointed with color cement slurry including finished with flush pointing and cleaning the surface etc.

3) Mode of measurement

Dimensions are computed in square meter, rounded to two places of decimal. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

13.0Wooden Flooring

Providing and Fixing Armstrong Make Ambience Crystal (AC-8.33mm) premium Commercial laminated Wooden flooring of selected by architect

Wenge/ Savannh oak fixing in proper shape and true line level, including fixing with primary base 3-4 mm thick armer including 0.9 micron polythene to protect the seepage. Wooden Flooring planks of size 1214mm x 141.50mm

x 10mm thick fixing on exacting floor. Remove & preliminary clear all dirt and dust, necessary apply adhesive tools etc. complete as per guideline of

Architect/Consultant.

Material

Armstrong Make Ambience Crystal (AC-8.33mm) premium Commercial laminated

Wooden flooring of selected by architect Wenge/ Savannh oak fixing in proper shape.1214mm X 141.50mm x 10mm th. fixing on exacting floor. Remove & preliminary clear all dirt and dust, necessary apply adhesive tools etc.

2) Workmanship

Providing, supplying & fixing of approved quality, brand and shade premium

Commercial laminated Wooden flooring 10mm. thk at stage or directed or mentioned in drawing which shall be free from any stains or dust & with even pile level, wooden flooring shall be including fixing with primary base 3-4 mm thick

Page 21 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar armorincluding 0.9 micron polythene to protect the seepage .which is fixed above concrete floor with SR - fevicol - rubber adhesive of approved quality in proper manner etc. panel product with perfect & Air tight tounge-groove joint method. The surface of wooden tile is sawn in one piece, knots & less variation in colour.

wooden tile should be placed as per directed by Architect / Engineer in charge. All wall end should be with 2 mm. groove at side in flooring which will be covered with wall base shaped match wooden skirting. Risers & steps end should be covered with stair nose molding. end of flooring in same or above flooring should be covered with hard surface reducer. all end stop, molding, flooring should be with match hard wood in true line level & perfect in shape.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in SQ.MT. (L x W). It will not be measured in rmt.

13.1

Beedding: The sub-grade shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped. The bedding shall then be laid evenly over the surface tamped and corrected to desired level and allowed to harden enough to offer a rigid cushion to tiles and to enable the mason to place wooden planks across and squat on it.The laminated wooden tiles shall be laid on 8mm. th. 60 density armor of approved quality if found un level flooring leveled it by white cement or cement mortar bedding of 12 mm. thick in C.M. 1 : 3. The mortar shall have sufficient plasticity for laying and there shall be no hard lumps that would interfere with the evenness of bedding. The base shall be cleared and well wetted.

1) Material

Armstrong Make Ambience Crystal (AC-8.33mm) premium Commercial laminated wooden bedding. The laminated wooden beeding shall be laid on 8mm. th. 60 density armor of approved quality

2) Workmanship

The laminated wooden beeding shall be laid on 8mm. th. 60 density armor of approved quality if found un level flooring leveled it by white cement or cement mortar bedding of 12 mm. thick in C.M. 1 : 3. The mortar shall have sufficient plasticity for laying and there shall be no hard lumps that would interfere with the evenness of bedding.

3) Mode of measurement

Page 22 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Item will be measure in SQ.MT. (L x W). It will not be measured in rmt.No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

14.0

Providing and fixing wooden 75mm X 20mm thick skirting of Armstrong make including one side molding finish same as per flooring patterns etc.

1) Material

Wooden 75mm X 20mm thick skirting of Armstrong make including one side molding finish.75mmmm X 20mm thk. "T- molding, End molding, stair nose molding etc. 8 mm th. armor and fevicol, SR - Rubber Adhesive.fixing on exacting floor. Remove & preliminary clear all dirt and dust, necessary apply adhesive tools etc.

2) Workmanship

3)

Fixing wooden 75mm X 20mm thick skirting of Armstrong make including one side molding fixing on wall. Remove & preliminary clear all dirt and dust, necessary applies adhesive tools etc.

Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in rmt. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

15.0

Providing and Laying 100 % Nylon Multilevel loop pile Carpet Tiles of

Interface/Tandus Brand shade approved by architect in 18oz Quality having

100 % solution dyed, of 1/12th gauge having pile thickness of 3mm total thickness 6.5mm. PIt should be antimicrobial and with soil/stain protection.

Tile size 50cm x 50cm and tile backing should be of glass back having minimum 32 % recycled content including minimum 30 % post-consumer content. Product should comply with CRI Green label plus standards. Floor carpet for inside Conference Hall flooring which shall be free from dust completed as per Architect instruction and design/approval.

1) Material

100 % Nylon Multilevel loop pile Carpet Tiles of Interface/Tandus Brand shade approved by architect in 18oz Quality having 100 % solution dyed, of 1/12th

Page 23 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar gauge having pile thickness of 3mm total thickness 6.5mm. PIt should be antimicrobial and with soil/stain protection.

2) Workmanship

100 % Nylon Multilevel loop pile Carpet Tiles of Interface/Tandus Brand shade approved by architect in 18oz Quality having 100 % solution dyed, of 1/12th gauge having pile thickness of 3mm total thickness 6.5mm. PIt should be antimicrobial and with soil/stain protection. Tile size 50cm x 50cm and tile backing should be of glass bac having minimum 32 % recycled content including minimum 30 % post consumer content. Product should comply with CRI Green label plus standards.

Floor carpet for inside Conference Hall flooring which shall be free from dust completed as per Architect instruction and design.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labours involved in all the operation as described above. The rate shall be for a unit of One Sq. MT. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

16.0 Door Work

Providing and fixing 42mm thick flush door shutters in single/Double leaf with teakwood leaping of factory made solid core in continuous gapless section with butt joints tightly factory bonded with phenol formaldehyde adhesive of brand as approved with anti-termite treated FIRESAFE IS: 5509

Century Plywood finished with 4 mm thick veneer of approved colour

/shade on both sides . The door frame of 75 x 100 TW type to be fixed and integrated into Gyp-partition/Al. partition/local partition support frame by approved screws min. 90 mm long (TW Frame-Al. Box stud joint). The TW frame top rail (at lintel level) to have avg. 100 mm horn projection on either side to anchor firmly on the local partition as per the drawing inclusive of all walling holdfasts & horns, fixing implements, accessories installed finished etc. complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect. Hardware to include Double bearing 3 Nos of butt hinges of stainless steel having 4" x 3" x 3mm size,

Mortize lock/dead lock, 20mm square for end prepared for euro profile cylinder including strike plate. and EPC 60mm Length both side key operation & Escutcheons in SS Finish-1 No,Pull Handle back to back with adjustable fixing for glass, wood and metal doors in satin stainless steel.

The pull handles should have supporting washer with raised beveling on the outer surface. Length =300mm, 22mm dia, - 1 No, Concealed cam action door closer slide channel arm with standard spindle, including cushioned

Page 24 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

limit stay lever finish. Non-handed version-1 No,Floor stop half dome with

45mm dia with fixing accessories, in satin stainless steel (Basic Rate of

4mm thk Veneer will be Rs. 1080/smt. and all the hardware should be of approved brand by architect).

1) Material

42mm thick flush door shutters in single/Double leaf with teakwood leaping of factory made solid core in continuous gapless section with butt joints tightly factory bonded with phenol formaldehyde adhesive of brand as approved with antitermite treated FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Century Plywood finished with 4 mm thick veneer of approved colour /shade on both sides . The door frame of 75 x 100 TW type to be fixed and integrated into Gyp-partition/Al. partition/local partition support frame by approved screws min. 90 mm long (TW Frame-Al. Box stud joint).Hardware to include Double bearing 3 Nos of butt hinges of stainless steel having 4" x 3" x 3mm size, Mortize lock/dead lock, 20mm square for end prepared for euro profile cylinder including strike plate. and EPC 60mm Length both side key operation & Escutcheons in SS Finish-1 No,Pull Handle back to back with adjustable fixing for glass, wood and metal doors in satin stainless steel. The pull handles should have supporting washer with raised beveling on the outer surface.

Length =300mm, 22mm dia, - 1 No, Concealed cam action door closer slide channel arm with standard spindle, including cushioned limit stay lever finish. Nonhanded version-1 No,Floor stop half dome with 45mm dia with fixing accessories, in satin stainless steel.

2) Workmanship

42mm thick flush door shutters in single/Double leaf with teakwood leaping of factory made solid core in continuous gapless section with butt joints tightly factory bonded with phenol formaldehyde adhesive of brand as approved with antitermite treated FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Century Plywood finished with 4 mm thick veneer of approved colour /shade on both sides . The door frame of 75 x 100 TW type to be fixed and integrated into Gyp-partition/Al. partition/local partition support frame by approved screws min. 90 mm long (TW Frame-Al. Box stud joint). The

TW frame top rail (at lintel level) to have avg. 100 mm horn projection on either side to anchor firmly on the local partition as per the drawing inclusive of all walling holdfasts & horns, fixing implements, accessories installed finished etc. complete.

Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect. Hardware to include Double bearing 3 Nos of butt hinges of stainless steel having 4" x 3" x 3mm size, Mortize lock/dead lock, 20mm square for end prepared for euro profile cylinder including strike plate. and EPC 60mm Length both side key operation & Escutcheons in SS Finish-1 No,Pull Handle back to back with adjustable fixing for glass, wood and metal doors in satin stainless steel. The

Page 25 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar pull handles should have supporting washer with raised beveling on the outer surface. Length =300mm, 22mm dia, - 1 No, Concealed cam action door closer slide channel arm with standard spindle, including cushioned limit stay lever finish.

Non-handed version-1 No,Floor stop half dome with 45mm dia with fixing accessories, in satin stainless steel. All members of the frames shall be exactly at right angles. The right angle shall be checked from inside surface of the respective members.

1 All members of frames shall straight without any wrap or bow and shall have smooth surface well planed on the three exposed at right angles to each other. The surface touching the wall may not be planed unless it is required in order to straighten up the member or to obtain the overall size within the tolerances specified.

2 Frame shall have dovetail joints. When clerestory windows are included, it shall be provided by having full length one piece post for door or windows and clerestory window extending the frame on top at the head to the required extent. Horns shall not be provided in the head of the frame. When no sills are provided, the vertical posts of the frame in the ground floor shall be embedded in the sill masonry for

10cm. on upper floors, the vertical posts shall be fixed in the floor or masonry by forming notches 10mm.deep. Slight adjustment of spacing as necessary shall be done to have the hold fasts in the joints of masonry curd. The frame shall be erected in position and held plumb with strong support from both sides and built in masonry as it is being built. The transom shall be through tenoned into the mortises of the jamb post to the full width of the jamb post and the thickness of the tenon shall be not less than 15mm.

3 The tenons shall be closely fitting into the mortise and suitably pinned with wood dowels not less than 10mm.diameter. The depth of rebates for housing the shutter shall be as shown in the detailed drawing or as directed.

4 The contact surface of tenon and mortice shall be treated before putting together with an adhesive of approved make.

3) Mode of measurement

The doors shall be measured in sqmt. Rate shall include providing and fixing of door frame complete with melamine polish etc. Rate shall be inclusive of all major/minor civil & repair work required to be carried out in order to execute the aforesaid item to the satisfaction of the consultant/ EIC. Rate includes all material and labour to complete the item as per instruction of Engineer in-charge.

17.0 Gypsum Board Ceiling

Page 26 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Providing & fixing seamless ceiling with gypboard of avg 12.5mm thk.fixed

to the underside of the suspended grid formed of GI perimeter channel of avg. size 20x27x30mm fixed along the wall by TW Rawl plugs and Metal

(Galvanized steel expansion) anchor bolts. The GI intermediate channel of avg. size 45x15x0.90 mm shall be fixed to the suspended strap hanger /GI ceiling angle at intervals not more than 1220mm. The suspended GI ceiling angle / strap hanger is to be connected with GI soffit cleat of size Avg.

37x27x25x1.6mm and it should be fixed on the roof slab/beam by using metal expansion fasteners (Wt.Type) of 12.5mm dia to a length of 35mm with

6mm dia.bolt / screw at top ends .The GI ceiling section of avg. size

80x26x0.5mm is to be provided across the intermediate channel at intervals not more than 600mm centres at bottom and the same shall be fixed by GI connection clips 2.64mm dia at the intersection points. The ends of ceiling section channel by adopting an overlap length of minimum 150mm connected with intermediate channel shall be fixed to perimeter channel in insertion. Work to include making and finishing of recesses for lighting fixture, preparing the board to take paint finish , providing cutting for trap door of required size for service access, Al. powder coated HVAC grills as per approval by Architect Consultant, necessary coves, recesses as per design drawing, including cutting for access doors, sealing the joints with

Air Drying Joining Compound or equivalent sealing materials, with flush bonded/ screwed securing of the hatch using a clip-lock mechanism that is integrated in the frame and concealed. correct installation procedure, trap door cutting and necessary cutting in False ceiling strictly with unit template and finishing, necessary scaffolding, cleaning etc. complete.The work has to be completed as per drgs and instructions by EIC/Architect. The finished surface including the cove surface if any will be measured for payment.

1) Material

12.5mm thk.fixed to the underside of the suspended grid formed of GI perimeter channel of avg. size 20x27x30mm fixed along the wall by TW Rawl plugs and

Metal (Galvanised steel expansion) anchor bolts. The GI intermediate channel of avg. size 45x15x0.90 mm shall be fixed to the suspended strap hanger /GI ceiling angle at intervals not more than 1220mm. The suspended GI ceiling angle / strap hanger is to be connected with GI soffit cleat of size Avg. 37x27x25x1.6mm and it should be fixed on the roof slab/beam by using metal expansion fasteners

(Wt.Type) of 12.5mm dia to a length of 35mm with 6mm dia.bolt / screw at top ends.

2) Workmanship

Fixing seamless ceiling with gypboard of avg 12.5mm thk.fixed to the underside of the suspended grid formed of GI perimeter channel of avg. size 20x27x30mm fixed along the wall by TW Rawl plugs and Metal (Galvanized steel expansion) anchor

Page 27 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar bolts. The GI intermediate channel of avg. size 45x15x0.90 mm shall be fixed to the suspended strap hanger /GI ceiling angle at intervals not more than 1220mm.

The suspended GI ceiling angle / strap hanger is to be connected with GI soffit cleat of size Avg. 37x27x25x1.6mm and it should be fixed on the roof slab/beam by using metal expansion fasteners (Wt. Type) of 12.5mm dia to a length of 35mm with 6mm dia.bolt / screw at top ends .The GI ceiling section of avg. size

80x26x0.5mm is to be provided across the intermediate channel at intervals not more than 600mm centres at bottom and the same shall be fixed by GI connection clips 2.64mm dia at the intersection points. The ends of ceiling section channel by adopting an overlap length of minimum 150mm connected with intermediate channel shall be fixed to perimeter channel in insertion. Work to include making and finishing of recesses for lighting fixture, preparing the board to take paint finish

, providing cutting for trap door of required size for service access, Al. powder coated HVAC grills as per approval by Architect Consultant, necessary coves, recesses as per design drawing, including cutting for access doors, sealing the joints with Air Drying Joining Compound or equivalent sealing materials, with flush bonded/ screwed securing of the hatch using a clip-lock mechanism that is integrated in the frame and concealed. correct installation procedure, trap door cutting and necessary cutting in False ceiling strictly with unit template and finishing, necessary scaffolding, cleaning etc. complete.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

18.0 Armstrong Channeled Woodworks Ceiling

Providing and Fixing Armstrong Channeled Woodworks perforated panels of width 128mm, thickness of 15mm and length 2440 mm, made of a 820 Kg/M3 high density fiber board substrate with a laminate (US Maple, Royal Cherry,

Maple, Dark Walnut, Pure White, Papyrus Grey, Aluminum Grey) finish and a melamine balancing layer on the reverse side. The boards shall have a special G14 perforation pattern where the visible surface has a “Helmholtz” fluted perforation of 2mm width and 14mm of visible panel each. The panels shall provide a minimum sag resistance of RH90 and a fire rating class of 1 as per Part 7 of BS 476. The edges of the panels shall be “tongue-andgrooved” to receive special clips for installation. The back of the perforated panel shall have sound absorbing non-woven acoustical fleece having NRC of 0.55. The panels shall be mounted on as per Armstrong installation instructions and approved by the Architect/ Engineer-in-Charge. The panel shall be laid on Armstrong 24 MM IMPERIAL grid with 38mm web height and

24mm wide T - section flanges color white having rotary stitching on all T sections with and a load carrying capacity of minimum 15.5 Kgs/M. Main

Page 28 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Runners with C3 coupling & Cross Tees to have Hardened XL2 clip. The T

Sections have a Galvanizing of 90 grams per M2 with pullout strength of

100kg. Suspension system for Armstrong grid to be of Armstrong makes.

The installation method is as mentioned below:

1) Material

Armstrong Channelled Woodworks perforated panels of width 128mm, thickness of 15mm and length 2440 mm, made of a 820 Kg/M3 high density fibre board substrate with a laminate (US Maple, Royal Cherry, Maple, Dark Walnut, Pure

White, Papyrus Grey, Aluminum Grey) finish and a melamine balancing layer on the reverse side. The boards shall have a special G14 perforation pattern where the visible surface has a “Helmholtz” fluted perforation of 2mm width and 14mm of visible panel each.

2) Workmanship

To comprise main runner (3698 x 141mm) spaced at 600mm centers securely fixed to the structural soffit using Armstrong suspension system (specifications below) at 600mm maximum center. Flush fitting 600mm (634*206mm) long cross tees to be interlocked between main runners at 1200mm center to form 1200 x 600 mm module. Perimeter trim to be Armstrong wall angles of size 3000x22x22mm, secured to walls at 450 mm maximum centers.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. (L x W). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

19.0 Ultima (BEVELLED TEGULAR)

Providing & Fixing of Armstrong Mineral Fibre Acoustical Suspended

Ceiling System with Ultima(Beveled Tegular) Edge Tiles With Armstrong

15mm Exposed Grid. The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of

99%,NRC 0.7, Light Reflectance ≥88%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 - 0.057

w/m K, Colour White, Fire Performance UK Class 0 / Class 1 (BS 476 pt - 6

&7) in module size of 600 x 1200 x 19mm with Durabrite scrim on the face of the tile, suitable for Green Building application, with Recycled content of

62%. The tile shall be laid on Armstrong Suprafine 32 with 15 mm wide T section flanges colour white having rotary stitching on all T sections i.e. the

Main Runner, 1200 mm & 600 mm Cross Tees with a web height of 32mm and a load carrying capacity of 7.57 Kgs/M2 & pull out strength of minimum

Page 29 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

100 kgs..The T Sections have a Galvanizing of 90 grams per M2 and need to be installed with Suspension system of Armstrong make.

2)

1) Material

Armstrong Mineral Fiber Acoustical Suspended Ceiling System with

Ultima(Beveled Tegular) Edge Tiles With Armstrong 15mm Exposed Grid. The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 99%,NRC 0.7, Light Reflectance

≥88%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 - 0.057 w/m K, Colour White, Fire

Performance UK Class 0 / Class 1 (BS 476 pt - 6 &7) in module size of 600 x

1200 x 19mm with Durabrite scrim on the face of the tile, suitable for Green

Building application, with Recycled content of 62%.Armstrong Suprafine 32 with

15 mm wide T - section flanges colour white having rotary stitching on all T sections i.e. the Main Runner, 1200 mm & 600 mm Cross Tees with a web height of 32mm and a load carrying capacity of 7.57 Kgs/M2 & pull out strength of minimum 100 kgs.

Workmanship

Fixing of Armstrong Mineral Fibre Acoustical Suspended Ceiling System with

Ultima(Beveled Tegular) Edge Tiles With Armstrong 15mm Exposed Grid. The tiles should have Humidity Resistance (RH) of 99%,NRC 0.7, Light Reflectance

≥88%, Thermal Conductivity k = 0.052 - 0.057 w/m K, Colour White, Fire

Performance UK Class 0 / Class 1 (BS 476 pt - 6 &7) in module size of 600 x

1200 x 19mm with Durabrite scrim on the face of the tile, suitable for Green

Building application, with Recycled content of 62%. The tile shall be laid on

Armstrong Suprafine 32 with 15 mm wide T - section flanges colour white having rotary stitching on all T sections i.e. the Main Runner, 1200 mm & 600 mm Cross

Tees with a web height of 32mm and a load carrying capacity of 7.57 Kgs/M2 & pull out strength of minimum 100 kgs..The T Sections have a Galvanizing of 90 grams per M2 and need to be installed with Suspension system of Armstrong make.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. (L x W). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

20.0 DUNE (Beveled Tegular)

Page 30 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Providing and fixing Panel Dune Suspended Ceiling (Beveled Tegular) of size 1200x150x16mm having RH 99 with NRC 0.5 shall be used as per the layout designed. Installation and Suspension system details are as below:

1) Material

Panel Dune Suspended Ceiling (Beveled Tegular) of size 1200x150x16mm having RH 99 with NRC 0.5 shall be used as per the layout designed.

2) Workmanship

To comprise main runner spaced at 1200mm centres securely fixed to the structural soffit using Armstrong suspension system (specifications below) at

1200mm maximum centre. The First/Last Armstrong suspension system at the end of each main runner should not be greater than 450mm from the adjacent wall. Flush fitting 1200mm long cross tees to be interlocked between main runners at 600mm centre to form 1200 x 600 mm module. Cross Tee of 1200mm shall be connected to Main Runners for form Technical Zone of 1200x150mm as per the

Layout. Perimeter trim to be Armstrong wall angles of size 3000x19x19mm, secured to walls at 450 mm maximum centers.

ARMSTRONG SUSPENSION SYSTEM accessories manufactured and supplied by Armstrong World Industries consisting of M5 Anchor Fasteners with hole for suspending Hanger Wire. A pre Straightened Hanger wire of dia – 2.5 mm of 1.8

m length., thickness of 80gsm and a tensile strength of 344-413 MPa, along with

Adjustable hook clips of 0.8mm thick, galvanized spring steel for 2.68 mm with a minimum pull strength of 110 kg. The adjustable clip also consists of a 3.5 mm aquiline wire to be used with the main runner.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. (L x W). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

21.0ARMSTRONG SOUNDSCAPES SHAPES – 4 Panels Linear Group Layout

(For Confereance room)

Providing and Fixing Armstrong SoundScapes - Acoustical clouds which are

30 mm thick, flat glass fiber panels with Humidity Resistance RH 90% &

Recycled Content of minimum 30%, come in various shape options like

Square / Convex 1041x1168x30mm / Concave) and in standard Traffic White

Page 31 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

color with LR 90% or in the color specified by the Architect / Engineer in charge (Ivory / Pale Green / Pastel Blue / Traffic Grey / Pale Brown).The size and sound absorption details are as below:

1) Material

Armstrong SoundScapes - Acoustical clouds which are 30 mm thick, flat glass fiber panels with Humidity Resistance RH 90% & Recycled Content of minimum

30%, come in various shape options like Square / Convex 1041x1168x30mm /

Concave) and in standard Traffic White color with LR 90% or in the color specified by the Architect / Engineer in charge (Ivory / Pale Green / Pastel Blue / Traffic

Grey / Pale Brown).

2) Workmanship

4 Panel Linear Group Lay out

The panels to be suspended in a 4 panel linear group layout using the Armstrong

SoundScapes Deck hanging kit consisting of (gripper structure anchors with an outer diameter of 16mm and height 23mm, aircraft cables of 1.5mm dia 2.44 LM in length and bottom end cable adjusters of 8.9mm outer diameter) 3.66m Aluminum group carrier frames, frame alignment spacers and panel hooks of sizes 115mm &

90mm. 2 Aluminum group frames to be used which are cut to size of 1931mm.

Also 4 pieces of size 712mm of Aluminum group frames would also be required.

Two Aluminum carrier frames to be placed parallel to each other and at a distance of 406 mm with their open face down and would form the ‘lower’ frame. The

712mm pieces of carrier bar to be placed parallel to each other at every 1219mm with their open face up and should be placed on top and perpendicular to the

‘lower’ frame thus forming the ‘upper ‘ frame using the frame alignment spacers with the first and the last ‘upper’ frame pieces to be placed at 356mm from the ends and the assembly is secured with nut and bolts passing through the ‘upper’,

‘lower’ and the frame alignment spacers at every intersection. The assembly to be suspended to the soffit using the deck hanging kit and the levels to be adjusted using the bottom end cable adjuster. 4 panel hooks to be screwed on the embedded square frame bracket at the back of each panel such that the two

115mm ‘High’ hooks are opposite to each other and are at the 203mm off centre mark of the embedded square frame bracket and the two 90mm ‘Low’ hooks are opposite to each other at the centre mark of the embedded square frame bracket.

SoundScapes Panels to be suspended on the Aluminum group frames by engaging the High hooks to the ‘upper’ frame and the Low hooks to the ‘lower’ frame.

Page 32 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. (L x W). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

22.0

ARMSTRONG METALWORKS BAFFLE CEILING

(For Workstation

Area)

Providing & fixing Armstrong Vertical Linear Baffle Ceiling made out of

Aluminum Extrusion in Aluminum alloy grade 6063. The baffle blade shall be in size of 100x 25 x 3600mm in Wood grain finish – Pradoo & Cabrueava. The baffle blade shall be suspended using Slotted U-profile at on-center spacing in multiples of 25mm. Longer lengths of Baffle to be connected by Baffle

Joiner and the ends to be fixed with End caps.

1) Material

Armstrong Vertical Linear Baffle Ceiling made out of Aluminum Extrusion in

Aluminum alloy grade 6063. The baffle blade shall be in size of 100x 25 x

3600mm in Wood grain finish – Pradoo & Cabrueava. The baffle blade shall be suspended using Slotted U-profile at on-center spacing in multiples of 25mm.

Longer lengths of Baffle to be connected by Baffle Joiner and the ends to be fixed with End caps.

2) Workmanship

Installation of Armstrong Baffles:

Locate the slot for Baffle Hangers in slot of Baffle section at 1200mm centres.

Hangers are inserted into the slot, then rotated 90° and fixed into position by tightening the grub screw. Baffle to be lifted into position and hangers engage over lip of U-Grid Channel. Each Hanger to be secured into position by inserting the

Locking Clip. Baffles blades to be connected at ends with Baffle Joiner, which are inserted into the top and bottom slots of the Baffle closed profile for alignment only. The bottom Joiner to be located first and fastened on one side only. The top

Joiner to be fitted then and secured with grub screws on one side. Then the two

Baffle sections shall be joined and the top Joiner is screw fastened on the 2nd

Baffle profile. End Caps to be located by pushing the End Cap tongues into Baffle slots. Installation shall be according to the instructions provided by manufacturer.

Page 33 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. (L x W). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

23.0 ARMSTRONG CELLIO OPEN CELL

Providing and fixing in true horizontal level Armstrong Cellio Open cell

Aluminum lay-in ceiling tiles with border panels forming flush-tegular edge of size 600mmx600mmx38mm having Fire Performance CLASS 0/Class 1

(BS 476). The tile of ‘Global white’ color with cell size 150mm X 150mm shall be laid on white painted Armstrong Suprafine XL15mm profile grid system comprising Main runners (3000mm), 1200mm and 600mm cross tees with

15mm white flanges and 38mm web height. The grid should be of

“Armstrong” make with 15mm wide T - section flanges color white having rotary stitching on all T sections i.e. the Main Runner with C3 coupling, 1200 mm & 600 mm Cross Tees with Hardened XL2 Clip having a web height of

38 mm and a load carrying capacity of 14 Kgs/M. The T Sections have a

Galvanizing of 90 grams per M2 with pull out strength of 100 Kgs.

Suspension system for Armstrong grid to be of Armstrong make.

1) Material

Armstrong Cellio Open cell Aluminum lay-in ceiling tiles with border panels forming flush-tegular edge of size 600mmx600mmx38mm having Fire

Performance CLASS 0/Class 1 (BS 476). The tile of ‘Global white’ color with cell size 150mm X 150mm shall be laid on white painted Armstrong Suprafine

XL15mm profile grid system comprising Main runners (3000mm), 1200mm and

600mm cross tees with 15mm white flanges and 38mm web height. The grid should be of “Armstrong” make with 15mm wide T - section flanges color white having rotary stitching on all T sections i.e. the Main Runner with C3 coupling,

1200 mm & 600 mm Cross Tees with Hardened XL2 Clip having a web height of

38 mm and a load carrying capacity of 14 Kgs/M. The T Sections have a

Galvanizing of 90 grams per M2 with pull out strength of 100 Kgs. Suspension system for Armstrong grid to be of Armstrong make.

2) Workmanship

INSTALLATION: To comprise main runner spaced at 1200mm centers securely fixed to the structural soffit by approved hangers at 1200mm maximum centre &

Page 34 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar not more than 150mm from spliced joints. The last hanger at the end of each main runner should not be greater than 600mm from the adjacent wall. 1200mm long cross tees to be interlocked between main runners at 600mm centre to form

1200 x 600 mm module. Cut cross tees longer than 600mm require independent support. 600 x 600mm module to be formed by fitting 600mm long cross tees centrally between the 1200 mm cross tees. Perimeter trim to be Armstrong wall angles, secured to walls at 450 mm maximum centers.

ARMSTRONG SUSPENSION SYSTEM accessories manufactured and supplied by Armstrong World Industries consisting of M5 Anchor Fasteners with hole for suspending Hanger Wire. A pre Straightened Hanger wire of dia – 2.65 mm of 1.8

m length., thickness of 80gsm and a tensile strength of 344-413 MPa, along with

Adjustable hook clips of 0.8mm thick, galvanized spring steel for 2.68 mm. The adjustable clip also consists of a 3.5 mm aquiline wire to be used with the main runner.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. (L x W). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

24.0 Full Height Solid Partition

Providing and fixing wooden Partition 100mm thick including base frame of

65mm x 65 mm anti termite first class teak wood provided at average 850 mm x 525 mm c/c both ways fixed to wall and ceiling slab to Floor with dash fasteners. 50mmthk. accoustical glasswool teatment with both side covered with 12 mm thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Century Plywood sheet upto RCC ceiling Slab, followed by 4 mm thick Veneer till false ceiling approved by architect duly Spirit polished with melamine matt coating with desired finishing. Grooves of approved size to be provided at joints. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect. (Note:- Cost of 10 mm toughned glass item shall be paid in relevent item if any but making provision for glass/Alexa frame will be not charged extra).

1) Material

Wooden Partition 100mm thick including base frame of 65mm x 65 mm anti termite first class teak wood provided at average 850 mm x 525 mm c/c both ways. 50mmthk. acoustical glass wool treatment with both side covered with 12

Page 35 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar mm thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Century Plywood sheet up to RCC ceiling Slab, followed by 4 mm thick Veneer till false ceiling approved by architect duly Spirit polished with melamine matt coating with desired finishing.

2) Workmanship

100mm thick including base frame of 65mm x 65 mm anti termite first class teak wood provided at average 850 mm x 525 mm c/c both ways fixed to wall and ceiling slab to Floor with dash fasteners. 50mmthk. acoustical glasswool treatment with both side covered with 12 mm thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Century Plywood sheet upto RCC ceiling Slab, followed by 4 mm thick Veneer till false ceiling approved by architect duly Spirit polished with melamine matt coating with desired finishing. Grooves of approved size to be provided at joints. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

Only veneer face one side below false ceiling will be measured for payment. Cut for fixed glass / door will be deducted in the measurement. Item will be measure in

Smt. (W x H) . No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

25.0

Providing and fixing in position MDF frame work of size 100mm x 8mm for partitions, paneling, boxing, soffits complete including necessary additional supports, bracing runner etc. complete as per drawing and directions. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from project-incharge. The MDF patta should be finisehed with milky white PU color and grooves of approved size to be provided at joints. Rate to include applying fire retardent paint of approved make on the finished frame work. The moisture content in case of material to be between 12.5 to 18%. The frame work should be applied with fire retardant paint before fixing the same. (This will include Polyurethane Paint (PU) of approved shade selected by architect)

1) Material

MDF frame work of size 100mm x 8mm for partitions, paneling, boxing, and soffits complete including necessary additional supports, bracing runner etc. complete as per drawing and directions. The MDF patta should be finished with milky white PU color and grooves of approved size to be provided at joints.

Page 36 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

2) Workmanship

MDF frame work of size 100mm x 8mm for partitions, paneling, boxing, and soffits complete including necessary additional supports, bracing runner etc. complete as per drawing and directions. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from project-in-charge. The MDF patta should be finished with milky white PU color and grooves of approved size to be provided at joints. Rate to include applying fire retardant paint of approved make on the finished frame work.

The moisture content in case of material to be between 12.5 to 18%. The frame work should be applied with fire retardant paint before fixing the same.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in rmt. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern. (This will include Polyurethane Paint (PU) of approved shade selected by architect).

26.0

Providing and fixing in position MDF frame work of size 75mm x 8mm for partitions, panelling, boxing, soffits complete including necessary additional supports, bracing runner etc. complete as per drawing and directions. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from project-incharge. The MDF patta should be finisehed with milky white PU color and grooves of approved size to be provided at joints.Rate to include applying fire retardant paint of approved make on the finished frame work. The moisture content in case of material to be between 12.5 to 18%. The frame work should be applied with fire retardant paint before fixing the same. (This will include

Polyurethane Paint (PU) of approved shade selected by architect).

1) Material

MDF frame work of size 75mm x 8mm for partitions, paneling, boxing,soffits complete including necessary additional supports, bracing runner etc. complete as per drawing and directions. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from project-in-charge. The MDF patta should be finished with milky white PU color and grooves of approved size to be provided at joints.

2) Workmanship

Page 37 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

MDF frame work of size 75mm x 8mm for partitions, panelling, boxing, soffits complete including necessary additional supports, bracing runner etc. complete as per drawing and directions. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from project-in-charge. The MDF patta should be finished with milky white PU color and grooves of approved size to be provided at joints.Rate to include applying fire retardant paint of approved make on the finished frame work. The moisture content in case of material to be between 12.5 to 18%. The frame work should be applied with fire retardant paint before fixing the same.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in rmt. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern. (This will include Polyurethane Paint (PU) of approved shade selected by architect).

27.0 10mm thick Fix Glass with Profile Fitting -ALEXA MR 28 (DORMA)

Supplying and fixing of 10 mm plain toughened fixed Glass partition with wall connecting profile frame of ALEXA MR 28 Dorma make & AT 50 make slim looking profile system with seals provisions of finish similar satin Stainless

Steel anodized will be fixed along floor, wal and ceiling joints extending across the sidelights. The above work complete in all respect as per approved drawings and to the satisfaction of engineer in charge / Architect

Consultants.The rates are including 10mm thick toughened glass Alexa MR

28 fix glass profile and wastage.

1) Material

10mm thick Fix Glass with Profile Fitting -ALEXA MR 28 (DORMA)

2) Workmanship

10 mm plain toughened fixed Glass partition with wall connecting profile frame of

ALEXA MR 28 Dorma make & AT 50 make slim looking profile system with seals provisions of finish similar satin Stainless Steel anodized will be fixed along floor, wall and ceiling joints extending across the sidelights. The above work complete in all respect as per approved drawings and to the satisfaction of engineer in charge /

Architect Consultants. The rates are including 10mm thick toughened glass Alexa

MR 28 fix glass profile and wastage.

Page 38 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

28.0 Glass Door With Patch Fitting - ALEXA (DORMA)

Providing and fixing Frameless 10 mm Glass Door with S/S Patch fitting consisting of 10mm thick etched toughened glass with (PT

Standard)/ECKELT/AUSTVISION. Patch fittings such as PT24 - Top Pivot, PT-

35-Top patch,PT-35-Bottom Patch, US 10 Corner Lock with EPC, Lock keeper plate, 'H' Pull Handle TGDI-H-450 (ctc 350mm* dia 25mm) and Floor spring

(Dorma Model No. BTS 75V) with standard spindle conforming to DIN EN 1154 and CE marked, non-handed unit suitable for doors up to 120 kg leaf weight, with adjustable spring strength (size EN 1 – 4) and closing speed, with closing action operational from approx. 175°, fixed hold open at 90° and SS cover plate. Featuring hydraulically fully controlled closing cycle, mechanical back check and including cement box. Dimension of the floor spring body -

Length - 285 mm, width - 82 mm and Height - 50 mm & Weight - 3 Kg. Finish :

Satin Stainless Steel. (NOTE: Opening size 900mm x 2100 mm Single Leaf, each Leaf weight up to 120kg). The above work complete in all respect as per approved drawings and to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge/ Architect

Consultant. The rate shall include the cost of providing & fixing 1 nos of

50mmX100mmX1150mm partal wood member for fixing the S/S patch fitting at lintel level The list of the items s/s fittings & accessories shall be as below:

Pivot PT 24 with fixing plate, material thickness 3 mm, to let into the ceiling

PT Standard Bottom Patch Fitting - PT 10 - SS Finish.

1) Material

Frameless 10 mm Glass Door with S/S Patch fitting consisting of 10mm thick etched toughened glass with (PT Standard)/ECKELT/AUSTVISION. Patch fittings such as

PT24 - Top Pivot, PT-35-Top patch,PT-35-Bottom Patch, US 10 Corner Lock with

EPC, Lock keeper plate, 'H' Pull Handle TGDI-H-450 (ctc 350mm* dia 25mm) and

Floor spring (Dorma Model No. BTS 75V) with standard spindle conforming to DIN

EN 1154 and CE marked, non-handed unit suitable for doors up to 120 kg leaf weight, with adjustable spring strength (size EN 1 – 4) and closing speed, with closing action operational from approx. 175°, fixed hold open at 90° and SS cover plate. Featuring hydraulically fully controlled closing cycle, mechanical back check and including cement box. Dimension of the floor spring body - Length - 285 mm, width - 82 mm and Height - 50 mm & Weight - 3 Kg. Finish : Satin Stainless Steel.

Page 39 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

(NOTE: Opening size 900mm x 2100 mm Single Leaf, each Leaf weight up to

120kg).

2) Workmanship

The above work complete in all respect as per approved drawings and to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge/ Architect Consultant. The rate shall include the cost of providing & fixing 1 nos of 50mmX100mmX1150mm partal wood member for fixing the S/S patch fitting at lintel level The list of the items s/s fittings & accessories shall be as below: Pivot PT 24 with fixing plate, material thickness 3 mm, to let into the ceiling PT Standard Bottom Patch Fitting - PT 10 - SS Finish.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

29.0 Frost Decorative Film/Translucent Film on Glass

Providing and fixing frosted/translucent decorative film avg. 15 micron thick of approved make pasted on one side of Glass surface only with standard installation practice as provided by the manufacturer, as per detailed design drawing. Item to include all cutting, to form design pattern, all accessories, and material, cleaned complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

1) Material

Frosted/translucent decorative film avg. 15 micron thick of approved make pasted on one side of Glass surface only with standard installation practice as provided by the manufacturer.

2) Workmanship

Frosted/translucent decorative film avg. 15 micron thick of approved make pasted on one side of Glass surface only with standard installation practice as provided by the manufacturer , as per detailed design drawing. Item to include all cutting, to form design pattern, all accessories, and material, cleaned complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

Page 40 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Item will be measure in Smt. (W x H). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

30.0 Reception Table

Providing & fixing Reception table of size 4000mm x 900mm x 750mm as per

Design Drawings & Dimensions made of FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheets covered with 4mm thick natural veneer approved by architect and finished with PU polished. Front panel of the table should be finished with bake-lite frosted 8mm thick glass housing, Part of front panel & side panel should be finished with 20 mm thk. prefinished Engineered Quartzite based artificial granite/marble with PU polished,and front frame panel covered with

8mm thick MDF patta finish with milky white PU color as approved by architect. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, drawers, storage shelves, any openable shutters, niches, design grooves, moulded edges, aluminum profile, ss studs, soft close drawer channels etc. As per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

1) Material

Reception table of size 4000mm x 900mm x 750mm as per Design Drawings &

Dimensions made of FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheets covered with

4mm thick natural veneer approved by architect and finished with PU polished.

Front panel of the table should be finished with bake-lite froasted 8mm thick glass housing, Part of front panel & side panel should be finished with 20 mm thk.

2) Workmanship

Reception table of size 4000mm x 900mm x 750mm as per Design Drawings &

Dimensions made of FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheets covered with

4mm thick natural veneer approved by architect and finished with PU polished.

Front panel of the table should be finished with bake-lite froasted 8mm thick glass housing, Part of front panel & side panel should be finished with 20 mm thk.

prefinished Engineered Quartzite based artificial granite/marble with PU polished,and front frame panel covered with 8mm thick MDF patta finish with milky white PU color as approved by architect. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, drawers, storage shelves, any operable shutters, niches, design grooves, moulded edges, aluminum profile, ss studs, soft close drawer channels etc. as per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

Page 41 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool3 and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

31.0 RM Executive Table Suite

Procuring, supplying and installation of executive desking suites for Deputy

General Manager cabin of approved brand as per drgs and instructions by

Architect with following specification: The main desk shall be of dimension

2700 x 900 x 750 mm with additional joining table of 1200 x 1050 x 750mm.

The table top to be made out of 18mm + 18mm thk FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with 12mm the. MDF sheet finished white PU color.

The back unit shall be of 1400 x 460 mm x 760 mm made of 18 mm the.

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish as appoved by architect. The side unit shall of size 1200 mm x 450 mm x 620 mm a made of 18 mm the. FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish. Internal part of Side Unit and Back unit should be finished with 0.8 mm the white laminate sheet and edges of drawer & shutter should be covered with teakwood beeding patti finish with matching colored PU polish. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, drawers, storage shelves, any openable shutters, niches, design grooves, moulded edges, aluminum profile, ss studs, softclose drawer chanels etc. as per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

1) Material

Executive desking suites for Deputy General Manager cabin of approved brand as per drgs and instructions by Architect with following specification: The main desk shall be of dimension 2700 x 900 x 750 mm with additional joining table of 1200 x

1050 x 750mm. The table top to be made out of 18mm + 18mm the FIRESAFE IS:

5509 century Plywood sheet with 12mm the. MDF sheet finished white PU color.

The back unit shall be of 1400 x 460 mm x 760 mm made of 18 mm the.

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish as appoved by architect. The side unit shall of size 1200 mm x

450 mm x 620 mm a made of 18 mm the. FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish. Internal part of Side Unit and Back unit should be finished with 0.8 mm the white laminate sheet.

Page 42 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

2) Workmanship

Installation of executive desking suites for Deputy General Manager cabin of approved brand as per drgs and instructions by Architect with following specification: The main desk shall be of dimension 2700 x 900 x 750 mm with additional joining table of 1200 x 1050 x 750mm. The table top to be made out of

18mm + 18mm the FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with 12mm the.

MDF sheet finished white PU color. The back unit shall be of 1400 x 460 mm x 760 mm made of 18 mm the. FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish as appoved by architect. The side unit shall of size 1200 mm x 450 mm x 620 mm a made of 18 mm the. FIRESAFE

IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish. Internal part of Side Unit and Back unit should be finished with 0.8

mm the white laminate sheet and edges of drawer & shutter should be covered with teakwood beeding patti finish with matching colored PU polish. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, drawers, storage shelves, any operable shutters, niches, design grooves, moulded edges, aluminum profile, ss studs, soft close drawer channels etc. as per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

32.0 DRM, RLF & SME Executive Table Suite

Procuring, supplying and installation of executive table suites for DRM, RLF, and SME cabin table of approved brand as per drgs and instructions by

Architect with following specification: The main desk shall be of dimension

2000L x 750W x 750H mm. The table top to be made out of 18mm + 18mm the

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with 12mm the. MDF sheet finished white PU color. The back unit shall be of 2000 x 450 mm x 620 mm made of 18 mm the. FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish as appoved by architect. The side unit shall of size 1600 mm x 450 mm x 620 mm a made of 18 mm the.

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish. Internal part of Side Unit and Back unit should be finished with 0.8 mm the white laminate sheet and edges of drawer

& shutter should be covered with teakwood beeding patti finish with matching colored PU polish. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, drawers,

Page 43 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

storage shelves, any openable shutters, niches, design grooves, moulded edges, aluminum profile, ss studs, soft close drawer chanels etc. as per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.Material

1) Materials

Executive table suites for DRM, RLF, and SME cabin table of approved brand as per drgs and instructions by Architect with following specification: The main desk shall be of dimension 2000L x 750W x 750H mm. The table top to be made out of

18mm + 18mm the FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with 12mm the.

MDF sheet finished white PU color. The back unit shall be of 2000 x 450 mm x 620 mm made of 18 mm the. FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish as appoved by architect. The side unit shall of size 1600 mm x 450 mm x 620 mm a made of 18 mm the. FIRESAFE

IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish. Internal part of Side Unit and Back unit should be finished with 0.8

mm the white laminate sheet.

2) Workmanship

Installation of executive table suites for DRM, RLF, and SME cabin table of approved brand as per drgs and instructions by Architect with following specification: The main desk shall be of dimension 2000L x 750W x 750H mm. The table top to be made out of 18mm + 18mm the FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century

Plywood sheet with 12mm the. MDF sheet finished white PU color. The back unit shall be of 2000 x 450 mm x 620 mm made of 18 mm the. FIRESAFE IS: 5509

Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish as appoved by architect. The side unit shall of size 1600 mm x 450 mm x 620 mm a made of 18 mm the. FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet finish with PU polish. Internal part of Side Unit and Back unit should be finished with 0.8 mm the white laminate sheet and edges of drawer

& shutter should be covered with teakwood beeding Patti finish with matching colored PU polish. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, drawers, storage shelves, any openable shutters, niches, design grooves, moulded edges, aluminum profile, ss studs, softclose drawer chanels etc. as per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

Page 44 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

33.0 Conference Table

Providing & fixing Conference table of size 2700mm x 1050mm x 750mm as per Design

Drawings. The table top to be made out of 18mm + 18mm + 8mm the

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer finished PU polish. Edge of the table top should be finished same veneer. The centre part of the table top should be finish with PU color on

8mm MDF sheet. Understructure made from 50mm thick plywood housing covered with 4mm thick natural veneer finished PU polish and should be fixed as per detailed drawings. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, cable managers, provision of electric wire cabling, design grooves, moulded edges, ss studs, ss patti fixed on bottom of the table legs etc. as per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

1) Materials

Conference table of size 2700mm x 1050mm x 750mm as per Design Drawings.

The table top to be made out of 18mm + 18mm + 8mm the FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer finished PU polish.

Edge of the table top should be finished same veneer. The centre part of the table top should be finish with PU color on 8mm MDF sheet. Understructure made from

50mm thick plywood housing covered with 4mm thick natural veneer finished PU polish and should be fixed as per detailed drawings.

2) Workmanship

Conference table of size 2700mm x 1050mm x 750mm as per Design Drawings.

The table top to be made out of 18mm + 18mm + 8mm the FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet covered with 4mm thick natural veneer finished PU polish.

Edge of the table top should be finished same veneer. The centre part of the table top should be finish with PU color on 8mm MDF sheet. Understructure Made from

50mm thick plywood housing covered with 4mm thick natural veneer finished PU polish and should be fixed as per detailed drawings. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, cable managers, provision of electric wire cabling, design grooves, moulded edges, ss studs, ss patti fixed on bottom of the table legs etc. as per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings

& instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

Page 45 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

34.0

Discussion table

Procuring, supplying and installation of 1800mm dia conference/meeting table with work surface membrane 25 (+/-1) mm the made up of 25mm the MDF board and 0.4mm PVC membrane foil using wrap around technology. The foil shall be pre- treated with PU layer for better scratch and wear resistance. The bottom surface to be finished with 0.6mm the balancing laminate. The legs to be made from 1.6mm matt silver anodized aluminum extrusion. The legs to be assembled together with 8mm the MS powder coated sheet at bottom and

3mm the MS powder coated sheet at top. The MS shall have provision for wire entry and glide fixing. The wire carrying is facilitated through the cutout at base and the wires are concealed between the four vertical cladding members fixed between four legs. The access flap shall be made from matt silver anodized aluminum extrusion and plastic moulded components to facilitate access of electrical/data/voice sockets access from top. The switch mounting tray shall be powder coated made from 1.2mm the MS sheet. The switched to be mounted as per the requirement. There should be provision for mounting 4 module anchor roma switch plate on switch mounting tray. The vertigo

(Rehau make) shall be fixed to work surface from bottom for entering wires and the wire carrying is facilitated through the hollow space between plastic components.

1) Materials

1800mm dia conference/meeting table with work surface membrane 25 (+/-1) mm the made up of 25mm the MDF board and 0.4mm PVC membrane foil using wrap around technology. The foil shall be pre- treated with PU layer for better scratch and wear resistance. The bottom surface to be finished with 0.6mm the balancing laminate. The legs to be made from 1.6mm matt silver anodized aluminum extrusion. The legs to be assembled together with 8mm the MS powder coated sheet at bottom and 3mm the MS powder coated sheet at top. The MS shall have provision for wire entry and glide fixing. The wire carrying is facilitated through the cutout at base and the wires are concealed between the four vertical cladding members fixed between four legs. The access flap shall be made from matt silver anodized aluminum extrusion and plastic moulded components to facilitate access of electrical/data/voice sockets access from top.

Page 46 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

2) Workmanship

Installation of 1800mm dia conference/meeting table with work surface membrane

25 (+/-1) mm the made up of 25mm the MDF board and 0.4mm PVC membrane foil using wrap around technology. The foil shall be pre- treated with PU layer for better scratch and wear resistance. The bottom surface to be finished with 0.6mm the balancing laminate. The legs to be made from 1.6mm matt silver anodized aluminum extrusion. The legs to be assembled together with 8mm the MS powder coated sheet at bottom and 3mm the MS powder coated sheet at top. The MS shall have provision for wire entry and glide fixing. The wire carrying is facilitated through the cutout at base and the wires are concealed between the four vertical cladding members fixed between four legs. The access flap shall be made from matt silver anodized aluminum extrusion and plastic moulded components to facilitate access of electrical/data/voice sockets access from top. The switch mounting tray shall be powder coated made from 1.2mm the MS sheet. The switched to be mounted as per the requirement. There should be provision for mounting 4 module anchor roma switch plate on switch mounting tray. The vertigo (Rehau make) shall be fixed to work surface from bottom for entering wires and the wire carrying is facilitated through the hollow space between plastic components.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

35.0 Cafe table

Supplying and placing canteen tables of size 1200 x 900 x 740 mm as per drawing made of Understructure : Tubular understructure with Powder coated

Finish 50-60 microns DFT. Two vertical supports are made from 50mm dia pipes 2 mm thick and the cross connecting pipe is 25.4 mm dia X1.6mm thick.

Prongs are made from 2mm thick MS sheet formed in shape usinhg heavy duty hydraulic press. Top: 25 mm thick Pre-laminated FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping along edges.

The table top should be in membrane finish.

Page 47 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1) Materials

Canteen tables of size 1200 x 900 x 740 mm as per drawing made of

Understructure: Tubular understructure with Powder coated Finish 50-60 microns

DFT. Two vertical supports are made from 50mm dia pipes 2 mm thick and the cross connecting pipe is 25.4 mm dia X1.6mm thick. Prongs are made from 2mm thick MS sheet formed in shape usinhg heavy duty hydraulic press. Top : 25 mm thick Pre-laminated FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping along edges. The table top should be in membrane finish.

2) Workmanship

Canteen tables Understructure : Tubular understructure with Powder coated Finish

50-60 microns DFT. Two vertical supports are made from 50mm dia pipes 2 mm thick and the cross connecting pipe is 25.4 mm dia X1.6mm thick. Prongs are made from 2mm thick MS sheet formed in shape using heavy duty hydraulic press. Top:

25 mm thick Pre-laminated FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with matching 2 mm thick PVC lipping along edges. The table top should be in membrane finish.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of one number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

36- 44 DELETED

45.0 Podium

Providing and fixing podium of 600 mm x 600 mm x 1250 mm height as per details given by the consultant. The podium shall be made of 18 mm thick

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet on all sides, top and bottom as per detail drawings. This unit shall be provided with front shutter made of 18 mm thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Plywood sheetwith sycamore veneer cladded on it. It shall also have 18 mm thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet shelves as per details given in the drawings. All internal and external surfaces shall be cladded with sycamore veneer. All exposed wooden members including beading patties shall be of sycamore wood. All exposed wood and veneer shall be finished with 3 coats of melamine colour polish after staining in approved shade of specified tint. This unit shall be provided with auto closing hinges, matt s.s. handles of approved make and also provided with cable manager systeem for speaker wires as per details / instructions given by the consultant /EIC.

Page 48 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1) Materials

Podium of 600 mm x 600 mm x 1250 mm height as per details given by the consultant. The podium shall be made of 18 mm thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century

Plywood sheet on all sides, top and bottom as per detail drawings.

2) Workmanship

1. All members of the vertical/ horizontal surfaces, frames shall be exactly at right angles. The right angle shall be checked from inside surface of the respective members.

2. All members/ plywood surfaces of frames/ shutters shall be straight line without any wrap or bow and shall have smooth surface well planed/ or cut in right direction with right angles.

3. All plywood surfaces shall be made from 18 mm thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet .

4. All plywood/ wooden members, channels, veneer to be fixed with first quality hardware and fevicol.

5. All veneer shall be fixed with first quality hardware and fevicol and pressed on plywood surface without having any bubbles.

6. All open edges of plywood to cladded with first quality sycamore wooden beading of required sizes.

7. All open wooden surfaces and veneered surfaces to be finished with 3 coats of melamine polish after staining in approved shade of specified tint and shall be of first quality and without damaging adjoining surfaces/ members and without having any stains, spots or dirt.

8. All hardware, drawer channels, locks, magnetic catches, hinges/ auto hinges shall be of first quality and of approved make and design by consultant or engineer in-charge.

9. All handles, stoppers of S. S. and shall be of first quality and of approved make and design by consultant or engineer in-charge.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

46.0 Full Height Storage (up to 2400mm height)

Providing & fixing storages of avg. 450 mm wide, made of AT treated

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with select laminate skin on both faces- pedestal box frame of 19 thick ply board with 12 thick FIRESAFE IS:

Page 49 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

5509 Plywood backer sheet, horizontal shelving of 19 thick ply board & drawer sideboard of FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet, all as per

Design drawing. Item to be inclusive of sample unit approval from Project- incharge/Architect., all edge lipping of water based PU polished & stained good grade TW, all GI & Al. joining cleats, fixing accessories, phenol formaldehyde based adhesives, SS 304 Grade 'Butler' finished hardware of handles, hinges, mortise locks, clip-locks, GI drawer slides, key-hole roses etc. as approved by

Architect/Engineer-in-charge; and inclusive of all installation, all accessories, fitments, tools and tackle, finished, laid complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project-in-charge/Architect.

1) Materials

Storages of avg. 450 mm wide, made of AT treated FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century

Plywood sheet with select laminate skin on both faces- pedestal box frame of 19 thick ply board with 12 thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Plywood backer sheet, horizontal shelving of 19 thick ply board & drawer sideboard of FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century

Plywood sheet, all as per Design drawing.

2) Workmanship

450 mm wide, made of AT treated FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with select laminate skin on both faces- pedestal box frame of 19 thick ply board with 12 thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 Plywood backer sheet, horizontal shelving of 19 thick ply board & drawer sideboard of FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet.

all edge lipping of water based PU polished & stained good grade TW, all GI & Al.

joining cleats, fixing accessories, phenol formaldehyde based adhesives, SS 304

Grade 'Butler' finished hardware of handles, hinges, mortise locks, clip-locks, GI drawer slides, key-hole roses etc. as approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge; and inclusive of all installation, all accessories, fitments, tools and tackle, finished, laid complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from

Project-in-charge/Architect.

47.0

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt.(W x H). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

DELETED

Page 50 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

48.0 Low Height Storage (for cabin area) (up to 750mm height)

Providing & Fixing low height Storage of 1800W X 750H X 450D made of treated FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Ply covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet on front side of unit finish with PU polish as approved by architect. Internal face the storage should be finished with select laminate skin. Item to be inclusive of sample unit approval from Architect, all edge lipping of water based PU polished & stained good grade TW, all GI & Al,

19mm thick internal horizontal shelves, joining cleats, fixing accessories, phenol formaldehyde based adhesives, SS 304Grade 'Butler' finished hardware of handles, hinges, mortise locks, clip-locks, GI drawer slides, keyhole roses etc. as approved by architect; and inclusive of all installation, all accessories, fitments, tools and tackle, finished, laid complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect. (Basic Rate of 4mm the Veneer will be Rs. 1080/smt. and all the hardware should be of approved brand by architect).

1) Materials

Low height Storage of 1800W X 750H X 450D made of treated FIRESAFE IS:

5509 century Ply covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet on front side of unit finish with PU polish as approved by architect.

All internal face the storage should be finished with laminate sheet.

All edge lipping of water based PU polished.

2) Workmanship

Low height Storage of 1800W X 750H X 450D made of treated FIRESAFE IS:

5509 century Ply covered with 4mm thick natural veneer sheet on front side of unit finish with PU polish as approved by architect. Internal face the storage should be finished with select laminate skin. Item to be inclusive of sample unit approval from

Architect, all edge lipping of water based PU polished & stained good grade TW, all

GI & Al, 19mm thick internal horizontal shelves, joining cleats, fixing accessories, phenol formaldehyde based adhesives, SS 304Grade 'Butler' finished hardware of handles, hinges, mortise locks, clip-locks, GI drawer slides, key-hole roses etc. as approved by architect; and inclusive of all installation, all accessories, fitments, tools and tackle, finished, laid complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect. (Basic Rate of 4mm the

Veneer will be Rs. 1080/smt. and all the hardware should be of approved brand by architect).

3) Mode of measurement

Page 51 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Item will be measure in Smt.(W x H). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

49.0 Storage Unit for Passage

Procuring, supplying and installation of continuous modular storage unit for passage of 500mm deep with details as per tech specs. The cupboard shall be made out of preliaminated particle wood having 4 nos of full adjustable shelves. The wood shall be approved by Architect or EIC. The top to be made out of 25mm the FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet and verticals to be made out of 18mm the FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet. The cupboard shutters shall be made of MDF and honeycomb covered with decorative and backing laminate. 2mm the lipping shall be provided in all edges matching with the laminate of table top. The exposed and internal surfaces to be provided with 1 mm the laminate of approved pattern. The shutters shall be provided with self-closing hinges and 3 way locking (min.

0.20m long). The handles shall be made out of aluminum and to be ergonomically sound.

1) Materials

Modular storage unit for passage of 500mm deep with details as per tech specs.

The cupboard shall be made out of preliaminated particle wood having 4 nos of full adjustable shelves. The wood shall be approved by Architect or EIC.

2) Workmanship

Modular storage unit for passage of 500mm deep with details as per tech specs.

The cupboard shall be made out of preliaminated particle wood having 4 nos of full adjustable shelves. The wood shall be approved by Architect or EIC. The top to be made out of 25mm the FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet and verticals to be made out of 18mm the FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet. The cupboard shutters shall be made of MDF and honeycomb covered with decorative and backing laminate. 2mm the lipping shall be provided in all edges matching with the laminate of table top. The exposed and internal surfaces to be provided with 1 mm the laminate of approved pattern. The shutters shall be provided with selfclosing hinges and 3 way locking (min. 0.20m long). The handles shall be made out of aluminum and to be ergonomically sound.

3) Mode of measurement

Page 52 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Item will be measure in Smt. (W x H). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

50.0 Sofa (3 Seater)

Providing & supplying Sofa 3-seater type as per selection made up of hidden

TW/SS Frame of size 38x75 mm for Seating & Back, seating should have the horizontal TW/SS support of size 38x75mm at regular intervals, the frame should have 12mm the hidden MDF on all sides with necessary hardware fasteners. The Chair should have Foam of approved quality & make all around with artificial Rexin/synthetic rubber drape of approved texture & colour. The base should have nylon floor strut- pads/legs. The cost includes all necessary fittings & fixtures, with necessary hardware etc. complete. (Min. Density of foam = 40Kg/m3). Size as per selection. The upholstery material to be got approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in charge/Architect. The item to be obtained from reputed manufactures as per approval of EIC.

1) Materials

Sofa 3-seater type as per selection made up of hidden TW/SS Frame of size 38x75 mm for Seating & Back, seating should have the horizontal TW/SS support of size

38x75mm at regular intervals, and the frame should have 12mm the hidden MDF on all sides with necessary hardware fasteners. The Chair should have Foam of approved quality & make all around with artificial Rexin/synthetic rubber drape of approved texture & colour. The base should have nylon floor strut- pads/legs.

2) Workmanship

3-seater type as per selection made up of hidden TW/SS Frame of size 38x75 mm for Seating & Back, seating should have the horizontal TW/SS support of size

38x75mm at regular intervals, and the frame should have 12mm the hidden MDF on all sides with necessary hardware fasteners. The Chair should have Foam of approved quality & make all around with artificial Rexin/synthetic rubber drape of approved texture & colour. The base should have nylon floor strut- pads/legs. The cost includes all necessary fittings & fixtures, with necessary hardware etc.

complete. (Min. Density of foam = 40Kg/m3). Size as per selection. The upholstery material to be got approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in charge/Architect.

Page 53 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Technical Specification: - The Premium Lounge chair is a flexing-back lounges seating system standing on beam. The side frame assembly is fitted to the two ends of the connecting beam assembly to form the leg-cum-armrest assembly. It is made of a MS. E.R.W. tube dia. 3.81cm. (1 1/2”) x 14 BG. the. and black powder coated.

The ends are fitted with ABS moulded end caps. The seat rest assembly consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded with Polyurethane foam having density = 45 +/- 2 Kg./cm3. The hardness of the P.U. foam = 23 - 27 Kgs. on

Hampden m/c. for 25% compression of the foam. Width: 164 cm, depth: 70 cm, height:78.5 cm Seat height: 45.5 cm.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

51.0 Sofa (2 Seater)

Providing & supplying Sofa 2-seater type as per selection made up of hidden

TW/SS Frame of size 38x75 mm for Seating & Back, seating should have the horizontal TW/SS support of size 38x75mm at regular intervals, the frame should have 12mm the hidden MDF on all sides with necessary hardware fasteners. The Chair should have Foam of approved quality & make all around with artificial Rexin/synthetic rubber drape of approved texture & colour. The base should have nylon floor strut- pads/legs. The cost includes all necessary fittings & fixtures, with necessary hardware etc. complete. (Min. Density of foam = 40Kg/m3). Size as per selection. The upholstery material to be got approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle. item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in charge/Architect.The

item to be obtained from reputed manufactures as per approval of EIC.

1) Materials

Sofa 2-seater type as per selection made up of hidden TW/SS Frame of size 38x75 mm for Seating & Back, seating should have the horizontal TW/SS support of size

38x75mm at regular intervals, the frame should have 12mm the hidden MDF on all sides with necessary hardware fasteners. The Chair should have Foam of approved

Page 54 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar quality & make all around with artificial Rexin/synthetic rubber drape of approved texture & colour. The base should have nylon floor strut- pads/legs.

2) Workmanship

Sofa 2-seater type as per selection made up of hidden TW/SS Frame of size 38x75 mm for Seating & Back, seating should have the horizontal TW/SS support of size

38x75mm at regular intervals, the frame should have 12mm the hidden MDF on all sides with necessary hardware fasteners. The Chair should have Foam of approved quality & make all around with artificial Rexin/synthetic rubber drape of approved texture & colour. The base should have nylon floor strut- pads/legs. The cost includes all necessary fittings & fixtures, with necessary hardware etc. complete.

(Min. Density of foam = 40Kg/m3). Size as per selection. The upholstery material to be got approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle. item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in charge/Architect.

Technical Specification:-The Premium Lounge chair is a flexing-back lounge seating system standing on beam.The side frame assembly is fitted to the two ends of the connecting beam assembly to form the leg-cum-armrest assembly. It is made of a

MS. E.R.W. tube dia. 3.81cm. (1 1/2”) x 14 BG. the. and black powder coated. The ends are fitted with ABS moulded end caps. The seat rest assembly consists of a fabricated inner-frame assembly insitu-moulded with Polyurethane foam having density = 45 +/- 2 Kg./cm3. The hardness of the P.U. foam = 23 - 27 Kgs. on

Hampden m/c. for 25% compression of the foam. Width: 164 cm, depth: 70 cm, height:78.5 cm Seat height: 45.5 cm.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

52.0 Center Table

Providing and fixing in position centre table 1000x600x450 mm, as per selection with 12 mm thick toughened clear float glass top with edge bevel as per design drawing. The glass to be fixed to chrome finished supporting frame as per design with designed joinery. The vertical support should be of

50 mm and chrome plated pipe with 600 mm dia. chrome plated base plate for support. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle, men material and lift upto 5mts., finished installed cleaned complete

Page 55 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

OR as per selection. 1. Hardware - all 'butler/brushed steel' finish SS min.

avg. 304 grade of approved Make as per Execution dwg. & specifications. 2.

Lipping - Good grade TW, tinted water based PU in 2 coats.

1) Materials

Centre table 1000x600x450 mm, as per selection with 12 mm thick toughened clear float glass top with edge bevel as per design drawing. The glass to be fixed to chrome finished supporting frame as per design with designed joinery. The vertical support should be of 50 mm and chrome plated pipe with 600 mm dia.

2) Workmanship

Centre table 1000x600x450 mm, as per selection with 12 mm thick toughened clear float glass top with edge bevel as per design drawing. The glass to be fixed to chrome finished supporting frame as per design with designed joinery. The vertical support should be of 50 mm and chrome plated pipe with 600 mm dia. chrome plated base plate for support. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle, men material and lift upto 5mts., finished installed cleaned complete OR as per selection. 1. Hardware - all 'butler/brushed steel' finish

SS min. avg. 304 grade of approved Make as per Execution dwg. & specifications.

2. Lipping - Good grade TW, tinted water based PU in 2 coats.

UNDERSTRUCTURE ASSEMBLY: The understructure is an assembly of tubular frames made of M.S. E.R.W. oval tubes of 3.5cm. X 1.5cm. X 18BG.thk. held together with perforated M.S. shelf + threaded nuts + m/c. screws. The ends of the tubular frames are fitted with rubber studs at the top and the bottom. The top studs are fitted with PVC vacuum pads for mounting and gripping the glass top. The tubular frames are black powder coated. The centerpiece top is made from 0.95cm.

thick Float glass with rounded corners. CPR-530-8 TOP SIZE: 80.0cm. (W) X

55.0cm. (D).

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

Page 56 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

53.0 Sofa Side Table

Providing and installing of Table size : 600x600x450, Elements Specifications

Top Worktop 25 mm Thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with

2mm Thick PVC Edge Beading Understructure C – Frames Legs 1.6 mm thick

M.S CFrame Supporting the Top. Dia.38.1 x 1.6 mm thick M.S ERW tube.

1) Materials

Table size : 600x600x450, Elements Specifications Top Worktop 25 mm Thick

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with 2mm Thick PVC Edge Beading

Understructure.

2) Workmanship

Table size : 600x600x450, Elements Specifications Top Worktop 25 mm Thick

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet with 2mm Thick PVC Edge Beading

Understructure C – Frames Legs 1.6 mm thick M.S CFrame Supporting the Top.

Dia.38.1 x 1.6 mm thick M.S ERW tube.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

54.0 Wooden Paneling

Providing and fixing full height paneling as per design drawing, comprising of

50mm x 38mm framework in C.P.teakwood, at regular distance of 600mm x

600mm , cladded with first quality 12mm the. ( 2 layers of 6mm thick )

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet on outer side, using first quality hardware. This paneling shall have arrangement for light fixtures, cablemanagement as and where directed. Outermost face shall be cladded with natural 4mm the. veneer with 3 coats of melamine polish after staining in approved shade and tint, complete as per design detail drawings and instructions given by the consultant. The paneling may be carried out in combination with any other type of paneling /elements. insulation shall be provided for acoustic purpose on the wall as per detail drawings and as per the instructions given by the consultant. The insulation shall consist of 50mm thick mineral wool fiber having density of 24kg/cumt, packed in loosely woven jute cloth and/or fishing net. Samples of insulation material to be submitted for approval and shall be tested for thermal conductivity values. Adhesives

Page 57 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

used for setting insulation shall be cold setting compound, nonflammable, vapour proof adhesive, (Shalimar CPRX compound or equivalent make). Rate of paneling shall be inclusive of all major/minor civil & repair work required to be carried out in order to execute the aforesaid item to the satisfaction of the

Consultant / EIC.

1) Materials

Full height paneling as per design drawing, comprising of 50mm x 38mm framework in C.P.teakwood, at regular distance of 600mm x 600mm , cladded with first quality

12mm the. (2 layers of 6mm thick ) FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet on outer side, using first quality hardware. This paneling shall have arrangement for light fixtures, cable-management as and where directed. Outermost face shall be cladded with natural veneer with 3 coats of melamine polish after staining in approved shade and tint, complete as per design detail drawings and instructions given by the consultant.

2) Workmanship

Full height paneling as per design drawing, comprising of 50mm x 38mm framework in C.P.teakwood, at regular distance of 600mm x 600mm , cladded with first quality

12mm the. ( 2 layers of 6mm thick ) FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet on outer side, using first quality hardware. This paneling shall have arrangement for light fixtures, cable-management as and where directed. Outermost face shall be cladded with natural 4mm the. veneer with 3 coats of melamine polish after staining in approved shade and tint, complete as per design detail drawings and instructions given by the consultant. The paneling may be carried out in combination with any other type of paneling /elements. insulation shall be provided for acoustic purpose on the wall as per detail drawings and as per the instructions given by the consultant. The insulation shall consist of 50mm thick mineral wool fiber having density of 24kg/cumt, packed in loosely woven jute cloth and/or fishing net. Samples of insulation material to be submitted for approval and shall be tested for thermal conductivity values. Adhesives used for setting insulation shall be cold setting compound, on flammable, vapour proof adhesive, (Shalimar CPRX compound or equivalent make). Rate of paneling shall be inclusive of all major/minor civil & repair work required to be carried out in order to execute the aforesaid item to the satisfaction of the Consultant / EIC.

3) Mode of measurement

Only veneer face one side below false ceiling will be measured for payment. Item will be measure in Smt. (W x H). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

Page 58 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

55.0 Roller Curtain

Supply & Fixing of Roller Blinds of Luxaflex brand from Hunter Douglas or

Equivalent brand approved by architect having the DRIVE UNIT shall be of moulded plastic with steel spring support and inserted into the tube end. It shall be driven by a ball chain pulley with ball chain and can be positioned at right side or left hand side of the Shade. The Shade when lowering or raising, shall be automatically locked in position upon release of the ball chain by means of a built in friction lock. The END PLUG shall be moulded of plastic with a steel location pin. The plug shall be inserted into the tube end.

(Opposite to the Drive Unit).The SUPPORT BRACKETS shall be of coated steel & provided with covers and used in right hand or left hand positions differentiated by the acceptance of the of the rectangular drive unit support or the round idler plug pin.The ROLLER TUBE shall be of extruded aluminum with 38mm internal diameter & skin thickness of 1mm and shall incorporate a keyway integral with the tube to accommodate the spline. The outside diameter of the roller tube shall be 40mm.The BOTTOM RAIL shall be a stiffening element inserted into a bottom rod pocket. The material may be timber, PVC covered steel tube or VB Bottomrail.The BALLCHAIN shall be

2mm diameter cord with 4.5mm diameter acetal balls moulded co-axially to it on 6mm pitch to form an endless ballchain. It is used for raising or lowering action of the shades. The FABRIC will be 100% PVC free with no Volatile

Organic Compounds recommended , having no bacterial / fungal emission and satisfying NFPA fire safety standard , shall be as per selection from the

Hunter Douglas range and shall be sized according to site requirement

(subject to maximum width limitation of individual fabric types). A bottom pocket shall be created in the fabric to incorporate the bottom rail.

1) Materials

Roller Blinds of Luxaflex brand from HunterDouglas or Equivellent brand approved by architect having the DRIVE UNIT shall be of moulded plastic with steel spring support and inserted into the tube end. It shall be driven by a ball chain pulley with ball chain and can be positioned at right side or left hand side of the Shade. The

Shade when lowering or raising, shall be automatically locked in position upon release of the ball chain by means of a built in friction lock. The END PLUG shall be moulded of plastic with a steel location pin. The plug shall be inserted into the tube end. (Opposite to the Drive Unit).

2) Workmanship

Page 59 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Roller Blinds of Luxaflex brand from Hunter Douglas or Equivalent brand approved by architect having the DRIVE UNIT shall be of moulded plastic with steel spring support and inserted into the tube end. It shall be driven by a ball chain pulley with ball chain and can be positioned at right side or left hand side of the Shade. The

Shade when lowering or raising, shall be automatically locked in position upon release of the ball chain by means of a built in friction lock. The END PLUG shall be moulded of plastic with a steel location pin. The plug shall be inserted into the tube end. (Opposite to the Drive Unit).The SUPPORT BRACKETS shall be of coated steel & provided with covers and used in right hand or left hand positions differentiated by the acceptance of the of the rectangular drive unit support or the round idler plug pin. The ROLLER TUBE shall be of extruded aluminum with 38mm internal diameter & skin thickness of 1mm and shall incorporate a keyway integral with the tube to accommodate the spline. The outside diameter of the roller tube shall be 40mm.The BOTTOM RAIL shall be a stiffening element inserted into a bottom rod pocket. The material may be timber, PVC covered steel tube or VB

Bottomrail.The BALLCHAIN shall be 2mm diameter cord with 4.5mm diameter acetal balls moulded co-axially to it on 6mm pitch to form an endless ballchain. It is used for raising or lowering action of the shades. The FABRIC will be 100% PVC free with no Volatile Organic Compounds recommended , having no bacterial / fungal emission and satisfying NFPA fire safety standard , shall be as per selection from the Hunter Douglas range and shall be sized according to site requirement

(subject to maximum width limitation of individual fabric types). A bottom pocket shall be created in the fabric to incorporate the bottom rail.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. Item will be measure in Smt. (W x L). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

56.0 Water Dispenser

Providing & Supplying of SS Body Water

‐Cooler with 40 Ltrs. Storage capacity & 20 Ltrs. Cooling capacity per hour. (100 Glasses cold Water Per

Hour).

1) Materials

SS Body Water

‐Cooler with 40 Ltrs.

2) Workmanship

Page 60 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

SS Body Water

‐Cooler with 40 Ltrs. Storage capacity & 20 Ltrs. Cooling capacity per hour. (100 Glasses cold Water Per Hour).

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

57.0

Providing and fixing 5mm. the. Designer/ Printed Glass, frosting Incl. fixing in Aluminum / Wooden door, window, ventilator shutter and partitions etc.

with PVC neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and concept, with necessary adhesive, nails, screw, scaffolding, tools tolerance etc. complete as per directed by engineer-in-charge (cost of aluminum snap beading shall be paid in basic item).

1) Materials

5mm. the. Designer/ Printed Glass, frosting Incl. fixing in Aluminum / Wooden door, window, ventilator shutter and partitions etc with PVC neoprene gasket etc.

2) Workmanship

5mm. the. Designer/ Printed Glass, frosting Incl. fixing in Aluminum / Wooden door, window, ventilator shutter and partitions etc. with PVC neoprene gasket etc.

complete as per the architectural drawings and concept, with necessary adhesive, nails, screw, scaffolding, tools tolerance etc. complete as per directed by engineerin-charge.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. Item will be measure in Smt. (W x H). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

58.0 Glass Shelves

Providing and fixing 12 mm thick toughened glass shelves with all edges machine polished to diamond finish with pre-drilled fixing holes, mounted to

Page 61 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

wall/partition through SS 316 grade D-Clips/brackets avg. 50 mm wide along wall support of approved make and shape/fabrication. D-clip fixed to wall by avg. 50 mm threaded screws driven through wooden/PVC rawl plugs as approved. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle, finished installed cleaned complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in- charge/Architect.

1) Materials

12 mm thick toughened glass shelves with all edges machine polished to diamond finish with pre-drilled fixing holes, mounted to wall/partition through SS 316 grade D-

Clips/brackets avg. 50 mm wide along wall support of approved make and shape/fabrication.

2) Workmanship

12 mm thick toughened glass shelves with all edges machine polished to diamond finish with pre-drilled fixing holes, mounted to wall/partition through SS 316 grade D-

Clips/brackets avg. 50 mm wide along wall support of approved make and shape/fabrication. D-clip fixed to wall by avg. 50 mm threaded screws driven through wooden/PVC rawl plugs as approved. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle, finished installed cleaned complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from

Project- in- charge/Architect.

Page 62 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. Item will be measure in Smt. (L x W) No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

59.0 Dry Planters Boxes

Providing and fixing dry Planters Boxes of avg. size 750 x 600 x 600(H); Inner

GI box core fixed within outer shell of FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Ply boxing with avg. 1mm thick selected laminate pasted on, lipped at edges and sides by PU polished TW sections. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle, materials, finished installed cleaned complete and getting mock-up for approved by Architect/Engineer in charge.

1) Materials

Dry Planters Boxes of avg. size 750 x 600 x 600(H); Inner GI box core fixed within outer shell of FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Ply boxing with avg. 1mm thick selected laminate pasted on, lipped at edges and sides by PU polished TW sections.

2) Workmanship

Dry Planters Boxes of avg. size 750 x 600 x 600(H); Inner GI box core fixed within outer shell of FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Ply boxing with avg. 1mm thick selected laminate pasted on, lipped at edges and sides by PU polished TW sections. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, tools and tackle, materials, finished installed cleaned complete and getting mock-up for approved by

Architect/Engineer in charge.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

Page 63 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

60.0 SS Dustbins

Worktable Dustbins- Providing and placing SS type dustbins, avg. 1 mm thick

& avg. 200 mm dia. Mouth tapering bucket type of avg. height 310 mm; as per approved shade and pattern, with all turned, well-formed and moulded edges at the bucket rim. Item to include sample approval from Architect/Engineer-in-

Charge, item provisioned, laid complete. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements,finished installed cleaned complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect.

1) Materials

SS type dustbins, avg. 1 mm thick & avg. 200 mm dia. Mouth tapering bucket type of avg. height 310 mm; as per approved shade and pattern, with all turned, wellformed and moulded edges at the bucket rim.

2) Workmanship

SS type dustbins, avg. 1 mm thick & avg. 200 mm dia. Mouth tapering bucket type of avg. height 310 mm; as per approved shade and pattern, with all turned, wellformed and moulded edges at the bucket rim. Item to include sample approval from

Architect/Engineer-in-Charge, item provisioned, laid complete. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, fixing implements, finished installed cleaned complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

61.0 Mural in Display Area

Providing and arranging artificial murals or pictures made up of fibre/aerated concrete/printed flex with good design as per architect approval. This will be selected based on the aviliable options from renowned local professionals as per final selection by project Architect.

Page 64 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1) Materials

Artificial murals or pictures made up of fibre/aerated concrete/printed flex with good design as per architect approval.

2) Workmanship

Artificial murals or pictures made up of fibre/aerated concrete/printed flex with good design as per architect approval. This will be selected based on the aviliable options from renowned local professionals as per final selection by project Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

62.0 Artificial Small Plants

Providing and fixing in wire-mesh substrate, artificial plants of size up to 1100 mm height out of composite Polythene/polyurethane as approved of first quality. Item inclusive of all accessories, approved from Architect, protecting installation by avg. 20 micron polythene sheet till handover of facility, etc.

cleaned complete. The type and height will be decided after evaluating the various mock up plants provided by the vendor from various professional sources in Ahmedabad.

1) Materials

Wire-mesh substrate, artificial plants of size up to 1100 mm height out of composite

Polythene/polyurethane as approved of first quality.

2) Workmanship

Wire-mesh substrate, artificial plants of size up to 1100 mm height out of composite

Polythene/polyurethane as approved of first quality. Item inclusive of all accessories, approved from Architect, protecting installation by avg. 20 micron polythene sheet till

Page 65 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar handover of facility, etc. cleaned complete. The type and height will be decided after evaluating the various mock up plants provided by the vendor from various professional sources in Ahmedabad.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

63.0 Signages

Providing and fixing Signage made from Matt finished Stainless Steel plate of various sizes having 1mm thickness with radium sticker cutting letters as per design inclusive of fixing with ss stud & screw in place using all necessary hardware / brackets as Instructions given by the Architect/EIC.

1) Materials

Signage made from Matt finished Stainless Steel plate of various sizes having 1mm thickness with radium sticker cutting letters as per design.

2) Workmanship

Signage made from Matt finished Stainless Steel plate of various sizes having 1mm thickness with radium sticker cutting letters as per design inclusive of fixing with ss stud & screw in place using all necessary hardware / brackets as Instructions given by the Architect/EIC.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. Item will be measure in Smt. (W x H). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

64.0

Provide and Installation of Automatic Roll Towel Dispenser, Hand Dryer, and

Waste Receptacle panel of Euronic - KMR3A Recess Panel (3 in 1 ):

Provide and Installation of Automatic Roll Towel Dispenser, Hand Dryer, and

Waste Receptacle panel of Euronic - KMR3A Recess Panel (3 in 1 )

Page 66 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Door - 18-8, type-304, 1.2mm (18-gauge) stainless steel. 14mm (9/16") 90 degree return for maximum rigidity. Secured to cabinet with a concealed, fulllength stainless steel piano-hinge. Equipped with a stainless steel cable door-swing limiter and three tumbler locks keyed (1key for 3 locks)

Cabinet- 18-8, type-304, 22gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish, which is durable and steady. All-welded construction.

Auto Roll Towel Dispenser - 18-8, type-304 (22-gauge) stainless steel. Infrared

Sensor, Adjustabledispense length. Battery Operated 4 x D Size Alkaline

Batteries. Paper Roll Size: Width 195mm - 200mm, Dia <= 200mm

Waste Container:18-8, type-304, 0.8mm (22-gauge) stainless steel.

Removable for servicing. Capacity: 23 liters.

1) Materials

Automatic Roll Towel Dispenser, Hand Dryer, and Waste Receptacle panel of

Euronic - KMR3A Recess Panel (3 in 1)

Door - 18-8, type-304, 1.2mm (18-gauge) stainless steel. 14mm (9/16") 90 degree return for maximum rigidity. Secured to cabinet with a concealed, full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Equipped with a stainless steel cable door-swing limiter and three tumbler locks keyed (1key for 3 locks)

Cabinet- 18-8, type-304, 22gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish, which is durable and steady. All-welded construction.

Auto Roll Towel Dispenser - 18-8, type-304 (22-gauge) stainless steel. Infrared

Sensor, Adjustable dispense length. Battery Operated 4 x D Size Alkaline Batteries.

Paper Roll Size: Width 195mm - 200mm, Dia <= 200mm

Waste Container:- 18-8, type-304, 0.8mm (22-gauge) stainless steel. Removable for servicing. Capacity: 23 liters

2) Workmanship

Provide framed rough wall opening 335mm wide x 1615mm high. Minimum recessed depth required from finish face of wall is 165 mm. Allow clearances for construction features that may protrude into rough wall opening from opposite wall.

Co-ordinate with mechanical engineer to avoid pipes, vents, and conduits. If unit projects above top of waincot, provide aluminum channel or other filler to eliminate gap between flanges and finish face of wall. Open battery cover of the dispenser

Page 67 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar and install 4, "D" size alkaline batteries. Select sheet length, Load paper towel using the instructions on the dispenser. Dryer Wiring Instructions: Connect the 220-volt /

50 Hz. Wattage: 1600 W

OPERTIONS:

Electronics sensor automatically dispenses towel when hands are placed under the towel opening. Roll towel dispenser is adjustable to dispense 200m, 250mm,

300mm length roll towel without use of additional adapters or towel trays. To service waste receptacle, unlock door with key provided and remove waste container. Cable door-swing limiter prevents damage to washroom accessories and walls. Hand

Dryer has no-touch operation. Electronic sensor automatically turns dryer on when hands are held under air-outlet opening and across path of sensor. Remove hands from path of sensor and dryer stops. Dryer will not stop by itself before user is satisfied hands are dry. Dryer operates only when actually drying hands, which saves energy and operating costs. Electronic sensor will automatically shut dryer off one minute after dryer turns on if inanimate object is placed across sensor lens.

After inanimate object is removed, electronic sensor automatically resets itself and dryer operates normally.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of one number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

65.0 C.P. towel ring

Providing & fixing 15 mm dia C.P. towel ring for wash hand basin of approved make etc. complete.as approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge, Item to include screw, roll plug and all fixing accessories, installed complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect.

1) Materials

15 mm dia C.P. towel ring for wash hand basin of approved make etc. complete.as

approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge.

2) Workmanship

Page 68 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

15 mm dia C.P. towel ring for wash hand basin of approved make etc. complete.as

approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge, Item to include all fixing accessories, installed complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in- charge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

66.0 C.P.Toilet paper holder

Providing & fixing C.P.Toilet paper holder of approved make continental range as per instructions of engineer in charge etc. complete as approved by

Architect/Engineer-in- charge. Item to include screws, roll plug and all fixing accessories, installed complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

1) Materials

C.P.Toilet paper holder of approved make continental range as per instructions of engineer in charge etc. complete as approved by Architect/Engineer-in- charge.

2) Workmanship

C.P.Toilet paper holder of approved make continental range as per instructions of engineer in charge etc. complete as approved by Architect/Engineer-in- charge.

Item to include all fixing accessories, installed complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

Page 69 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

67.0 Mirrors in Toilet

Providing and Fixing Mirrors in toilet, homogenous piece 5 mm thick faultless

Float glass mirrors of approved source glass. Mounted with approved 316 grd. SS Studs on 12mm thick FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet backing of Ply or equip., entire assembly mounted over specified Dado to locations as per drawing and approval. Ply board edges to be sealed with min.

4 mm thick TW lipping AT treated and clear matt PU finished; and glass edges to be avg. 2.5 mm beveled & grinded finished smooth. Exposed SS mounting studs on face of glass to be of brushed steel/Butler finish. Item to include all fixing hardware & accessories as approved, and a single unit mock-up for approval of the Architects. Item to be mounted on cleaned finished complete to correct line, finished item suitably protected till handover. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect.

1) Materials

Mirrors in toilet, homogenous piece 5 mm thick faultless Float glass mirrors of approved source glass. Mounted with approved 316 grd. SS Studs on 12mm thick

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet backing of Ply or equip., entire assembly mounted over specified Dado to locations as per drawing and approval.

Ply board edges to be sealed with min. 4 mm thick TW lipping AT treated and clear matt PU finished.

2) Workmanship

Mirrors in toilet, homogenous piece 5 mm thick faultless Float glass mirrors of approved source glass. Mounted with approved 316 grd. SS Studs on 12mm thick

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet backing of Ply or equip., entire assembly mounted over specified Dado to locations as per drawing and approval.

Ply board edges to be sealed with min. 4 mm thick TW lipping AT treated and clear matt PU finished; and glass edges to be avg. 2.5 mm beveled & grinded finished smooth. Exposed SS mounting studs on face of glass to be of brushed steel/Butler finish. Item to include all fixing hardware & accessories as approved, and a single unit mock-up for approval of the Architects. Item to be mounted on cleaned finished complete to correct line, finished item suitably protected till handover.

Page 70 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1. All members of the plywood/ horizontal surfaces, frames shall be exactly at right angles. The right angle shall be checked from inside surface of the respective members.

2. All members/ plywood surfaces of frames/ shutters shall be straight line without any wrap or bow and shall have smooth surface well planned/ or cut in right direction with right angles.

3. 5mm thick Mirror of first quality and approved make shall be fixed on 2mm thick

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet backing of Ply or equip with first quality hardware.

4. All open edges of plywood to cladded with first quality sycamore wooden beading of required sizes.

damaging adjoining surfaces/ members and without having any stains, spots or dirt.

Mirrors in toilet, homogenous piece 5 mm thick faultless Float glass mirrors of approved source glass. Mounted with approved 316 grd. SS Studs on 12mm thick

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet backing of Ply or equip., entire assembly mounted over specified Dado to locations as per drawing and approval.

Ply board edges to be sealed with min. 4 mm thick TW lipping AT treated and clear matt PU finished; and glass edges to be avg. 2.5 mm beveled & grinded finished smooth. Exposed SS mounting studs on face of glass to be of brushed steel/Butler finish. Item to include all fixing hardware & accessories as approved, and a single unit mock-up for approval of the Architects. Item to be mounted on cleaned finished complete to correct line, finished item suitably protected till handover.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. (W x H). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern. all finished work including all required hardware. Rate includes all material and labour to complete the item as per instruction of Engineer in-charge.

68.0 Pantry (Shutters under platform)

Providing and fixing shutter under platform made of 18mm the. FIRESAFE IS:

5509 century Plywood sheet finish with 1mm thick high glossed laminate sheet on outer face and 0.8mm thick laminate sheets on inner face of the shutter; edge should be covered with aluminum profile section as per selection. hinges soft close ( hettich) with teakwood frame below platform.

Item to be inclusive of 19mm thick internal horizontal laminated shelves, joining cleats, fixing accessories, ss hardware, soft close drawer with ss basket, aluminum profile handles ECT. as per detailed design drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.(Measurement will be counted from front shutter's height & width, no extra will be given for ss basket & shelves).

Page 71 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1) Materials

Shutter under platform made of 18mm the. FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet finish with 1mm thick high glossed laminate sheet on outer face and 0.8mm

thick laminate sheets on inner face of the shutter; edge should be covered with aluminum profile section as per selection. Hinges soft close ( hettich) with teakwood frame below platform.

2) Workmanship

Shutter under platform made of 18mm the. FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet finish with 1mm thick high glossed laminate sheet on outer face and 0.8mm

thick laminate sheets on inner face of the shutter; edge should be covered with aluminum profile section as per selection. hinges soft close ( hettich) with teakwood frame below platform. Item to be inclusive of 19mm thick internal horizontal laminated shelves, joining cleats, fixing accessories, ss hardware, soft close drawer with ss basket, aluminum profile handles ect. as per detailed design drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. (W x H) . No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern. all finished work including all required hardware. Rate includes all material and labour to complete the item as per instruction of Engineer in-charge. (Measurement will be counted from front shutter's height & width, no extra will be given for ss basket & shelves).

69.0 Pantry (Over head unit)

Providing and fixing overhead storage Size – 1200mm X 380mm X 550mm in

FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet inside laminate finish with req

19mm the alluminium profile strs with back painted glass with req hinges soft closing( hettich) & glass shelves. Item to be inclusive of all accessories, storage shelves, lift up shutters, design grooves, moulded edges, aluminum profile, soft close etc. as per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings & instructions from Project- incharge/Architect.

1) Materials

Page 72 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Overhead storage Size – 1200mm X 380mm X 550mm in FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet inside laminate finish with req 19mm the aluminum profile strs with back painted glass with req hinges soft closing( hettich) & glass shelves.

2) Workmanship

Overhead storage Size – 1200mm X 380mm X 550mm in FIRESAFE IS: 5509 century Plywood sheet inside laminate finish with req 19mm the aluminum profile strs with back painted glass with req hinges soft closing( hettich) & glass shelves.

Item to be inclusive of all accessories, storage shelves, lift up sutters, design grooves, moulded edges, aluminum profile, soft close etc. as per detailed design drawing and to be completed in all aspects as per detailed drawings & instructions from Project- in-charge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

Item will be measure in Smt. (W x H). No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern. all finished work including all required hardware. Rate includes all material and labour to complete the item as per instruction of Engineer in-charge.

70.0 Toilet Cubical partition

Providing & Fixing Toilet Cubicle of Greenlam Sturdo Classique Versatile

/approved equivalent (of following Standard Dimension Which Includes

600mm Door Size Width) Made of Heat , Bacteria, Water, Chemical, Scratch impact and anti-bacterial resistant 12mm think solid compact laminate panels

. Finish of the compact laminate Should be Suede / Raw Silk , Which includes doors, pilasters & intermediate panels finished with approved texture /shade as per the detail drawings & as per IS 2046 (Indian Standard) and as per fire retardant BS-476/97 standard. The product should have Green Guard

Certificate. This also includes Providing and fixing in position necessary hardware made out of stainless steel (Grade 304) & Aluminum powder coated top rail as per manufacturers specification & Architects instructions like (1)

SS Door Knob (2) SS Gravity Hinge (3) SS Thumb turn lockset indicators (4)

Aluminum Powder Coated Top Rail, (5) SS Coat Hooks (6) SS U - channels (7)

SS Adjustable foot, (8) Noise Deafening Tape etc. (9) Screws & wall Plugs. The top fitting should consist of Aluminum Powder Coated top rail which will get fixed with mild & end pilasters. All other hardware & screws will of stainless steel in 304 Grade with satin finish. Top rail is extruded Aluminum will be powder coated or anodized (Grade 6063 Micron Aluminum). All pilasters are

Page 73 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

supported by stainless steel adjustable footing with non-corrosive steel inserts.

1) Materials

Toilet Cubicle of Greenlam Sturdo Classique Versatile /approved equivalent (of following Standard Dimension Which Includes 600mm Door Size Width) Made of

Heat , Bacteria, Water, Chemical, Scratch impact and anti-bacterial resistant 12mm think solid compact laminate panels . Finish of the compact laminate Should be

Suede / Raw Silk , Which includes doors, pilasters & intermediate panels finished with approved texture /shade as per the detail drawings & as per IS 2046 (Indian

Standard) and as per fire retardant BS-476/97 standard. The product should have

Green Guard Certificate.

2) Workmanship

Toilet Cubicle of Greenlam Sturdo Classique Versatile /approved equivalent (of following Standard Dimension Which Includes 600mm Door Size Width) Made of

Heat , Bacteria, Water, Chemical, Scratch impact and anti-bacterial resistant 12mm think solid compact laminate panels . Finish of the compact laminate Should be

Suede / Raw Silk , Which includes doors, pilasters & intermediate panels finished with approved texture /shade as per the detail drawings & as per IS 2046 (Indian

Standard) and as per fire retardant BS-476/97 standard. The product should have

Green Guard Certificate. This also includes Providing and fixing in position necessary hardware made out of stainless steel (Grade 304) & Aluminum powder coated top rail as per manufacturers specification & Architects instructions like (1)

SS Door Knob (2) SS Gravity Hinge (3) SS Thumb turn lockset indicators (4)

Aluminum Powder Coated Top Rail, (5) SS Coat Hooks (6) SS U - channels (7) SS

Adjustable foot, (8) Noise Deafening Tape etc. (9) Screws & wall Plugs. The top fitting should consist of Aluminum Powder Coated top rail which will get fixed with mild & end pilasters. All other hardware & screws will of stainless steel in 304 Grade with satin finish. Top rail is extruded Aluminum will be powder coated or anodized

(Grade 6063 Micron Aluminum). All pilasters are supported by stainless steel adjustable footing with non-corrosive steel inserts.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

Page 74 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

71.0 Urinal partition

Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning of approved coloured engineered marble sandwiched partition urinal partition edge polished with concealed bracket, cutting and making good complete with all accessories etc., complete as approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge. Item to include all fixing accessories, installed complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project-in-charge/Architect. The basic rate of engineered marble is Rs 430 per sqft. The size of the partition will be

500mm x 1200 mm/approved equivalent size and profile.

1) Materials

The size of the partition will be 500mm x 1200 mm/approved equivalent size and profile. Testing and commissioning of approved coloured engineered marble sandwiched partition urinal partition edge polished with concealed bracket, cutting and making good complete with all accessories etc.,

2) Workmanship

Testing and commissioning of approved coloured engineered marble sandwiched partition urinal partition edge polished with concealed bracket, cutting and making good complete with all accessories etc., complete as approved by

Architect/Engineer-in-charge. Item to include all fixing accessories, installed complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from

Project-in-charge/Architect.

3) Mode of measurement

72.0

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

Vertical Garden

Providing, Supply, Installation, commissioning and care taking for one year

LIVE Vertical Green Garden an ultimate display of its artistic brilliance to design and craft absolute masterpieces(3 backet type) with manual drip&

Micro Misting irrigation system.

1) Materials

* Module Support structure Frame made from

Aluminium square Pipes 1” x 1.5” x 1.2mm Thk.

*3 backet type (5” Backet)Plastic Module for Plantation (475mm H x 165mm W),

Page 75 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

*Manual Valve Operated Drip Irrigation system.

(valves,Drippipe,Online drippers,Fertilizer Feeder)

*soil, Cocopit with organic fertilizer (Planting Media).

* Natural Plants, Indoor Type.

(Best Quality & well growing plants)

2) Workmanship

Work includes

* Fabrication of Aluminium frame.

* Plantation module Fitting on Aluminium Frame by using Stainless steel-.304

fasteners.

* Erection of frame on Wall by using fasteners.

*Drip Irrigation system Installed on Frame.

* Plantation in Bucket.

* Bucket Fixing on Frame.

Entire work should be completed as approved by Architect/Engineer-in-charge. Item to include all fixing accessories, installed complete. Item to be completed in all respects as per drawings & instructions from Project-in-charge/Architect.

Care Taking( Upto 1 Year)

1 to 2 monitoring visits upto 30 Days.

Feed anti-fungus treatment for plants.2 times upto 30 days.

Feed Root development fertilizers, Feed Growth promoters

Replace Dead Plants upto 30 days.

Water Feeding will be in Client’s scope.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of Sq.mt of vertical Garden. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

Page 76 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

73.0

Assembly Conference Table 32 seater

Supplying and placing of Conference table 36 seater with top Size 750 x 750

X 740 mm(per seater). Table Top :- The top of the table shall be made of 50 mm Composite MDF (25mm plain MDF board + 25mm plain MDF) with PVC membrane 0.4mm Thick PVC membrane foil using wrap around technology.

The foil is pre-coated with PU layer for better scratch and wear resistance.

0.6mm balancing laminate on bottom surface. Understructure:- The legs of the table shall be 38 mm thk , post formed particle board with round edge.

Modesty Panel :- The modesty panel of the table shall be 600mm high made of

25mm thk prelam particle board. Vertibrae fixed to worksurface from bottom side for entering wires The wire carrying is facilitated through the hollow space between plastic components. The access flap shallbe made from matt silver anodized aluminium extrusion and plastic mouldedcomponents to facilitate access of electrical/data/voice sockets access from top. The switch mounting tray shall be powder coated made from 0.8mm and 1.5mm thk MS sheet. The switched to be mounted as per the requirement. There should be provision for mounting 8 module anchor roma switch plate on switch mounting tray. The vertigo (Rehau make) shall be fixed to work surface from bottom for entering wires and the wire carrying is facilitated through the hollow space between plastic components.

1) Materials

Modular conference table with details as per tech specs. The table top shall be made out of composite MDF with PVC membrane having thickness 0.4mm using wrap around technology. The switch mounting tray shall be powder coated made from 0.8mm and 1.5mm thk MS sheet. Legs of the table shall be 38 mm thk , post formed particle board, Modesty panel of the table shall be 600mm high made of

25mm thk prelam particle board. The wood shall be approved by Architect or EIC.

2) Workmanship

Modular conference table with details as per tech specs. The material shall be factory finish and should be supplied in knockdown condition which can be installed at site. The workmanship shall be under supervision of the contractor and the installation shall be approved by Architect or EIC.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

74.0 Conference Table 18 seater

Page 77 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Supplying and placing of Conference table 18 seater with top Size 750 x 750

X 740 mm(per seater). Table Top :- The top of the table shall be made of 50 mm Composite MDF (25mm plain MDF board + 25mm plain MDF) with PVC membrane 0.4mm Thick PVC membrane foil using wrap around technology.

The foil is pre-coated with PU layer for better scratch and wear resistance.

0.6mm balancing laminate on bottom surface. Understructure :- The legs of the table shall be 38 mm thk , post formed particle board with round edge.

Modesty Panel :- The modesty panel of the table shall be 600mm high made of

25mm thk prelam particle board. Vertibrae fixed to worksurface from bottom side for entering wires The wire carrying is facilitated through the hollow space between plastic components. The access flap shallbe made from matt silver anodized aluminium extrusion and plastic mouldedcomponents to facilitate access of electrical/data/voice sockets access from top. Theswitch mounting tray shall be powder coated made from 0.8mm and 1.5mm thk MS sheet. The switched to be mounted as per the requirement. There should be provision for mounting 8 module anchor roma switch plate on switch mounting tray. The vertigo (Rehau make) shall be fixed to work surface from bottom for entering wires and the wire carrying is facilitated through the hollow space between plastic components.

1) Materials

Modular conference table with details as per tech specs. The table top shall be made out of composite MDF with PVC membrane having thickness 0.4mm using wrap around technology. The switch mounting tray shall be powder coated made from 0.8mm and 1.5mm thk MS sheet. Legs of the table shall be 38 mm thk , post formed particle board, Modesty panel of the table shall be 600mm high made of

25mm thk prelam particle board. The wood shall be approved by Architect or EIC.

3) Workmanship

Modular conference table with details as per tech specs. The material shall be factory finish and should be supplied in knockdown condition which can be installed at site. The workmanship shall be under supervision of the contractor and the installation shall be approved by Architect or EIC.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

75.0 Workstation with overhead storage 80mm thk partition 1629mm HT

Supplying and placing workstation with Frame :- Frame Horizontals are made of 1mm thick CRCA sheets & the verticals are made of Aluminium Extrusions of 1.2. All the frames will be duly powder coated as per standard colours and

Page 78 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

finishes the thickness being minimum 50 microns. The top trims and end trims are made of 1.2 mm thick Aluminum powder coated matching to frame colour with minimum thickness of 50 microns. All the frames are fastened together by means of M6 NUTS & BOLTS . They can be attached to form a 2way, 3-way or a 4-way configuration. All the Caps viz end, inline & universal &

Fabric Tile: Constructed out of 4mm thick Medium Density Fiber Board (MDF) and covered with Fabric of standard colour. Raceway :-The raceways are made out of 0.8mm thick CRCA & powder coated. The skirting and other tile raceway to be 100mm wide. The electrical raceway can be provided below worktop or above worktop, these are hook on type which will be mounted on the verticals.The skirting/data raceway is hollow and will be mounted on the raceway channels. Electrical race way cut out should not directly be on tile for above and below tile.Table Top :- Table tops(penta) of size should be made of

25mm thk Pre-laminated particleboards conforming to IS : 12823 Interior

Grade with matching PVC edge banding. with modesty panel of 18mm thk

Pre-laminated particleboards conforming to IS : 12823 Interior Grade.

Understructure : legs are made of 25 mm thick prelaminated partivle board.

These have four main parts – Base, Vertical Frame, Top support brackets and

Side Covers. Base is aesthetically formed in steel with rounded edges for safety of users. Vertical frame in twin-tubular steel construction has provision to carry wires and also provides for select height adjustment (±20mm) of table top. Levelers are provided to take care of any unevenness in the floors. Top support brackets and tube assembly is in steel chrome plated finish for excellent aesthetics. Side covers are perforated steel panels with powder coated finish along with base and vertical frame.

Overhead Storage Unit – 750W x 350D x 400H

Storage Body must be minimum made up of 18 mm PLPB. The unit must be hanged on the partition wall provided. The units must be assembled by the knockdown fittings like Minifix and dowels. The top side and hinged shutter must be sealed with 2 mm PVC edge bidding.

1) Materials

Modular workstation with details as per tech specs. Partition should be of 80 mm thk 1629 HT. Frame Horizontals are made of 1mm thick CRCA sheets & the verticals are made of Aluminium Extrusions of 1.2. Fabric Tile: Constructed out of

4mm thick Medium Density Fiber Board (MDF). Raceway :-The raceways are made out of 0.8mm thick CRCA & powder coated. The skirting and other tile raceway to be 100mm wide. Table tops(penta) of size should be made of 25mm thk Prelaminated particleboards. panel of 18mm thk Pre-laminated particleboards.The

wood shall be approved by Architect or EIC.

2) Workmanship

Page 79 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Modular Workstation with details as per tech specs. The material shall be factory finish and should be supplied in knockdown condition which can be installed at site.

The workmanship shall be under supervision of the contractor and the installation shall be approved by Architect or EIC.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

76.0 Workstation 1200 x 600 mm 60 mm thk partition 1200 mm HT

Supplying and placing workstation with Frame :- Frame Horizontals are made of 1mm thick CRCA sheets & the verticals are made of Aluminium Extrusions of 1.2. All the frames will be duly powder coated as per standard colours and finishes the thickness being minimum 50 microns. The top trims and end trims are made of 1.2 mm thick Aluminum powder coated matching to frame colour with minimum thickness of 50 microns. All the frames are fastened together by means of M6 NUTS & BOLTS . They can be attached to form a 2way, 3-way or a 4-way configuration. All the Caps viz end, inline & universal &

Fabric Tile: Constructed out of 4mm thick Medium Density Fiber Board (MDF) and covered with Fabric of standard colour. Raceway :-The raceways are made out of 0.8mm thick CRCA & powder coated. The skirting and other tile raceway to be 100mm wide. The electrical raceway can be provided below worktop or above worktop, these are hook on type which will be mounted on the verticals.The skirting/data raceway is hollow and will be mounted on the raceway channels. Electrical race way cut out should not directly be on tile for above and below tile.Table Top :- Table tops(penta) of size should be made of

25mm thk Pre-laminated particleboards conforming to IS : 12823 Interior

Grade with matching PVC edge banding. with modesty panel of 18mm thk

Pre-laminated particleboards conforming to IS : 12823 Interior Grade.

Understructure : legs are made of 25 mm thick prelaminated partivle board.

These have four main parts – Base, Vertical Frame, Top support brackets and

Side Covers. Base is aesthetically formed in steel with rounded edges for safety of users. Vertical frame in twin-tubular steel construction has provision to carry wires and also provides for select height adjustment (±20mm) of table top. Levelers are provided to take care of any unevenness in the floors. Top support brackets and tube assembly is in steel chrome plated finish for excellent aesthetics. Side covers are perforated steel panels with powder coated finish along with base and vertical frame.

1) Materials

Modular workstation with details as per tech specs. Partition should be of 60 mm thk 1200 mm HT. Frame Horizontals are made of 1mm thick CRCA sheets & the verticals are made of Aluminium Extrusions of 1.2. Fabric Tile: Constructed out of

4mm thick Medium Density Fiber Board (MDF). Raceway :-The raceways are made out of 0.8mm thick CRCA & powder coated. The skirting and other tile raceway to

Page 80 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar be 100mm wide. Table tops(penta) of size should be made of 25mm thk Prelaminated particleboards. panel of 18mm thk Pre-laminated particleboards.The

wood shall be approved by Architect or EIC.

2) Workmanship

Modular Workstation with details as per tech specs. The material shall be factory finish and should be supplied in knockdown condition which can be installed at site.

The workmanship shall be under supervision of the contractor and the installation shall be approved by Architect or EIC.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

77.0 Rotafile Storage

Providing and Supplying “Rotafile” a large multifunctional square column for FILING storage. Column should be fully rotable. It should have facilities for additional levels and it can be added to increase the height. It should be sturdy 4-armed star base. The sides of the levels should be bolted to provide additional stability and fitted with 2mm abutting edges for long term use.

Dimension of each level should be 93 x 93 cm (diagonal 93 cm)

(A) 3 levels unit of a 120 cm height

(B) 4 level unit of a 155cm height

Material & Workmanship

1 – Castors – For mobile use of rotating column can be retrofitted , raise the column by 7 cm. 1 set consists of 4 castors lockable.

or

1- Base cover – Act as cover panel for the star base. 9.5 cm height , powder coated steel sheet.

2- Additional Level – The additional level increases the height of the column by a further level and provides more space for binders and working materials

Page 81 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3- Seat Pad – High quality upholstered seat pad, black fabric 100% microfiber with antistatic finish. Lightfast and abrasion resistant, strain and dirt repellent.

4- Compartments – Use to divide the compartment into 6 equally sized compartments (each approx.. 4.5 cm) can be retrofitted at any time simply by slotting in. no tools require and no need to dismantle the column.

5- Shelf – Used to divide the compartments into two equally sized compartments

(each approx.. 16 cm.) can be retrofitted at any time simply by slotting in. no tools require and no need to dismantle the column.

6- Slatwall –Panel made of anodized galvanized sheet steel to take up. Slatwall accessories such as hooks, broacher’s tray. It should be attached simply by slotting into the chosen side panel.

7- Set of brochure flaps – Flaps made of anodized galvanized sheet steel turn the rotating column into a broacher or catalogue unit. no tools require and no need to dismantle the column.

8- Set Magnetic boards – Magnetic boards in powder coated streel sheet to go on the sides of the levels (4 magnets incl.)

Mode of Measurement

The rate includes cost of all labour, materials, tool and plant etc. required for satisfactory completion of this item as specified in workmanship. The rate shall be for a unit of One number. No extra will be payable towards wastage due to material pattern.

Page 82 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

SPECIFICATION FOR PLUMBING WORK

INDEX

SR DESCRIPTION

Section-1.0

General Specification

Section-2.0

Technical Specification

1.00

1.01

1.02

1.03

Sanitary & CP fixtures

General Requirements

European Water Closet

Urinal

1.04

1.05

1.06

1.07

1.08

1.09

1.10

1.11

Flushing Cistern

Lavatory Basin

Flush Valve

Health Faucet

Pillar Tap

Bib Tap/ Stop Cock/ Angle Cock

Waste Coupling

Bottle Trap

1.12

1.13

1.14

1.15

1.16

1.17

1.18

2.00

Towel Rod/ Towel Ring

Soap Dish

Mirror

Multi Floor Trap uPVC Pipe & Fitting

Gun Metal/ Gate/ Globe/ Check Valve

UPVC- SWR Piping Work

Plumbing Approved Make list

Page 83 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

SECTION 1: GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

1.1

1.2

1.3

SCOPE OF WORK

Work under this contract shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipment and appliances necessary and required to completely furnish all the plumbing and other specialized services as described hereinafter and as specified in the schedule of quantities and/or shown on the plumbing drawings.

Scope of Work generally shall include the area shown in the drawings attached.

Over & above Clause 1.1, the plumbing installation may include but not limited to the following: a) Sanitary & CP Fixtures with all accessories.

b) Water Treatment plant c) Internal & External Water supply & Distribution d) Internal & External Sewerage Collection & Disposal system e) Sewage Treatment plant f) Electro-mechanical equipment/accessories required for Plumbing Installation g) All hardware, supports, hangers required for complete installation h) Civil work related to Plumbing Installation i) Instruments, meters, gauges, required for the installation j) The scope of work also includes all minor details of construction which are obviously and fairly intended and which may not have been referred to in these documents but are essential for the entire completion in accordance with standard Engineering practice.

2.0

SPECIFICATIONS

The detailed specifications given hereinafter are for the items of works described in the schedule of quantities attached herein, and shall be guidance for proper execution of work to the required standards. It may also be noted that the specifications are of generalized nature and these shall be read in conjunction with the description of item in schedule of quantities and drawings.

2.1

2.2

2.3

Work under this contract shall be carried out strictly in accordance with specifications attached with the tender.

Item not covered under these specifications due to any ambiguity or misprints, or additional works, the work shall be carried out as per specifications of the latest applicable standards with latest amendments as applicable in the contract or as directed by Engineer in Charge.

Works not covered under Para 2.1 and 2.2 shall be carried out as per relevant

Indian standards specifications or codes of practice.

Page 84 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.9

2.10

3.0

3.1

3.2

Unless specifically otherwise mentioned, all the applicable codes and standards published by the Indian Standard Institution and all other standards which may be published by them before the date of receipt of tenders, shall govern in all respects of design, workmanship, quality and properties of materials and methods of testing, method of measurements etc.

Wherever any reference to any Indian Standard Specification occurs in the documents relating to this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued there to or revisions thereof, if any, up to the date of receipt of tenders. In case there is no I.S.I. specification for the particular work, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the instructions in all respects and requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge.

For the items not covered under any of the specifications stated above, the work shall be executed as per manufacturers specifications/ General good engineering practice/ or as per direction of Engineer in charge and shall be carried out in a manner complying in all respects with the requirement of relevant byelaws of municipal corporation/ Development Authority etc. under the jurisdiction of which the work is to be carried out.

In case of any difference or discrepancy between specifications & the description of Schedule of Quantities, Schedule of Quantities shall take precedence. In case of any difference or discrepancy between specification and drawings, the drawings shall take precedence. In case any difference or discrepancy between the specifications for civil works and specification for Public Health

Engineering works, specifications for civil works shall take precedence.

In case of any dispute arising out of the interpretation of any tender condition, the decision of Engineer-In-Charge shall be final and binding on the contractor.

Detail specification for Sanitary & CP fittings like model/ makes shall be selected by Architect/ Owner and the same shall be binding for execution.

All electrical installation shall comply with the requirements of relevant Indian

Standards, Indian Electricity rules & Indian Electricity Act amended up to date & local bye laws.

CONTRACTOR’S RATES

Rates quoted in this tender shall be inclusive of cost of materials, labour, supervision, erection, tools, plant, scaffolding, service connections, transport to site, taxes, octroi and levies, breakage, wastage, excavation, refilling, bedding, encasing, transportation of lifts/leads and all such expenses as may be necessary and required to completely do all the items of work and put them in a working condition.

Rates quoted are for all heights and depths required for this work.

Page 85 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.8

3.9

3.10

3.11

All rates quoted must be for complete items inclusive of all such accessories, fixtures and fixing arrangements, nuts, bolts, hangers as are a standard part of the particular item except where specially mentioned otherwise.

All rates quoted are inclusive of cutting holes and chases in walls and floors and making good the same with cement mortar/ concrete of appropriate mix and strength as directed by Architect/ Engineer in Charge.

Rates quoted shall be inclusive of cost incurred in testing, commissioning of works and materials.

Rates quoted shall be inclusive of any rework to be carried in the system installation due to the instructions given by Statutory/ Approval authority.

For all the items/ equipments supplied free of cost by the Owner, the contractor’s rate shall take care of transportation to the site, storage at site, installation, testing & commissioning of those items/equipments.

All rates quoted by the contractor under this contract shall including bailing or pumping out of all the water which may accumulate during the progress of work either through seepage, springs, rain or any other cause.

All rates quoted by the contractor shall include all miscellaneous civil work related to Plumbing work like excavation, refilling, timbering, bedding, encasing, etc.

required as per actual site condition.

All water and electricity charges for testing and commissioning of the system shall be borne by the contractor.

In case of discrepancy/ calculation error between rate & amount quoted by the contractor, the quoted rate shall be considered as final to derive the amount.

4.2

4.3

4.0

4.1

DRAWINGS

Plumbing drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction permits. Any deviations made shall be in conformity with the

Architectural and other services drawings.

Architectural drawings shall take precedence over plumbing or other services drawings as to all dimensions.

Contractor shall verify all dimensions at site and bring to the notice of the

Architect/ Engineer in Charges all discrepancies or deviations noticed. Architect/

Engineer in Charges decision shall be final.

Page 86 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

5.0

5.1

5.2

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.4

5.3

5.4

5.5

Civil related details like tanks, basement channel, and plant room, sump, etc. to be read in conjunction with structure drawings. In case of any discrepancies,

Contractor shall co-ordinate with other agencies & execute as per the best practices.

Large size details and manufacturers dimensions for materials to be incorporated shall take precedence over small-scale drawings.

Any drawings supplied with the tender shall be returned in good conditions along with the tender.

Any drawings issued by the Architect/ Engineer In Charges for the works are the property of the Architect/ Engineer In Charges and shall not be lent, reproduced or used on any works other than intended without the written permission of the

Architect/ Engineer In Charges.

EXECUTION OF WORK

The contractor must get acquainted with the proposed site for the works and study specifications and conditions carefully before execution.

The work shall be carried out in conformity with the plumbing drawings and within the requirements of Architectural, HVAC, Electrical, Structural and other specialized services drawings.

On award of the work, contractor shall submit a program of construction in the form of a pert chart or bar chart for approval of the Architect/ Engineer in Charge.

All dates and time schedule agreed upon shall be strictly adhered to, within the stipulated time of completion/ commissioning along with the specified phasing, if any.

The work shall be executed as per program approved by the Architect/ Engineer in Charge. If part of site is not available for any reason or there is some unavoidable delay in supply of materials stipulated by the owner/ or due to any other issue not pertaining to the contractor, the contractor shall draw attention to the owner & as per the mutual agreement, the programme of construction shall be modified accordingly and the contractor shall have no claim for any extras or compensation on this account. Here Owner means the authorized person/ agency representing Owner/Client.

The contractor shall cooperate with all trades and agencies working on the site.

The contractor shall ensure that all inserts, pipe lines embedded in structural members, sleeves, cutouts, etc. are placed in position in coordination with civil work as and when required. All holes, sleeves, cutouts shall be filled with best quality sealant to make leak proof joint. Location & size of core cutting of the floor slabs in case of suspended plumbing shall be co-ordinate with civil contractor.

Page 87 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

5.6

5.7

5.8

5.9

5.10

5.11

5.12

However, core cutting work is to be carried out by Civil Contractor or any other agency.

The contractor shall take instructions from the Engineer In charge regarding collection and stacking of material in any place with lockable arrangement. For damage/ theft of any material, Contractor shall be hold responsible. No

Excavated earth or Building material shall be stacked on areas where other buildings, roads, services, compound walls, etc. are to be constructed.

The contractor shall maintain in perfect condition all works executed till the completion of the entire work allotted to him. Where Phased delivery is contemplated, this provision shall apply to each phase.

The installation of the sanitary fixtures and fittings shall be as per the shop drawings approved by the Architect/ Engineer in Charge/ Consultant. The fixtures in the trial assembly can be re-used for final installation without any additional payments for fixing or dismantling of the fixtures.

All gaps between wall/ floor and sanitary vessels shall be filled with sanitary grade sealant. CP Brass or SS screws shall be used for fixing sanitary fixtures and accessories in toilet, bath, and pantry and kitchen area.

While carrying out pipeline work, in case the contractor encounters any

Interference with other services, such as cable, conduits, etc. he shall take sufficient precautions in order to prevent any damage to them. If any damage occurs it shall be rectified to its original condition at his own cost to the satisfaction of Engineer-In-Charge.

The contractor carrying out the construction work shall take effective measures to carefully open out all existing channels, culverts, bridges, pipelines, conduits, water courses, sewer, drains, electrical cables, transmission lines and their supports and all works buried or otherwise where such services have to be interfered with the purpose of the construction of the works. He shall provide and arrange all necessary temporary supports and diversions if necessary across/ under/ even through along sides of the trenches and all other parts of construction work for all such channels, culverts, bridges, pipe lines, conduit

The contractor shall arrange to carry out all works with least interference practicable with public footpath and vehicular traffic and with existing waste water or storm water drainage arrangements and provide all necessary road barriers, fences, notices, lights, gangways, access crossings, diversions for traffic, temporary drains, dewatering channels, chutes pumping or water lifting arrangements and all other facilities for the proper execution of the works to the approval and satisfaction in all respects of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any work carried out by the contractor in this connection shall be deemed as temporary works incidental to the construction work.

Page 88 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

5.13

5.14

5.15

5.16

6.0

6.1

6.2

6.3

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.7

6.8

For any free issue items by Owner, the contractor shall maintain the same properly & install as per good engineering practice.

No structural member shall be chased or cut without the written permission of the

Architect/ Engineer in Charge/ Engineer in charge.

The work shall be executed in a manner complying in all respects with requirements of relevant bye-laws of the municipal corporation/ Development

Authority/ Applicable Statutory Authority the jurisdiction of which the work is to be executed or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

All plumbing services shall be handed over to Engineer-In-Charge complete in all respects. Incomplete work will not be taken over. Any loss or damage to these services due to any reasons by anybody whatsoever before handing over will be at contractors risk and cost, Any damage to any structural, finishing work done during the testing or rectification shall be made good by the contractor at his own cost and risk.

MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP

All materials used in the works shall conform to the list of approved vendor in tender specifications. The approved samples shall be maintained at site till the completion of work.

As far as possible materials bearing I.S. certification marks shall be used with the approval of the Architect/ Engineer in Charge/ Engineer in charge.

Unless otherwise specified and expressly approved in writing by the Architect/

Engineer in Charge, materials of makes and specifications mentioned with tender shall be used. In case of any items, list of approved vendor is not given; the contractor shall submit his recommendation to Engineer in charge with proper technical back up justifying the selection.

Workmanship and general finish shall be of first class quality and in accordance with best workshop practice. All similar items of the Plant and their component parts shall be completely interchangeable.

Spare parts shall be manufactured from the same materials as the originals and shall fit all similar items.

Machining fits on renewable parts shall be accurate and to specified tolerances so that replacements made to may be readily installed.

All equipment shall operate without excessive vibration and with minimum noise.

All revolving parts shall be truly balanced both statically and dynamically so that

Page 89 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

6.9

6.10

6.11

6.12

6.13

7.0

7.1

7.2

7.3

7.4

7.5

7.6

when running at normal speeds at any load up to the maximum there shall be no vibration due to lack of balance.

All parts which can be worn or damaged by dust shall be totally enclosed in dust proof housings

All materials selected in the work shall be most suitable for duty concerned, free from imperfections, selected for long life and minimum maintenance.

All necessary accessories required for satisfactory and safe operation of the

Plant shall be supplied by the Contractor unless it is specifically excluded from his scope.

All valves shall be closing on clockwise rotation of the hand wheel. The effort required to close/ open under all operating conditions shall be limited to 7 kg. The direction of opening/ closing shall be cast on the hand wheel.

All flanges shall be drilled in accordance with requirements of IS: 1538. All flanges shall be full or spot faces on the back side. The flange thickness shall be uniform throughout. Flange outside periphery shall be concentric with the bore.

Flanges shall be finished smooth on periphery also Castings and fabricated materials shall be finished smooth all over.

INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS

Contractor shall be required, if requested, to produce manufacturers test certificate for the particular batch of materials supplied to him. The tests carried out shall be as per the relevant Indian standards.

Testing charges including incidental charge and cost of sample for testing shall be borne by the contractors for all mandatory tests.

Testing charges for optional tests shall be paid by the Dept. However, the incidental charges and cost of sample for testing shall be borne by the contractor.

In case of non-I.S. materials, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to establish the conformity of material with relevant I.S. specification by carrying out necessary tests. Testing charges including incidental charge and cost of sample for testing shall be borne by the contractors for such tests.

The materials should pass all tests and tolerance in dimensional, chemical, physical properties should be within the limit as stipulated in relevant I.S. for acceptance. Such materials will be accepted as standard.

Payments shall be restricted to standard unit mass, or as specified in the schedule, without making any cost adjustment towards mass or any other properties provided the material pass all the tests and tolerance are within the

Page 90 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

7.7

7.8

7.9

7.10

8.0

8.1

8.2

8.3

9.0

9.1

9.2

10.0

specified limit.

For examination and testing of materials and works at the site contractor shall provide all testing and gauging equipment necessary but not limited to the followings: a) Theodolite b) Dumpy level c) Steel tapes d) Weighing machine e) Plumb bobs, spirit levels, Hammers f) Micrometers g) Thermometers, Stoves h) Hydraulic test machine i) Smoke test machine.

All such equipment shall be tested for calibration at any approved laboratory, if required by the Architect/ Engineer in Charge.

All testing equipment shall be preferably located in special room meant for the purpose.

MOCK UP

The contractor shall install all pipes, fixtures, clamps and accessories and fixing devices in mock-up shaft and room so constructed as directed by Architect/

Engineer in Charge without any cost. The materials used in the mock-up may be reused in the works if found undamaged.

The contractor shall have to assemble at least one set of each type of sanitary fixtures and CP fittings in order to determine precisely the required supply and disposal connections. Relevant instructions from manufacturers shall be followed as applicable. This trial assembly shall be developed to determine the location of puncture holes, holding devices etc. which will be required for final installation of all sanitary fixtures and fittings. The above assembly shall be subject to final approval by the Architect/ Engineer in Charge/ Engineer In charge.

Any tiles or finished surfaces or floors damaged by the contractor while doing his work shall be made good with new tiles or other finishing material. No payment shall be admissible for such repairs. The Architect / Engineer in Charge may, at his discretion get the damaged work repairs to the contractor.

MATERIALS SUPPLYING BY OWNER

The contractor shall verify that all materials supplied by the Owner conform to the specifications of the relevant item in the tender. Any discrepancy found shall be brought to the notice of the Architect /Engineer in charge.

If any materials issued to the contractor, free of cost, are damaged or pilfered, the cost of the same shall be recovered from the contractor on the basis of actual cost to owner which shall include all freight and transportation, excise duty, sales tax, octroi, import duty etc.

REFERENCE POINTS

Page 91 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

10.1

10.2

Contractor shall provide permanent bench marks, flag tops and other reference points for the proper execution of work and these shall be preserved till the end of the work.

All such reference points shall be in relation to the levels and locations given in the Architect/ Engineer in Charge and plumbing drawings

.

11.0

11.1

11.2

11.3

12.0

12.1

12.2

12.3

13.0

13.1

13.2

REFERENCE DRAWINGS

The contractor shall maintain one set of all construction drawings issued to him as reference drawings. These shall not be used on site.

All corrections, deviations and changes made on the site shall be shown on these reference drawings for final incorporation in the completion (as built) drawings. All changes to be made shall be initialed by the Engineer in charge.

One complete set of construction drawings shall be made available to the execution engineer & shall be maintained in good condition throughout the execution activities.

SHOP DRAWINGS

The contractor shall submit to the Architect/ Engineer In Charge four copies of the shop drawings.

Shop drawings shall be submitted under following conditions: a) Showing any changes in layout in the plumbing drawings.

b) Foundation details, Nozzle Orientation, Equipment layout and piping, wiring diagram.

c) Manufacturer's or contractor's fabrication drawings for any materials or equipment supplied by him.

The contractor shall submit four copies catalogues, manufacturers drawings, technical data sheet, equipment characteristic data or performance charts as required by the Architect/ Engineer In Charge.

SITE CLEARANCE AND CLEANUP

The contractor shall, from time to time clear away all debris and excess materials accumulated at the site.

After the fixtures, equipment and appliances have been installed and commissioned, contractor shall clean-up the same and remove all plaster, paints stains, stickers and other foreign matter of discoloration leaving the same in a ready to use condition.

Page 92 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

13.3

14.0

14.1

14.2

14.3

14.4

14.5

14.6

15.0

15.1

15.2

15.3

15.4

On completion of all works, contractor shall demolish all stores, remove all surplus materials and leave the site in a broom clean condition, failing which the same shall be done at contractors risk and cost.

TESTING

Piping and drainage works shall be tested as specified under the relevant clauses of the specifications.

Tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer In Charge. The engineer in charge shall issue a certificate for approved testing of all systems duly signed & stamped.

All materials and equipment found defective shall be replaced and whole work tested to meet the requirements of the specifications.

Contractor shall perform all such tests as may be necessary and required by the local authorities to meet Municipal or other bye-laws in force.

Contractor shall provide all labour, equipment and materials for the performance of the test.

After completion of work and during the maintenance liability period of contract, the work shall be subjected to “Post construction and testing”. In case, if the materials incorporated in the work are found to be inferior, though the sample collected from the materials might have been passed at the time of execution, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to replace the same without any cost to the Owner failing which the Owner may rectify the same at the risk and cost of the contractor or the Owner may accept the same as substandard, and cost be adjusted from the outstanding security deposit as per the terms and condition of the contract for the work.

LICENSE AND PERMITS

Contractor must hold a valid plumbing license issued by the Municipal authority or other competent authority under whose jurisdiction the work falls.

Contractor must keep constant liaison with the Municipal authority and obtain approval of all drainage and water supply works carried out by him.

Contractor shall obtain, from the municipal authority, completion certificate with respect to his work as required for occupation of the building.

All inspection fees or submission fees paid by the contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner on production of valid official receipts

Page 93 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

16.0

16.1

16.2

16.3

16.4

16.5

16.6

17.0

17.1

17.2

18.0

18.1

HANDING OVER DOCUMENTS

On completion of work, contractor shall submit one complete set of as built drawings in editable soft copy and two hard prints of 'as built' drawings to the

Engineer in Charge. These drawings shall have the following information: a) Run of all piping & diameters on all floors, terrace and vertical stacks.

b) Ground and invert levels of all drainage pipes together with location of all manhole and connections up to outfall.

c) Run of all water supply lines with diameters, locations, of control valves, access panels inside the utilities.

d) Location of all mechanical equipment with layout and piping connections & location of electrical panel for the same.

e) Location & capacity of Underground / Overhead tanks f) Location of water & sewage treatment plant with layout g) Location of rain water harvesting structures with detail drawings

Contractor shall provide four sets of catalogues, performance data and list of spare parts together with the name and address of the manufacturer for all electrical and mechanical equipment provided by him.

All 'warranty cards' given by the manufacturers shall be handed over to the

Architect/ Engineer in Charge.

Contractor shall provide Operation and Maintenance manual of all major Electromechanical equipment.

All test certificates of materials & testing at manufacturer works shall be submitted in one set of hard copy.

All site performance test certificates approved by Engineer in charge shall be submitted in one set of hard copy.

APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS:

Plumbing system design shall conform to plumbing design codes like National

Building code– 2005, Part 9, Section 1, CPHEEO Manual, Handbook on Water supply & Drainage- SP 35, Public Health Engineering Handbook, Uniform

Plumbing Code for India.

All equipment, supply, erection, testing and commissioning shall comply with the requirements of Indian Standards and code of practice given below as amended up to the date of submission of Tender. All equipment and material being supplied shall meet the requirements of BIS and other relevant standard and codes.

LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING

The following IS codes shall be referred in execution of PH Engineering works.

Page 94 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

IS CODE

27 - 1992

269- 1989

407- 1981

456- 2000

458- 2003

554- 1999

636- 1988

638- 1979

651- 1992

771 (Pt. I &VII)

771- 1979 (Pt. I)

771- 1985 (Pt. II)

771- 1979 (Pt. III/ Sec

1)

771- 1985 (Pt. III/

Sec2)

771- 1979 (Pt. IV)

771- 1979 (Pt. V)

771- 1979 (Pt. VI)

771- 1981 (Pt. VII)

774- 1984

775- 1970

778- 1984

779- 1994

781- 1984

782- 1978

783- 1985

784- 2001

884- 1985

901 - 1988

902 - 1992

903 - 1993

904 - 1983

905 - 1980

IS CODE

SUBJECT

Specifications for Pig Lead

Specifications for 33 grade Ordinary Portland Cement

Brass tubes for General purposes

Code of practice for Plain & Reinforced concrete.

Specifications for Concrete Pipes.

Dimensions for pipe thread where pressure tight joints are required.

Firefighting hose ,rubber lined or fabric reinforced rubber lined woven –jacketed

Sheet rubber jointing & rubber insertion jointing

Specifications for Salt glazed stoneware pipes & fittings.

Glazed Fire Clay Sanitary Appliances.

General requirements

Specific requirements of kitchen & laboratory sinks

Specific requirements of urinals ( section 1- Slab urinals)

Specific requirements of urinals ( section 2- Stall urinals)

Specific requirements of postmortem slabs.

Specific requirements of shower trays

Specific requirements of bed pan sinks

Specific requirements of slop sinks

Flushing cistern for water closet and urinals.

Cast iron brackets and supports for wash basin and sink.

Specifications for copper alloy gate & Globe check valves for water works

Water meters (domestic type)

Specifications for cast copper alloy screw down bib taps & stop cocks for water services

Specification for Caulking lead.

Code of practice for laying concrete pipes.

Pre-stressed concrete pipes.

Fire aid hose reel for firefighting (for fixed installation)

Specification for couplings, double males & double female, instantaneous pattern for Fire Fighting

Specification for suction hose couplings for Fire Fighting purposes.

Couplings for fire hose delivery, branch pipe, nozzles specification

Specification for 2 way and 3 way suction collecting heads for Fire

Fighting purposes.

Specification for delivery breechings, dividing and collecting instant tenuous pattern for Fire Fighting

SUBJECT

Page 95 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

906 - 1988

907 - 1984

908- 1975

909- 1992

940 - 1989

941- 1985

1172- 1993

1200-1979 (Pt. 16)

1200-1981 (Pt. 19)

1230

1239- 2004 (Pt. I)

1239- 1992 ( Pt. II)

1300- 1994

1536- 2001

1537- 1976

1538- 1993

1700- 1973

1701- 1960

1703- 2000

1711- 1984

1726- 1991

1729- 2002

1742- 1983

1795- 1982

1879

1978- 1982

1979- 1985

2065- 1983

2097 - 1983

2104- 1981

2171 – 1999

2190- 1992

Specification for revolving branch pipe for Fire Fighting

Specification for suction strainer, cylindrical type for Fire

Fighting purposes.

Fire Hydrants, Stand post type

Specifications for underground fire hydrants, sluice valve type

Portable Fire Extinguisher, water Type (Gas Cartridge) -

Specification

Specification for Blower and Exhauster for Fire Fighting.

Code of basic requirements for water supply, drainage and sanitation

Method of measurements for Laying of water and sewer lines including appurtenant items.

Method of measurements for Water supply, plumbing and drains.

Specifications for CI Rain Water pipes

Specifications for Mild steel tubes

Specifications for Mild steel Tubular & other wrought steel pipe fittings

Phenol molding material specification

Specifications for Centrifugally cast iron (spun) pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage

Specifications for Vertically cast iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage

Cast iron fittings for pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage

Drinking fountains

Combination valve , mixing valves

Ball valve (horizontal plunger type) including floats for water supply.

Self-closing taps.

Cast iron manhole covers and Frames.

Cast /ductile iron drainage pipes & fittings for over ground

NP pipeline S/S series.

Code of practice for building drainage

Pillar taps for water supply purposes

Malleable Cast Iron Pipe Fittings

Specification for line pipe (M S Seamless )

Specification for high test line pipe

Code of practice for water supply in buildings.

Specification for foam making branch pipe.

Water meter boxes (domestic type)

Specification for portable fire extinguisher, dry powder

(Cartridge Type)

Code of practice for selection ,installation & maintenance of portable first-aid fire extinguishers

Page 96 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

2267- 1995

2326- 1987

IS CODE

2373

2379- 1990

2401- 1973

2470 (Pt. I to II)

2470- 1985 (Pt. I)

2470- 1985 (Pt. II)

2527- 1984

2546 - 1974

2548- 1996(Pt. I)

2548- 1996(Pt. II)

2556 (Pt. 1 to XV)

2556- 1994 (Pt.1)

2556- 1994 (Pt.2)

2556- 2004 (Pt.3)

2556- 2004 (Pt. 4)

2556- 1994 (Pt.5)

2556- 1995(Pt.6)

2556- 1995 (Pt.7)

2556- 1995 (Pt.8)

2556- 2004 (Pt.9)

2643- 1999

2692- 1989

2800- 1991 (Pt. I)

2800- 1979 (Pt. II)

2878 - 2004

2951 (Pt. I to II)

2951- 1965 (Pt. I)

2951- 1965 (Pt. II)

3006- 1979

3076- 1985

3114- 1994

3311- 1979

3328- 1993

Polystyrene molding and extension materials – specification

Automatic flushing cistern for urinals

SUBJECT

Specification for Water Meter (Bulk type)

Color code for identification of pipe lines.

Code of practice for selection, installation & maintenance of domestic water meters

Code of practice for installation of septic tanks

Design criteria & construction

Secondary Treatment & disposal of septic tank effluent

Code of practice for fixing rain water gutters and down pipes for roof drainage.

Specification for galvanized Mild Steel Fire bucket.

Plastic water closet seats and covers.

Plastic water closet seats and covers.

Specification for Vitreous (Vitreous China) sanitary appliances.

General requirements

Specific requirements of wash down water-closets

Specific requirements of squatting pans

Specific requirements of wash basins

Specific requirements of laboratory sinks

Specific requirements of urinals & partition plate

Specific requirements of accessories for sanitary appliances

Specific requirements of pedestal close coupled & wash down and siphon water closets

Specific requirements of pedestal type bidets

Type Threads where pressure tight joints are not mase on the threads dimension, tolerances and designation

Specification for Ferrules for water services.

Construction of tube well

Testing of tube well

Fire Extinguisher, Carbon Dioxide Type (Portable and

Trolley Mounted)

– Specification.

Recommendation for estimate of flow of liquids in closed conduits.

Head loss in straight pipes due to frictional resistance

Head loss in valves & fittings.

Specification for Chemically resistant glazed S.W. pipes and Fitting

Low density polyethylene pipes for potable water supply

Code of practice for laying of Cast Iron pipes.

Waste plug & its accessories for sinks & wash basins.

Quality tolerances for water for swimming pools

Page 97 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3389- 1994

3486- 1966

3489- 1985

3589- 2001

3597- 1998

IS CODE

3844- 1989

3950- 1979

3989- 1984

4038- 1986

4111 (Pt. I to V)

4111- 1986 (Pt. I)

4111- 1985 (Pt. II)

4111- 1985 (Pt. III)

4111- 1968 (Pt. IV)

4111- 1993 (Pt. V)

4120- 1967

4127- 1983

4308 - 2003

4350- 1967

4733- 1972

4736- 1986

4854 (Pt. I to III)

4854- 1969 (Pt. I)

4854- 1968 (Pt. II)

4854- 1974 (Pt. III)

4927- 1992

4947 - 1985

4984- 1995

4985- 2000

5290- 1993

5312 (Pt. I )

5312- 1984 (Pt. I)

5329- 1983

5330- 1984

5382- 1985

5455- 1969

5600- 2002

Urea formaldehyde molding materials

Specification for Cast iron spigot and socket drain pipes

Specifications for enameled steel bath tubs

Specifications for steel pipes for water & sewage (168.3 to

2540 mm outside dia.)

Method of test for concrete pipes.

SUBJECT

Code of practice for installation and maintenance of internal fire hydrants Hose reels in premises.

Specification for Surface boxes for sluice valve.

Centrifugally cast (spun) iron spigot and socket soil, waste and ventilating pipes, fittings & accessories.

Foot valves for water works purposes.

Code of practice for ancillary structures in sewage system.

Manholes

Flushing tanks

Inverted siphon

Pumping stations & pumping mains (rising mains)

Tidal out-falls

Tubs and baths.

Code of practice of laying of glazed stone ware pipes.

Dry Chemical Powder for Fighting B & C class Fires–

Specification.

Specification for concrete porous pipes for under drainage.

Methods of sampling & test for sewage effluents

Specification for hot –dip zinc coating on mild stele tubes.

Glossary terms for valves and their parts

Screw down stop, check & gate valves & their parts

Plug valves & cocks & their parts

Butterfly valves

Unlined flax canvass hose for fire fighting

Specification for gas cartridge for use in Fire extinguishers.

Specifications for HDPE pipes for water supply

Specifications for un plasticized PVC pipes for potable water supplies

Specifications for Landing valves.

Swing check type reflux (non return ) valves

Reflux (non return ) valves – single door pattern

Code of Practice for sanitary pipe work above ground for building

Criteria for design for anchor blocks for pen-stocks with expansions joints.

Specifications for rubber sealing rings for water, gas & sewer mains

Cast iron steps for manholes

Specifications for Sewage and drainage pumps

Page 98 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

5611- 1987

5714- 1981

5822- 1994

5961- 1970

IS CODE

6234 - 2003

6279- 1971

6280- 1971

6295- 1986

6392- 1971

6411- 1985

6418- 1971

6494- 1988

6587- 1987

7181- 1986

7231- 1994

Code of Practice for waste stabilization ponds (Facultative type)

Specifications for Hydrant stand-pipe for fire fighting

Code of Practice for laying of welded steel pipes for water supply

Specifications for CI grating for drainage purposes

SUBJECT

Portable fire Extinguisher water Type (Stored Pressure) –

Specification.

Equipment for grit removal

Sewage screens

COP for water supply & drainage in high altitude & / or subzero region

Steel pipe flanges

Specifications for gel coated glass fiber reinforced polyester resin bath tubs

Cast Iron & malleable flanges for general engineering

Purpose

COP for water proofing of underground water tanks & swimming pools

Specifications for Spun hemp yarn

Horizontally Cast Iron Double Flanged pipe for water, gas & sewage.

Specifications for Plastic Flushing Cisterns for water closet

& urinals

7558- 1974

7634 (Pt. I to III)

7634- 1975 (Pt. I)

7634- 1975 (Pt. II)

7634- 2003 (Pt. III)

7740- 1985

Code of Practice for domestic hot water installations

Code of Practice for Plastic pipe work for potable water supplies

Choice of materials & general recommendations

Laying & jointing polyethylene (PE) pipes

Laying & jointing un plasticized PVC pipes

7834 (Pt. I to VIII)

7834 - 1987(Pt. I)

7834- 1987 (Pt. II)

7834- 1987 (Pt. III)

7834- 1987 (Pt. IV)

Code of Practice for road gullies

Injection molded PVC socket fittings with solvent cement joints for water supplies

General requirements

Specific requirements for 45 0 elbows

Specific requirements for 90 0 elbows

Specific requirements for 90 0 tees

7834- 1987(Pt. V)

7834- 1987 (Pt. VI)

Specific requirements for 45 0 tees

Specific requirements for sockets

7834- 1987(Pt. VII) Specific requirements for unions

7834- 1987 (Pt. VIII) Specific requirements for caps

8008 (Pt. I to VII) Injection molded HDPE fittings for potable water supplies

8008- 2003 (Pt. I)

8008- 1976 (Pt. II)

8008- 2003 (Pt. III)

General requirements for fittings

Specific requirements for 90 0 bends

Specific requirements for 90 0 tees

Page 99 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

8008- 2003 (Pt. IV)

8008- 2003 (Pt. V)

8008- 2003 (Pt. VI)

Specific requirements for reducers

Specific requirements for ferrule reducers

Specific requirements for pipe ends

8008- 2003 (Pt. VII) Specific requirements for sandwich flanges

Coupling, branch pipe, nozzle used in hose reel tubing for

8090- 1976 fire fighting

8329- 2000

Centrifugally cast (spun) ductile iron pressure pipes & fittings for water, gas & sewage

8413 (Pt. I)

IS CODE

Requirements for biological treatment equipment

SUBJECT

8718- 1978

8727- 1978

8835- 1978

8931- 1993

9140- 1996

9338- 1984

Specifications for vitreous enameled steel kitchen sinks

Specifications for vitreous enameled steel wash basin

Guideline for planning and design of surface drains.

Specifications for copper alloys Fancy single taps, combination tap assembly & stop valves for water services

Method of sampling of vitreous & fire clay sanitary appliances

Specifications for Cast Iron screw down stop valves and stop & check valves for water works purposes

9739- 1981

9758- 1981

9762- 1994

9763- 2000

10221- 1982

10500- 1991

11189- 1985

11606 - 1986

11632 - 1986

12183- 1987 (Pt. I)

12231 - 1987

12235 - 1986

12288 - 1987

12469 - 1988

12592- 2002

12701-1996

12709 - 1994

12818 - 1992

12820 - 1989

Specifications for Pressure reducing valves for Domestic water supply system.

Flush valves and Fittings for water closets and urinals

Specifications for polyethylene floats for float valves

Specifications for Plastic Bib taps, pillar taps, angle valves and stop valves for hot & cold water service.

Code of practice for coating and wrapping of underground

M.S. steel pipeline,

Specification of Drinking water

Method of tube well development

Method for sampling of cast iron pipes and fittings.

Rehabilitation of Tube well

Code of practice for Plumbing in multi-storied buildings (for water supply)

UPVC pipes for section & delivery lines of agricultural pumps–Specification.

Method of test for UPVC pipe for potable water supply

Code of practice for use and laying of Ductile Iron pipes.

Specifications for pumps

Precast concrete frame & cover ( SFRC frame & cover )

Specifications for rotational molded polyethylene water storage tanks

Glass fiber reinforce plastic(GRP) pipes, joints & fittings for use for potable water supply – Specification.

Spn. for UPVC ribbed screen casing & plain casing pipes for bore / tube well

Dimensional Req. of Rubber Gaskets for Mechanical Joints

Page 100 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

13095 - 1991

13114 - 1991

13382-2004

13592- 1992

13593 - 1992

IS CODE

13916 – 1994

13983-1994

14333-1996

14402-1996

14735-1999

IS CODE

14845- 2000

14846- 2000

15265 – 2003

15328 – 2003

15450- 2004

& push in joints for use with Cast Iron Pipes & fittings for carrying water, Gas & sewage.

Butterfly valves for general purposes

Spn. for forged brass gate, globe & check valves for water works purposes

Cast Iron specials for mechanical & push-on flexible joints for pressure pipelines for water, gas & sewage

Specifications for PVC soil, waste & rain water (SWR) including ventilation pipes

UPVC pipes fittings for use with section and delivery lines for

Agricultural pumps – Specification.

SUBJECT

Code of practice for installation of GRP piping system.

Specifications for stainless steel kitchen sinks & drain boards for domestic purpose

Specification for HDPE pipes for sewerage system.

GRP pipes, joints & fittings – Specification.

UPVC injection molded fittings for UPVC – SWR pipes –

Specifications.

SUBJECT

Resilient seated cast iron air relief valves for water works purposes – Spn

Specifications for sluice valve for water works purposes (50 to 1200 mm size )

Specifications for flexible PVC pipes or polymer reinforcement thermo plastic hoses for suction and delivery lines for Agricultural pumps.

UPVC non pressure pipes for use in underground drainage and sewerage system – Specifications.

Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene composite pressure pipes for hot and cold water supplies – Specifications.

Page 101 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

SECTION 2: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

SANITARY & CP FIXTURES

1.1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. Sanitary fixtures shall be of the best quality confirming to specification and subject to the approval of the Architect/Consultants. Wherever particular makes are mentioned, the choice of selection shall remain with the

Owner/Architect.

2. All Appliances, fixtures and fittings shall be provided with all such accessories as are required to complete the item in working condition whether specifically mentioned or not in the Schedule of Quantities, specifications, and drawings.

Accessories shall include proper fixing arrangement, brackets, nuts, bolts, screws and required connection pieces.

3. Fixing screws shall be half round head chromium plated brass screws with

C.P. washers where necessary.

4. Porcelain sanitary ware shall be glazed vitreous china of first quality free from warps, cracks and glazing defects confirming to I.S. 2556.

5. Chromium plated fittings shall be cast brass chromium plated of the best quality approved by the Owner/ Architects. Fixture Finishes like mirror/ mat/ or any other shall be as directed by Architect.

6. All materials shall be rust proof; materials in direct/ indirect contact shall be compatible to prevent electrolytic or chemical (bimetallic) corrosion.

7. Sanitary appliances, subject to the type of appliance and specific requirements, shall be fixed in accordance with the relevant standards/ best practices by skilled labours.

8. All Appliances, fittings and fixtures shall be fixed in a neat workmanlike manner true to level and heights shown on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Care shall be taken to fix all inlet and outlet pipes at correct positions. Faulty locations shall be made good and any damage to the finished floor, Filing Plaster, Paint, insulation or terrace shall be made good by the Contractor at his own cost.

9. CP Wall flanges shall be provided on walls, floors, etc. wherever supply/ discharge pipes pierce through them. These flanges/ fittings shall be large enough to cover punctures properly.

Page 102 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

10. In case of free supply of sanitary wares & CP fittings by Client, the contractor shall be responsible for transportation of those items to the site, storage & proper handling till execution ends, installation/ fixing of these materials with required hardware, testing & commissioning.

11. Contractor shall, during the entire period of installation and afterwards protect the appliances by providing suitable cover or any other protection so as to absolutely prevent any damage to the appliances until handing over. (The original protective wrapping shall be left in position for as long as possible).

12. The appliance shall be fixed in a manner such that it will facilitate subsequent removal if necessary.

13. All appliances shall be securely fixed. Manufacturers’ brackets and fixing methods shall be used wherever possible. Compatible rust- proofed fixings shall be used. Fixing shall be done in a manner that minimizes noise transmission.

14. Pipe connections shall be made with demountable unions. Pipe work shall not be fixed in a manner that it supports or partially supports an appliance.

15. Appliances shall be fixed so that water falls to the outlet.

16. Appliances shall be fixed true to level firmly fixed to anchor or supports provided by the manufacturer and additional anchors or supports where necessary.

17. Fixtures shall be generally installed at following heights or as directed by

Architect/ Engineer in charge.

Water Closet

Bidet

Urinal

Wash basin/ Sink :

:

:

: 390 mm to top of bowl rim

390 mm to top of bowl rim

650 mm to top of bowl rim

750-800 mm to top of bowl rim

18. Joints/ gaps between all sanitary appliances/fixtures & the floor/wall shall be caulked with an approved quality sealant, having antifungal properties, colour

& shade to match that of the appliances/fixture & floor/wall to the extent possible.

19. Care shall be taken in fixing all approved CP fixtures & accessories so as not to leave any tool marks or damage on the finish. All fixtures shall be tightened with fixed spanner.

20. All fixtures shall be thoroughly tested after connecting the drainage & water supply system. All fixtures shall be thoroughly finished & any leakage in piping/ valves/ waste fittings shall be corrected to the complete satisfaction of

Engineer in charge.

Page 103 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.2

21. Upon completion of work, all labels, stickers, plaster, etc. shall be removed from the fixtures & all fixtures shall be cleaned with soap & water so as to present a neat & clean toilet.

EUROPEAN W.C.

1.2.1

SCOPE

1.2.1.1

The item pertains for providing white or color glazed vitreous chinaware

European water closet with seat and cover of size and color as specified in the schedule or as directed by Architect including all accessories & fixing, testing & commissioning.

1.2.2

MATERIAL

1.2.2.1

European W.C. shall be wash down type single or double siphonic type, floor or wall mounted set with integral 'P' or 'S' Trap set & shall conform to IS 2556 (Part I

& II). The trap shall have minimum water seal of 50 mm.

1.2.2.2

The closet shall be of one piece construction and shall have minimum two hole of

6.5 mm diameter for fixing closet to floor. Closet shall have integral flushing rims of self draining type.

1.2.2.3

Each WC shall be provided with 110 mm (OD) Pan Connector connecting ceramic outlet of WC to soil pipe.

1.2.2.4

Each European W.C. set shall be provided with a solid plastic seat with cover in conformity to IS: 2548 Part I & II & of colour given in the schedule of quantities.

They shall be made of molded from PP heavy duty material which shall be tough and hard with high resistance to solvents and shall be free from blisters and other surface defects & shall have rubber buffers and chromium plated hinges.

1.2.2.5

Each Anglo Indian W.C. shall be flushed with concealed/ exposed flushing cistern or an exposed or concealed type manual flush valve or sensor faucet as specified in bill of quantities. Material of cistern shall be Porcelain/ HDPE or as specified in schedule of quantities. Valves shall be of chromium plated brass. The flushing system shall be provided with all inlet/ outlet & overflow connections.

1.2.2.6

Optionally, European W.C. shall be with coupled cistern directly mounted on WC

1.2.3

with single or dual flow discharge as mentioned in schedule of quantities

FIXING

1.2.3.1

The water closet pan shall be placed in position as shown in the drawing. If the pan trap is damaged during handling or fixing, it shall be replaced by the contractor at his own cost.

Page 104 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.2.3.2

WC shall be fixed to floor using SS or non ferrous screws. Wall hung W.C. shall be supported by C.I. floor mounted chair with 75 mm. long 6.5 mm. diameter counter sunk bolts and nuts embedded in the wall concrete using rubber or fiber washers so as not to allow any lateral displacement. The pan, soil pipe shall be jointed in 1:1 Cement Mortar with hemp yarn caulked.

1.2.3.3

Joints between W.C. and flush pipe shall be made with a putty or white lead and linseed oil and caulked well or with an approved rubber joint.

1.2.3.4

The gap between W.C. and floor shall be finished with white/matching cement and sand as directed.

1.2.3.5

Seat and cover shall be fixed to the Pan by two corrosion resistance hinge with

65 mm shank and threaded to within 25 mm from of flange. Seat shall be fixed in level by providing the washers of rubber with non ferrous or stainless steel washer to bolt. Plastic seat shall be so fixed that it remains absolutely stationary in vertical position without falling down on the W.C.

1.2.3.6

Each WC shall be fixed with concealed/ exposed/ coupled flushing cistern/ manual flush valve/ sensor faucet with required brackets, hardware & accessories.

1.2.4

RATES

1.2.4.1

European type water closet with an integral `P` or `S` trap & plastic seat cover, etc.

1.2.4.2

Flushing Cistern/ Flush Valve with fixing brackets (only if called in BOQ).

1.2.4.3

Cast Iron Chair/ Bracket, Screws, Hardware.

1.2.4.4

Jointing & fixing material.

1.2.4.5

Cutting slab/ beam etc. wherever required. And making all damages good to original condition after completion of work.

1.2.4.6

Painting all the metallic parts with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer.

1.2.4.7

Testing the entire system and rectification of defect if any.

1.2.4.8

All necessary labor, material and use of tools.

1.2.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.2.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of W.C. fixed.

1.2.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.2.6.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of W.C. fixed.

1.3

URINAL

1.3.1

SCOPE

1.3.1.1

The item pertains for providing white or color glazed vitreous chinaware Urinals of

Page 105 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar type, size and color as specified in the schedule or as directed by Architect including all accessories & fixing, testing & commissioning.

BOWL TYPE

MATERIAL 1.3.2

1.3.2.1

Urinal basin shall be flat back or angle wall type lipped in front. The vitreous china conforming to IS 2556 (Part VI). Urinal shall have and integral flushing rim and inlet or supply horn for connecting flush pipe. Flushing rim and inlet shall be of the self draining type. At bottom of basin and outlet horn for connecting outlet shall be provided. The inside surface of the urinal shall be uniform and smooth throughout to ensure efficient flushing.

1.3.2.2

They shall be of vitreous china conforming to IS:2556 (Part-VI) constructed in one piece with providing slot or alternative fixing arrangement at flat back and where the integral flushing rim is not provided, they shall be provided with ridges inside the bowl to divert towards the front line of the urinal.

1.3.2.3

The flushing arrangement to urinals for single or in range shall be of CP brass with CP brass spreader of 15 mm diameter conforming to IS: 407.

1.3.2.4

Urinals shall be flushed by means of flushing cistern, exposed or concealed type as specified in schedule of quantities. Flushing cistern for urinals shall be automatic valve less type. Each flushing cistern shall have a copper siphon and inlet noose cock to control the flow and shall conform to IS 774 with necessary union& couplings for connection with inlet, outlet & overflow pipes.

1.3.2.5

Recommended capacity of flushing cistern & size of flush pipe shall be as below:

Nos. of urinals in range

One

Two

Four

Capacity of flush tank

5 liters

10 liters

10 liters

15 liters

Size of C.P. brass Flush pipe

Main Distribution

20 mm

25 mm

25 mm

15 mm

15 mm

15 mm

15 mm

1.3.2.6

Alternatively, urinals shall be flushed with flush valves, exposed or concealed manual type or by infrared sensor operated faucet with complete kit of plumbing, infra-red photo cells, solenoid valve and flush plate. The automatic flush sensor plate shall be flush and press fitted and shall be of high quality mirror polish finish. Each urinal shall be provided with one flush valve unit.

1.3.2.7

Urinals shall be provided with 32 mm P trap or bottle trap further connected to waste pipe.

1.3.2.8

Each Urinal outlet shall be provided with Brass dome shaped removable grating.

Page 106 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.3.2.9

Where a floor channel is provided, tread plates shall be fitted to drain into channel. Channel shall be of fire clay, white inside & top edges, 100 mm diameter to dispose waste from urinals to the trap.

1.3.2.10

Urinal Flush pipes shall be GI / rigid PVC pipes.

1.3.2.11

Urinal partitions shall be white glazed vitreous china or 25mm thick marble of size specified in the schedule of quantities or directed by Architect.

1.3.3

FIXING

1.3.3.1

Bowl type Urinal shall be fixed to wall in position by using rawl plug, wooden plug,

C.P screws etc. It shall be fixed at height of 65 cm from the standing level to the top of the lip of urinal or as recommended by manufacturer or directed by the

Engineer-in-charge.

1.3.3.2

Flushing cistern shall be fixed to wall with R.S. or C.I. brackets. The brackets shall be painted with two coats of white enamel paint. Cistern may be concealed in pipe shafts or false ceilings if required as directed by Architect.

1.3.3.3

The cistern shall be connected with Urinal by means of standard GI/ rigid PVC flush pipe with CP brass wall clips & unions in concealed/ exposed manner. The joint between Urinal, flush & waste pipe shall be made of putty or white lead mixed with chopped hemp. Flush pipe can also be concealed as directed by

Architect/ Engineer in charge.

1.3.3.4

The urinal shall be connected to waste pipe through P trap/ bottle trap which shall discharge Urinal waste to the floor channel or floor trap.

1.3.3.5

Urinal partitions shall be fixed at proper heights with CP brass bolts, anchor fasteners and MS clips as recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the

Architect/ Consultants.

SQUATTING PLATE URINALS

MATERIAL 1.3.4

1.3.4.1

The urinals shall have squatting plates – single or in range, glazed fire clay channel, automatic flushing cistern, flush pipe with fittings, spreader & Trap.

1.3.4.2

Dimensions are generally 60 cm x 16.5 cm or 45 cm x 12.5 cm or as specified in schedule of quantities.

1.3.4.3

Urinals shall be flushed by means of flushing cistern, exposed or concealed type as specified in schedule of quantities. Flushing cistern for urinals shall be automatic valve less type. Each flushing cistern shall have a copper siphon and

Page 107 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar inlet noose cock to control the flow and shall conform to IS 774 with necessary union& couplings for connection with inlet, outlet & overflow pipes.

1.3.4.4

Recommended capacity of flushing cistern & size of flush pipe shall be as below:

Nos. of urinals in range

Capacity of flush tank

Size of C.P. brass Flush pipe

Main Distribution

One 5 liters 20 mm

Two 10 liters

15 liters

15 liters

25 mm

32 mm

32 mm

20 mm

15 mm

15 mm Four

1.3.4.5

There shall be 100 mm diameter white glazed fire clay channel with stop & outlet pieces which shall discharge Urinal waste into 65 mm dia. CI standard trap having 65 mm CP brass outlet grating.

1.3.4.6

Squatting plate shall have 1200 mm high & 100 mm thick partition walls in front & either side of plate.

1.3.5

FIXING

1.3.5.1

The floor shall be suitable sunk to provide squatting Urinals, if it is not sunk, the squatting urinals shall be provided over a platform.

1.3.5.2

Top edge of the squatting plate shall be flushed with finished floor. It shall be embedded in layer of 25 mm thick cement mortar 1:6 laid over a bed of

1:5:10cement concrete.

1.3.5.3

Flushing cistern shall be fixed to wall with R.S. or C.I. brackets. The brackets shall be painted with two coats of white enamel paint. Cistern may be concealed in pipe shafts or false ceilings if required as directed by Architect.

1.3.5.4

The cistern shall be connected with Urinal by means of standard GI/ rigid PVC flush pipe with CP brass wall clips & unions. The joint between Urinal, flush & waste pipe shall be made of putty or white lead mixed with chopped hemp. Flush pipe can also be concealed as directed by Architect/ Engineer in charge.

1.3.5.5

100 mm diameter, white glazed fire clay channel with stop & outlet pieces shall be fixed in floor in cement mortar 1:3 & joint flushed with white cement.

1.3.5.6

Exposed surface of Squatting plate partitions shall be lined with white glazed tiles with proper corners & angles set in neat cement mortar & finished with white cement.

1.3.6

STALL URINALS

MATERIAL

Page 108 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.3.6.1

The stall urinal and its screen shall be glazed fire clay conforming IS: 771 (Part-

III, Sec-2). The inside surface of stall and screen shall be regular and smooth throughout to ensure efficient flushing.

1.3.6.2

The flushing arrangement to urinals for single or in range shall be of CP brass with CP brass spreader of 15 mm diameter conforming to IS: 407.

1.3.6.3

Urinals shall be flushed by means of flushing cistern, exposed or concealed type as specified in schedule of quantities. Flushing cistern for urinals shall be automatic valve less type. Each flushing cistern shall have a copper siphon and inlet noose cock to control the flow and shall conform to IS 774 with necessary union& couplings for connection with inlet, outlet & overflow pipes.

1.3.6.4

Recommended capacity of flushing cistern & size of flush pipe shall be as below:

Nos. of urinals in range

One

Two

Four

Capacity of flush tank

5 liters

10 liters

15 liters

15 liters

Size of C.P. brass Flush pipe

Main Distribution

20 mm

25 mm

25 mm

15 mm

15 mm

15 mm

15 mm

1.3.6.5

Alternatively, urinals may be flush with flush valves, exposed or concealed manual type or by infrared sensor operated flush valve with complete kit of plumbing, infra-red photo cells, solenoid valve. The automatic flush sensor plate shall be flush and press fitted and is of high quality mirror polish finish. Each urinal shall be provided with one flush valve unit.

1.3.6.6

Urinals shall be provided with 32 mm P trap or bottle trap.

1.3.6.7

Each Urinal outlet shall be provided with Brass dome shaped removable grating.

1.3.6.8

Where a floor channel is provided, tread plates shall be fitted to drain into channel. Channel shall be of fire clay, white inside & top edges, 100 mm dia. To dispose waste from urinals to the trap.

1.3.6.9

Urinal Flush pipes shall be GI/ rigid PVC pipes concealed in wall or exposed as directed by Engineer in charge.

1.3.6.10 Urinal partitions shall be white glazed vitreous china or 25mm thick marble of size specified in the schedule of quantities.

1.3.7

FIXING

1.3.7.1

The lip of the stall urinal shall be flush with the finished floor level. The stall urinal shall be laid over a fine sand cushion on average 25 mm thickness. The gap between wall surface, finished floor level and urinals shall not be more than 3mm

Page 109 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar and filled with water proofing plastic compound.

1.3.7.2

Flushing cistern shall be fixed to wall with R.S. or C.I. brackets. The brackets shall be painted with two coats of white enamel paint. Cistern may be concealed in pipe shafts or false ceilings if required as directed by Architect.

1.3.7.3

The cistern shall be connected with Urinal by means of standard GI/ rigid PVC flush pipe with CP brass wall clips & unions in concealed/ exposed manner. The joint between Urinal, flush & waste pipe shall be made of putty or white lead mixed with chopped hemp. Flush pipe can also be concealed as directed by

Architect/ Engineer in charge.

1.3.7.4

The urinal shall be connected to waste pipe through P trap/ bottle trap which shall discharge Urinal waste to the floor channel or floor trap.

1.3.7.5

Urinal partitions shall be fixed at proper heights with CP brass bolts, anchor fasteners and MS clips as recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the

Architect/ Consultants.

1.3.8

RATES

1.3.8.1

Glazed Urinals (single or in range) and CP brass pipe flushing pipe, spreader.

1.3.8.2

Flushing Cistern/ Manual or Sensor operated Flush Valves with brackets & hardware (if called in BOQ).

1.3.8.3

Waste coupling & P/Bottle trap.

1.3.8.4

Jointing & fixing materials.

1.3.8.5

CI brackets, Screws, Hardware.

1.3.8.6

Urinal Partitions with fixing accessories.

1.3.8.7

Cutting hole wherever required and making all damage good to original condition after completion of work

.

1.3.8.8

Painting all the metallic parts with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer.

1.3.8.9

Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any.

1.3.8.10

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.3.9

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.3.9.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of urinal set (single or range) fixed.

1.3.10

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.3.10.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of urinal set (single or range) fixed.

1.4

FLUSHING CISTERN

1.4.1

SCOPE

Page 110 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.4.1.1

The item pertains for providing Plastic/ Porcelain/ CI flushing cistern of size, flow and color as specified in the schedule or as directed by Architect including all accessories & fixing, testing & commissioning for water closets & urinals.

1.4.1.2

The flushing cisterns shall be automatic or manually operated high level or low level, single/ twin flush flow, exposed/ concealed as specified in schedule of quantities.

1.4.2

MATERIAL & FIXING

1.4.2.1

The materials for manufacturing various components of the flushing cisterns shall conform to the requirements given below:

Sr.

1

2

3

4

Component

Cisterns

Flush Pipe

Cover

Chain

5 Overflow Pipe

6

7

Siphon/Valve

Operating

Mechanism/L

Material

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)

OR

Polystyrene, high impact

OR

Polypropylene 1

OR

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS)

OR

Glass Fiber reinforced plastic (GRP)

Steel tube, seamless or welded, medium or light, completely protected inside and outside by hot-dip galvanizing, electroplating or vitreous enameling

OR Lead pipe

OR Copper alloy tube

OR High density polyethylene pipe

OR Unplasticized PVC plumbing pipe

Same material as that of the body

Hot-dip galvanized steel wires Or Interlocked non-ferrous metal Or Any other corrosion resistant material

High density polyethylene Or

Unplasticized PVC Or Any other corrosion-resistant material

High density polyethylene Or

Polystyrene, high impact Or

Polypropylene Or Acrylonitrilebutadiene-styrene Or Glass fiber reinforced plastic (GRP)

Non-ferrous metal or any other corrosion-resistant material

Page 111 of 468

Conforming to

IS: 7328

IS: 2267

-

-

-

IS: 1239 (Part 1)

IS: 404 (Part 1)

IS: 407

IS: 2501

-

-

IS 4984; IS 4985

IS 7328; IS 2267

-

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

8

9

10 ever

Float Valve

Polyethylene float for float valve

As specified in IS: 1703 Or IS: 12234 Or

IS: 13049

As specified in IS: 9762

Coupling nut and lock-nut

Non-ferrous metal, Or Hot-dip galvanized steel Or Hot-dip galvanized malleable iron Or Any other noncorrosive metal Or Injection-molded

HDPE/Polyacetal

-

-

-

Note: Where the requirements for the material are not specified, it shall be as directed by the Engineer in Charge.

1.4.2.2

when there is no clearance anywhere in it which would permit a 1.6 mm diameter wire to pass through. The outlet of each siphon or stand pipe or flush valve shall be securely connected to the cistern by means of a lock nut. In the case of plastic siphon, it shall be provided with suitable means of ensuring and maintaining watertight and airtight joint to the cistern.

1.4.2.3

The cistern shall be provided with a removable cover which shall fit closely and shall be secured against displacement. In designs, where the operating mechanism is attached to the cover, the cover may be made in two sections, the section supporting the mechanism being securely fixed or booked to the body.

1.4.2.4

Concealed cistern shall be in HDPE construction with front & top access panel.

The installation shall have integral isolation valve & internal overflow warning. It shall have push fit inlet & flush pipe. Cistern shall be provided with fixing bracket

& all accessories.

1.4.2.5

The flush pipe (except plastic flush pipe) shall have an internal diameter of 32 + 1 mm for high level cistern and 38 + 1 mm for low level cistern. The steel flush pipe shall be not less than 1 mm thick whereas the lead flush pipe shall have a minimum thickness of 3.5 mm. For high density polyethylene pipes, the outside diameter of the pipes shall be 40 mm. For unplasticized PVC plumbing pipes the outside diameter of the pipe shall be 40 mm for high level cisterns, and 50 mm for low level cisterns. In the case of high level flushing cisterns, a pipe clip fitted with a rubber buffer shall be fixed to the flush pipe to prevent damage either to the pipe or to the seat when the seat is raised. No flush pipe is required for coupled cisterns.

1.4.2.6

A high level cistern is intended to operate with minimum height of 125 cm and a low level cistern with a maximum height of 30 cm between the top of the pan and the underside of the cistern.

1.4.2.7

The thickness of the body including cover at any point shall not be less than 2

Page 112 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar mm for GRP, and not less than 3 mm for other plastic materials. The cistern shall be free from manufacturing faults and other defects affecting its utility. All working parts shall be designed so as to operate smoothly and efficiently.

1.4.2.8

The cistern shall be mosquito-proof. It shall be deemed to be mosquito proof only

Note: The minimum thickness specified is for normal conditions of service. Where highly corrosive atmospheres are expected, greater thicknesses are required to be provided as per nomenclature of the item.

1.4.2.9

Flush Pipe Connection to Cistern: a) The flush pipe shall be securely connected to cistern outlet and made airtight by means of a coupling nut. The nuts made of injection-molded HDPE/

Polyacetal may be used only if the end pipe is also made of plastic. The nominal internal diameter of the cistern outset shall be not less than 32 mm and 38 mm for high-level and low-level cisterns respectively.

b) The screw thread for connection to the flush pipe shall not be less than size

1½ of IS 2643 (Part 3). In the case of polyethylene and unplasticized PVC flush pipes, the upper end of the flush pipe shall be provided with suitable means of ensuring and maintaining a watertight and airtight joint to the flushing cistern. When ordered for use with a flush pipe, the outlet connection may be supplied with coupling nut made of copper based alloy or other noncorrodible material and a plain tail piece having a minimum length of 60 mm.

The centre of the outlet hole shall be generally central to the length of the cistern. The length of the outlet shall be 37±2 mm in case of interchangeable siphon; however, where integral siphon is provided, the outlet length shall be

20±2 mm.

Note: The length of the cistern outlet shall be the dimension from the bottom surface of the cistern to the end of the outlet after the cistern with siphon/ stand pipe has been duly fitted with all washers, lock-nuts, etc.

1.4.2.10

Inlet and Overflow Holes a) The cistern shall be provided with inlet and overflow holes, situated one at each end, which shall be capable of accommodating overflow pipe of not less than 20 mm nominal bore and a 15 mm size float valve. The holes shall be cleanly molded or drilled and the adjacent surfaces shall be smooth.

1.4.2.11

Float Valve a) The float valve shall be 15 mm nominal size and shall conform to IS 1703 or

IS 12234 or IS 13049.

1.4.2.12

Operating Mechanism Lever a) The operating mechanism/lever shall not project beyond the side of the

Page 113 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar cistern for a distance greater than 350 mm measured from the centre of the cistern to the end of the lever arm. The lever arm shall be provided with a suitable hole near the end through which a split rings or S-hook can be inserted. A string (chain) shall be attached to the ring or hook. When S-hook is employed, it shall be effectively closed after assembly to prevent accidental disconnection.

b) In the case of low-level cisterns, where the mechanism is handle operated, the handle, whether situated on the front (Face Plate) or at the end of the cistern, shall be within the projection limit. Particular attention shall be given to the case of operation of the handle.

c) String (Chain)

The string (chain) shall be of such strength as to sustain a dead load of 500 N without any apparent or permanent deformation.

The string (chain) shall terminate in a suitable handle or pull made of a molding in any heat resisting and non-absorbent plastic or any other equally suitable material. The finish shall be smooth and all burrs which are liable to cause injury to the hand when gripped shall be removed.

d) Optionally, pneumatically operated flush push buttons/ plates/ Electronic sensors are to be provided for operation of cistern

1.4.2.13

Overflow Pipe a) The overflow pipe shall be of not less than 20 mm nominal bore and shall incorporate a non-corrodible mosquito-proof device secured in a manner which will permit it to be readily cleaned or renewed when necessary. No provision shall be made whereby the overflow from the cistern shall discharge directly into the water-closet or soil pipe without being detected.

b) The invert of the overflow pipe in the case of high-level and low level cisterns and the top edge of the overflow pipe in the case of coupled cistern shall be

19 mm (Min) above the working water level. In case of overflow due to any reason, water should drain out through the overflow pipe and not through the siphon pipe.

1.4.2.14

Finish

The surface of the cistern including cover shall be free from blisters and delamination and reasonably free from flow lines, streaking or colour variations. The cistern and cover shall be opaque to light.

1.4.3

Operational and Performance Requirements

1.4.3.1

Flushing Arrangement

The cistern under working conditions and with the float valve in closed position shall operate on a single operation of the operating mechanism/lever without

Page 114 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar calling for a sudden jerk in pulling. If a valve is used instead of siphon for flushing purposes, the valve shall be completely leak proof.

1.4.3.2

Working Water Level

The working water-level shall be a minimum of 6.5 cm. below the effective top edge of the cistern and shall be legibly and permanently marked on the inside of the cistern. Effective top edge shall be taken on edge after top of the body without considering bead.

1.4.3.3

Freedom from Self Siphonage

The siphon system shall be capable of being rapidly brought into action when the water is at the working water level, but shall not self siphon or leak into the flush pipe when the water is up to 1 cm above the invert of the overflow pipe.

1.4.3.4

Reduced Water Level

The discharge shall operate satisfactorily when the cistern is filled to a level up to

1 cm. below the working water level.

1.4.3.5

Discharge Capacity

When tested in accordance with IS 7231, cistern of 5 liters and 10 liters capacities, when required to give a full flush, shall respectively discharge 5 liters and 10 liters with variation of ± 0.5 liters. Dual-flush cistern of 10 liters capacity shall discharge alternatively a short flush of 5 ± 0.5 liters. Dual flush cistern of 6/3 or 4/2.6 liters capacity shall discharge 6 ± 0.5 liters or 4 ± 0.5 liters and alternatively a half flush of 3 ± 0.5 or 2.6 ± 0.5 liters.

1.4.3.6

Discharge Rate

When tested in accordance with IS 7231, the discharge rate shall be 10 ± 0.5

liters within 6 seconds and 5 ± 0.5 liters within 3 seconds for cistern of capacities

10 liters and 5 liters and 6 ± 0.5 liters within 6 second and 3 ± 0.5 liters within 3 second for cistern of 6/3 liters capacity respectively. The cistern shall be so designed that there is no appreciable variation in the force of the flush during the discharge of the required quantity of water. For coupled cisterns, this test shall not be applicable.

1.4.4

Special Requirements

1.4.4.1

Distortion Resistance Test

The cisterns, complete with its fittings, shall be installed and filled with water to the marked water line and observed for any distortion. The cistern shall not budge more than 6 mm and the cover shall not be dislodged.

1.4.4.2

Dead Load Test

When the flushing mechanism incorporates chain pull or hand operated lever, the cistern, complete with its fittings, when installed and filled with water to the marked water line and tested by the application of a dead load of 230 N applied 6 mm from the end of the operating lever arm for 30 seconds, shall not distort to

Page 115 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar such an extent that any part becomes detached. In the case of other operating mechanism, the dead load applied shall be a mass equivalent to the operating force required to overcome the normal hydrostatic head; Thirty seconds after the load is removed, the function and appearance of the cistern shall not be impaired.

1.4.4.3

Front Thrust Test

The front thrust test shall be applied only to cisterns intended for low level use.

The cistern complete with its fittings, when installed and filled with water to the marked water line and tested by the method described in IS 7231, shall not distort to such an extent as to be inoperable or unsightly when the load is removed.

1.4.4.4

Impact Test

The cistern, complete with its fittings, when installed and filled as described in IS

7231 shall show no defect after one impact. Repeat the test but with the cistern empty. The cistern shall show no defect after the further impact.

1.4.5

RATES

1.4.5.1

Concealed/ Exposed high/ low level cistern with flush pipe.

1.4.5.2

Operating mechanism like lever/ chain/ pneumatic push buttons/ push plates/ electronic sensor.

1.4.5.3

Fixing Brackets, Accessories & Hardware.

1.4.5.4

Jointing & fixing material.

1.4.5.5

Cutting hole/ cutout in wall wherever required and making all damage good to original condition after completion of work.

1.4.5.6

Painting all the metallic parts with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer.

1.4.5.7

Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any.

1.4.5.8

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.4.6

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.4.6.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of Flushing Cistern fixed.

1.4.7

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.4.7.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of Flushing Cistern fixed.

1.5

LAVATORY BASIN

1.5.1

SCOPE

1.5.1.1

The item pertains to for providing flat back/ angle back/ over or under counter type, with or without pedestal colored or white glazed vitreous china/ glass of best quality, size, shape and type specified in the Schedule of Quantities or as directed by Architect including all accessories & fixing, testing & commissioning.

Page 116 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.5.2

MATERICAL

1.5.2.1

Wash basin shall conform to IS 2556 (Part IV) and I.S. 771-1979 & shall be of one piece construction.

1.5.2.2

Wash basin shall be provided with single tap/ double tap holes of size 28 mm square or 30 mm rounded.

1.5.2.3

Half/ full Pedestal shall be of same glazing as that of wash basin.

1.5.2.4

Each basin shall be provided with 32mm diameter C.P. waste coupling with overflow, pop-up waste or rubber plug and chain as given in the schedule of quantities, 32mm diameter C.P. Brass bottle trap with C.P. pipe to wall, flexible to angle cock and flange.

1.5.2.5

Waste Coupling shall confirm to IS 3311, and as specified in the item and of approved make. Waste fittings shall be of with thickness of coating not less than service Grade No.2 of IS 4827 which is capable of receiving polish and will not easily scale off. The fitting shall conform in all respect to IS 2963 and shall sound, free from laps below, holes and fittings and other manufacturing defect. External and internal surface shall be clean and smooth. They shall be neatly dressed.

The waste fitting for wash basin shall be of nominal size of 32 mm.

1.5.2.6

The bottle trap shall be as specified in the item and of approved make. The bottle-trap shall be provided with a CP brass extension piece to the wall flange on one hand and on the other with a rubber adopter for waste connection.

1.5.2.7

Bottle trap shall be of thickness of coating not less than service grade No. 2 of IS

4827 which is capable of receiving polish and will not easily scale off. The fitting shall conform in all respect of IS 2963 and shall be sound, free from laps below, holes and fittings and other manufacturing defects. External and internal surface shall be clean and smooth. They shall be neatly dressed and be truly machined so that nut smoothly moves on the body. The Bottle trap for wash basin shall be of nominal size of 32 mm.

1.5.2.8

PVC water inlet connection shall conform to IS specifications and shall be of standard pattern with flexible hose of minimum 450 mm long with CP brass check nut at both the end and shall be able to withstand the testing pressure of 1 Mpa

(10 kg/sq. cm.)

1.5.2.9

Each basin shall be provided with manual taps/ mixing (mono or thermostatic type) fitting/ sensor tap as specified in the schedule of quantities.

1.5.3

FIXING

1.5.3.1

Wash basin shall be wall bracket mounted or half/ full pedestal mounted or over/ under counter mounted as specified in schedule of quantities or as directed by

Page 117 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Architect.

1.5.3.2

Wash basin shall be securely fixed to wall with R.S. or C.I. brackets and clips embedded in cement concrete (1:2:4) block of 100 x 75 x 150 mm.

1.5.3.3

The MS angle shall be provided with two coats of red oxide primer and two coats of synthetic enamel paint of make, brand and colour as approved by the

Architect/ Consultants.

1.5.3.4

In case of Counter mounted, Oval/ Round shape wash basins are required to be installed in RCC platform/ counter with stone topping either fully sunk in stone top or flush on stone topping.

1.5.3.5

The wall plaster on seat shall be cut to rest over the top edge of basin so as not to leave any gap for water seepage through between wall plaster and skirting of basin. The gap between wall & basin shall be finished with matching white cement.

1.5.4

RATES

1.5.4.1

Wash basin with/ without pedestal.

1.5.4.2

Brackets, Accessories & Hardware.

1.5.4.3

CP Waste Coupling, Bottle trap, flexible pipe.

1.5.4.4

Angle cock, Taps/ Sensor faucet, Mixer (if called in BOQ).

1.5.4.5

Jointing & fixing material.

1.5.4.6

Cutting hole/ wall wherever required and making all damage good to original condition after completion of work.

1.5.4.7

Painting all the metallic parts with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer.

1.5.4.8

Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any.

1.5.4.9

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.5.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.5.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of Wash basin fixed.

1.5.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.5.6.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of Wash basin fixed.

1.6

FLUSH VALVE

1.6.1

SCOPE

1.6.1.1

The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass flush valve or brass exposed/ concealed type flush valve with lever/ push button or plate/ sensor operated with necessary accessories including fixing, testing & Commissioning for Urinals &

Water Closets.

Page 118 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.6.2

MATERIAL

1.6.2.1

The Flush valve shall be nominal diameter as specified in the schedule of quantities.

1.6.2.2

It shall be of C.P. brass approved and heavy quality, and shall conform to I.S.

9758.

1.6.2.3

The flush valve shall have working pressure of 0.15 to 0.5 Mpa. The valve shall be tested to a Hydraulic pressure of 2 Mpa for 2 minutes.

1.6.2.4

Flush valve shall have either single flow discharge or twin flow discharge per flush as specified in schedule of quantities

1.6.3

FIXING

1.6.3.1

Flush value shall be fixed to the pipe line as indicated in the drawing with necessary special as required or as ordered by Engineer in charge.

1.6.3.2

Jointing shall be done with white zinc, spun yarn/ Teflon tape etc.

1.6.3.3

A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil/ Teflon tape shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof.

1.6.3.4

Flush valve shall be fixed either exposed or concealed in shaft/ wall with manual lever/ push button/ plate operation or with infrared sensor.

1.6.4

RATE

1.6.4.1

Flush Valve of size, type & operation as mentioned in schedule of quantities.

1.6.4.2

Accessories & Hardware, wall flanges.

1.6.4.3

Jointing & fixing material.

1.6.4.4

Cutting hole– cutout in floor/ wall wherever required and making all damage good to original condition after completion of work.

1.6.4.5

Painting all the metallic parts with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer.

1.6.4.6

Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any.

1.6.4.7

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.6.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.6.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of flush valve fixed.

1.6.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.6.6.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of flush valve fixed.

Page 119 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.7

HEALTH FAUCET

1.7.1

SCOPE

1.7.1.1

The item pertains for providing chromium plated Health Faucet as specified in the schedule or as directed by Architect including all accessories & fixing, testing & commissioning.

1.7.2

MATERIAL

1.7.2.1

The health faucet shall be brass chromium plated or plastic or as specified in schedule of quantities. The chromium plating shall be of grade 'B' type conforming to I.S. 1068-2958.

1.7.2.2

Health faucet shall be provided with 1 mtr long flexible PVC tube and CP brass wall hook etc.

1.7.3

FIXING

1.7.3.1

The health faucet Hook & health faucet shall be fixed in position as per drawings or as directed by Architect/ EIC.

1.7.3.2

The height shall be approx 45cm from floor level if not mentioned in the drawing.

1.7.3.3

The one end of 1.0 meter long pipe shall be connected to faucet & other end to the angle cock.

1.7.4

RATE

1.7.4.1

Health Faucet & flexible PVC hose/ tube.

1.7.4.2

Accessories, Hardware, mounting hook.

1.7.4.3

Jointing & fixing material.

1.7.4.4

Cutting/ drilling hole– cutout in wall wherever required and making all damage good to original condition after completion of work.

1.7.4.5

Painting all the metallic parts with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer.

1.7.4.6

Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any.

1.7.4.7

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.7.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.7.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of Health Faucet fixed.

1.7.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.7.6.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of Health Faucet fixed.

1.8

PILLAR TAP

Page 120 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.8.1

SCOPE

1.8.1.1

The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass pillar tap of type, lever

(spatula) operated or Pressmatic type as specified including fixing, testing & commissioning.

1.8.2

MATERIAL

1.8.2.1

The pillar tap shall be 15 mm nominal size or as specified in the schedule.

1.8.2.2

Fancy type pillar tap shall be of C.P. brass approved quality and shall conform to

I.S. 8931. Non fancy pillar tap shall be chromium plated-brass and shall conform to IS 1795.

1.8.2.3

Casting of Pillar tap shall be sound and free from laps, blow hole and pitting.

1.8.2.4

External and internal surface shall be clean, smooth and free from sand and be neatly dressed.

1.8.2.5

All the parts fitted to pillar tap shall be axial, parallel and cylindrical with surfaces smoothly finished.

1.8.2.6

The minimum of finish weight of Pillar tap shall not be less than 650 grams (body weight 250 Gms, washer plate loose valve 150 Gms and back nut 40 Gms.

1.8.2.7

Thickness of C.P coating shall not be less than service grade no.2 of IS 4827 and plating should be capable of taking high polish which shall not easily tarnish or scale.

1.8.3

FIXING

1.8.3.1

Pillar tap shall be fixed to the pipe line as indicated in the drawing with necessary special as required or as ordered by Engineer-in-charge.

1.8.3.2

Jointing shall be done with white zinc, spun yarn/Teflon tape etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil/ Teflon tape shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness.

1.8.3.3

Pillar tap shall withstand and internally applied hydraulic pressure of 2 Mpa (20 kg/sq.cm) for period of 2 minutes during which period, it shall neither leak nor sweat. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof without any extra cost from the contractor.

1.8.4

RATE

1.8.4.1

Pillar Tap.

Page 121 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.8.4.2

Wall flanges, Hardware & Accessories.

1.8.4.3

Jointing & Fixing material.

1.8.4.4

Cutting/ drilling hole– cutout in floor/ wall wherever required and making all damage good to original condition after completion of work.

1.8.4.5

Painting all the metallic parts with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer.

1.8.4.6

Testing the system and rectification of defects if any.

1.8.4.7

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.8.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.8.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of pillar tap fixed.

1.8.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.8.6.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of pillar tap fixed.

1.9

BIB TAP/ STOP COCK/ ANGLE COCK

1.9.1

SCOPE

1.9.1.1

The item pertains for providing chromium plated Bib Tap/ Stop cock/ Angular

Stop cock/ Angle Valve type (i.e. Pressmatic or threaded)& size as specified in

1.9.2

the schedule or as directed by Architect including all accessories & fixing, testing

& commissioning.

MATERIAL

1.9.2.1

It shall be 15 mm. dia. brass screw down type with chromium plating, and shall conform to I.S. 781-1977. The taps shall be quarter or full threaded. The bib cock shall be best Indian make and quality as specified in item and approved by

Architect/ Engineer In Charge.

1.9.2.2

A bib cock (stop tab) is a draw off tap with a horizontal inlet and free outlet and stop cock (stop tap) is a valve with a suitable means of connections for insertion in a pipeline for controlling or stopping the flow. They shall be of specified size and shall be of screw down type. The closing device should work by means of shuts against water pressure on a non-metallic washer, which shuts against water pressure on a seating at right angles to the exit of the threaded spindle, which operates it. The handle shall be either crutch or butterfly type securely seated pattern. The cocks (taps) shall open in anti-clockwise direction.

1.9.2.3

Brass bib taps and stop cocks and angle stop cocks shall conform to IS 781, they shall be polished bright. The minimum finished weight of different sizes

1.9.2.4

of bib tap weight of 15 mm size bib tap and stop cock shall be as per table given below. They shall be sound and free from taps, blow hole and fitting. Internal &

External surface shall be clean, smooth and free from sand and neatly dressed.

Taps shall be nickel chromium plated and thickness of coating shall not be less than service grade No.2 of IS 4827 and plating shall be capable of taking high

Page 122 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar polish which shall not be easily tarnished.

1.9.2.5

Minimum finished mass of Bib Taps and Stop Valves as per IS: 781:1984

(Reaffirmed 2001).

Size

MM

8.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

32.0

40.0

50.0

FIXING

Bib Taps

KG

0.250

0.330

0.400

0.750

1.250

-

-

-

MINIMUM FINISHED MASS

Internally threaded

KG

0.220

0.330

0.330

0.675

1.180

1.680

2.090

3.700

Stop valves

Externally threaded

KG

0.250

0.350

0.400

0.750

1.300

1.800

2.250

3.850

1.9.3

1.9.3.1

The body of stop cock of 15mm diameter with adjustable flange shall be as specified above shall be fixed on water supply line keeping the arrow in the direction of flow as per drawing or as directed.

1.9.3.2

Transition male/ female adapter with shall be used on either side for PVC pipes.

Mixed threaded

KG

0.235

0.325

0.365

0.710

1.250

1.750

2.170

3.750

1.9.3.3

The threaded portion shall be smeared with white or red lead and around with a few turns of fine spun yarn/ Teflon tape round the screwed end of the cock.

1.9.3.4

On completion the of tiling work ,the outer part of stop cock shall be fixed to the brass body

1.9.3.5

Every tap complete with its component shall with stand an internally applied hydraulic pressure of 2 Mpa (20 kg/sq.cm) maintained for a period of 2 minutes during the period it shall neither leak nor sweat. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof without any extra cost from contractor.

1.9.4

RATES

1.9.4.1

Bib Tap/ Angle Valve/ Stop cock as specified in Schedule of Quantities.

1.9.4.2

Wall flanges & Hardware.

1.9.4.3

Jointing & fixing material.

1.9.4.4

Cutting/ drilling hole– cutout in floor/ wall wherever required and making all damage good to original condition after completion of work.

1.9.4.5

Painting all the metallic parts with two coats of flat oil paint over a coat of primer.

1.9.4.6

Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any.

Page 123 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.9.4.7

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.9.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.9.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of Bib tap/Stop Cock/Angle Valve fixed.

1.9.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.9.6.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of Bib tap/Stop Cock/Angle Valve fixed.

1.10

WASTE COUPLING

1.10.1

SCOPE

1.10.1.1

The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass waste coupling including fixing, testing & commissioning.

1.10.2

MATERIAL

1.10.2.1

Waste Coupling shall confirm to IS 3311.

1.10.2.2

Waste fittings shall be of CP with thickness of CP coating not less than service

Grade No.2 of IS 4827 which is capable of receiving polish and will not easily scale off.

1.10.2.3

The fitting shall conform in all respect to IS 2963 and shall sound, free from laps below, holes and other manufacturing defects. External and internal surface shall be clean and smooth. They shall be neatly dressed.

1.10.2.4

The waste fitting for wash basin shall be of nominal size of 32 mm and for sink shall be nominal size 40/50 mm unless otherwise specified.

1.10.3

FIXING

1.10.3.1

Waste coupling shall be fixed to wash basin, sink or urinal as ordered with necessary specials. Jointing shall be done with white zinc, yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in the linseed oil shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness. Leaky joint shall be remade to make it leak proof.

1.10.4

RATE

1.10.4.1

Waste coupling with necessary specials.

1.10.4.2

Jointing & fixing material.

1.10.4.3

Necessary civil work and making good to original condition after completion of work.

Page 124 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.10.4.4

Testing the system and rectification of defects if any.

1.10.4.5

All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

1.10.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.10.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of waste coupling fixed.

1.10.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.10.6.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of waste coupling fixed.

1.11

BOTTLE TRAP

1.11.1

SCOPE

1.11.1.1

The item pertains to provide chromium plated brass bottle trap including fixing.

1.11.2

MATERIAL

1.11.2.1

Bottle trap shall be of C.P brass with thickness of CP coating not less than service grade No. 2 of IS 4827 which is capable of receiving polish and will not easily scale off.

1.11.2.2

The fitting shall conform in all respect of IS 2963 and shall be sound, free from laps below, holes and other manufacturing defects. External and internal surface shall be clean and smooth. They shall be neatly dressed and be truly machined so that nut smoothly moves on the body.

1.11.2.3

The Bottle trap for wash basin & urinal shall be of nominal size of 32 mm and for sink shall be nominal size 40/50 mm. unless otherwise specified.

1.11.3

FIXING

1.11.3.1

Bottle trap shall be fixed to wash basin, sink or urinal as indicated in the drawing with necessary specials or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.

1.11.3.2

Jointing shall be done with white zinc, spun yarn etc. A few turns of fine hemp yarn dipped in linseed oil/ Teflon tape shall be taken over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness. Leaky joint shall remake to make it leak proof.

1.11.4

RATE

1.11.4.1

Bottle trap with necessary specials.

1.11.4.2

Jointing & fixing material.

1.11.4.3

Necessary civil work and making good to original condition after completion of work.

1.11.4.4

Testing the system and rectification of defects if any.

Page 125 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.11.4.5

All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

1.11.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.11.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of bottle trap fixed.

1.11.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.11.6.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of bottle trap fixed.

1.12

TOWEL ROD/ TOWEL RING

1.12.1

SCOPE

1.12.1.1

The item includes providing Towel rod/ towel ring of size as mentioned in the schedule including fixing.

1.12.2

MATERIAL

1.12.2.1

Towel rail shall be of SS or C.P brass with two CP brass bracket coated with chromium plating of thickness not less than grade No.2 of IS 4827.

1.12.2.2

The size of rail shall be 600 mm x 20 mm diameter unless otherwise specified in the schedule.

1.12.2.3

Towel ring of SS/ CP brass with one CP brass bracket with thickness not less than Grade No.2 of IS 4827.

1.12.2.4

The diameter of the ring shall be 175 mm unless otherwise specified in the schedule. The diameter of ring rod shall not be less than 8 mm.

1.12.3

FIXING

1.12.3.1

The towel rod/ ring shall be fixed to proper line and level as indicated in drawing with CP brass screws, wooden raw plug, drilling hole etc. and making good the wall to original condition after fixing the towel rod.

1.12.4

RATE

1.12.4.1

Towel rod rail/ ring CP brackets & screws etc.

1.12.4.2

Fixing material.

1.12.4.3

All necessary labor, material and the use tools.

1.12.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.12.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of towel rod fixed.

1.12.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

Page 126 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.12.6.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of towel rod fixed

1.13

1.13.1

SOAP DISH

SCOPE

1.13.1.1

The item includes providing white or color glazed chinaware type or CP brass or

Glass soap dish of size as mentioned in the schedule including fixing.

1.13.2

MATERIAL

1.13.2.1

Soap Dish shall be of SS/ CP brass or vitreous China on specified and of size, design an approved by the Engineer in charge. Soap Dish shall conform to relevant IS standard and should have ISI certification mark.

1.13.3

FIXING

1.13.3.1

Soap Dish shall be fixed in position by means of C.P brass covers and rawl plug embedded in the wall.

1.13.3.2

Vitreous china Soap Dish shall fixed in recessed manner into the wall with 1:2 cement mortar. The pocket shall be cut in wall, if not left, finishing the gap with white/ matching cement.

1.13.3.3

Chrome plated Brass soap dish can be surface mounted by means of CP/ SS screws.

1.13.4

RATE

1.13.4.1

Soap dish.

1.13.4.2

Accessories & Hardware.

1.13.4.3

Cutting the pocket if they are not left in case of recessed fixing & drilling hole in wall in case of surface mounting.

1.13.4.4

Jointing & fixing material.

1.13.4.5

All necessary labor, material and the use of tools.

1.13.5

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.13.5.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of soap dish fixed.

1.13.6

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.13.6.1

Contract rate shall be for each unit of soap dish fixed.

1.14

MIRROR

Page 127 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.14.1

SCOPE

The item pertains to provide Mirrors of size as specified including fixing.

MATERIAL & FIXING 1.14.2

1.14.2.1

Size of the mirror shall be as specified in schedule of quantities or as directed by

Architect. It shall be generally of make as specified in the approved make list or as directed by Architect.

1.14.2.2

Mirror shall be with or without beveled edges.

1.14.2.3

Mirrors shall be free from all defects & shall give clear undisturbed image at any distance or angle.

1.14.2.4

Mirror shall be mounted on asbestos sheet or 6 mm plywood with brass countersunk screws & washers & detachable G.P. caps

1.14.3

RATES

1.14.3.1

Mirrors

1.14.3.2

Brackets, Accessories & Hardware.

1.14.3.3

Jointing & fixing material.

1.14.3.4

Making all damage good to original condition after completion of installation work.

1.14.3.5

Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any.

1.14.3.6

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.14.4

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.14.4.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of Mirror fixed.

1.14.5

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.14.5.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of Mirror fixed.

1.15

MULTI FLOOR TRAP

1.15.1

SCOPE

1.15.1.1

The item pertains to provide multi floor traps with grating including fixing, testing

& commissioning.

1.15.2

MATERIAL & FIXING

1.15.2.1

The trap shall be of cast iron or PVC or SS as specified in schedule of quantities.

1.15.2.2

The trap shall be provided with SS/ CP brass/ PVC grating of size 100/ 150 mm size as specified in schedule of quantities.

Page 128 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.15.2.3

The trap shall have generally water seal not less than 50 mm.

1.15.2.4

The trap shall have 150/ 100 mm inlet & 40/ 50/ 75/ 100 mm multiple outlets.

1.15.2.5

The trap & waste pipe shall be fixed in PCC 1:2:4, 100 mm around up to finished floor with water tight finishing & shall be firmly supported on structural floor.

1.15.3

RATES

1.15.3.1

Multi floor trap with grating cover.

1.15.3.2

Jointing & fixing material.

1.15.3.3

Making all damage good to original condition after completion of installation work.

1.15.3.4

Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any.

1.15.3.5

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.15.4

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.15.4.1

The measurement shall be for each unit of Multi floor trap with grating fixed.

1.15.5

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.15.5.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of Multi floor trap with grating fixed.

1.16

uPVC PIPE & FITTINGS

1.16.1

SCOPE

1.16.1.1

The item includes supplying of PVC pipes with fittings of specified diameter including laying, fixing, cutting, joining, painting etc.

1.16.2

MATERIAL

1.16.2.1

The uPVC pipe size & pressure class shall be as specified in schedule of quantities.

1.16.2.2

The pipes shall conform to IS: 4985 with its latest edition. Fittings shall confirm to

IS: 7834 with its latest edition.

1.16.2.3

Fittings shall be of the same make as that of pipes. It shall be injection molded type.

1.16.2.4

PVC pipes and fittings shall be visually inspected before laying & shall be free from cracks, flaws and defects and shall be able to withstand a pressure as mentioned in the schedule of quantities. Cracked & damaged pipe shall be removed from the site by the contractor at his own cost. All the pipes and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned with brush and washed if necessary to remove any accumulated stone, soil or dirt inside and outside surfaces.

1.16.2.5

The pipe shall be provided with bends, junctions, inspection doors, offsets, cowl,

Page 129 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar access pieces/ plugs etc. jointing with Solvent cement (lubricant) including cutting holes in walls and making good the same. The Access door shall be secured air and water tight with 3mm thick insertion rubber washer and white lead. The bolts shall be lubricated with grease or white lead for easy removal.

1.16.2.6

Lubricant/ solvent cement: It is available in 100 Gms, 250 Gms & 500 Gms packing. It is specially formulated for compatibility with rubber seal as well as

PVC. It does not support the growth of bacteria or fungi. Solvent joints shall be used as per manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.16.3

JOINTING & FIXING

1.16.3.1

The jointing of the pipes to the fittings shall be done as per the manufacturer’s instructions/ recommendation.

The rubber ring socket fittings and pipes shall be jointed as follows:

The pipes and sockets shall be accurately cut. Care shall be taken that that profile or cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous material shall be removed with scraper or knife. Clean the outside of the pipes spigot end and the inside of the ceiling groove of the fitting. Apply the lubricant/ solvent cement uniformly to the spigot end, sealing ring and pass the spigot end into the socket containing sealing ring until fully home.

Since solvent cement is aggressive to P.V.C., care must be taken to avoid applying excessive cement to the inside of pipe sockets as any surplus cement cannot be wiped off after jointing. Mark the position of the socket edge with pencil or felt open on the pipe, then withdraw the pipe from the socket by approximately

10 mm to make the pipe fully fitted to the fitting.

1.16.3.2

Detachable joints shall be made where pipes of different materials have to be jointed or as specified in the schedule. The flanges are first pushed over the pipe ends and jointing shall be made by cement solvent.

1.16.4

If manufacture recommends its own methods of jointing, the same shall be adopted after necessary approval from the Engineer in charge.

UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION

1.16.4.1

Pipe shall be laid in trenches of appropriate size. The trench bottom shall be carefully examined for the presence of hard objects such as flints, rock projection or tree roots etc. Pipe shall be embedded in sand or soft soil, free from rock & gravel, back fill 150mm above the pipe shall also be of fine sand or soft soil. Pipe shall not be painted. The width of trench shall not be less than outside diameter of pipe plus 300 mm in case of gravel soils. Pipe shall be laid at-least 900 mm below the ground level (measured from the surface of the ground to the top of pipe).

Page 130 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.16.4.2

The entire length of pipe shall be evenly supported on bed of the trench throughout. Care shall be taken to prevent any sand, earth or other materials from entering into the pipes during laying. At the end of day's work the open end shall be suitably plugged.

1.16.4.3

The pipe shall also be encased if required as per site condition.

1.16.4.4

The work shall include bailing or pumping out all the water till completion or work if accumulated during the progress of work either from seepage, springs, rain or any other cause.

1.16.5

OVER GROUND INSTALLATION

1.16.5.1

For over ground exposed installation, to take care of thermal expansion, due allowance shall be made for any change in length of pipe line.

1.16.5.2

The pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The pipe shall be fixed with G.I. clamps not less than 2 mm thick or with suitable PVC clamps.

1.16.5.3

The clamps shall be fixed into the wall with G.I. nails not less than 40 mm long and wooden gutty. Spacing between clamps for fixing internal piping shall be as given below:

Pipe diameter

20 mm

25 mm

32 mm

40 mm

50 mm

For Horizontal Runs

700 mm

750 mm

825 mm

975 mm

975 mm

For Vertical Runs

1050 mm

1125 mm

1240 mm

1460 mm

1460 mm

1.16.5.4

The underground/ over ground pipes shall be carefully laid straight to the correct alignment or in gradients as indicated in the drawing. The entire pipe shall be used in standard length as far as possible. Cut length may be used only where it is necessary to make up exact length.

1.16.5.5

Pipes inside a toilet room shall be in chase unless otherwise shown on drawings.

Where required pipes may be run at ceiling level and supported on structural with clamps.

1.16.5.6

In case of fixing of pipes and fittings on the slab & below flooring (sunk slab), these shall run on the surface of the slab under the floors, the pipe shall be laid in layer of sand filling & then apply PCC cover of 1:4:8 on the pipe.

1.16.6

PAINTING

1.16.6.1

If mentioned in schedule of work, the exposed pipe line shall be painted with two

Page 131 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar coats of approved oil paint of matching color over a coat of primer. Underground pipe line shall not be painted.

1.16.7

TESTING

1.16.7.1

Solvent welded pipe shall not be pressure tested until at least 24 hours after the last solvent cemented joint has been done. The openings of the pipes shall be sealed for the section to be tested. All control valves shall be positioned open for the duration of the test and open end closed with water tight fittings. The testing pressure on completion of the work shall not be less than 1.5 times the working pressure of the pipes.

1.16.7.2

Pressure shall be applied either by hand pump or power driven pump. Pressure gauges shall be calibrated, correctly positioned and closely observed to ensure that at no time are the test pressure exceeded. The systems shall be slowly and carefully filled with water to avoid surge pressure or water hammer. Air vents shall be open at all high points so that air may be expelled from the system during filling.

1.16.7.3

When the system has been fully charged with water and air displaced from the line air vent shall be closed and the line initially inspected for seepage at joints and firmness of supports under load. Pressure is reached. Without any additional requirement of make-up-water the test pressure should not fall more than 0.02 Mpa (0.2 kg./sq.cm)at the end of one hour test duration.

1.16.7.4

The water pressure shall be maintained for minimum of two hour with accurate pressure gauge. The engineer shall examine carefully all the joints for leakage.

Any joint found leaking shall be redone, and all leaking pipes removed and replaced without extra cost.

1.16.8

RATES

1.16.8.1

PVC pipes and fittings of specified diameter & pressure class.

1.16.8.2

Laying and cutting the pipe wherever necessary and wastage.

1.16.8.3

Underground installation with all necessary civil work if specified in bill of quantities like excavation, dewatering, backfilling, bedding, encasing, etc.

over ground installation with supports/ clamps, accessories required.

Or

1.16.8.4

Making the solution joint, painting the pipe line if mentioned in schedule of quantities.

1.16.8.5

Making all damage good to original condition after completion of installation work.

1.16.8.6

Testing the entire system and rectification of defects if any.

1.16.8.7

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.16.9

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.16.9.1

The measurement shall be for unit running meter length of pipe line laid of fixed.

The measurement shall be taken along the center line of pipe. No measurement

Page 132 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar shall be recorded separately for fittings, making joint, supports, clamps, civil work, painting if mentioned in schedule of quantities.

1.16.10

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.16.10.1 Mode of payment shall be Unit length of pipe line laid or fixed. No extra payment shall be made for fittings, making joint, supports, clamps, civil work, painting if mentioned in schedule of quantities.

1.17

GUN METAL/ BRASS COPPER ALLOY GATE/ GLOBE/ CHECK VALVE

1.17.1

SCOPE

1.17.1.1

The item includes provision valves of type, size & pressure class as mentioned in the schedule of quantities including fixing, testing & commissioning.

1.17.2

MATERIAL

1.17.2.1

Full way valve shall be of either Brass fitted with a cast iron hand wheel or Gun metal fitted with a C.I. hand wheel or copper alloy as the case may be. The weight of the full way gate valve shall be as per the table given below with a tolerance of 5 percent.

Diameterinmm

15

20

25

32

40

50

65

80

Flangedarch(Kg)

1.021

1.503

2.495

3.232

4.082

6.691

10.149

13.381

Screwedarch(Kg)

0.567

0.680

1.077

1.559

2.268

3.232

6.804

8.845

1.17.2.2

Check/NRV shall be either brass or Gun metal body with single door design

1.17.2.3

The valves shall have either screwed ends or flanged ends

ALL VALVES

1.17.2.3.1 All ball valves shall be heavy duty of approved make. Valves shall have suitable for pressure of PN 1.0/1.6.

1.17.2.3.2 Ball valves up to 80 mm shall have forged brass body, SS spindle & Teflon seat rings.

1.17.2.3.3 Ball valve shall conform to IS: 9890 or BS: 1868

1.17.2.4

SLUICE VALVES

Page 133 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.17.2.4.1 Sluice valves shall conform to IS 14846 with PN 1.0/1.6 rating as specified. Valve body shall be cast iron & spindle, valve seat & wedge nut shall be of gun metal.

The valve shall be generally non rising spindle design. The valve shall be provided with C.I. hand wheel for exposed installation & cap top for underground installation.

1.17.2.4.2 Valve shall be generally flanged ends & fitted by means of non corrosive bolt, nuts & asbestos fiber gaskets.

1.17.2.5

BUTTERFLY VALVE

1.17.2.5.1 All butterfly valves shall be heavy duty cast iron of approved make. The valves shall be suitable for PN 1 or PN 1.6 rating as specified & shall conform to IS:

13095 or BS: 5155. Valve shall be either wafer type design or flanged ends.

Valve body shall be of cast iron & disc shall be of C.I. / C.S with EPDM disc seal

& SS spindle. Valve shall have manual handle/ lever operation.

1.17.2.6

NON-RETURN VALVES

1.17.2.6.1 Non return valve shall be either lift single/ multi door type or spring operated check valves.

1.17.2.6.2 For sizing more than 50 mm, generally NRV shall be of Cast Iron body, CI / CS door.

1.17.2.6.3 Single door Non return valve shall conform to IS 5312 up to 600 mm. Size above

600 mm shall have multi door design. Spring operated shall conform to API

594/598 standard having spring for non slam action.

1.17.2.7

Material of Valves for hot water application shall withstand the temperature up to

80 deg. C.

1.17.2.8

Generally all internal valves (within the building) shall be of Gun Metal unless otherwise specified. All external installation on pipe line, plant rooms, etc. shall be of cast iron unless otherwise specified.

1.17.2.9

All valves up to 50 mm shall have screwed ends while all valves beyond 50 mm size shall have flanged ends. Flange dimensions shall conform to IS: 1538 Table

IV & VI or IS: 6392 PN 1.0/1.6

1.17.3

FIXING

1.17.3.1

The valves shall be fixed in position in the pipeline as shown in the drawing or as directed with necessary socket or union, nuts, flanges, hardware, gaskets, tail piece, etc. During installation, flow direction on the valve shall be checked.

1.17.3.2

Valves shall be preferably installed in horizontal position, except butterfly valves which can be fixed in the vertical position.

Page 134 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.17.3.3

Screwed valves after few turns shall be applied with Teflon tape over the threaded ends to obtain complete water tightness. Flanged joint shall be fixed with non corrosive bolts & nuts with suitable thickness asbestos fiber gasket conforming to IS 638 for water tightness.

1.17.4

TESTING

1.17.4.1

The valves shall be body & seat tested at manufacturer’s works as per the relevant standard & duly stamped. Test certificate shall be submitted for material

& hydraulic testing.

1.17.4.2

After fixing in the pipelines, the system shall be hydraulically tested for 1.5 times working pressure or 10 kg/cm2 whichever is higher for minimum 4 hrs without any pressure drop. In case of leakage, contractor shall rectify/replace valves at his own cost

1.17.4.3

Valves shall also be tested for its hand wheel/ lever function by frequent on-off operation.

1.17.5

RATES

1.17.5.1

Valve of required type, size & pressure rating.

1.17.5.2

Fixing & jointing material.

1.17.5.3

Painting.

1.17.5.4

Making all damage good to original condition after completion of installation work.

1.17.5.5

Testing.

1.17.5.6

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.17.6

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.17.6.1

The measurement shall be for each unit valve of specified diameter fixed.

1.17.7

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.17.7.1

The contract rate shall be for each unit of valve of specified diameter fixed. No extra payment shall be made for G.I. fittings used in fixing of the valve.

1.18

1.18.1

UPVC- SWR PIPING WORK

SCOPE

1.18.1.1

The item includes supplying of UPVC soil, waste and rain water (SWR) and ventilation pipes with fittings of specified diameter including laying, fixing, cutting, joining, painting if required etc.

1.18.2

MATERIAL

1.18.2.1

The pipes shall conforming to IS 13592, UPVC - SWR (Type ‘A’ or ‘B’ as

Page 135 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar specified) and fittings conforming to IS 13591 shall be free from cracks, flaws and defects and shall be U.V. stabilized and able to withstand a pressure as mentioned in the schedule of work. Rubber sealing rings conforming to IS: 5382 with lubricant for sliding socket joints as mentioned in the schedule of work.

1.18.2.2

EXAMINING

Before laying the pipe line, it shall be first examined for damages and cracks, No cracked or damaged pipe and fittings shall be used in the work and they shall be removed from the site by the contractor at his own cost and charge.

1.18.2.3

CLEANING

All the pipes and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned with brush and washed if necessary to remove any accumulated stone, soil or dirt inside and outside surfaces.

1.18.3

LAYING, FIXING & JOINTING

1.18.3.1

The pipes shall be carefully laid straight to the correct alignment in gradients as indicated in the drawing. The entire pipe shall be used in standard length as far as possible. Cut length may be used only where it is necessary to make up exact length. The entire length of pipe shall be evenly supported on bed of the trench throughout. Care shall be taken to prevent any sand, earth or other materials from entering into the pipes during laying. At the end of day's work the open end shall be suitably plugged.

1.18.3.2

The pipe line shall be fixed in position as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in- charge. The pipe shall be fixed with G.I. clamps not less than

2.0 mm thick of with suitable UPVC clamps/ clips, The clamps/ clips shall be fixed into the wall with G.I. nails not less than 40 mm long and wooden gutties keeping the pipe about 15 mm clear of the wall.

1.18.3.3

The jointing of pipes and fittings generally shall be done with approved make cement solvent including making surface rough or rubber sealing rings with lubricant for sliding socket joints . The pipe shall be cut to desired length. Care shall be taken that that profile or cut surfaces shall not be changed and the fibrous material shall be removed with scraper or knife.

1.18.4

DETACHABLE JOINT

1.18.4.1

Detachable joints shall be made where pipes of different materials have to be jointed or as specified in the schedule. The flanges are first pushed over the pipe ends and jointing shall be made by cement solvent.

1.18.5

PAINTING

Page 136 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.18.5.1

In case of underground piping, the pipe line shall be painted with two coats of approved oil paint of matching color over a coat of primer.

1.18.6

DEWATERING & CIVIL WORK

1.18.6.1

In case of underground pipes, the contract rate shall include bailing or pumping out all the water till completion or work if accumulated during the progress of work either from seepage, springs, rain or any other cause. The rate shall also include for excavation, refilling, etc. civil work required if specified in schedule of quantities. Pipe shall be laid with suitable bedding, encasing as per actual site condition. For concealed piping, chasing, drilling holes in wall, etc. shall be covered under the rate.

1.18.7

TESTING

1.18.7.1

The joints shall be tested by either smoke test for vertical stacks or 2.5 m head of water at the highest point of the section under test for horizontal drainage pipes.

Smoke shall be pumped into the pipes at the lowest end from a smoke machine which consists of a below and burner .The material usually burnt is greasy cotton waste which gives out a clear pungent smoke which is easily detectable by sight as well as by smell, if there is leak at any point of the drain. The water head test shall be carried out by suitably plugging the lower end of the drain and the ends of the connection if any and filling the system with water. A knuckle bend shall be temporarily jointed to it so as to provide required test head , or the top may be plugged with a connection to a hose ending in a funnel which could be raised or lowered till the required head is obtained and fixed suitable for observation. The leaky joints shall be remade and section re-tested at no extra cost.

1.18.8

RATES

1.18.8.1

Supplying of UPVC-SWR pipes and fittings of specified diameter.

1.18.8.2

Laying and cutting the pipe wherever necessary and wastage.

1.18.8.3

Fixing the pipe line with G.I. clamps not less than 2mm thick and G.I. / M.S. nails length not less than 40mm or with UPVC clamps, screws, wooden gutties etc.

1.18.8.4

Making the solution joint and painting if mentioned in schedule of work the pipe line.

1.18.8.5

All civil work required for concealed piping.

1.18.8.6

In case of underground pipes, dewatering if necessary till completion of work, excavation, refilling, etc civil work if specified in schedule of quantities.

1.18.8.7

Testing of pipes.

1.18.8.8

Making all damage good to original condition after completion of installation work.

1.18.8.9

All necessary materials, labor and use of tools.

1.18.9

MODE OF MEASUREMENT

1.18.9.1

The measurement shall be for unit running meter length of pipe line laid of fixed.

The measurement shall be taken along the center line of pipe. No measurement

Page 137 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar shall be recorded separately for fittings, making joint, painting, civil work if mentioned in schedule of work and testing.

1.18.10

MODE OF PAYMENT

1.18.10.1 The contract rate shall be for unit running meter length of pipe line laid or fixed.

2.0

PLUMBING MAKE LIST

SR ITEM DESCRIPTION

01 Sanitary ware

02

C P Fittings & Bathroom

Accessories

03 C P Grating

04 Ball Valve

05 Gun Metal Wheel Valve

06 UPVC Pipes/ Fittings

07 CPVC Pipes/ Fittings

08 SWR Pipes/Fittings

MAKE

As per Architect selection

As per Architect selection

Chilly/ Futura

Sent/ Zoloft/ Leader/ Honeywell

Sent/ Zoloft/ Leader/ Honeywell

Astral/ Supreme/ Finolex

Astral/ Supreme/ Finolex

Astral/ Supreme/ Finolex

Page 138 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

ELECTRICAL ITEM SPECIFICATION

SUMMARY PAGE

I.

B.

Electrical Works

Item Specifications

Section – 1

Section – 2

Section – 3

Section – 4

Section – 5

Section – 6

Section – 8

3

4

1

2

5

6

8

HT Breaker

Dry Type Transformer

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

LT Bus duct

Substation Equipment and Auxiliaries

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

LT Switchgear & power panels

LT Distribution Board

LT Cabling

Section – 9 9

Section – 10 10

Section – 11 11

Section – 12 12

Section – 13 13

Section – 14 14

Section – 15 15

Section – 16 16

Section – 17 17

Section - 18 18

Cable Termination

Cable Tray

Internal Wiring

Light Fixtures and Fans

Earthing

Miscellaneous

External Lighting

Lightning Arrestor

DG Set

UPS & Inverter

ELECTRICAL ITEM SPECIFICATIONS

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

5

.

0 LT SWITCH GEAR & POWER PANELS

Page 139 of 468

7 Cable Trench Not Applicable

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

5.1

Supplying, unloading at site, shifting to site, assembling, leveling, grouting, erecting, Testing, & Commissioning of L.T. panel board, fabricated from

CRCA sheet & folded channel totally enclosed cubical type compartmentalized as per drawings. All LT Panels as per SLD

specified.

1) Material

MV switch gear & power panel shall confirm E-5

2) Workmanship :

1) Main busbar should be electrolytic tinned copper type.

2) All internal wiring and all connection shall be with copper wires and strips as required. Use copper flexible wire for below 100 Amps and copper strips for

100 Amps and above ratings.

3) All component, frame etc shall be earthed. A common internal earth bar with two separate earthing leads to be provided.

4) Painting or powder coating to be done on all sheet metal works as required.

5) Panel should have MS base frame for floor mounting unless otherwise

6) The board should be front operated and extensible type.

7) Compression type brass glands and crimping lugs for incomer and outgoing ends.

8) All ammeters to be provided with C.T.'s and selector switch and voltmeter with selector switch and control fuses.

9) Panel components shall be as specified

10) The design and location of all panels to be approved by the architect/consultant before fabrication and

Installment.

11) All panels should be dust and vermin proof.

12) All panels should be fabricated out of 14 gauge sheet The door should be made from 14 gauge (2 mm) and the other parts should be made from 14 gauge sheet metal.

13) All meters should be digital type with communication port only unless and otherwise specified.

14) The metering on main panels shall be LOAD MANAGER with communication port unless and otherwise specified.

15) All the Switches used should be capable of withstanding the AC23 duty for motor operation. The

Page 140 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Switches should have quick make quick break. The contacts should be silver plated double break type.

16) Main LT Panel, Bus coupler and APFCR panel should be fabricated in the approximate length of 1 meter and depth of 1 meter compartment.

17) The board should withstand the system prospective fault current

18) Engraved plastic labels shall be provided indicating the feeder details, capacity, cable size and load in KW and danger signs.

19) The entire panel board should be with adequate height width & depth as per relevant prevailing I.S. code and Installation include foundation bolts of suitable size as per requirement.

20) All compartment doors should be concealed hinged type & handles of feeders to be interlocked mechanically with the doors such that door cannot be opened when the switch is in 'ON' position & switch cannot be 'ON' when the door is in open position.

21) Provide suitable size CT shorting terminal for all CT’s.

22) Provide suitable size Exhaust Fan for APFCR / RTPFC Panel.

23) All MCCB should be with breaking capacity of

I

cs

=

100%

I

cw

3)

6.0

6.1

Mode of measurement:

The rate shall be for one unit of panel.

LT DISTRIBUTION BOARD

Supplying, assembling, grouting, levelling, installation, Connecting & testing

D.B of specified make but without MCB / ELMCB/MCCB/ SPD etc. with all internal bus bar as per requirement.

6.1.1

TPN Distribution Board :

4) Material

Distribution board shall confirm to E-6

2) Workmanship :

1) All the D.B. should have separate neutral link per phase with main neutral link i.e. four neutral link of

Page 141 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar appropriate nos. of way.

2) The D.B. should be provided with 2 separate insulated earth links.

3) The D.B. should be concealed type having sheet metal enclosure with double door unless or otherwise

4) The D.B. should be Powder coated.

specified..

5) The D.B. shall have top and bottom plates open able.

6) The D.B. shall be provided with necessary cable junction box

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for one unit of D.B.

6.1.2

SPN Distribution Board

1) Material

As per item no 7.1.

2) Workmanship

As per item no 7.1 above.

3) Mode of measurement

As per item no 7.1 above.

6.1.3

VTPN Distribution Board

1) Material

As per item no 7.1.

2) Workmanship

As per item no 7.1 above.

3) Mode of measurement

As per item no 7.1 above.

6.4

MCB, ELMCB and its Accessories

Supplying, Assembling, leveling, connecting & testing

MCBs/ELCBs/ELMCBs/Isolators of various rating in boards as specified in

7.1, 7.2.

1) Material

M.C.B. shall confirm to E-6

2) Workmanship

Page 142 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Should mount all the MCBs/ELCBs/ELMCBs/Isolators and other accessories in the

D.B. as per the MCB chart furnished by consultant and also do the necessary connections. Should check for any faulty connections and reconnect the same.

Also check for the loading once complete installation of fixtures and other equipments is completed.

3) Mode of measurement

As per item 7.1 but for MCBs/ELCBs/ELMCBs/Isolators and accessories.

6.5

6.6

MCCB

Supplying, Assembling, leveling, connecting & testing following MCCB etc in boards as specified in 7.1, 7.2.

1) Material

M.C.C.B. shall confirm to E-5

2) Workmanship

Should mount all the MCCBs and other accessories in the D.B. as per the chart furnished by consultant and also do the necessary connections. Should check for any faulty connections and reconnect the same. Also check for the loading once complete installation of fixtures and other equipments is completed.

3) Mode of measurement

As per item 7.1 but for MCCB.

Caution Board:

Providing and erecting metallic vitrified danger notice board for

MEDIUM VOLTAGE installation to be erected as per IS

6.7

1) Material

Should Conform to E - 6

2) Workmanship

The plates shall be mounted on the D.B. as per the instructions from consultant.

3) Mode of measurement

Rate shall be considered for 1 no of plates.

Voltage Surge Protector

Page 143 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Supplying, Assembling, leveling, connecting & testing VSP of various rating in boards as specified in 7.1, 7.2.

8.0

8.1

1) Material

VSP shall confirm to E-6

2) Workmanship

Should mount all the VSP and other accessories in the D.B. as per the DB Details furnished by consultant and also do the necessary connections. Should check for any faulty connections and reconnect the same. Also check for the loading once complete installation of fixtures and other equipments is completed.

3) Mode of measurement

As per item 7.1 but for VSP and accessories.

LT CABLING

Supply, testing and Laying XLPE steel wire/flat armoured cable of

1100 V grade of Aluminum / Copper Conductor of following sizes in ready made trench or mounted on wall with necessary clamping arrangement or in pre-laid RCC hume pipe with necessary cable identification mark to be provided at distance of 10 mt. The vertical cable on wall shall be drawn in prelaid conduit for vertical mechanical support.

1) Material

Shall be confirm to E- 7,

2) Workmanship

Installation

A) Cables shall be laid in the routes marked in the drawings. Where the route is not marked, the contractor shall mark it out on the drawings and also on the site and obtain the approval of the Architect/Consultant before laying the cable.

Procurement of cables shall be on the basis of actual site measurements and the quantities shown in the schedule of work shall be regarded as a guide only.

B) Cables, running indoors shall be laid on walls, ceiling, inside shafts or trenches.

Single cables laid shall be laid in GI/PVC pipe and not to fix on wall slab directly or drawn through GI / PVC pipes fixed on wall or ceiling and supported at not more than 500 mm. Where number of cables is run, necessary perforated cable trays shall be provided wherever shown. Perforated trays shall be mild steel or

Aluminum as specified in the schedule of work and supported on mild steel frame work as shown on drawings or as approved. Cables laid in built-up trenches shall

Page 144 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar be on steel supports. Plastic / Aluminum identification tags shall be provided at every 30 m. All cables laid shall be properly dressed and at least 50 mm space shall be kept between the cables.

C) Cables shall be bent to a radius not less than 12 (twelve) times the overall diameter of the cable or in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations whichever is higher.

D) In the case of cables buried directly in ground, the cable route shall be parallel or perpendicular to roadways, walls etc. Cables shall be laid on an excavated, graded trench, over a sand or soft earth cushion to provide protection against abrasion. Cables shall be protected with brick or cement tiles on all the three sides as shown on drawings. Width of excavated trenches shall be as per drawings.

Back fill over buried cables shall be with a minimum earth cover of 750 mm to 1000 mm. The cables shall be provided with cables markers at every 20 meters and at all loop points.

E) The general arrangement of cable laying is shown on drawings. All cables shall be full runs from panel to panel without any joints or splices. Cables shall be identified at end termination indicating the feeder number and the

Panel/Distribution board from where it is being laid. cable termination for conductors upto 4 sq.mm. may be insertion type and all higher sizes shall have tinned copper compression lugs. Cable termination shall have necessary brass glands. The end termination shall be insulated with a minimum of six half-lapped layers of PVC tape. Cable armoring shall be earthed at both ends.

F) In case of cables entering the buildings. It would be done duly only through pipes. The pipes shall be laid in slant position. So, that no rain water may enter the building. After the cables are tested. The pipes shall be sealed with M. seal & then tarpaulin, shall be wrapped around the cable for making the entry of water light.

G) cables shall be provided with stainless steel/Aluminum cable identification tags at a maximum distance of 10m.

H) All cables to be laid should be properly dress and at least 50 mm space should be kept between the cables.

Testing:

Page 145 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

A) MV cables shall be tested upon installation with a 500 V Meggar and the following readings established:

1) Continuity on all phases.

2) Insulation Resistance.

(a) Between conductors.

(b) All conductors and ground.

All test readings shall be recorded and shall form part of the completion documentation.

8.2

3) Mode of measurement

The cable shall be measured in per mt. Basis and the rates shall include;

Cables and clamps

Installation, Commissioning and testing.

Cable length shall be certified by engineer in charge from Clients side.

Supply and application of intumescent based coating on cables/ cable tray using CP 678 firestop cable coating of HILTI make or equivalent .The coating shall have a density in the range of 1.2 to 1.4 Kg/ L. The coating shall be nontoxic, asbestos and halogen free and shall have good mechanical strength.

The coating shall comply with IEC 332 part 3 (1992).

1) Material

Shall be confirm to E- 7

2) Workmanship

Installation

A) Cables coating shall be done in prelaid cable in cable tray / Cable trench with usage of brush or ailless spray gun. Use 1 Mtr coating of cable & cable tray at each

6 Mtr distance and each end of cable and cable tray. And cable coating shall be use in full width and length in vertical mounted cable tray & cable.

Cable coating should be Hilti make cat No CP678 or equivalent.

3) Mode of measurement

The cable shall be measured in per Kg Basis and the rates shall include;

Page 146 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

9.0

1) Installation, Commissioning and testing.

Usage of coating shall be certified by engineer in charge from Clients sid

CABLE TERMINATION

9.1

Supplying & fixing double compression type Brass glands & making joint with necessary bi metalic crimping socket of long nack type connecting the same to various equipment/panel/DB etc. for the following sizes:

1) Material

Should conform to E – 8,

2) Workmanship

Cable joints shall be done as per regular practice and check shall be carried out for loose connections and leakages. Insulation cutting shall be done properly taking care that no area of the conductor remains exposed. Crimping shall be done with the help of hydraulic tool.

3) Mode of measurement

Rate shall be considered for 1 no of joint.

10.0

10.1

CABLE TRAY

Supply & Installation of hot dip GI ladder type cable tray with all accessories like Anchor fastener, coupler, GI nut bolts, bend, tee, reducer etc as per specification and drawings complete with all required hardware :

1) Material

Shall confirm to E-9

2) Workmanship

As directed by engineer in charge.

3) Mode of measurement

Rate shall be considered for 1 mtr cable tray including all accessories.

10.2

Supply & Installation of hot dip GI Perforated type cable tray with all accessories like Anchor Fastener, coupler, GI nut bolts, bend, tee, reducer etc as per specification and drawings complete with all required hardware :

Page 147 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1

Material

Should conform to E – 9

2

Workmanship

As directed by engineer incharge.

3

Mode of measurement

Rate shall be considered for 1 kg of fabrication work.

11.0

INTERNAL WIRING

11.1

Point wiring

1) Material

Shall confirm to E – 10.

2) Workmanship

1) Installation

A) The size of conduit shall be selected in accordance with the number of wires permitted under table given below. The minimum size of the conduit shall be 25 mm. diameters unless otherwise indicated or approved. Size of wires shall not be less than 1.5 sq.mm. Copper.

Nominal

Cross sec. Area

(mm2)

1.50

2.50

4.00

6.00

10.00

20 mm

4

2

S

4

1

1

2

2

B

3

--

--

25 mm

5

3

9

6

S

10

6

4

B

8

4

3

32 mm 38 mm

9

7

S

15

10

9

8

6

B

9

6

5

--

--

S

--

--

6

--

--

B

--

--

5

Page 148 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

S - runs of conduits which have distance not exceeding 4.25 m. between draw boxes & which do not deflect from the straight by an angle more than 15 degree.

B - runs of conduits which deflect from the straight by more than 15°.

B) Conduits shall be kept at a minimum distance of 100 mm. from the pipes of other non-electrical services. And maintain minimum 300 mm distance between telephone, TV & Computer piping.

C) Separate conduits/raceways shall be used for :

1. Normal lights and 5 A 3 pin sockets on lighting circuit.

2. Separate conduit shall be laid from D.B. to switch board or point.

3. Power outlets - 15 A 3 pin 20 A/30 A, 2 pin scraping earth metal clad sockets.

4. Emergency lighting.

5. Telephones.

6. Fire alarm system.

7. Public address system & Music system.

8. For all other voltages higher or lower than 230 V.

9. T.V. Antenna.

10. Water level guard.

11. Computer Wiring

D) Call bell wiring layout of conduits shall be generally as indicated on drawings and the layout shall be supplemented and complemented by contractor on site with the approval of the Engineer.

E) Wiring for short extensions to outlets in hung ceiling or to vibrating equipments, motors etc., shall be installed in flexible conduits. Otherwise rigid conduits shall be used. No flexible extension shall exceed 1.25 m.

F) Conduits run on surfaces shall be supported on GI 12 mm. thick pressure saddles which in turn are properly screwed to the wall or ceiling. Saddles shall be at intervals of not more than 500 mm. Fixing screws shall be with round or cheese head and of rust-proof materials. Exposed conduits shall be neatly run parallel or at right angles to the walls of the building. Unseemly conduit bends and offsets shall be avoided by using fabricated mild steel unction/pull through boxes for better appearances. No cross-over of conduits shall be allowed unless it is necessary and entire conduit installation shall be clean and neat in appearance.

Page 149 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

G) Conduits embedded into the walls shall be fixed by means of staples at not more than 500 mm. intervals. Chases in the walls shall be neatly made and refilled after laying the conduit and brought to the finish of the wall but final finish will be done by the building contractor.

H) Conduits buried in concrete structure shall be put in position and securely fastened to the reinforcement and got approved by the Engineer, before the concrete is poured. Proper care shall be taken to ensure that the conduits are neither dislocated nor choked at the time of pouring the concrete. Suitable fish wires shall be drawn in all conduits before they are embedded.

Where conduit passes through expansion joints in the building, adequate expansion fittings shall be used to take care of any relative movement.

I) Inspection boxes shall be provided for periodical inspection to facilitate withdrawal and removal of wires. Such inspection boxes shall be flush with the wall or ceiling in the case of concealed conduits. Inspection boxes shall be spaced at not more than 12 meters apart or two 90° solid bends or equal. All junction and switch boxes shall be covered by 6 mm. clear perspex plate truly cut and fixed with cadmium plated brass screws. These junction boxes shall form part of point wiring or conduit wiring as the case may be including the cost of removing the perspex cover for painting and re-fixing. No separate charges shall be allowed except where specially mentioned.

J) Conduits shall be free from sharp edges and burrs and the threading free from grease or oil. The entire system of conduits must be completely installed and rendered electrically continuous before the conductors are pulled in. Conduits should terminate in junction boxes of not less than 32 mm. deep.

K) An insulated earth wire of copper rated capacity shall be run in each conduit.

2) Lighting & Power Wiring:

A) All final branch circuits for lighting and appliances shall be flexible copper wire of appropriate size run inside conduits. The conduit shall be properly connected or jointed into sockets, bends, junction boxes.

B) Branch circuit conductor sizes shall be as shown in the schedule of quantities and or drawings.

C) All circuits shall preferably be kept in a separate conduit upto the Distribution

Board. No other wiring shall be bunched in the same conduit except those

Page 150 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar belonging to the same phase. Each lighting branch circuit shall not have more than ten outlets or 800 watts whichever is lower. Each conduit shall not hold more than three branch circuits, of the same phase.

D) Flexible cords for connection to appliances, fans and pendants shall be

650/1100 V grade (three or four cores i.e with insulated neutral wire of same size) with tinned stranded copper wires, insulated, twisted and sheathed with strengthening cord. Colour of sheath shall be subject to the Engineer's approval.

E) Looping system of wiring shall be used. Wires shall not be jointed. Where joints are unavoidable, they shall be made through approved mechanical connectors. No such joints shall be made unless the length of the sub-circuit, sub-main or main is more than the length of the standard coil.

F) Control switches shall be connected in the phase conductors only and shall be

`ON' when knob is down. Switches shall be fixed in 3 mm. thick painted or galvanized steel boxes with cover plates as specified. Cadmium plated brass screws shall be used.

G) Power wiring shall be distinctly separate from lighting wiring. Conduits not less than 25 mm. and wires not less than 2.5 sq.mm. Copper shall be used.

H) Every conductor shall be provided with identification ferrules at both ends (At

DB & Switch Board end) matching the drawings.

I) Switch board module shall be as per consultant / architect detail. Dummy plate for switch board shall be part of point wiring rate.

J) 3 core flexible wires for point to Light fixture shall be considered in point rate.

3) Testing

The entire installation shall be tested for : a) Insulation resistance.

b) Earth continuity.

c) Polarity of single pole switches.

Page 151 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

General

All the wiring switch board, outlet points shall be done in a concealed manner in wall & slab in PVC conduit of minimum 25 mm dia. (medium guage) when laid in ground / floor the PVC pipe will be Heavy gauge & with 1100v grade PVC insulated flexible copper conductor wire. The switches should be modular with molded cover plates, blank plates for outlet boxes. The accessories, connectors, sockets, should be fixed with brass crome / cadmium plated machine screw. For fan points the rates should be inclusive of 300 W regulators as required to complete the point wiring. The wiring shall be as per IS: 732 and IS: 4648. The wiring shall be done in a looping manner so as to avoid junction boxes at any place. All the looping shall be done only in the switch board and outlet points. The size of the wire shall be as per the specification. Colour code shall be strictly followed. Heavy guage PVC pipe shall be laid for ground / floor.

The size of wires shall as follow:

10 Amps. Metal clad points:

Phase / Neutral 2.5 mm2

Earth 1.5 mm2

6 Amps. Out let points:

Phase / Neutral 2.5 mm2

Earth 1.5 mm2

Two nos. of 16 Amps. socket out let connected in parallel from DB to first outlet

Phase / Neutral 4.0 mm2

Earth 2.5 mm2

Two nos. of 16 Amp. socket out let connected in parallel from first outlet to second outlet.

Phase / Neutral 2.5 mm2

Earth 1.5 mm2

Light, fans, exhaust fan, 5 Amp. plug point, two way light point, bell point etc.

Phase / Neutral 2.5 mm2

Page 152 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Earth 1.5 mm2

6/16 Amp. Socket outlet for appliances / AC (Single Phase/Three Phase) / Geyser

Phase / Neutral 4.0 mm2

Earth 2.5 mm2

Separate pipes shall be laid for off wires and circuit mains.

Circuit mains of same phase shall be drawn in one pipe with prior permission/discussion with the consultant.

Separate phase, neutral and earthing wire of sizes recommended by consultant shall be drawn for each and every circuit mains.

3

Mode of measurement

The unit rate shall include:

1) Making zari in the wall & semi finishing the surface.

2) Ball and socket joints where ever required

3) Earthing of fittings

4) Electrical connection to the fixtures from the outlet point/ ceiling rose

5) Supply and Installation and interconnection of electronic regulators for ceiling fan

6) Circuit Mains shall not be paid extra. Rate for the point shall consist of wiring from the out let point to the switch board as required with a connector/ plate/ ceiling rose fan box with hook socket with switch. The point rate shall include in addition to phase and neutral wire a PVC insulated earth continuity wire from switch to outlet.

The unit rate for the point shall consist of the circuit wiring form LDB / ELDB to outlet point through switch and/or socket, switch board as required and including the outlet points with connector, fan hook box or sockets. A point shall include in addition to phase and neutral wire a PVC insulated Earth continuity wire from

LDB / ELDB to the final termination at outlet points. No extra rate shall be paid for circuit mains for looping switch board to switch board.

7) There may be few Emergency light points and SB for the same. For

Emergency light points no Circuit Mains shall not be paid extra. Rate for the point shall consist of wiring from the out let point to the switch board as required with a connector/ plate/ ceiling rose fan box with hook socket with switch as mentioned above in #6.

Page 153 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

11.2

MAINS:

A)

The mains are considered from the meter/sub panel to the individual distribution boards.

1) Material :

As per item no 12.1 above

2) Workmanship

As per item no 12.1 above

3) Mode of measurement

The mains shall be paid on per mtr basis which shall include cost of wires, pipe, bends and junction and accessories for mounting and jarri work. The length shall be certified by the engineer in charge from Clients side.

11.3

11.3.1

RACE WAYS:

Supply and installation of 3 under floor metal trunking/race way with all accessories made out of hot dip pre galvanized metal coated steel sheet equivalent to MK Ega (novar) make. following size of dimensions and No of compartments (W x D x T)

225mm x 38mm x 2.0 mm with Three Compartments

100mm x 38mm x 2.0 mm with Single Compartments

1) Material

As specified in BOQ

2) Workmanship

As directed by engineer in charge

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 mtr of raceway with cover.

11.3.2

Supply and installation of 3 compartment Access outlet / service box of 250 x

250 x 60-75 mm with all accessories made out of high pressure die cast material suitable for above race ways equivalent to MK Ega (Novar) make.

1) Material

As specified in BOQ

Page 154 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

11.3.2

2) Workmanship

As directed by engineer in charge

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no of access outlet.

Supply and installation of 3 compatement 100 mm x 50 mm wall trunking/race way with cover and all accessories made out of PVC equivalent to MK (premier) make.

1) Material

As specified in BOQ

2) Workmanship

As directed by engineer in charge

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no of access outlet.

12.0

LIGHT FIXTURES & FANS

12.1.1 & 2 Supplying, erecting, connecting, testing and commissioning of Following type Light Fixture with all necessary Hardware, Internal Wiring with Lamp,

Ballast etc. all required accessories Complete in all respect. Cost includes wiring from outlet point to light fixtures and also wiring from first light fixtures to second light fixtures wherever provided on back to back (touching each other) arrangements.

1) Material

Shall confirm to E-11

2) Workmanship

The fixture shall be installed on wall / ceiling as directed and as per manufacturer's instruction, with necessary accessories for surface, concealed, suspended from ceiling, bracket mounting etc. The job also includes connection of fixture with respective outlet point with heat resistant wires through heat resistance sleeve and

PVC connector. The exhaust fan shall be installed complete with M.S. angle iron mounting frame/ ring, G.I. louvers, wire mesh and plug at the end of the cord including wiring & earthing etc. Proper earthing shall be provided to the fixtures

3) Mode of measurement

Page 155 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The unit rate shall be considered for Supplying and fixing one fixture. The rate shall include following a) All fixing accessories, mounting bracket, ballast condensers and control gear wherever applicable.

b) Supplying and fixing Ball and socket joints wherever required.

c) Earthing of fittings.

d) Electrical connections to fittings/fans from the junction box/ceiling rose.

e) Installation and interconnection of Electronic regulators for ceiling fans.

12.2 Providing and erecting Approved make 48" & 56" Dia Sweep Ceiling

Fan with Fan Hook as per approved color & equivalent to Crompton make high speed type...

1) Material

As specified in BOQ

2) Workmanship

As directed by engineer in charge

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for per no. of fan.

12.3 Supplying & erecting single phase approved make industrial exhaust fan suitable for medium duty ring mounted low noise operation suitable for medium duty having following dia size and maximum speed in RPM

1) Material

As specified in BOQ

2) Workmanship

As directed by engineer in charge

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for per no. of fan

Page 156 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

13.0

13.1

EARTHING

Providing earthing stations for equipment earthing as shown and specified in drawing for equipment complete with :

1) Material

Shall be as per E - 12.

2) Workmanship

A) The masonry chamber shall be provided with a Cast Iron hinged cover resting over the Cast Iron frame which shall be embedded in the block masonry.

B) Construction of the earthing station shall in general be as shown in the drawing and shall conform to the requirement on earth electrodes mentioned in the latest edition of Indian Standard IS : 3043, Code of Practice for Earthing Installation.

C) The earth conductors ( Strips / Wires copper/ Hot dip G.I.) inside the building shall properly be clamped / supported on the wall with Galvanized Iron clamps and

Mild Steel Zinc Passivated screws \ bolts. The conductors outside the building shall be laid at least 600 mm. below the finished ground level.

D) The earth conductors shall either terminate on earthing socket provided on the equipment or shall be fastened to the foundation bolt and / or on frames of the equipment. The earthing connection to equipment body shall be done after removing paint and other oily substances from the body and then properly be finished.

E) Over lapping of earth conductors during straight through in joints, where required, shall be of minimum 75mm. long.

F) The earth conductors shall be in one length between the earthing grid and the equipment to be earthed.

G) The connection between strip and plate shall be through stainless steel bolts and washers.

Following tests shall be carried out:

A) The following earth resistance values shall be measured with an approved earth meager and recorded.

Page 157 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1) Each earthing station

2) Earthing system as a whole

3) Earth continuity conductor

B) Earth conductor resistance for each earthed equipment shall be measured which shall not exceed 3 Ohm in each case.

C) Measurements of earth resistance shall be carried out before earth connections are made between the earth and the object to be earthed.

D) All tests shall be carried out in presence of the Site Engineer & the test results shall be submitted in duplicate to the consultants & client with the signatures of the authorities present at the time of testing.

13.2

3)Mode of measurement

Rate shall be considered for one unit of pit complete.

Earth wire/strips:

Supply and laying cu. earthing required size strips for interconnecting the earthing stations, panels, DB's etc. in built up trenches, on walls/ceiling, buried in ground generally as specified and shown on drawings complete with : a) Fixing accessories.

b) Corrosion protection of buried conductors with bituminous coating and covered with PVC tapes.

1) Material

Shall be as per E - 12. Copper strips of sizes specified in the BOQ. The strips shall not be corroded.

2) Workmanship

Copper strips shall be laid along with the cables and mains as instructed by the consultant and along the path of the cable. The strips shall be terminated at both the ends properly via brazing SS nut and bolts with double washer screws and nuts as instructed by the consultant. Strips shall not be bend to and extent that they go brittle.

Page 158 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

13.3

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall be considered on weight on Kg. basis

Earth Link:

Earth Link : 38mm x 6 mm 1ft Long Cu.earth link fixed by necessary screws on wall.

18.0

18.1

1) Material

Should conform to E - 12.

2) Workmanship

The links shall be done properly so that after the installation is complete they do not get detached. Proper screwing shall be done so as to avoid gaps and maximum area overlap is available.

3) Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for one unit of earth link complete with required screws / nut-bolts

& washers.

UPS & INVERTER

Design, Manufacturing, Supply (FOR Site), Testing & Commissioning of ON

LINE UPS system with SMF battery and 30 min back and with battery rack complete in all respect. as per following sizes

60 KVA (n+1) UPS double Conversion Type UPS 3 ph in 3 ph out for unbalance

(Computer) load with 15 minutes backup

1 Material

Should Conform to E – 17

2 Workmanship:

As per BOQ & Material Specification

3 Mode of measurement :

The rate shall be for one UPS system.

E - 5

ELECTRICAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

LT SWITCHGEAR & POWER PANEL

Page 159 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.1

Scope:

The scope covers supply, installation, testing and commissioning of power panels, incorporating circuit breakers, fuse units, busbars, interconnections, earthing etc., meeting the requirements shown in equipment schedule and the drawings.

1.2

Standards:

AS PER SCHEDULE OF INDIAN STANDARD; ATTACHED WITH THE

DOCUMENT.

The PCCs & MCCs shall comply with the latest edition of relevant Indian standards and Indian Electricity rules and regulations. The following Indian Standards shall be complied with:

IS : 4237 :

IS : 375:

IS : 2147:

IS : 8197:

General requirements for switch gear and control gear for voltage not exceeding 1000 v.

Switchgear bus-bars, main connection and auxiliary wiring, marking and arrangement.

Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage switch gear and control gear.

Terminal marking for electrical measuring instrument and their accessories.

Danger notice plates.

Specification for AC circuit breaker.

Specification for AC isolator and earthing

IS : 2557:

IS : 2516:

IS : 1818: switch.

IS : 3072:

IS : 8623:

IS : 8828

IS : 4064

Code of practice for installation and maintenance of switchgear.

:

:

Specification for factory built as symbolize of switch gear and control gear for voltage up to and including 1000v. A.C.& 1200 v. D.C.

Miniature Circuit Breaker.

Fuse switch and switch fuse unit.

Page 160 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.3

IS : 9224

IS : 2705

IS : 3155

IS : 3231

IS : 1248

IS : 722

IS : 6875

IS : 2959

IS : 1822

1000V.

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

TYPE OF LT SWITCH GEAR:

HRC fuse unit.

Current transformer.

Voltage transformer.

Electrical relay for protection.

indicating instrument.

Integrating instrument.

Control switches & push buttons.

Auxiliary contactor.

AC motor starters of voltage not exceeding

1.3.1

All the PCC's / PDB's / MCC's shall be metal clad, totally enclosed, rigid, floor / wall mounted, air - insulation, cubical type suitable for operation on three phase / single phase, 415 / 230 volts, 50 Hz. neutral effectively / Non effectively grounded at transformer and short circuit level not less than 30 MVA at 415 volts.

1.3.2

The PCC's / MCC's shall be designed the withstand and heaviest condition at site, with minimum expected ambient temperature of 55 degree Celsius, 90 percent humidity and dusty weather.

1.3.3

Should confirm to Indian Electricity Act and rules. (as amended up to ate) & approval of FIA. of India.

Page 161 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.4

STRUCTURE:

1.4.1

The PCCs, MCCs & PDBs shall be metal clad enclosed and be fabricated out of high quality CRCA sheet, suitable for indoor installation having dead front operated and floor mounting type.

1.4.2

All CRCA sheet steel used in the construction of PCCs / MCCs / PDBs shall be 2 mm thick and shall be folded and braced as necessary to provide a rigid support for all components. Joints of any kind in sheet shall be seam welded, all welding slag grounded off and welding pits wiped smooth with plumber metal.

1.4.3

The PCCs / MCCs / PDBs shall be totally enclosed, completely dust and vermin proof and degree of protection being not less than IP-43 for Indoor panels & IP -54 for outdoor panels . Gaskets between all adjacent units and beneath all covers shall be provided to render the joints dust proof. All doors and covers shall be fully gasket with foam rubber and / or rubber strips and shall be lockable.

1.4.4

All panels and covers shall be properly fitted and secured with the frame, and holes in the panel correctly positioned. Fixing screw shall enter into holes taped into an adequate thickness of metal or provided with bolts and nuts. Self-threading screws shall not be used in the construction of PCCs / MCCs / PDBs.

1.4.5

A base channel of 75 mm x 75 mm x 5 mm thick shall be provided at the bottom.

1.4.6

PCCs / MCCs /PDBs shall arrange in multi-tier formation. The PCCs / MCCs /

PDBs shall be of adequate size with a provision of 20 percent spare space to accommodate possible future additional switch gear. The size of the PCCs / MCCs

/ PDBs shall be designed in such a way that the internal space is sufficient for hot air movement, and the electrical component dose not attains temperature more than 40 degree Celsius. If necessary openings shall provide for natural ventilation, but the said openings shall be screened with fine weld mesh.

1.4.7

Knockout holes of appropriate size and number shall be provided in the PCCs /

MCCs/ PDBs in conformity with number, and size of incoming and outgoing conduits / cables.

1.4.8

Alternatively the PCCs / MCCs / PDBs shall provide with removable sheet plates at top and bottom to drill holes for cable / conduit entry at site.

Page 162 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.4.9

The PCCs / MCCs / PDBs shall be designed to facilitate easy inspection, maintenance and repair.

1.4.10

The PCCs / MCCs / PDBs shall be sufficiently rugged in design and shall support the equipment without distortion under normal and short circuit condition, they shall be suitable braced for short circuit duty.

1.5

PROTECTION CLASS :

All the indoor PCCs / MCCs / PDBs shall have protection class as IS.

1.6

PAINTING:

All sheet steel work shall undergo a process of decreasing pickling in acid, cold rinsing, phosphating, pesivating and then sprayed with a high corrosion resistant primer. The primer shall be backed in an oven. The finishing treatment shall be by application. Three coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved color shall be applied by spray and stoves in dust free atmosphere or the panel shall be powder coated.

CIRCUIT COMPARTMENT: 1.7

1.7.1

Each circuit breaker and switch fuse units shall be housed in separate compartments and shall be enclosed an all sides. Sheet steel hinged lockable door shall be duly inter locked with the breaker / switch fuse units in ON and OFF position. Safety interlocks shall be from being drawn out when the breaker is in ON position.

1.7.2

The door shall not form as integral part of the draw out position of the circuit breaker. All instruments and indicating lamp shall be mounted on the compartment door. Sheet steel barriers shall be provided between the tires in a vertical section.

1.8

INSTRUMENT COMPARTMENT

Page 163 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.9

Separate and adequate compartment shall provide for accommodating instruments, indicating lamp, control contactors, relays and control fuses etc.

These components shall be accessible for testing and maintenance without any danger of accidental contact with live parts of the circuit breaker, switch fuse units, busbars and connections

.

BUSBARS

1.9.1

The busbar shall be air insulated and made high quality, high conductivity, high strength copper and as per relevant IS code. The busbar shall of three phases and neutral system with separate neutral and earth bar. the busbar and interconnection between busbar and various components shall be of high conductivity, hard drawn, electrolytic copper. the busbar shall be of rectangular cross section designed to withstand full load current for phase busbar and full rated current for neutral busbar and shall be extensible type on either side. The busbar shall be rated for the frame size of the main incoming breaker but in any case not less than 200 amp capacity.

The busbar shall have uniform cross section throughout the length.

1.9.2

The busbar and interconnection shall be insulated with heat shrinkable PVC sleeves and be colour coded in red, Yellow, Blue and Black to identify the three phases and neutral of the system. The busbar shall be supported on unbreakable, non-hygroscopic DMC insulated supports at sufficientevely close interval to prevent busbar sag and shall effectively withstand electromagnetic stresses in the event of short circuit capacity of 50 KA RMS symmetrical for one second and a peak short circuit withstand of 105 KA minimum.

1.9.3

The busbar shall be housed in a separate compartment. The busbar shall be isolated with 3 mm thick bakalite sheet to avoid any accidental contact. The busbar shall be arranged such that minimum clearance between the busbar are maintained as per below.

Between phases

Between phases and neutral :

:

Between phases and earth :

Between neutral and earth :

27 mm min.

25 mm min.

25 mm min.

23 mm min.

1.9.4

All busbar connection shall be done by drilling holes in busbars and connecting by chromium plated brass bolt and nuts. Additional cross section of busbar shall be provided in all PCCs / MCCs / PDBs to cover-up the holes drilled in the busbars.

Spring and flat washers shall be used for tightening the bolts.

Page 164 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar c) d)

1.9.5

All connection between busbar and circuit breaker / switches and between circuit breaker/ switches and cable terminals shall be through solid copper strips of proper size to carry full rated current. These strips shall be insulated with insulating strips.

1.9.6

Busbar shall be of sufficient cross section so that a current density of 160 A/ Sq.cm

(1000 A/ sq. inch) is not exceeded at nominal current rating for copper bus bars.

1.10

ELECTRICAL POWER & CONTROL WIRING CONNECTION

a) b)

Terminal for both incoming and outgoing cable shall be suitable for 1100 volts grade, aluminum/copper conductor PVC insulated and sheathed, armoured cable and shall be suitable for connections of solder less sockets for the cable size as indicated on the appended drawing for the PCCs, MCCs, PDBs.

Both control and power wiring shall be brought out in cable alley for ease of external connections, operation and maintenance.

Both control and power terminals shall properly be shrouded.

10% spare terminal shall be provided on each terminal block. Sufficient terminals shall be provided on each terminal block so that not more than one outgoing wire connected per terminal.

e) f) i)

Terminal strip for power and control shall preferably be separated from each other by suitable barriers of enclosures.

Wiring inside the module for power, control protection and instrument etc. shall be done with use of 660/1100 confirming to IS 694 and IS 8130. Power wiring inside the starter module shall be rated for full current rating of contactor, but not less than

4 sq mm cross section area. For current transformer circuits, 2.5 sq mm

copper conductor wire shall be used. Other control wiring shall be done with

2.5 sq mm copper conductor wires. Wires for connections to the door shall be flexible. All conductors shall be crimped with solder less sockets at the ends before connections are made to the terminals.

Control power for the motor starter module shall be taken from the respective module switchgear outgoing from R phase and Neutral. Control wiring shall have control fuse (HRC type).

Page 165 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar j)

Particular care shall be taken to ensure that the layout of wiring neat and orderly.

Identification ferrules shall be filled to all the wire termination for ease of identification and to facilate and testing

.

"CUPAL" washers shall be used for all copper and aluminum connections.

k) k)

1.11

1.12

Final wiring diagram of the PCC, MCC, PDB power and control circuit with ferrules number shall be submitted along with the PCC/MCC/PDB as one of the documents.

TERMINALS

The outgoing terminals and neural link shall be brought out to a cable alley suitably located and accessible from the panel front. The current transformer for instrument metering shall mount on the disconnecting type terminal blocks. No direct connection of incoming and outgoing cables to internal components connection of the distribution board is permitted; only one conductor may be connected in one terminal.

WIREWAYS

A horizontal PVC wire way with screwed covers shall be provided at the top to take interconnecting control wiring between different vertical sections.

1.13

1.14

a)

CABLE COMPARTMENT

Cable compartment of adequate size shall be provided in the PCCs, MCCs, and

PDBS for easy termination of all incoming and outgoing cables entering from bottom or top. Adequate support shall be provided in the cable compartment shall be brought out to terminal blocks in the cable compartment.

EARTHING

Copper earth busbar of 25 mm x 3 mm shall be provided in the PCCs, MCCs,

PDBS for the entire length of panel. The frame work of the PCCs, MCCs, PDBs shall be connected to this earth busbar. Provisions shall be made for connection from earth busbar to the main earthing bar coming from the earth pit on both side of the PCCs, MCCs, PDBs.

b) The earth continuity conductor of each incoming and outgoing feeder shall be connected to this earth bar. The armour shall be properly connected with earthing clamp and the clamp shall be ultimately bounded with the earth bar.

Page 166 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.15

LABELS

Engraved PVC labels shall be provided on all incoming and outgoing feeders.

Single line circuit diagram showing the arrangements of circuit inside the distribution board shall be pasted on inside of the panel door and covered with transparent laminated plastic sheet.

1.16

a) b) c) d)

NAME PLATE

A name plate with panel designation in bold letter shall be fixed at top of the central in panel. A separate name plate giving feeder giving feeder details shall be provided for each feeder module door.

Inside the feeder compartment, the electrical component, equipments, accessories like switchgear, contactor, lamp, relays etc. shall suitably be identified by providing stickers.

Engraved name plates shall preferably be of 3 ply, (red-white-red or black-whiteblack ) lamicold sheet. However black engraved perplex sheet name plates shall also be applicable. Engraving shall be done with square groove cutters.

Name plate shall be fastened by counter sunk screws and not by adhesives.

e) f) g) h) c) d)

1.17

a) b)

DANGER NOTICE PLATE

The danger plate shall be affixed in a permanent manner on operating side of the panel.

The danger notice plate shall indicate danger notice both in Hindi and English and with a sign of skull and bones.

The danger notice plate in general shall meet to requirements of local inspecting authorities.

Overall dimension of the danger notice plate shall be 200 mm wide and 150 mm high. The danger notice plate shall be made from minimum 1.6 mm thick mild steel sheet and after due pretreatment to the plate, the same shall be painted white with vitreous enamel paint on both front and rear surface of the plate.

The letter, the figure, the conventional skull and bones shall etc. shall be positioned on the plate as per recommendations of IS : 2551-1982.

The said letter, the figure and the sign of skull and bones be painted in single red colour as per IS : 5-1978.

The danger plate shall have rounded corners. Locations of fixing holes for the plate shall be decided to suit design of the panel.

The danger notice plate, if possible, be of ISI certification mark.

Page 167 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.18

a) b) c)

INTERNAL COMPONENTS

The PCC / MCC / PDB shall be equipped complete with all type of required number of air circuit breakers, switch fuse unit, contactor, relays, fuses, meters, instruments, indicating lamps, push buttons, equipment, fittings, busbar, cable boxes, cable glands etc. and all the necessary internal connections /wiring as required and as indicated on relevant drawings. Components necessary for proper complete functioning of the PCC / MCC / PDB but not indicated on the drawings shall be supplied and installed on the PCC / MCC / PDB.

All part of the PCC / MCC/ PDB carrying current including the components, connections, joints and instruments shall be capable of carrying their specified rated current continuously, without temperature rise exceeding the acceptable values of the relevant specifications at any part of the PCC / MCC / PDB.

All units of the same rating and specifications shall be fully interchangeable.

a) b) c) d) e) f)

1.19

INSPECTIONS

Each equipment should inspect and witness by client & consultant.

The PCC / MCC / PDB shall be inspected and checked as per inspection manual of the PCC / MCC / PDB manufacturer.

Various electrical components and accessories of the PCC / MCC / PDB shall be checked as per drawing for the respective PCC / MCC / PDB.

The PCC / MCC / PDB shall be checked for rigid mounting, earthing connections, proper rating and size of components, internal wiring, etc.

All mechanical fasteners and electrical connections shall be checked and tightened before installation.

Type test certificates for all ACB for similar rating shall be submitted.

Test : a) Prior to dispatch of the PCC / MCC / PDB following tests shall be carried out.

b) Mechanical endurance test shall carried out by closing and opening of all the

ACB's, MCB's switches etc.

c) Over voltage and Insulation resistance test shall be carried out between phases and between phase to earth bus, keeping the isolating switch in ON position.

Similar test shall be carried out keeping the isolating switch in closed position.

d) All the interlocks, controls and tripping mechanism of the switch gears shall be tested for their proper functioning.

1.20

COMPONENTS :

Page 168 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar a)

A) GENERAL

The type, size, and rating of the components shall be as indicated on the relevant drawings.

c)

B)

b)

C) MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER

Miniature circuit breakers shall be quick make and break and break type conform with British standard BS : 3871 (Part-I) 1965 and IS :8825 (1996). The housing of

MCBs shall be heat resistant and having a high impact strength. The fault current of MCBs shall not be less than 10000 amps, at 230 volts. The MCBs shall be flush mounted and shall be provided with trip free manual operating mechanism with mechanical "ON" and "OFF" indications.

The circuit breaker dollies shall be of trip free pattern to prevent closing the breaker on a faculty current.

The MCB contact shall be silver nickel and silver graphite alloy and tip coated with silver. Proper arc chutes shall be provided to quench the arc immediately. MCB's shall be provided with magnetic fluid plunger relay 3 as for over current and short circuit protection. The over load or short circuit devices shall have a common trip bar in the case of DP and TPN miniature circuit breakers. All the MCB's shall be tested and certified as per Indian Standard, prior to Installation.

D)

While selection od the capacity of the components resulting from the prevailing conditions like room temperature shall be allowed for the Thermal and magnetic trip rating shall be compensated for the ambient temperature.

The rating indicated on the drawings are rating anticipated at prevailing site condition.

Fuse Switch Units : Not required

E)

FUSE:-

Fuses shall be of high rupturing capacity (HRC) fuse links and shall be in accordance with IS : 2000-1962 and having rupturing capacity of not less than 35

MVA at 415 Volts. The backup fuse rating for each motor / equipment. HRC fuses shall be of English Electric make or approved equal.

AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER

Page 169 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The ACB shall meet with IS : 2516 part I, II and III. Each pole of the ACB's shall be equipped with and over current, earth fault and short circuit release. The ACB's shall be equipped with under voltage trip also. The trip devices shall be direct acting.

Disconnecting devices of approved type shall be provided to facilitate the removal of the circuit breakers from the housing for test and maintenance purpose.

The ACB's shall have an are quenching device on each pole. The ACB's shall have an auxiliary contacts for signaling, interlocking etc. The ACB's shall have slow close facilities for checking contact operation and contact gap adjustment.

All contacts subject to arcing shall be tipped with arc resisting material. main contacts shall be silver plated, multi-finger and spring loaded type. Facilities shall be provided to isolate the circuit breaker for inspection purpose.

Interlocks shall be provided to :

Prevent the breaker from being isolated unless it is in the "OFF" position.

Prevent the breaker from being racked in to the service position unless it is in the

"OFF" position.

Prevent the breaker from being accidentally pulled completely "OFF" the guide rail.

Safety shutters of an insulation material shall be provided to prevent access to all live contacts, when the breaker is in the inspection position or completely withdrawn.

Facilities shall be provided for earthing the circuit breaker.

Air circuit breaker shall be capable of clearing the maximum fault current which can occur.

F)

The breaker plates shall have an ON-OFF indicators, spring charge indicators, provision to padlock manual handle and provision to lock drawout mechanism.

Electrically operated breaker shall have provision for emergency manual closing by inserting a tool through the fuse plate. A control isolating switch shall be provided on the fuse plate to isolated the supply to the charging motor.

MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER

The MCCB shall be air break type and having quick make quick break with trip free operating mechanism. Housing of the MCCB shall be of heat resistant and flame retardant insulating material.

Page 170 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

G)

Operating handle of the MCCB shall be in front and clearly indicate ON / OFF /

TRIP positions. The electrical contact of the circuit breaker shall be of high conducting non deteriorating silver alloy contacts.

The MCCB shall be provided with thermal / magnetic type bi-metal over load release and electro-magnetic short circuit protection device. All the releases shall operate on common trip busbar so that in case of operation of any one of the releases in any of the three phases, it will cut off all the three phases and thereby single phasing of the system is avoided.

The MCCB whenever called for in the appendix drawings shall provide an earth fault relay.

The MCCB shall provide two sets of extra auxiliary contacts with connections for additional controls at future date.

The electrical parameters of the MCCB shall be as per the descriptions given in the appended drawings. All MCCB should be with breaking capacity of

I

cs

=

100%

I

cw

CONTACTORS :

The contactor shall meet with the requirements of IS : 2959 and BS : 775.

The contactors shall have minimum making and breaking capacity in accordance with utilization category AC 3 and shall be suitable for minimum class II intermittent duty.

If the contactor forms part of a distribution board then a separate enclosure is not required, but the installation of the contactor shall be such that it is not possible to make an accidental contact with live parts.

H)

I)

J)

LOAD MANAGER:

The load manager should be 192 x 144 mm size having facility to read voltage current harmonics power parameters. It should contain real time clock. The meter should be field programmable and to generate high / low profile for all power parameters with date & time, also able to store previous period integrated data.

The meter should have RS 485 port for networking purpose. All the programming should be pass word protected.

CURRENT TRANSFORMER

Where ammeter are called for, CT's shall be provided for current measuring. Each phase shall be provided with separate CT of class I accuracy and suitable VA burden for operation of associated metering and controls. Current transformer shall be in accordance with IS : 2705 - 1964 as amended up to date.

PUSH BUTTON :

Page 171 of 468

L)

1.0

1.1

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The push button unit shall comprise of the contact element, a fixing holder , and push button actuator. The push button shall be momentary contact type. The contacts shall be of silver alloy and rated at 10 Amps. continuous current rating.

The actuator shall be of stranded type and colour as per its usage for ON, OFF and

Trip.

K) INDICATING LAMP :

Indicating Lamp shall be transformer operated low voltage rated and shall supplied complete with translucent covers to diffuse the lamp light.

Colour shade for the indicating lamps shall be as below :

ON indicating lamp

OFF indicating lamp

TRIP indicating lamp

PHASE indicating lamp :

:

:

:

Red

Green

Amber

Red, Yellow, Blue.

CAPACITOR BANKS WITH APFCR/RTPF PANEL:

Scope

The design, manufacture and performance of the power factor improvement capacitor / capacitor banks shall comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed.

The equipment shall also conform to the latest applicable Indian / British / IEC standards. In particular the equipment shall conform to the latest revisions of the following:

IS:2834 : Shunt capacitors for power system.

IS:2208 : HRC cartridge fuse and links upto 660 V

When the above standards are in conflict with the stipulation of this specification, this specification supersedes them

CONSTRUCTION :

CAPACITOR BANK

Capacitors should be marked as per IS: 13340, IS: 13341 and should conform to

IS: 12672. It should be suitable for temperature category of 50 deg. Cen.

Capacitor banks shall comprise of identical delta connected three phase units. The individual capacitor unit shall be manufactured out of double layer mixed dielectric design comprising of basally oriented polypropylene film and capacitor tissue paper. Each individual element of the capacitor tissue unit shall be provided with silver fuse wire . The capacitor unit shall consist of many such elements in series /

Page 172 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar parallel combinations for getting the desired KVAR output. The capacitor shall be vacuum impregnated with liquid dielectric having high thermal stability. The dielectric losses of the capacitor shall be restricted to 1 watts per KVAR. The phase terminal connections of the capacitor unit shall be brought out at the top through metal insulators which should be soldered to the fabricated top cover. The capacitor shall be provided with suitably rated discharge resistors. The capacitor shall be designed to withstand the electrodynamics and thermal stresses caused by transient over current during switching. The capacitors should be provided with over pressure safety interrupter mechanism, which will automatically disconnect faulty capacitor unit from the network silently without bursting, bulging or exploding the capacitor.

BUSBAR CHAMBER

Capacitor bank shall be provided with a bus-bar chamber. The chamber shall be dust and vermin proof in construction, fabricated from 2 mm thick sheet steel.

Continuous neoprene rubber gaskets shall be provided on all mating surfaces. TP

Bus-bars shall be of copper supported on epoxy insulators of adequate rating and strips.

The bus-bar sizes and clearances shall be suitable for connection of cables through crimping type cable lugs. Bus-bar chamber shall be extended suitably on one side to enable termination of cable. There shall be a provision of cable end box at the end of bus-bar chamber undrilled removable gland plate and access covers to be provided for cable entry as required.

EARTHING :

The enclosure of individual capacitor unit shall be provided with 2 nos.

10 mm dia earth terminals, each complete with two plain and one spring washer, nuts etc. These terminals shall be effectively bonded to the common sheet steel frame work. Each bank will have two external earth terminals in the bus-bar chambers complete with hardware.

PAINTING :

All sheet steel shall be thoroughly cleaned, decreased and phosphated, painted with two coats of suitable primer and finished with two coats of paint. The type and shade of paint be as specified in Data Sheet.

DRAWINGS :

The following drawings shall be submitted alongwith the bid: a. General arrangement drawing showing overall dimensions, weight, internal arrangement and mounting details.

b. Terminal chamber, showing bus-bar arrangement with all dimensions.

Page 173 of 468

1.2

1.3

a)

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

E – 6

TEST & TEST CERTIFICATES

Vendor shall carry out all routine tests as specified in IS:2834 and shall furnish the test certificates.

The vendor shall also carry out the thermal stability test on the units in the presence of purchasers representatives.

The capacitor units shall be tested from electric supply authorities like G. E. Board

/ A. E. Co. and the test certificates in duplicate shall be furnished to client and also the copy shall be submitted to the electric supply authority while getting the power supply released from them.

L T DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

1.1

b) c)

Scope :

It includes Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Distribution

Boards standard company fabricated or to be fabricated by fabricator.

Standards :

IS : 8623 : Distribution Boards

Distribution Boards :

Distribution boards along with the controlling MCB's/Fuse or Isolator as shown shall be fixed in an M.S. Box with hinged door suitable for recessed mounting in wall.

Distribution boards shall be made of minimum 18 SWG steel sheet duly rust inhibited through a process of de-greasing, acid pickling, phosphating and powder coated to an approved colour of adequate micron rating duly approved by architect/consultant.

Three phase boards shall have phase barriers and a wire channel on three sides.

Neutral bars shall be solid tinned copper bars with tapped holes and chase headed screws. For 3 phase DB's, 3. independent neutral bars shall be provided for per phase isolation in addition to main neutal links.

Conduit knockouts shall be provided as required/shown on drawings and the entire board shall be rendered dust and vermin proof with necessary sealing gaskets. The top and bottom side of DB should be detachable.

All DB's shall be internally pre-wired using copper insulated Busbars of appropriate rating.Bus bars shall be suitable for the incoming switch rating and sized for a temperature rise of 35° C over the ambient. Each board shall have two separate earthing terminals. Circuit diagram indicating the load distribution shall be pasted on the inside of the DB as instructed. Two earthing terminal for single phase and two terminals for 3 phase DB's shall be provided with one earth strip connecting the studs and the other earth link should be provided with base insulator in such a way that link should in contact with body of distribution board.

Page 174 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.4

RCCB/RCBO:

a) The RCCB should suffices all the requirements of IS as per code IS - 12640 (Part I) -

2000. The RCA should be current operated and not on line voltage.

b) The RCCB/RCCB should ensure mainly the following functions.

1.5

c)

1) Measurement of the fault current value.

2) Comparison of the fault current with a reference value.

The RCCB/RCBO should have a torroidal transformer witch has the main conductors of primary (P - N) which check the sum of the current close to zero.All metal parts should be inherently resistant to corrosion and treated to make them corrosion resistant.It should be truly current operated.It should operate on core balance torroidal transformer.It’s accuracy should be ± 5 %.It should operate even in case of neutral failure.It should trip at a present leakage current within 30 M.S.It’s enclosure should be as per IP 30.It’s mechanical operation life should be more than 20,000 operations.It should provide full protection as envisaged by IE rules - 61-A, 71 - ee,

73 - ee, 1985 and also rule 50 of IE rule1956.It should conform to all national and international standards like IS, BS 4293 - 1983, CEE 27 (International commission

Rules for the approved of electrical equipment).

MCB/ Isolators:

Miniature circuit breakers shall be quick make and break and break type conform with British standard BS : 3871 (Part-I) 1965, IEC 898-1995 and IS :8828 (1996).

The housing of MCBs shall be heat resistant and having a high impact strength.

The fault current of MCBs shall not be less than 10000 amps, at 230 volts. The

MCBs shall be flush mounted and shall be provided with trip free manual operating mechanism with mechanical "ON" and "OFF" indications.

The circuit breaker dollies shall be of trip free pattern to prevent closing the breaker on a faculty current. Tightening torque at terminals shall be not less than 2.5

Nm.Power losses should not be more than as specified in IEC 898-1995.

The MCB contact shall be silver nickel and silver graphite alloy and tip coated with silver. Proper arc chutes shall be provided to quench the arc immediately. MCB's shall be provided with magnetic fluid plunger relay 3 as for over current and short circuit protection. The over load or short circuit devices shall have a common trip bar in the case of DP and TPN miniature circuit breakers. All the MCB's shall be tested and certified as per Indian Standard, prior to Installation.

For protection of electric circuits with equipment that does not cause surge current

(i.e. lighting and socket outlet circuits)’B’ curve MCB to be used in which magnetic releases operates between 3 and 5 In.

Page 175 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.6

For protection of electric circuits with equipment that cause surge current (i.e.

inductive and motor circuits) ’C’ curve MCB to be used in which magnetic releases operates between 5 and 10 In.

For protection of electric circuits with equipment that cause surge current (i.e.

transformer, heavy start motors circuits) ’D’ curve MCB to be used in which magnetic releases operates between 10 and 15 In.

Isolators shall confirm to IS 13947-3 and IEC 60947-3.

Voltage Surge Protector Devices (SPDs):

SPDs (Surge Protection Devices) shall be of Type II for DB level internal

Protection (Class S, 8/20 microseconds waveform, UP-1.4KV, Imax 15KA) and

DIN-rail type (Unless & otherwise specified).

SPDs shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of IEC 61643-1.

SPDs shall be suitable for TT, TNC, TNS or TNC-S earthing systems.

SPDs shall provide protection between line to earth (common mode), neutral to earth (common mode) and line to neutral (differential mode).

SPDs shall be of the “withdrawable cartridge” type. The base of the SPDs shall be able to accept cartridges of different discharge ratings of Imax: 15kA, 20kA,

40kA & 65kA (8/20 microseconds waveform).

Optional auxillary contacts for remote indication shall be integrated in the base of the SPDs to eliminate possibility of wrong installation.

SPDs shall limit the transient let-through voltage of not more than 1.4kV in accordance to IEC 60364.

Protection against SPDs short-circuit (in the event of end-of-life of SPDs or/and short circuit at 50hz like neutral disconnection, inversion of Neutral /line,…) shall be provided by a dedicated miniature circuit breaker that has been tested to coordinate with the manufacturer’s SPDs in accordance to IEC 60364.

Type 1 for Increased protection at Panel level(Class I, 8/20 microseconds waveform, UP-1.2KV, Imax 40KA) SPDs shall be installed in the All Floor panel of installation/building fitted with a lightning rod. Type 1 SPDs shall be rated Iimit of 40kA per phase in accordance to IEC 61643-1 appendix A & IEC 62066 clause

12.3.2.1.

E – 7,8 L T CABLING AND TERMINATION

1.1

Scope :;

1.2

The scope consists of Supply, laying, tesing and commissioning of L.T. XLPE

Cable and its termination.

Standards :

Page 176 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.3

A)

B)

C)

1.4

A)

AS PER SCHEDULE OF INDIAN STANDARDS; ATTACHED IN THE

DOCUMENT

Cables :

LV POWER CABLES will be 1100 Volts grade single / multicore standard aluminum conductor extruded XPLE insulated with extruded PVC inner sheath outer sheath made of FRLS PVC compound conforming to IS-7098 part-1.

single core will be used for DC application. Cables in buried insulation shall be armoured type.

Control cables will be 1100 Volts grade multicore minimum 2.5 sqmm cross section standard copper conductor minimum 7 strands PVC insulated inner extruded sheathed and other sheath made of extruded FRLS PVC compound conforming to IS-1554 part-1. . Cables in buried insulation shall be armoured type.

All cables shall be new without any kind or visible damage. The manufacturers name, insulating material, conductor size and voltage class shall be marked on the surface of the cable at every 600 mm centers.

Cable joints and termination:

Connectors :

Cable terminations shall be made with copper/Aluminum Heavy duty long nack copper crimping lugs only crimped type solderless lugs for all aluminium cables and stud type terminals. For copper cables copper crimped solderless lugs shall be used.

Crimping shall be done with the help of hydraulically operated crimping tool. All cable lugs should be long neck type only.

Cable Glands : B)

C)

Cable glands shall be of heavy duty brass single compression type as specified.

Generally single compression type cable glands shall be used for indoor protected locations and double compression type shall be used for outdoor locations. Glands for classified hazardous areas shall be CMRS approved.

Ferrules :

D)

Ferrules shall be of self sticking type and shall be employed to designate the various cores of the control cable by the terminal numbers to which the cores are connected, for ease in identification and maintenance.

Cable joints :

Kit type joint shall be done and filled with insulating compound. The joint should be for 1.1 KV grade insulation.

1.5

HEAT / FIRE RESISTANT COATING OF CABLE

Page 177 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Supply and application of intumescent based coating on cables/ cable tray using

CP 678 firestop cable coating of HILTI India Pvt Ltd,along the horizontal runs at every 6 mtr for 1 mtr and full length in case of vertical runs .The coating shall have a density in the range of 1.2 to 1.4 Kg/ L. The coating shall be non-toxic, asbestos and halogen free and shall have good mechanical strength. The coating shall comply with IEC 332 part 3 (1992)

Cable coating should be

Hilti make cat No CP678 or equivalent.

E- 9

CABLE TRAY

9.1

Ladder type cable tray

The cable tray shall be fabricated out of 2 mm thick slotted/ perforated MS sheets as channel sections, single or double bended. The channel sections shall be supplied in convenient lengths and assembled at site to the desired lengths.

These may be galvanized or painted as specified

.

9.1.1

9.1.2

9.1.3

9.1.4

9.1.5

The jointing between the sections shall be made with coupler plates of the same material and thickness as the channel section. Two coupler plates, each of minimum 200mm length, shall be bolted on each of the two sides of the channel section with 8mm dia round headed bolts, nuts and washers. In order to maintain proper earth continuity bond, the paint on the contact surfaces between the coupler and cable tray shall be scraped and removed before the installation.

The permissible uniformly distributed load for various type of cables trays and for different supported span shall be as per IS.

The width of the cables tray shall be chosen so as to accommodate all the cables

In one tier, plus 30 to 50% additional width for future expansion. This additional width shall be minimum 100mm. The overall width of one cable tray shall be limited to 1000mm.

Factory fabricated bends, reducers, tee / cross junction. Etc shall be provided as per good engineering practice. The radius of bends, junctions etc. shall be less than the minimum permissible radius of bending of the largest size of cable to be carried by the cable tray.

The cable tray shall be suspended from the ceiling slab with the help of 10 mm dia MS round or 25 mm x 5 mm flats at specified spacing. Flat type suspenders may be used for channels up to 450 mm width bolted to cable trays. Round suspenders shall be threaded and bolted to the cable trays or to independent support angle 50 mm x 50 mm x 5mm at the bottom and as specified These shall be grouted to the ceiling slab at the other and through an effective means, as

Page 178 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

9.1.6

9.1.7

9.1.8

9.1.9

approved by the Engineer – in – charge, to take the weight of the cable tray with the cables.

The entire tray ( except in the case of galvanized type ) and the suspenders shall be painted with two coats of red oxide primer paint after removing the dirt and rust, and finished with two coats of spray paint of approved make synthetic enamel paint.

The cable tray shall be bonded to the earth Terminal of the switch bonds at ends.

The cable tray shall be measured on unit length basis, along the center line of the cable tray, including bends, reducers, tees, cross joints, etc, and paid for accordingly.

The ladder type of cable tray shall be fabricated of double bended channel section longitudinal members with single bended channel section rungs of cross members welded to the base of the longitudinal members at a center to center spacing of 250 cm as per IS.

9.2

Perforated type cable tray

The cable tray shall be fabricated out of slotted/ perforated MS sheets as channel sections, single or double bended. The channel sections shall be supplied in convenient lengths and assembled at site to the desired lengths. These may be galvanized or painted as specified. Alternatively, where specified, the cable tray may be fabricated by two angle irons of 50mmx50x6mm as two longitudinal members, with cross bracings between them by 50mmx5mm flats welded/bolted to the angles at 1 m spacing . 2mm thick MS perforated sheet shall be suitably welded/bolted to the base as well as on the two sides.

9.2.1

The jointing between the sections shall be made with coupler plates of the same material and thickness as the channel section. Two coupler plates, each of minimum 200mm length, shall be bolted on each of the two sides of the channel section with 8mm dia round headed bolts, nuts and washers. In order to maintain proper earth continuity bond, the paint on the contact surfaces between the coupler and cable tray shall be scraped and removed before the installation.

9.2.2

9.2.3

The maximum permissible uniformly distributed load for various all the cables trays and for different supported span are given in Table IV. The sizes shall be specified considering the same.

The width of the cables tray shall be chosen so as to accommodate all the cables In one tier, plus 30 to 50% additional width for future expansion. This additional width shall be minimum 100mm. The overall width of one cable tray shall be limited to 800mm.

Page 179 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

9.2.4

9.2.5

Factory fabricated bends, reducers, tee / cross junction. Etc shall be provided as per good engineering practice. The radius of bends, junctions etc. shall be less than the minimum permissible radius of bending of the largest size of cable to be carried by the cable tray.

The cable tray shall be suspended from the ceiling slab with the help of 10 mm dia MS round or 25 mm x 5 mm flats at specified spacing ( based on table III )

Flat type suspenders may be used for channels up to 450 mm width bolted to cable trays. Round suspenders shall be threaded and bolted to the cable trays or to independent support angle 50 mm x 50 mm x 5mm at the bottom and as specified These shall be grouted to the ceiling slab at the other and through an effective means, as approved by the Engineer – in – charge, to take the weight of the cable tray with the cables.

9.2.6

9.2.7

9.2.8

The entire tray ( except in the case of galvanized type ) and the suspenders shall be painted with two coats of red oxide primer paint after removing the dirt and rust, and finished with two coats of spray paint of approved make synthetic enamel paint.

The cable tray shall be bonded to the earth Terminal of the switch bonds at ends.

Thecable tray shall be measured on unit length basis, along the center line of the cable tray, including bends, reducers, tees, cross joints, etc, and paid for accordingly.

9.3

Anchor Fastener

1.1

Anchor fastener shall be Hilti make and it will be install as per standard instruction from supplier / manufacturer and install in proper manners.

For Slab / RCC : Hilti make – Cat No. HKD-E M10/40 or HSV M8/75 or equivalent as per requirements

For Wall / Bricks : Hilti make – Cat No. HRD-UGT 10x80/10

9.3.1

9.3.2

9.3.3

All installation of Anchor fastener has been approved by Hilti Technical staff and certified the same.

If require, 1% of total quantity Pull out test will be carried out at site.

Electrical contractor has to submit Material Test Certificate / Material Safety Data

Sheet (MSDS) for all material to be used for hanging of cable tray

.

E – 10 INTERNAL WIRING

Scope :

Page 180 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.2

The scope covers supply, laying, testing and commissioning of wiring in rigid PVC pipes, Switches, Sockets and accessories.

Standards :

AS PER SCHEDULE OF INDIAN STANDARDS, ATTACHED IN THE DOCUMENT

1

.

3

A)

B)

1.4

Rigid and Flexible conduits:

All conduits shall be rigid PVC having minimum wall thickness of medium gauge

1.6 to 1.8 approved by F.I.A. & I.S.I. All rigid pipe and its accessories shall be of suitable material complying with IS:3419-1989 and IS :9537 (Part 5) 2000 for flexible conduits.

The conduits shall be circular in cross-section and designated by their nominal outside diarmeter. Minimum thickness of walls shall be as follows: a) Upto 38 mm. diameter - minimum 1.8 mm. wall thickness.

b) Above 40 mm. diameter - minimum 2.2 mm. wall thickness.

The maximum number of PVC insulated copper conductor cables of 650/1100V grade confirming to IS: 694-1990 that can be drawn in one conduit of various sizes shall be as specified.

Flexible conduits shall be formed from a continuous length of spirally wound interlocked steel strip with a fused zinc coating on both sides. The conduit shall be terminated in brass adapters.

Accessories:

A

) PVC conduit fittings such as bends, elbows, reducers, chase nipples, split couplings, plugs etc. shall be specifically designed and manufactured for their particular application. All conduit fittings shall conform to IS:2667-1964 and IS:3857-1966. All fitting associated with galvanized conduit shall also be galvanized .

1.5

A)

B)

Wires:

All wires shall be single core multi-strand/ flexible copper or single strand Copper

FRLS type PVC insulated as per IS: 694 and shall be 660 V\1100 V grade.

All wires shall be colour coded as follows:

Phase

R

Y

Red

Yellow

Colour of wire

Page 181 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

C)

1.6

A)

B)

C)

D)

1.7

1.7.1

1.7.2

1.7.3

B

N

Blue

Black

Earth Green (insulated)

Control (If any) Grey

All off wires same as Phase wire

Both ends of wires should be terminated with adequate size copper crimping type lugs and ferrules as per instructions of engineer in charge.

Outlets switches & Sockets:

Switches shall be moulded plate type flush piano type with silver-coated contacts.

Sockets shall be multipin pin with switch and plate type cover. Combination of multiple switch units and sockets should be used to minimize the switch boxes. All screws shall be brass – chromium plated and shall be counter sunk type with half round head or flat headed.

For heavy duty, metal clad sockets with M.C.B/ Isolator mounted in a galvanized steel box shall be provided.

The switch boxes shall be made of either rigid PVC moulidng or mild steel or cast iron on all sides except at the front. PVC boxes shall comply with the requirements laid down in IS: 14772-2000. These boxes shall be free from internal roughness.

Wall thickness of PVC boxes shall not be less than 2 mm. Clear depth of the box shall not be less than 60 mm and this shall be increased suitably as per requirements. An earth terminal with stud and washer shall be provided in each MS boxes for termination of protective conductors.

All the fan boxes shall be of cast iron type only with minimum wall thickness of 3 mm.

Additional requirements

Making Chase

The chase in the wall shall be neatly made and of ample dimensions to permit the conuidt to be fixed in the manner desired. Chase shall be done with machine cutter only. In the case of building under construction, the conduits shall be buried in the wall before plastering and shall be finished neatly after erection of conduit. In case of exposed brick/ RCC work, special care shall be taken to fix the conduit and accessories in position along with the building work.

Fixing conduits in chase

The conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples, J-hooks, or by means of saddler, not more than 60 cm apart or by any other approved means of fixing. All threaded joints of conduit pipes shall be treated with some approved preservative compound to secure protection against rust.

Fixing conduits in RCC work (slab / wall / floor etc)

Page 182 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.7.4

1.7.5

1.7.6

The conduit pipes shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel reinforcement bars by steel binding wires before the concreting is done. The conduit pipes shall be fixed firmly to the steel reinforcement bars to avoid their dislocation during pouring of cement concrete and subsequent tamping of the same. Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all curves shall be maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius, which will permit easy drawing in of conductors. Location of inspection/ junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by suitable means to avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to locate these boxes.

At either side of the bends, saddles/staples shall be fixed at a distance of 15 cm from the center of the bends.

Fixing of inspection boxes

As far as possible inspection boxes shall be avoided or to be minized as much as possible. If necessary suitable inspection boxes to the minimum sizes shall be provided to permit inspection and to facilitate replacement of wires with prior approval of engineer in charge. These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete with minimum depth of 65 mm for slab and as per IS : 2667 – 1988 for other places.

Fish Wire

To facilitate subsequent drawing of wires in the conduit, GI fish wire of 1.6mm

/1.2mm (16/18 SWG) shall be provided along with the laying of the recessed conduits.

Earthing

A protective earth conductor shall be drawn inside the conduit in all distribution circuits to provide for earthing of non-current carrying metallic parts of the entire installation. These shall be terminated on the earth terminal in the switch boxes, and/or earth terminal blocks at the distribution boards. Gas or water pipes shall not be used as protective conductors (earth medium). Every sub main will has earth continuity conductor to run along with sub main wiring. Every circuit will have its earth continuity conductor to run along with circuit wiring. In case of 3 phase sub main wiring two earth continuity conductor shall be provided.

E – 11

1.1

1.2

1.3

LIGHT FIXTURES AND FANS

Scope:

The scope covers supply, installation, testing and commissioning of different types of light fixtures, fans and exhaust fans.

Standards:

AS PER SCHEDULE OF INDIAN STANDARDS.

Type of fixtures:

Page 183 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.3.1

General Requirement:

1.3.1.1

All fixtures shall be complete with accessories necessary for installation whether so detailed under fixture description or not

1.3.1.2

Fixture housing, frame or canopy shall provide a suitable cover for the fixture outlet box or fixture opening.

1.3.1.3

Fixtures shall be installed at mounting heights as detailed on the drawings or instructed on site by the Architects/Consultants.

1.3.1.4

Fixtures and/or fixture outlet boxes shall be provided with hangers to adequately support the complete weight of the fixture. Design of hangers and method of fastening other than shown on the drawings or herein specified shall be submitted to the Architect/Consultant for approval.

1.3.1.5

Pendant fixtures within the same room or area shall be installed plumb and at a uniform height from the finished floor. Adjustment of height shall be made during installation as per Architect's/Consultant's instructions.

1.3.1.6

Flush mounted and recessed fixtures shall be installed so as to completely eliminate light leakage within the fixture and between the fixture and adjacent finished surface.

1.3.1.7

Fixture mounted on outlet boxes shall be tightly secured to a fixture stud in the outlet box. Extension pieces shall be installed where required to facilitate proper installation.

1.3.1.8

Fixture shall be completely wired and constructed to comply with the regulations and standards for Electric Lighting Fixtures, unless otherwise specified. Fixtures shall bear manufacturer's name and the factory inspection label unless otherwise approved.

1.3.1.9

Wiring within the fixture and for connection to the branch circuit wiring shall be not less than 1.0/1.5 sq.mm. Copper for 250 volt application. Wire insulation shall suit the temperature conditions inside the fixture and wires bypassing the choke shall be heat protected with a heat resistant sleeve.

1.3.1.10

Metal used in lighting fixtures shall be not less than 22 SWG or heavier if so required to comply with the specification or standards. Sheet steel reflectors shall have a thickness of not less than 20 SWG. The metal parts of the fixtures shall be completely free from burrs and tool marks. Solder shall not be used as mechanical fastening device on any part of the fixture.

1.3.1.11

Ferrous metal shall be bonderized and given a corrosion resistant phosphate treatment or other approved rust inhibiting prime coat to provide a rust-proof base before application of finish.

1.3.1.12

Non-reflecting surfaces such as fixture frames and trim shall be finished in baked enamel paint.

Page 184 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.3.1.13

Light reflecting surface shall be finished in baked white enamel having a reflection factor of not less than 80%. All parts of reflector shall be completely covered by finish and free from irregularities. After finish has been applied and cured, it shall be capable of withstanding a 6 mm radius bend without showing sign of cracking, peeling or loosening from the base metal. Finish shall be capable of withstanding

72 hours exposure to an ultraviolet sun lamp placed 10 cm from the surface without discoloration, hardening or warping and retain the same reflection factor after exposure. Test results shall be furnished for each lot of fixtures.

1.3.1.14

Fixture with visible frames shall have concealed hinged and catches. Pendant fixtures and lamp holders shall be provided with ball type Algiers or similar approved means. Recessed fixtures shall be constructed so as to fit into an acoustic tile ceiling or plaster ceiling without distorting either the fixture or the ceiling plaster rings/flanges shall be provided for plaster ceiling. Fixtures with hinged diffuser doors shall be provided with spring clips or other retaining device prevent the diffuser from moving.

1.3.1.15

Detailed catalogue cuts for all fixtures, or, if so required by the Architect/Consultant sample fixtures shall be submitted for approval to the Architect/Consultant before orders for the fixtures are placed. Shop drawings for non-standard fixture types shall be submitted for approval to the Architect/Consultant.

1.3.1.16

Recessed fixtures shall be constructed so that all components are replaceable without removing housing from the ceiling.

1) Lamps shall be supplied and installed in all lighting fixtures furnished under this contract. All lamps shall be rated for 250 volts.

2) Lamps used for temporary lighting service shall not be used in the final lighting of fixtures units.

3) Lamps shall be of wattage and type as shown on the drawings and schedule.

Where not shown, the details shall be ascertained from the

Architect/Consultant before procurement.

4) Lamps for permanent installation shall not be placed in the fixtures until so directed by the Architect/Consultant, and this shall be accomplished directly before the building portions are ready for occupation.

Fluorescent fittings : 1.3.2

1.3.2.1

Only single and/or two lamp ballast shall be used in any one fixture. Ballast shall be completely enclosed inside sheet steel casing and shall have a corrosion - resistant finish. Ballast shall contain a thermosetting type compound not subject to softening or liquefying under any operating conditions or upon ballast failure. Compound shall not support combustion. All ballast shall be of high power factor compensated to above 0.9PF. Ballast temperature and sound rating shall be specified by the manufacturer and guaranteed. Ballast shall be for operation at the voltages and frequencies indicated and under temperature conditions prevailing in the various locations of the premises. Tapped ballast are preferred.

Page 185 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.3.2.2

All fluorescent fixtures shall be provided with separate wiring channel with cover plate and an earth terminal. All screws shall be chromium brass screws. Lamp and starter holders shall be out of tough moulded plastic with spring loaded rotor type contactors rendered shock and vibration proof. Condensers shall be low loss paper impregnated hermetically sealed complying with IS 1969-196 . Internal wiring shall be neatly clipped and where by passing the ballast, a suitable heat resistant barrier or sleeve shall be provided.

1.3.2.3

Surface mounted fixtures longer than two feet shall have one additional point of support besides the outlet box fixture stud when installed individually. Pendant individually mounted fixtures four feet long and smaller shall be provided with twin stem/conduit hangers. Stems shall have ball aligners or similar devices and provided for a minimum of 25 mm vertical adjustment. Stems shall be of appropriate length to suspend fixtures at required mounting height.

1.3.2.4

Lamps shall have bi-pin bases and a minimum approximate rated and guaranteed life of 6000 hrs. Colour spectrum of light shall be equivalent to `Philips White'.

Lamp starter and ballast shall match the lamp.

1.3.3

Incandescent fittings:

1.3.3.1

Incandescent fittings shall be of the type generally specified on the drawings.

Contractor should have sample approved by Architects/Consultant before procurement.

1.3.3.2

Incandescent fixtures shall be equipped with porcelain, medium base, screw type sockets for lamps upto and including 200 watt and mogul screw type pin type base for lamps 300 watt and over.

1.3.3.3

Re-lamping the fixture shall be possible without having to remove the fixture from its place.

1.3.3.4

Incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted/or clear type as required by the

Architect/Consultant.

1.3.4

Ceiling Fans :

1.3.4.1

Ceiling fans shall be complete with fan suspension stem canopies and regulators.

30 cm suspension stem shall be standard accessory and stems shall be heavy duty galvanized steel tubes to IS 1239- 1958.

1.3.4.2

Fans shall be mounted on a pre-embedded hook with hard rubber isolator.

Regulators shall be no-step type mounted in the switch box. The box in all such cases shall be large enough to accommodate the regulator and switches. One sample box with top cover shall be got approved before procurement.

E – 12 Earthing

1.0

SCOPE OF WORK :

Page 186 of 468

4.0

4.1

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The scope of work shall cover supply, laying, installation, connecting, testing and commissioning of:

1.1

1.2

1.3

copper/galvanized/aluminum/chemical or Electrode type Earthing station.

Earthing G.I./Aluminum/copper strips from earthing station to equi-potential bar.

1.4

1.5

Earthing G.I./ Aluminum/ copper strips/ wires from equi-potential bar to lay feeder mains and circuit to connect power panels, DBs, switchboards etc.

Bonding of Non-current carrying parts, and metallic parts of the electrical installation.

Provide inter connection between all earth pits of same type.

2.0

2.1

2.2

3.0

STANDARDS

The following standards and rules shall be applicable:

1) IS: 3043 - 1966 Code of practice for Earthing.

2) Indian Electricity Act and Rules

All codes and standards mean the latest. Where not specified otherwise the installation shall generally follow the Indian Standard Code of Practice or the British

Standard Codes of Practice in absence of Indian standard.

GENERAL

All the non-current carrying metal parts of the electrical installation and mechanical equipment’s shall be earthed properly. The metal conduits, trucking, cables armoured and sheath, electric panels boards, lighting fixtures, ceiling and exhaust fan and all other parts made of metal shall be bonded together and connected by means of specified earthing system.

An earth continuity conductor shall be installed with all the feeders and circuits and shall be connected from the earth bar of the panel boards, to the conduit system, earth stud of the switch box, lighting fixture, earth pin of the socket outlets and to any metallic wall plates used. All the enclosures of motors shall be also connected to the earthing system.

TYPE OF EARTHING STATION

PLATE EARTHING STATIONS

4.1.1

The earthing station shall be as shown on the drawing IS: 3043.

Page 187 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

4.1.2

4.1.3

4.1.4

4.1.5

4.1.6

4.1.7

The earth resistance shall be maintained with suitable soil treatment as shown in the drawing.

The resistance of each earth station should not exceed the limit specified in IS :

3043.

The earth lead shall be connected to the earth plate through copper/brass bolts in case of copper earth plate and shall be hot dip galvanized iron for G.I. plate earth plate as shown on the drawing.

The earthing grid and the earthing conductors shall be of copper strip in case of copper earth plate and hot dip galvanized iron strip in case of G.I. earth plate of size as mentioned on the drawing.

G.I. pipe with funnel with filter of approved quality shall be used for watering the earthing electrodes \ stations.

The block masonry chamber with Cast Iron hinged cover of 300 x 300 mm shall be provided for housing the funnel and the pipe for watering the earthing electrodes \ stations.

4.2

PIPE EARTHING STATIONS

4.2.1

4.2.2

4.2.3

4.2.4

4.2.5

The substation earthing shall be with GI Pipe earthing station and equipment earthing grid shall be with hot dip galvanized iron earthing station.

The Pipe electrode shall 38mm dia GI pipe for earthing

The earthing station shall be as shown on the drawing.

The earth resistance shall be maintained with suitable soil treatment as shown in the drawing.

The resistance of each earth station should not exceed 4 ohms.

4.2.6

4.2.7

4.2.8

4.2.9

The earth lead shall be connected to the earth plate through copper/brass bolts in case of copper earth plate and shall be hot dip galvanized iron for G.I. Pipe earth as shown on the drawing.

The earthing grid and the earthing conductors shall be of hot dip galvanized iron strip of size as mentioned on the drawing.

The block masonry chamber with Cast Iron hinged cover of 300 x 300 mm shall be provided for housing the funnel and the pipe for watering the earthing electrodes \ stations.

The hardware and other consumable for earthing installation shall be of copper/brass in case of copper earth plate and shall be hot dip galvanized iron material in case of G.I. Pipe , as per details shown in the drawing .

Page 188 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

4.3

ELECTRODE / CHEMICAL TYPE EARTHING STATIONS:

4.3.1

4.3.2

4.3.3

4.3.4

4.3.5

4.3.6

4.3.7

4.3.8

The substation earthing and equipment earthing shall be done with details given in earthing scheduled in BOQ & Drawing.

The earthing station shall be as shown on the drawing.

The earth resistance shall be maintained with suitable soil treatment as shown in the drawing.

The resistance of each earth station should not exceed the limit specified in IS :

3043.

The earthing grid and the earthing conductors shall be of copper strip of size as mentioned on the drawing.

The block masonry chamber with Cast Iron hinged cover shall be provided for housing the termination block as shown in the drawing.

The hardware and other consumable for earthing installation shall be of copper/brass, as per details shown in the drawing.

GROUNDING: The grounding system shall incorporate the following individual components or a combination of the following:

Deep driven copper bonded steel core ground rod/ Copper Plate / Copper Rod as central injection point for flow of fault current which is securely connected to the lower end of the down conductor.

The use of ground resistance improvement material shall be applied in order to reduce the resistivity levels of the grounding system and maintain a constant low resistivity. The grounding system shall be maintenance free.

Maintenance Free Earthing System consists of following material:

Copper Bonded Earth Rod- Length 1.5Mtr/3Mtr Dia. 5/8”

Ground Rod Clamp – For Earth Termination.

Ground Resistance Lowering Compound.

The Copper bonded earth rods are made in accordance with national and international standards such as BS6651, BS7430 and UL467. Threads are rolled onto the rod ensuring an even copper covering which eliminates the risk of chipping whilst driving.

Description: Threaded Copper bonded Earth Rod

Page 189 of 468

5.0

5.1

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Material: Carbon steel rod bonded with Copper

Length: 1.5Mtr./3Mtr

Rod Diameter (Actual): 5/8”

Weight: 1.92kg / 4Kg.

A low resistance, non-corrosive earth enhancing compound designed for use in standard soil conditions is to be used for these earthlings. This compound shall have following characteristics:

Will not dissolve or leach away with time

Maintains constant resistance for the life of the earthing system.

Effective in normal soil conditions.

No maintenance required

Ground Resistance Improvement Powder to be used which shall not wash away under seasonal conditions and therefore provides a permanent presence in working to improve and maintain the integrity of the earthing system.

U-Bolt Rod Clamp.

Suitable for clamping earth rods to tape or round conductor.

Description:

Suitable for

Rod Diam. : 5/8” & Copper Tape Size: 25mm x 3mm

Weight: 90 grm.

INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION :

The plate \ pipe electrode, as far as practicable, shall be buried below permanent moisture level but in no case not less than 2.5 M below finished ground level.

5.2

The plate \pipe electrode shall be kept clear of the building foundation and in no case, it shall be nearer by less than 2 M from outer face of the respective building wall \ column.

Page 190 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

5.3

The plate electrode shall be installed vertically and shall be surrounded with 150 mm. thick layers of Charcoal dust and Salt mixture.

5.4

5.5

5.6

G.I. pipe for watering shall run from top edge of the plate \ pipe electrode to the mid level of block masonry chamber.

Top of the pipe shall be provided with G.I. funnel and screen for watering the earth \ ground through the pipe.

The funnel with screen over the G.I. pipe for watering to the earth shall be housed in a block masonry chamber as shown in the drawing.

5.7

5.8

The masonry chamber shall be provided with a Cast Iron hinged cover resting over the Cast Iron frame which shall be embedded in the block masonry.

Construction of the earthing station shall in general be as shown in the drawing and shall conform to the requirement on earth electrodes mentioned in the latest edition of Indian Standard IS : 3043, Code of Practice for Earthing Installation.

5.9

The earth conductors ( Strips / Wires copper/ Hot dip G.I.) inside the building shall properly be clamped / supported on the wall with Galvanized Iron clamps and Mild

Steel Zinc Passivated screws \ bolts. The conductors outside the building shall be laid at least 600 mm. below the finished ground level.

5.10

The earth conductors shall either terminate on earthing socket provided on the equipment or shall be fastened to the foundation bolt and / or on frames of the equipment. The earthing connection to equipment body shall be done after removing paint and other oily substances from the body and then properly be finished.

5.11

Over lapping of earth conductors during straight through in joints, where required, shall be of minimum 75mm. long.

5.12

The earth conductors shall be in one length between the earthing grid and the equipment to be earthed.

Page 191 of 468

8.0

8.1

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

6.0

EARTH LEADS AND CONNECTIONS:

6.1

6.2

Earth lead shall be bare copper or galvanized steel as specified with sizes shown on drawings. Copper lead shall have a phosphor content of not over 0.15 %.

Galvanized steel buried in the ground shall be protected with bitumen and Hessian wrap or polytene faced Hessian and bitumen coating. At road crossing necessary hume pipes shall be laid. Earth lead run on surface of wall or ceiling shall be fixed on saddles so that strip is at least 8 mm away from the wall surface.

The complete earthing system shall be mechanically and electrically bonded to provide an independent return path to the earth source.

7.0

EQUIPMENT EARTHING :

All apparatus and equipment transmitting or utilizing power shall be earthed in the following manner. Copper/G.I. earth strips/wires shall be used unless other wise indicated in the Schedule B.

POWER TRANSMISSION APPARATUS

8.2

Metallic conduit shall not be accepted as an earth continuity conductor. A separate insulated / bare earth continuity conductor of size 50 % of the phase conductor subject to the minimum and maximum shall be provided.

Minimum(sqmm)

Maximum(sqmm)

Copper

2.5

75

4.0

100

Aluminum G.I.

6

200

The earth continuity conductor be drawn inside the conduit shall be insulated.

Non metallic conduit shall have an insulated earth continuity conductor of the same size as for metallic conduit. All metal junction and switch boxes shall have an inside earth stud to which the earth conductor shall be connected. The earth conduct or shall be distinctly coloured (Green or Green/Yellow) for easy identification.

8.3

Armoured cable shall be earthed by two distinct earth connections to the armouring at both the ends and the size of connection being as for the metallic conduit.

Page 192 of 468

9.0

9.1

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

8.4

In the case of Unarmoured cable, an earth continuity conductor shall either be run outside along with the cable or should form a separate insulated core of the cable.

8.5

Three phase power panel and distribution boards shall have two distinct earth connections of the size correlated to the incoming cable size. In case of single phase DB's a single earth connection is adequate.

UTILIZING EQUIPMENT :

Three phase motors and other three phase apparatus shall have two distinct earth connections of the size equal to 50% of the connecting cable subject to the following:

Minimum(sqmm)

Maximum(sqmm)

Copper

6.5

75

Aluminum G.I.

10 20

10 200

9.2

9.3

For single phase motors and apparatus, the single earth connection shall be provided of the above size. For all light fittings and fans a single earth connection with 1.5 sqmm copper or equivalent size shall be provided.

All street light poles shall have an earth stud and shall be connected to the cable armouring using 6.5 sqmm copper or equivalent unless shown otherwise. For street lighting poles planted in ground, 2.4 M long 10 SWG bare copper wire shall be coiled and buried with every fourth pole in addition to connection to cable armouring.

9.4

An equipment earthing grid shall be established as shown in the drawing. All earth connections to all panels, DB's and equipment shall be connected to the nearest point of the earthing grid.

10.0

TEST :

10.1

The entire earthing installation shall be tested as per requirements of Indian

Standard Specification IS : 3043.

Page 193 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

10.2

The following earth resistance values shall be measured with an approved earth meggar and recorded.

1) Each earthing station

2) Earthing system as a whole

3) Earth continuity conductors

10.3

Earth conductor resistance for each earthed equipment shall be measured which shall not exceed 1 Ohm in each case. This is responsibility of contractor to get the final value for resistance.

10.4

Measurements of earth resistance shall be carried out before earth connections are made between the earth and the object to be earthed.

10.5

All tests shall be carried out in presence of the consultant..

11.0

11.1

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT :

Provision of earthing station complete with excavation, plate, earth lead upto chamber, earth link in the chamber, electrode, GI watering pipe, Salt, Charcoal, soil treatment to achieve the earth resistance less than 4 ohm, masonry chamber with cast iron cover etc. shall be treated as one unit of measurement.

11.2

The following items of work shall be measured and paid per unit length covering the cost of the earth wires/strips, clamps, labour etc.

a) main equipment earthing grid and connection to the earthing stations.

b) Connection to the power panels, DB etc.

11.3

The cost of earthing the following items shall become part of the cost of the item itself and no separate payment for earthing shall be made.

a) Light fittings - form part of installation of the light fitting.

b) Conduit wiring, cabling - should form part of the wiring or cabling.

c) Street lighting - should form part of the street light poles.

Page 194 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

E-17 UPS & INVERTER

A : UPS SYSTEM

1.0

Scope:

The scope covers supply, installation, testing & commissioning of UPS system given in BOQ, complete with batteries & all accessories.

UPS:-

"True Online-Double conversion type single module UPS.

Input 415V Nominal; 50Hz; 3Phase 4wire system. (single phase input up to 7.5 kva)

Output 415V Nominal; 50Hz; 3Phase 4 Wire system (single phase output up to

10kva) with Battery each UPS comprising of the following Major components

IGBT based Rectifier cum charger

IGBT based Inverter

Sealed maintenance free battery with back up time of 15Mins

Inter connecting cables; Links; Racks and standard accessories

(Attach Battery Sizing calculation for back up)

Built in SNMP card

The Client will only give the connection to the Incoming terminals and take the load from Outgoing terminals of the UPS.

All other equipment necessary to operate the UPS is in the scope of the Vendor. Any deviation from this scope has to be intimated to the client well in advance.

2.0

GENERAL

1.1

SUMMARY

Page 195 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

A.

This specification describes the operation and functionality of a continuous duty, dual input feed with configurable single-phase or three-phase output power ( 3:1 or

3:3), solid-state, static Uninterruptible Power System (UPS) hereafter referred to as the UPS.

B.

The UPS shall utilize double conversion online topology designed to protect electronic equipment by supplying reliable, network-grade power with extremely tight voltage and frequency regulation. The UPS shall feature an internal static bypass and input power factor correction.

C.

Configuration Specifics:

The system power train shall comprise of, input disconnect and filter stage, input

PFC power stage, energy storage stage (DC bus capacitor bank), output power stage (inverters), static bypass switch for connecting bypass line to the output, and battery charger.

The system shall also include, field-replaceable fan module, removable input/output wiring trays, battery disconnects, an LCD interface display, EPO, and an integrated UPS network management card with temperature monitoring.

D.

The UPS and associated equipment shall operate in conjunction with a primary power supply and an output distribution system to provide quality uninterrupted power for mission critical, electronic equipment load.

E.

All programming and miscellaneous components for a fully operational system as described in this specification shall be available as part of the UPS.

1.2

STANDARDS

A.

EN50091-1/ EN/IEC62040-1-1

B.

EN50091-2 / IEC62040-2

C.

EN55022 Class A

D.

EN55024

E.

EN61000-4-2, 4-3, 4-4, 4-5, 4-6, 4-11

F.

EN60950

G.

IEC 60950

H.

CE

I.

VDE

J.

C-tick

K.

ISO 9001

L.

ISO 14001

Page 196 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.3

MODES OF OPERATION

A.

Normal: The input Power Factor Corrector (PFC) stage and output inverter stage shall operate in an on-line manner to continuously regulate power to the critical load. The input and output converters shall be capable of full battery recharge while simultaneously providing regulated power to the load for all line and load conditions within the range of the UPS specifications.

B.

Battery: Upon failure of the AC input source, the critical load shall continue being supplied by the output inverters, which shall derive their power from the battery system. There shall be no interruption in power to the critical load during either transfer to or from battery operation back to normal operation.

C.

During the re transfer from battery to on-line operation, the load shall be softly transferred from battery back on-line within 10 seconds, to avoid step load changes on the mains supply.

D.

Recharge: Upon restoration of the AC input source, the input converters and output inverters shall simultaneously provide regulated power to the critical load and recharge the battery.

E.

Bypass operation: Bypass mode shall be reached either as a user selection or automatically.

Bypass mode can be selected through the Control menu screen on the Power View display

The UPS will automatically switch into bypass mode if:

Both normal and battery operation modes are unavailable

An output overload condition occurs

The UPS has an internal fault

During bypass operation the utility power is connected to the load, bypassing the internal converters. If the bypass mode becomes unavailable the UPS will automatically switch to mains power. In the event that mains power is unavailable the system will switch to battery power.

With the UPS supplied from dual feeds and operating on battery, due to a mains failure, it shall be possible to request the unit to go to bypass, in addition to automatically transfer to bypass when the batteries are depleted. In this bypass mode the inverter shall become a PFC and back-feed the DC busses. This allows the charger to continue charging the batteries.

1.4

SUBMITTALS

A.

Proposal Submittals:

As bid system bill of materials.

Page 197 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Product catalog sheets or equipment brochures.

Product guide specifications.

System single-line operation diagram.

Installation information, including weights and dimensions.

Information about terminal locations for power and control connections.

B.

Delivery Submittals:

Installation manual, which includes instructions for storage, handling, examination, preparation, installation, and start-up of UPS.

User manual, which includes operating instructions.

PRODUCT

1.5

MECHANICAL DESIGN

A.

The UPS shall be contained in two rugged steel cabinets one containing the power electronics and the other containing the batteries and single phase distribution outlets;

B.

The UPS and battery cabinets shall be capable of conversion between Tower /

Stack and Rack-Mount configurations;

C.

The power electronics cabinet dimensions including terminations shall be

Rack configuration 263 x 432 x 773mm (10.35 x 17 x 30.43 in.) (Height x Width x

Depth), requires 6U of rack space and the side rack mounting brackets shall increase the overall width to 482mm (19 in);

Tower configuration 432 x 263 x 773mm (17 x 10.35 x 30.43 in.) (Height x Width x

Depth);

1.6

SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS

A.

System Capacity:

Page 198 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The system shall be rated for .8 Pf output:

6,000VA or 4,800W whichever limit is reached first (6kVA model).

10,000VA or 8,000W whichever limit is reached first (10kVA model).

15,000VA or 12,000W whichever limit is reached first (15kVA model).

20,000VA or 16,000W whichever limit is reached first (20kVA model).

30,000VA or 24,000W whichever limit is reached first (30kVA model).

B.

Input:

AC input nominal voltage:

220/230/240VAC, single phase, 3 wire (L + N + G) Up to7.5 KVA

380/400/415VAC, three phase, 5 wire (L1+L2+L3+N+G); for above 10 KVA

AC input voltage window:

Full Load, 160 -275V (Line-Neutral) for single phase input or 277 -476V (Line-

Line) for three phase input;

Half Load, 100 -275V (Line-Neutral) for single phase input or 173 -476V (Line-

Line) for three phase input;

Input frequency range: 40-70Hz;

Input Power Factor; > 0.98 at 100% load

Input Current Distortion: < 4% at 100% load, 230VAC (<7% for 3 phase output)

Crest factor: 3:1.

C.

UPS Output:

AC Output Nominal Output: (Customer configurable)

220VAC, 230VAC or 240VAC, Single Phase three wire, 50/60Hz; up to 10

KVA

380VAC, 400VAC or 415VAC, Three phase five wire, 50/60Hz;

KVA above 10

AC output voltage distortion: Max. 2% @ 100% linear load; Max. 5% @ 100% nonlinear Load;

AC output voltage regulation (Static): +/-1%;

Voltage Transient Response : +/- 8% maximum for 100% load step

Voltage Transient Recovery within < 10ms recovery time;

Page 199 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.7

Output Voltage Harmonic Distortion:

<2%THD maximum for a 100% linear load

<5% THD maximum for a 100% non-linear load

Overload Rating:

Online: 105% - infinite; 125% - 1 minute; 150% - 30 seconds;

In bypass: Overload is limited by the external input circuit breaker feeding the

UPS.

System AC-AC Efficiency:

> 91 % for 6, 10kva

> 94% for 15 and 20 kva

> 96 % for 30 kva

Output Power Factor Rating: 0.2 –1.0 lagging, nominal: 0.8 lagging.

Output frequency: 50/60 +/- 3Hz tracking or 50/60 +/- 0.1Hz tracking (user selectable);

Output connectors:

Single phase: Hardwire 3-wire (Phase + N + G),

Three phase: Hardwire 5-wire (3 Phase + N + G)

Output frequency Slew rate : 1.0Hz/Sec, 0.5Hz/Sec 0.25Hz/Sec

ENVIRONMENTAL

Storage Ambient Temperature:

-15° to +45° C (+5° to +113° F) charge the UPS battery every 6 months.

+30° to +70° C (+86° to +158° F) charge the UPS battery every 3 months.

Operating Ambient Temperature: 0

C to +40

C (+32

F to +104

F). (+25

C (+77

F) is ideal for most battery types).

Relative Humidity: 0 to 95% non-condensing

Storage altitude: 15,240m (50,000 feet) above sea level

Operating altitude: 3,000m (10,000 feet) above sea level. At an altitude of 3,000 m the UPS shall be capable of supporting a load of up to 90% of its nominal capacity.

Page 200 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Audible noise: a. <50dBA at <70 % load at 1m, b. <60dBA at >75 % load at 1m

1.8

INPUT PFC POWER STAGE

A.

The input PFC power stage of the UPS shall constantly rectify the power imported from the mains input of the system, converting the input mains AC power to DC power for precise regulation of the DC bus voltage, battery charging, and output power stage (inverter) regulated output power.

B.

Input Current Total Harmonic Distortion: The input current THD

I shall be held to 6% or less at full system load, while providing conditioned power to the critical load bus, and charging the batteries under steady-state operating conditions. This shall be true while supporting loads of both a linear or non-linear type. This shall be accomplished with no additional filters, magnetic devices, or other components.

C.

Input Current Limit:

The input converter shall control and limit the input current drawn from the utility supply

Overloads at low line input voltages shall draw power from the battery, (battery assist mode) in order to support the load and maintain the input current below the set current limit points.

1.9

D.

Charging:

The battery charging shall maintain the DC bus float voltage of +/-219V,+/-1% at the nominal temperature of 20

C (68

F)

The battery charging circuit shall contain a temperature monitoring circuit, which will regulate the battery charging current to optimize battery life.

The battery charging circuit shall remain active when in automatic Bypass and in

Normal Operation.

The battery charging system shall adjust the charging current by automatically sensing the number of battery modules and by monitoring the individual battery current. Maximum charger power shall be 3kW.

OUTPUT POWER STAGE (INVERTER)

Page 201 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

A.

The UPS output power stage (inverter) shall constantly recreate the UPS output voltage waveform by converting the DC bus voltage to AC voltage through a set of

IGBT switches. In both online operation and battery operation, the output power stage (inverter) shall create an output voltage waveform independent of the mains input voltage waveform. Input voltage anomalies such as brown-outs, spikes, surges, sags, and outages shall not affect the amplitude or sinusoidal nature of the recreated output voltage sine wave of the output power stage (inverter).

B.

Overload Capability: The output power stage (inverter) shall be capable of withstanding 150% overload for 30 seconds or 125% overload for 1 minute or 105% overload for an indefinite length of time. The system shall transfer to bypass if the overload persist and then return back on-line when the overload is removed.

C.

Battery Protection: The UPS shall have monitoring and control circuits to limit the level of discharge on the battery system.

1.10

AUTOMATIC BYPASS

A.

As part of the UPS, a system automatic bypass switch shall be provided. The system automatic bypass shall provide a transfer of the critical load from the

Inverter output to the automatic bypass input source during times when the inverter cannot support the load. Such times may be due to prolonged or severe overloads, or UPS failure. The UPS shall constantly monitor the output current, as well as the bypass source voltage, and inhibit potentially unsuccessful transfers to automatic bypass from taking place.

B.

The design of the automatic bypass switch power path shall consist of an electromechanical bypass contactor and series SCR’s.

C.

Automatic Transfers: An automatic transfer of load to bypass shall take place whenever the load on the critical bus exceeds the overload rating of the UPS.

Automatic transfers of the critical load from bypass back to normal operation takes place when the overload condition is removed from the critical bus output of the system. Automatic transfers of load to bypass shall also take place if for any reason the UPS cannot support the critical bus.

D.

Manual Transfers: Manually initiated transfers to and from bypass shall be initiated through the UPS interface display or via the serial communications port.

1.11

DISPLAY AND CONTROLS

A.

Control Logic: The UPS shall be controlled by an embedded microcontroller which performs the following functions:

Monitoring quality of input, bypass and output voltages;

Page 202 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Monitoring vital parameters of the UPS;

Executing the state machine;

Intelligent battery management;

Remaining runtime calculation;

Self-diagnostics, self-test and proactive fault detection;

Communication to the host server via serial port;

Communication to the Network Interface Card or another SmartSlot accessory card if equipped.

B.

Display Unit: A microprocessor controlled display unit shall be located at the front of the system. The display shall consist of an alphanumeric display with backlight, providing system status, LED alarm indicators and a keypad consisting of pushbutton switches for control and status reading selection.

C.

Metered Data: The following metered data, shall be available on the alphanumeric display:

Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second of occurring events

Source and Bypass Input Voltages

Output AC voltage

Input, Bypass and Output AC currents

Input, Bypass and Output Frequency

Battery voltages and currents

Internal and battery pack temperature

D.

Event log: The display unit shall allow the user to display a time and date stamped log of the 100 most recent status and alarm events.

E.

Alarms: The display unit shall allow the user to display a log of all active alarms.

The following minimum set of alarm conditions shall be available:

Input Frequency outside configured range

AC adequate for UPS but not for Bypass

Page 203 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Low/No AC input, startup on battery

Number of Batteries changed since last ON*

Number of Batteries increased*

Number of Batteries decreased*

Need Battery Replacement*

UPS Fault

On Battery

Shutdown or unable to transfer to battery due to overload

Load Shutdown from Bypass. Input Frequency Volts outside limits

Fault, Internal Temp exceeded system normal limits

System level fan failed

Runtime is below alarm threshold

Load is above alarm threshold

Load is no longer above alarm Threshold

Minimum Runtime restored

Bypass is not in range (either frequency or voltage)

UPS in Bypass due to Internal Fault

UPS in Bypass due to overload

Low Battery Shutdown

Low Battery Warning

F.

Controls: The following controls or programming functions shall be accomplished by use of the display unit. Pushbutton switches shall facilitate these operations.

Silence audible Alarm

Display or set the date and time

Transfer critical load to and from bypass

Page 204 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Test battery condition on demand

Set intervals for automatic battery tests

Adjust set points for different alarms

G.

Communication Interface Board: A communication interface shall provide the following communication ports which can be used simultaneously:

RS232 Serial Port #1

RJ-45 Interface port for Power View Display

RJ-45 Ethernet connection, on installed Network Management Card

1.12

BATTERY

A.

External SMF Battery

The UPS battery system shall comprise of user replaceable external batteries providing 192VDC nominal for the positive DC bus rail and 192VDC nominal for the negative DC bus rail.

The battery blocks shall be of the Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) type.

The UPS shall incorporate an Intelligent Battery Management system to continuously monitor the health of the battery system and notify the user if that system is weak or needs replacing.

B.

General description for Batteries

Batteries shall be of the Sealed Lead-Acid type.

Two separate, isolated 192 V battery systems shall be provided. One cable shall be wired to each 192 V battery system. Two cable assemblies shall be included with the UPS, one for each 192 V battery system.

Each battery system shall have identical Amp-hrs capacity.

Ground wires shall be supplied for connection from the UPS to each battery enclosure grounding point.

C.

Charging:

The intelligent battery management system shall contain a temperature monitoring circuit and compensation algorithm that regulates the battery charging current so as to optimize battery life. The UPS shall monitor the temperature of all

Page 205 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar proprietary battery packs and use the highest one as a reference to adjust the battery float voltage.

The battery charging circuit shall remain active when in bypass or on-line.

Charging system shall automatically adjust the maximum charger power, up to

3kW, based on the installed proprietary battery capacity and current through each battery string to avoid excessive charging that could result in bloated batteries. Each proprietary battery pack shall report its battery currents and temperature to UPS through CAN communication

ACCESSORIES

1.13

REMOVABLE INPUT/OUPUT ELECTRICAL TERMINAL

A.

The input and output terminal connections shall be designed to be removable trays for easy electrical connection and unit removal.

B.

The removable input and output trays shall contain a means of configuring the system for 1 or 3 phase input and output as well as for single or dual feed input.

1.14

SOFTWARE AND CONNECTIVITY

A.

Network Adaptor: Built in Smart Slot Network Management Card shall allow one or more network management systems (NMS) to monitor and manage the UPS in

TCP/IP network environments.

B.

Unattended Shutdown

The UPS, in conjunction with a network interface card, shall be capable of gracefully shutting down one or more operating systems when the UPS is operating in the battery mode. Network Shutdown software shall be available with the UPS.

The UPS shall also be capable of using an RS232 port to communicate with the host computer by means of serial communications so as to gracefully shut down one or more operating systems during an on battery situation.

1.15

REMOTE UPS MONITORING, CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

A.

The following three methods of remote UPS control, configuration and monitoring are available:

Web Monitoring: Remote monitoring shall be available via a web browser such as

Internet Explorer.

Page 206 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

RS232 Monitoring: Remote UPS monitoring shall be possible via either RS232 or contact closure signals from the UPS.

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP): Remote UPS Monitoring shall be possible through a standard MIB II compliant platform.

1.16

SOFTWARE COMPATIBILITY

A.

The UPS manufacturer shall have available software to support graceful shutdown and remote monitoring for the systems detailed on the following web link:

EXECUTION

1.17

START-UP

Start-up is requested, factory trained service personnel shall perform the following inspections, test procedures, and on-site training:

A.

Visual Inspection:

Inspect equipment for signs of damage.

Verify installation per manufacturer’s instructions.

Inspect cabinets for foreign objects.

Inspect battery chassis and modules.

Inspect power chassis

B.

Mechanical Inspection

Check all UPS and internal power wiring connections.

Check all UPS and nuts, and/or spade lugs for tightness.

C.

Electrical Inspection:

Verify correct input and bypass voltage.

Verify correct UPS control wiring and terminations.

Verify voltage of all battery modules.

Verify neutral and ground conductors are properly landed.

Page 207 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Inspect external service bypass panel for proper terminations.

D.

Site Testing:

Ensure proper system start-up.

Verify proper control functions.

Verify proper bypass operation.

Verify system set points.

Verify proper inverter operation and regulation circuits.

Simulate utility power failure.

Verify proper charger operation.

Document, sign, and date all test results.

E.

On-Site Operational Training: During the factory assisted start-up, operational training for site personnel shall include key pad operation, LED indicators, startup and shutdown procedures, maintenance bypass and AC disconnect operation, and alarm information.

1.18

MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICE

A.

Worldwide service: The UPS manufacturer shall have a worldwide service organization available, consisting of factory trained field service personnel to perform start-up, preventative maintenance, and service of the UPS system and power equipment. The service organization shall offer 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year service support.

B.

Replacement parts: Parts shall be available through the worldwide service organization 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. The worldwide service organization shall be capable of shipping parts within 4 working hours or on the next available flight, so that the parts may be shipped to the customer site within

24 hours.

1.19

MAINTENANCE CONTRACTS

A.

A complete offering of preventative and full service maintenance contracts for the

UPS system and the battery system shall be available from the vendor. All contract work shall be performed by the vendor’s factory trained service personnel.

1.20

TRAINING

Page 208 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

A.

UPS service training workshop: A UPS service training workshop shall be available from APC. The service training workshop shall include a combination of lecture and practical instruction with hands-on laboratory sessions. The service training workshop shall include instruction about safety procedures, UPS operational theory, sub-assembly identification and operation, system controls and adjustment, preventative maintenance, and troubleshooting.

1.0

SPECIAL CONDITION FOR TESTING

SCOPE :

(CONTRACTOR TO READ THIS CAREFULLY)

Contractor should have to take all necessary testing/ random testing of equipments and component prior to supply as per the guidelines / rules / sampling method etc. of IS at manufacturing works or other standard lab in presence of Client’s representative & consultant as witness testing. Any deviation in parameters which is not as per IS is not accepted and clent reserve the rights to reject the same at any stage of the project.

MODE OF PAYMENT

The following payment will be made after deducting retention money.

Payment for various items shall be made as follows:

1.

Light, Fan, Plug, Bell, Telephone, TV,

Computer point Etc.(Part payment of plug on Board will not be considered)

20 % when conduits are laid in slab &

Boxes are fixed

40 % when wires are drawn in above conduits.

10 % when switches are fitted and testing is done.

10 % after completion of the job.

2.

HT Equipment, Transformer, MV switchgear, Distribution Boards

70 % for erection. .

Page 209 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3.

4.

Cable Trench,Cables,Bus Duct, Server,

EPABX

30 % after testing and commissioning

Earthing 70 % after earthing is complete.

30 % after testing and commissioning.

Light fixture and Fans 70 % for erection.

30 % after testing and commissioning.

Special Notes:

NO PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE AGAINST THE MATERIAL, WHICH IS NOT

GOING TO CONSUME IN NEXT 2 MONTHS.

THE FINAL CERTIFICATE SHALL BE GIVEN ONLY AFTER THE

CONTRACTOR SUBMITES FOUR SETS OF AS BUILT DRAWING BOTH HARD

COPY AS WELL AS SOFT COPY DULY APPROVED BY CLIENTS ENGINEER

AND CONSULTANT.

FOR THE VERTUAL COMPLITION AND FINAL CERTIFICATES

CONTRACTOR WILL HAVE TO PRODUCE NO OBJECTION CERTIFICATE

FROM CLIENTS.

Sign & Seal Of

CONTRACTOR

Page 210 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

APPLICABLE STANDARDS

6)

7)

8)

9)

2)

3)

Sr. No.

IS No.

1) IS: 2026-1977

1981 -1994

IS 3639-1966

IS10028-Part III

1981

Description

: Power transformers & fittings.

: Fittings and acc. For P.T.

: Installation of Transformer.

4)

5)

IS: 13118-1991 breakers.

: Specification for High voltage AC circuit

: Insulating oil for Transformers & switch IS: 335-1993 gear.

IS: 2705-1992 : CT for measuring and protection.

10)

11)

IS: 3156-1992

IS: 3156-1992

: Voltage (Potential) Transformers.

: Voltage Transformer.

IS: 8623-Part II : Bus-bar arrangement and

1993 marking.

IS: 2099-1986 : Bushing

IS: 5621-1980 : Large Hollow Porcelains Insulator

Page 211 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

12) IS: 2544-1973 : Insulators greater than 1000V

13) : Hot Dip Galvanizing

14)

IS: 2629-1985

IS: 2633-1986

IS: 3842-1967 : Relays for AC system

15)

16)

IS: 1248-2003 : Meters (measuring).

IS: 10118-1982 : Installation of Switch gears.

17) IS: 692-1994

Sheathed

: HV Cable Paper Insulated Lead

Cables for Rated Voltage up to and

Including 33 kV –Specification

: Installation of HV cables and jointing.

18) IS: 1255 -1983

19) IS: 3043-1987 : Code of practice for earthing.

20) IS: 13947-Part III : HD Air breaker, Switch gears

-1993 and fuses for Voltage not exceeding 1000 Volts.

21) IS: 13703-Part IV : Selection, installation and

-1993 maintenance of fuses up to 650

Volts.

22) IS: 13947-Part I : General requirements for switch

-1993 gear and control gear for voltage not exceeding 1000 Volts.

Page 212 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

23) IS: 13947-Part III : Air-break isolators for Voltage

-1993 not exceeding 1000 Volts.

24)

25)

IS:8623-1993 : Factory built assemblies of switch gears and control gears for voltage up to and including 1000 Volts A.C. and 1200

Volts D.C.

IS: 11353-1985 : Marking and arrangement of switch gear bus bars main connectors and auxiliary wiring.

26)

27)

28)

IS: 13947 PART-1 : Cubical Boards.

IS: 8084-1976 : Insulated Busbar rating.

IS: 2675-1983

IS: 8828-1995

: Enclosed distribution fuse boards and cutouts for Voltage not exceeding 1000

Volts.

: Miniature Circuit Breaker.

29)

30) IS: 9926-1981 : Fuse wire used in rewirable type electric fuses up to 650 Volts.

31) IS: 1554-Part I : PVC insulated electric cables

-1988 Heavy duty.

32)

-1967

IS: 3961-Part II & IV : Recommended current rating for cables.

33) IS: 8130-1984 : Copper conductor in insulated cables and cores.

Page 213 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

41)

42)

38)

39)

34) IS: 8130-1984 : Conductor for insulated electric cables and flexible cords.

35) IS: 3975-1999 : Low Carbon Galvanized Steel Wires,

FormedWires and

Tapes for Armouring of Cables -

Specification

36) IS: 5831-1984 : PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables.

37)

40)

IS: 8130-1984

IS: 11955-198

IS: 732-1989

IS: 1646-1997

: Aluminum conductor for insulated cables.

: Recommended current rating for Cable.

: Code of practice for electrical wiring installation system

Voltage not exceeding 650 Volts.

: Code of practice for fire safety of

Buildings (general) electrical installation.

IS: 9537-1981 : Rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring.

IS: 2667-1988 : Fittings for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring.

43)

44)

IS: 3480-1966 : Flexible steel conduit for electrical wiring.

IS: 3837-1976 : Accessories for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring.

Page 214 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

52)

53)

54)

48)

49)

45) IS: 694-1990 : PVC insulated cables (wires).

46) IS: 9537-Part III : Installation of Rigid non-metallic

-1983 conduits for electrical wiring.

47)

50)

IS: 6946-1973 : Flexible (playable) nonmetallic conduits for electrical installation.

: Plugs and sockets upto 250V.

IS: 1293-2005

IS: 8130-1984 : Conductors for insulated electrical cables and flexible codes.

IS: 9537-1980 : Specification for conduit for electrical installation.

51) IS: 3419-1988

IS: 3854-1997

IS: 6538-1971

: Accessories for non-metallic conduits for electrical wiring.

: Switches.

: Plugs.

55)

56)

IS: 13585-Part I : Shunt Capacitors for power

-1998 systems upto 650V.

IS: 13703 : Low voltage fuse and links up to 1000 volts.

IS: 1913-1978 : General and safety requirement for lighting fittings.

Page 215 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

57) IS: 1944-1981 : Code of practice for lighting public thorough fares.

58) IS: 3528-1966 : Waterproof electric lighting fittings.

59)

60)

IS: 3553-1966 : Water tight electric lighting fitting.

IS: 1239-Part I : Mild Steel tubular and other

-2004 wrought steel pipe fitting.

61)

62)

IS: 10322-Part V

-1987

: Luminaries for street light.

IS: 13703-Part III

-1993

: HRC fuses having rupturing capacity voltage upto 1000V.

IS: 2312-1967 : Exhaust Fan.

63)

64)

65)

IS: 374-1979

IS: 7098 (Part I, II, III)

-1988

: Class I Ceiling Fan.

: XLPE armoured Cables upto

0V.

100

NOTE:

All codes and standards means the latest where not specified otherwise the installation shall generally follow the Indian Standard codes of practice or relevant British

Standard Codes of Practice in the absence of corresponding Indian Standards.

PLEASE FOLLOW:

a. Indian Electricity Act of 1910 and rules issued there under revised up to date.

Page 216 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar b. Regulations for electrical equipment in building issued by The Bombay

Regional Council of insurance Association of India.

LIST OF APPROVED MAKE / MANUFACTURER FOR ELECTRICAL WORK MATERIALS

1) Rigid PVC Conduit :

2) Accessories for conduit

3) Flexible Copper Wires :

4) Switches

5) Light Fixture &

:

:

ISI & FIA approved & manufactured from virgin material.

Precision(PPI), NIHIR.

: Same make as of pipe.

FRLS type : Havell’s, Finolex,

Avocab,Polycab

Legrand(Arteor),Morysys ( )

XAL,Phillips,Wipro,

(As suggested by architect - Sample to be approved )

6) FTL/CFL/Lamps or any kind of light source

7) Ceiling Fans :

:

8) Fan box

9) Exhaust Fan :

10) Call bell

11) PVC tape

12) Distribution boards :

:

13) MCB/ELMCB & Acc :

14) DB Surge Protector :

15) LT Cables

Osram, Philips, GE

Crompton, Usha

: Cast Iron Type Only

Crompton, Almonard, Usha

: Anchor Ding Dong type.

Steel grip, Anchor

Legrand (MDS-lexic), Schneider (MG) ,

L&T, Hager

Factory fabricated. Double door type

Legrand (MDS-lexic), Schneider (MG) ,

L&T, Hager

Legrand, Schnieder,OBO, L&T, Hager

:

Finolex, Havells, Avocab, Polycab

Page 217 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

16) Panel Fabricators :

17) Load Manager / Energy Meter:

CPRI Approved panel builders only

Conzerve, Secure, Elmeasure, L&T

(Suitable for PC Connected and LAN with open protocol, Sample to be approved)

18) Meters(Digital : V,A,PF etc) :

19) Timer :

21) MCCB

22) Connectors

23) HRC Fuses & Fuse-Base:

:

24) Glands

:

:

Conzerve, Secure, Elmeasure, L&T

Theban (Indoasain), Legrand, L&

Legrand, Schneider (MG) , L&

ELMEX, Wago

Schneider MG, Siemens, L&T, Havell’s

Compression type, Heavy duty and deep threding with rubber-ring and double washers. (Sample tobe approved)

HMI, Comet

Dowells, 3-D (Copper long nack)

25) Cable Lugs :

26) Metal Clad and Wheather proof

Plug-socket

27) Button holder, Angle

:

: holder, ceiling rose

28) M.S. Boxes :

Legrand, Spelsberg, Schnieder

Anchor, CPL

Fabricated out of CRCA sheets / Angle /

Strip continuously welded (sample to be approved) with Powder coating / Colour coating.

29) Cable Tray :

Legrand, OBO

30) Raceway(Floor & Skarting) :

MK (Ega), Legrand, OBO

31) Chemical Type Earthing :

32) Lightening Surge Protector

33) Anchor Fastener :

LPI, OBO

: LPI, OBO

Hilti,3M

34) Fire Stopper / Mortar :

Hilti, OB

Page 218 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

35) Fire Stop Sealant / Foam:

36) Fire Resi Cable Coating :

37) Current Transformer :

38) Indication Lamp

39) Voltage Selecter Switch :

:

40) Ameter Selecter Switch :

41) Thermoplastic Boxes :

42) UPS :

Hilti, OBO

Hilti, OBO

AE, Virat, Narmada

LED Type :Schneider, Sumo, L&T, RASS

L&T, Salzer

L&T, Salzer

Hensel, Spelsberg

APC, HIREL, ETON, EMERSON

43) Battery

Amarraja,Hitachi

: Global (Rocket),HBL (Life), Exide,

Special Notes :

The successful tenderer will have to supply the makes from above in consultation with the Client/Architect/Consultant without any extra cost.

 tender, in covering letter of separate letter enclosure. However, the final decision for accepting make specified by tenderer would be of client/Architect/Consultants.

As far as possible, the successful tenderer will have to place order directly to the manufacturer OR it’s authorized dealer.

The Client/Architect/Consultants have right to check the challans of supplier.

The MCB and MCB DBs must be of same make.

Make of components reuired to be used by contractor to complet the installation, if

Page 219 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar not mentioned any where, shall be required to GOT IT APPROVED by

Client/Architect/Consultant before installation in writing manner.

Within a week of work order, the contractor shall submit the sample of each item / component of above mentioned approved make for the approval of the

Client/Architect/Consultant.

The make for CAT6 and OFC should be the same.

Page 220 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

HVAC Service Tender

VOLUME 1 TENDER PURCHASE CONDITION

VOLUME 2 HVAC SYSTEM DESIGN DOCUMENT

VOLUME 3 HVAC SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

VOLUME 4 TERMS & SCOPE OF MAINTENANCE CONTRACT

Page 221 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Volume 1

TENDER PURCHASE CONDITIONS

TENDER DOCUMENT – HVAC SYSTEM for 19

TH

CITY, GANDHINAGAR.

FLOOR, B.O.B OFFICE - QC 1 Tower at GIFT

APPINDIX A – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

APPENDIX B – GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS

APPENDIX C – SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (TECHNICAL)

Page 222 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

APPINDIX A – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.1

The Bidder is expected to have studied the nature of site, scope of work, local conditions, details of construction drawings, materials and labor conditions as applicable to work.

1.2

The tenderer must furnish along with the tender, detailed information in respect of works that they have completed during the past five years, including the name of work, name of the employer, contact person with telephone nos. and cost of work.

1.3

The tenderer shall not make alteration or amendments in the scope of work, in the specifications and in descriptions as incorporated in the tender documents, since in such cases the tender is liable to be rejected and if at all any alterations are suggested it should be clearly highlighted in the format furnished in the annexure of

“Deviations” No alteration shall be made in the form of tender or in the specification and schedule. The tenderer may however submit alternative proposals embodying any variations, which he intends to suggest for any technical advantages. Full details including CALCULATIONS shall be furnished in such cases to indicate all the advantages with the alternative proposals.

1.4

Tenderer shall submit following in duplicate along with tenders

1.4.1

Descriptive leaflets giving complete process, mechanical, electrical and instrumentation data about the equipment offered and drawings showing detailed dimensions of the equipment.

1.4.1

The statements of technical particulars and performance specification along with performance curves with efficiency, power consumption & COP of the equipment offered in the proforma given in the tender document.

1.5

Wherever reference to any standard specifications is made in these specifications, only the latest revised and amended versions of the same shall be referred to.

1.6

The tender should be

_____________________________________________.

addressed to

1.7

The Bidder before tendering shall satisfy them for correctness of the capacities offered and must guarantee inside design conditions.

1.8

One performance test shall be conducted during peak summer.

1.9

All equipments / Units shall be located as per drawings. All Expenses required for lifting / shifting of equipments will be included in tenderer’s scope.

Page 223 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.10

The bidder will submit unit rates of items likely to be variable in quantity such as piping, insulation, ducting, ducting insulation, grilles, diffusers etc. in line with the

BOQ enclosed.

1.11

Offers from vendors having City office maintenance center or in the nearest city will be preferred and bidder must give the location of nearest office from site.

1.12

Incomplete data will be treated as negative reply.

1.13

The above instructions shall form part of the conditions of contract.

1.14

I / we hereby declare that I / we have read & understood the above instructions for the guidance of the tender.

Witness __________________________ ________________________

Signature of Tenderer

Address __________________________

__________________________

__________________________

__________________________

Date _____________________ Date _____________________

The Tender Offer Should Be Submitted in Sealed Cover as per the schedule provided in

General

Conditions of contract.

the

Page 224 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

APPENDIX B – GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITION

Name of work

Design, manufacture, supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Air Conditioning

& Air distribution System for 19 th

Floor, B.O.B Office at - QC 1 Tower at GIFT City -

Gandhinagar.

i. Tenders are to be submitted on due date as mentioned on TENDER COVER.

ii. The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the specifications or as directed by the Engineer – in – Charge / Architect / Consultant.

iii. The time allowed for completion of work shall be ____ weeks, which shall be reckoned from the seventh day from the date of issue of letter of intent.

iv. The offer shall remain valid for at least 45 days from due date of submittal of tender.

v. The rates shall be provided shall be exclusive of all taxes, duties etc.; All applicable

Taxes and Duties shall be separately indicated with % and quantum for supply and services as applicable valid till handing over of the system.

vi. The Owner reserves the right to cancel any or all the tenders without assigning any reason.

vii. Electricity required for the job shall be made available free of cost by the Owner at one point. Further distribution shall be carried out by the selected bidder.

viii. TDS shall be deducted from the contractor’s bill as per Govt. of India rules.

ix. The contractor should inspect the site before submitting their tenders, but with prior appointment with Owner.

x. Retention amount shall be deducted @ ____% of the total value of the work done fromeach Running Bill. _____% of retention amount shall be returned after virtualcompletion of works and balance shall be released subject to successfulperformance after expiry of the Guarantee period.

xi. The System performance, workmanship and supply of material shall be guaranteed for

ONE year from the date of actual completion of the work.

Page 225 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar xii. For proper completion of the work, if any quantity variation or extra items of work are involved, the contractor shall indicate the same before start of execution with rate analysis; Rates of extra items shall be derived from the tender itself as far as possible

& the prevailing market rates shall be allowed with acceptable justification of rates for extra items.

xiii. All materials brought at site shall be as per contract specifications and schedule of quantities and shall be got approved by the Engineer – in – Charge / Consultant before being used.

xiv. The contractor shall ensure compliance of all statutory laws and by laws of the central

Govt. / State Govt. / Municipal authorities related to the employment of their staff and all such obligation under wage Act, workmen compensation act. ES – II act, Provident fund and miscellaneous provision act, Bonus act and contract labour act. 1970 etc.

Client will not be responsible for lapses on part of contractor on such purposes in any way.

xv. Before commencement of work the contractor shall visit & examine the site conditions, correlate all relevant structural, Architectural and service drawings and satisfy himself that the information available, there from is complete and unambiguous. The contractor shall submit shop / working drawings for approval prior to execution and supply / execute as per approved layouts; Client shall not be responsible for any error / difficulty the drawings which has been overlooked by them and has not been brought to the notice of the Engineer – in – Charge / Consultant before execution.

xvi. Contractor will not be permitted to quit the job during exigency of the contract. For any reason if contractor leaves the penalty of _____% shall be imposed.

xvii. The HVAC Vendor shall co-operate in providing all kind of variable system protocols for

3 rd party integration by BAS / BMS vendor. The issues shall be resolved within the two agencies without connecting the points with the schedule of the project.

xviii. Civil vendor shall share the BAS / BMS Tender document with HVAC vendor also so that HAVC Vendor is familiarized with the BAS / BMS system compatibilities required within the HVAC Systems and shall comply with all the requirements mentioned therein.

xix. Time allowed for completion of work shall be strictly followed; otherwise the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of ______% of the contract value of the job undone per week of delay on the part of the contractor subject to a maximum of

____% of the total contract value.

Page 226 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar xx. However, for any reason beyond the control of the contractor, the extension of the time shall be granted upon application by the contractor in prescribed format. No claim for any compensation during the extended period shall be entertained and the owner’s decision in this regard shall be final.

xxi. Any claim, dispute or difference arising out of or in connection with this agreement and which cannot be settled by mutual consultations, shall be referred to sole Arbitrator to be appointed by mutual consultations. The award of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding between the parties to this agreement. The Arbitration proceeding shall be governed by the Arbitration and Conciliation Ordinance dated 26 th

March, 1996 and shall be conducted in Ahmedabad at the discretion of Owner.

The agreement drawn shall be subjected to the jurisdiction of the courts at Ahmedabad

Engineer In

Charge

19 th

Floor, B.O.B Office- QC 1 Tower at GIFT

City, Gandhinagar.

APPENDIX C – SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (TECHNICAL)

Page 227 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.1) PREQUALIFICATION

Either OEMs or exclusively approved system integrators of makes recommended later shall be acceptable for supply / installation of the said system; the integrator should have exposure of minimum 5 years in the field with minimum 10 installations working satisfactorily within India at-least since last 3 years. Bidder to enclose list of successful installations with client details in their bid.

The System integrator shall be supported by the OEM back-to-back for system performance related issues till FIVE satisfactory performance years of the system. A letter to this effect will be enclosed in case of bids submitted by system integrators.

Bidder shall provide equipments / products that shall be comprehensive manufacturing / testing / sales and services facility within India.

1) Prices

The prices to be quoted by the tenderer shall include the Design, supply, installation,

Testing & commissioning at the site, of all component, ancillary material and other items whatsoever required for carrying out the job to fulfil the intent and purposes as laid down in the specifications and / or the drawings.

The bidders’ price shall be deemed to include all accessories and miscellaneous items, components panels, nuts, bolts, clamps, supports etc. as required for proper fixing and / or grouting of equipments and ancillary items. Except for the item where the price is separately indicated. Whether specifically mentioned or not the contractor shall also include, in his price, all taxes duties or other levies (viz. Excise duty,

Customs duty, works contract tax, service tax, sales tax, Octroi etc.) which are legally leviable on equipment. Failure to include all leviable taxes and duties will not entitle the contractor to any extra claims from the Owner.

2) Scope of work

The general nature and the scope of work to be carried out under this contract is indicated in Specifications, Drawings and Schedule of Quantities. The contractor shall carry out and complete the said work under this contract in every respect in conformity with the contract documents and with the direction of and to the satisfaction of the Owners site representative. The contractor shall furnish all labour, materials and equipment (except those to be supplied by the owner) as listed under schedule of quantities and specified otherwise, transportation and incidentals

Page 228 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar necessary for supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the complete work for

HVAC system as described in the specifications and as shown on the drawings and as per site conditions.

This also includes any material, equipment, appliances and incidental work not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the drawings / documents as being furnished or installed, but which are necessary to be performed under this contract.

The HVAC system shall comprise of Design supply, installation, testing, commissioning of the following:

2.1 Toilet Ventilation systems with fans along with vibration isolators as per SOQ

2.2 Air Conditioning system.

2.3 Balancing, testing and commissioning of the entire associated Air Conditioning

& Toilet Ventilation systems.

2.4 Test reports, list of recommended spares, As-built drawings, operation and maintenance manual for the entire works carried out. (3 Sets and a Soft Copy in

C.D.)

2.5 Training of Owners staff.

2.6 Sufficient quantity of steel channels / angle iron supports shall be provided for supports, piping, Ducting, cable trays etc as required, as approved by Engineer in charge / Consultant as per site conditions.

2.7 The bidder should visit the site and familiarize with site conditions.

3) Service Works Excluded

3.1 Providing power supply with earthing at the incoming of respective Ventilation

Unit Starter Panel, if required.

3.2 Any kind of civil work.

4) Imported Equipment (if applicable)

Page 229 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The successful tenderer shall submit upon award the following to facilitate the Owner in their application for concessional duty for equipment / material proposed to be directly purchased and imported by them.

4.1 Four copies of proforma invoice from Manufacturer / Supplier drawn in the name of Owner identifying FOB price from the country of origin and Freight cum Insurance up to site.

4.2 Three sets of Technical Literature, high lighting model number and all technical details of the actual equipment / material offered by them.

4.3 Concessional custom duty `as applicable’ only will be payable. Institute will provide necessary documents as required, for the above, however all incidental and follow-up work etc. will be carried out by the contractor only. No delay / extra payment towards this will be payable by the institute.

5) Project Execution and Management

The contractor shall ensure that senior planning and erection personnel from his organization are assigned exclusively for this project. They shall have minimum 5 years experience in this type of installation and shall ensure at least one full time engineer who would be exclusively responsible for ensuring strict quality control, adherence to specifications and ensuring top class workmanship for the air conditioning installation including electrical works and controls. The names and details of the engineers proposed to be deployed should be indicated along with their qualifications and experience. The contractor shall arrange to have mechanized & modern facilities of transporting material to place of installation for speedy execution of work.

6) Performance Guarantee

6.1 The contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the Drawings, specifications, schedule of quantities and other documents forming part of the contract as well as site conditions.

6.2 The contractor shall be fully responsible for the performance of the selected equipment (installed by them) at the specified parameters and for the efficiency of the installation to deliver the required end result.

6.3 The contractor shall guarantee the air conditioning & Ventilation units as installed. The guarantee shall be submitted in the proforma given in

Annexure I.

Page 230 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

6.4 Complete set of architectural drawings is available in the Architect /

Consultant’s office and reference may be made to same for any details or information. The contractor shall also guarantee that the performance of various equipments - individually, shall not be less than the guaranteed capacity, also actual power consumption shall not exceed the guaranteed figure, while handing over and during the guarantee period.

7) Bye – Laws and Regulations

The installation shall be in conformity with the bye-laws, regulations and standards of the local authorities concerned; in so far these become applicable to the installation.

But if these specifications and drawings call for a higher standard of materials and / or workmanship than those required by any of the above regulations and standards, then these specifications and drawings shall take precedence over the said regulations and standards. However, if the drawings and specifications require something which violates the bye-laws and regulations, then the bye-laws and regulations shall govern the requirement of this installation.

8) Fees and Permits

The contractor shall obtain all permits / licenses and pay for any and all fees required for the inspection, approval and commissioning of their installation if required.

9) Tender Drawings

The HVAC systems drawings listed in this Tender, which may be issued with the tenders, are diagrammatic and indicate arrangement of various systems and the extent of work covered in the contract. These drawings indicate the points of supply and of termination of services and broadly suggest the feasible scheme and routes to be followed.

Contractor shall visit site prior to start-up of work to ensure that the layouts meet and match the structural openings and paths for smooth execution.

All such changes shall however be subjected to the Architect / Consultant approval.

These drawings are not working drawings. Under no circumstances shall dimensions be scaled from these drawings. The Architectural / Interiors drawings and details shall be examined for exact location of equipment, controls.

If required, the contractor shall follow the tender drawings in preparation of their shop drawings, and for subsequent installation work. All works of execution should only commence after receipt of the signed & stamped approval of the consultant / client.

Maximum headroom shall be maintained at all points. Where headroom appears inadequate, the contractor shall notify the Interior Designer / Consultant / Owner’s

Page 231 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar site representative any discrepancies and obtain clarification. Any changes found essential to coordinate installation of their work with other services and trades, shall be made with prior approval of the Interior Designer / Consultant / Owners site representative without additional cost to the Owner. The data given in the drawings and specifications is as exact as could be procured, but its accuracy is not guaranteed.

10) Technical Data

Each tenderer shall submit along with his tender, the technical data, list of makes and data sheets for all items / equipment’s offered by them. Failure to furnish complete

technical data with tenders may result in summary rejection of the tender.

11) Shop Drawings

All the shop drawings shall be prepared on computer through AutoCAD System based on Architectural drawings, site measurements and interior designer’s drawings. Within One week of the award of the contract, contractor shall furnish, for the approval of the Architect / Consultant, three sets of detailed shop drawings of all equipment and materials including schematic & HVAC layouts for tee connections, reducers, detailed air distribution layouts with registers, and type of supports, etc.

and external insulation details for ducts etc; electrical panels inside / outside views, power and control wiring schematics, cable trays, supports and terminations. These shop drawings shall contain all information required to complete the project as per specifications and as required by the Architect / Consultant / Owner’s site representative. These drawings shall contain details of construction, size, arrangement, operating clearances, performance characteristics and capacity of all items of equipment, also the details of all related items of work by other Contractors.

Each shop drawing shall contain tabulation of all measurable items of equipment / materials / works and progressive cumulative totals from other related drawings to arrive at a variation – in – quantity statement at the completion of all shop drawings.

Minimum 3 sets of drawings shall be submitted after final approval along with softcopy.

Each item of equipment / material proposed shall be from a standard catalogue product of an established manufacturer strictly from the manufacturers listed in

Approved Makes and quoted by the tenderer in technical data.

When the Architect / Consultant make any amendments in the above drawings, the contractor shall supply two fresh sets of drawings with the amendments duly incorporated along with check prints, for approval. The contractor shall submit further four sets of shop drawings to the owners’ site representative for the exclusive use by the Owners site representative and all other agencies. No material or equipment may be delivered or installed at the job site until the contractor has in his possession, the approved shop drawings for the particular material / equipment / installation.

Page 232 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

12) Assembly and Inspection

i. Shop assembly of all component parts shall be made to ensure that all parts are properly fitted to minimize installation problems.

ii. The Owners reserve the right to inspect any machinery, material and component

(herein after collectively called “Equipment”) finished or used by the contractor under this contract and may reject which is defective in workmanship or design or otherwise unsuitable for the use and purpose intended or which is not in accordance with the intent of this contract.

iii. The contractor shall on demand by the Owners, remedy / replace at his own expense any such defective or unsuitable equipment. The contractor shall advise the Owners in advance when equipment is ready for inspection in the contractor’s workshop and / or in his sub supplier’s workshop.

iv. The Owners Representative shall at all times have access to all parts of shops where equipment are being manufactured and also shall be provided with all reasonable facilities by the contractor and his sub supplier. None of the equipment to be furnished or used in connection with this contract will be supplied until shop inspection and performance testing, wherever possible, satisfactory to the Owners Representative has been made.

v. Such shop inspection of the equipment shall not however, relieve the contractor from full responsibility for furnishing the equipment confirming to the requirements of this contract not prejudice any claim, right or privilege which the Owners may have because of the supply of defective or unsatisfactory equipment. Should the

Owners waive the right to inspect any equipment, such waiver shall not relieve the contractor from his obligation under this contract.

vi. Manufacturer’s drawings, catalogues, pamphlets and other documents submitted for approval shall be in three sets. Each item in each set shall be properly labeled, indicating the specific services for which material or equipment is to be used, giving reference to the governing section and clause number and clearly identifying in link the items and the operating characteristics. Data of general nature shall not be accepted.

vii. Samples of all materials like Grilles for supply air & Fresh air, insulation, pipe section, control wires etc. shall be submitted to the Owners site representative prior to procurement. These will be submitted in two sets for approval and retention by Owners site representative and shall be kept in their site office for reference and verification till the completion of the project. Wherever directed a

Page 233 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar mock-up or sample installation shall be carried out for approval before proceeding for further installation.

viii. Approval of shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurement or of building dimensions. Where drawings are approved, said approval does not mean that the drawings supersede the contract requirements, nor does it in any way relieve the contractor of the responsibility or requirement to furnish material and perform work as required by the contract.

ix. Where the contractor proposes to use an item of equipment, other than that specified or detailed on the drawings, which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions, foundation, piping, wiring or any part of the mechanical, electrical or architectural layouts; all such redesign and all new drawings and detailing required therefore, shall be prepared by the contractor at his own expense and gotten approved by the Architect / Consultant / Owners site representative. Any delay on such account shall be at the cost of and consequence of the contractor.

x. Contractor shall prepare coordinated services shop drawings based on the drawings prepared by Electrical, Plumbing contractors to ensure adequate clearances are available for installation of services for each trade.

xi. Where the work of the contractor has to be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades, he shall assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If so directed by the Owners site representative, the contractor shall prepare composite working drawings and sections at a suitable scale, not less than 1:50, clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades.

xii.

If the contractor installs his work before coordinating with other trades, or so as to cause any interference with work of other trades, they shall make all the necessary changes without extra cost to the owner.

xiii. Within One week of approval of all the relevant shop drawings, the contractor shall submit three copies of a comprehensive variation in quantity statement and itemized price list of recommended (by Manufacturers) imported and local spare parts and tools, covering all equipment and materials in this contract. The project manager shall make and also advise owner to initiate action for procurement of spare parts and tools at the completion of project.

xiv. The following Shop drawings shall be prepared and submitted for approval within

One week.

o

Air Conditioning & Ventilation layout, Ducting layout - including Grilles, diffusers, duct dampers, fire dampers with support details, insulation details where required.

Page 234 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar o

Schematic Drawings, G.A. Drawings, etc., for Electrical Panel, Sub

Panel, Control Panel, Power & Control wiring, etc if required.

o

Foundation details of all equipment’s.

o

Any other drawings as required by Owner / Consultant necessary for the project.

13) Erection and Commissioning

The contractor shall carry out the complete erection and commissioning of the work specified under this contract. All the materials shall be moved from their place of storage into the area of installation by the contractor. The contractor shall make their own arrangement to off load materials received at site and to store all material received at site. The Owners shall provide clear storage and working space only. All erection tools and tackles to suit the erection programme shall be provided by the contractor.

All consumables required for erections such as cotton waste, kerosene, oil, emery paper, coil string, bamboos and planks for scaffolding etc. as well as necessary welding / brazing rods, gases etc. shall be provided by the contractor. Protective and finish painting shall be carried out by the contractor. Carbon steel surface shall be thoroughly cleaned before painting. The contractor shall indicate the electricity requirements during erection. The contractor shall remove all the waste material or rubbish from and about the work site and leave the job thoroughly cleaned up and ready for use.

14) Quiet Operation and Vibration Isolation

All equipment shall operate under all conditions of load without any sound or vibration which is objectionable in the opinion of the Owners site representative. In case of rotating machinery sound or vibration noticeable outside the room in which it is installed, or annoyingly noticeable inside its own room shall be considered objectionable. Such conditions shall be corrected by the contractor at their own expense. The contractor shall guarantee that the equipment installed shall maintain the specified Noise levels.

15) Accessibility

The contractor shall verify the sufficiency of the size of the shaft opening, clearances in cavity walls and suspended ceilings for proper installation of his ducting and piping. His failure to communicate in sufficiency of any of the above shall constitute his acceptance of sufficiency of the same. The contractor shall locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions shall be finalized and communicated in sufficient time, to be provided in the normal course of

Page 235 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar work. Failing this, the contractor shall make all the necessary repairs and changes at his own expense.

16) Materials and Equipment

All materials and equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards and shall be of the approved make and design. Makes shall be strictly in conformity with the list of approved manufacturers as perApproved make listof this tender

.

17) Manufacturer’s Instructions

Where manufacturer has furnished specific instructions, relating to the material and equipment to be used in this project, not specifically mentioned in these documents, such instructions shall be followed in all cases.

18) Electrical installation

The electrical work related to HVAC, shall be carried out in full coordination and in total conformity with the control wiring drawings as required and approved by the

Architect / Consultant. All HVAC equipment’s shall be connected and tested in the presence of an authorized representative of the Owner / Consultant. It shall meet the local Electricity board codes and standards.

19) Balancing, Testing and Commissioning

a. The Balancing and Testing of the HVAC System shall be carried out in details as per guidelines provided in the Specifications under Appendix E of this tender; broadly it shall be as under: i.

Balancing of air systems and all tests as called for the specifications shall be carried out by the contractor through a specialist group, in accordance with the specifications and ASHRAE / ISHRAE / NBC / NFPA guide lines and standards and as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

ii. All types of routines and type tests as required shall be carried out at the works of the contractor or the manufacturers of the components. The Project Managers / Consultants shall be free to witness any or all tests if they so desires.

iii. On the completion of the installation, the contractor shall arrange to carry out various initial tests as detailed below, in the presence of and to the complete satisfaction of the Project Managers /

Page 236 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Consultants, or their representatives. Any defects or shortcomings found during the tests shall be speedily rectified or made good by the contractor at his own expenses.

The initial tests shall include but not limited to the following : iv.

a. To operate and check the proper functioning of all electrically operated components viz., compressor motor (supplied by owner), pumps (if applicable), as well as other electrical motors and controls b. To test and check the switchgears, safety and other controls to ensure their proper functioning.

c. To check and adjust the air flow in the ducts and individual branches through anemometers and duct dampers / Volume Control Dampers, so that the rate of flow is as per the design through the ducting up to the last grille / diffuser.

d. To check the systems against leaks in different circuits, alignment of motor, ‘V’ belt adjustment.

e. To check control settings and all such other tests which are essential for smooth functioning of the system.

v.

vi.

Daily records should be maintained of hourly readings for suction temperatures and pressures for each unit and the current drawn and voltage of each machine. Any other readings shall be taken which may subsequently be specified by Engineer-incharge / consultant.

The above tests and procedures are mentioned herein, for general guidance and information only, but not by way of limitation to the provisions of tender conditions of contract and specifications. The date of commencement of all tests listed above shall be subject to approval of the Engineer In-charge and in accordance with the requirements of this specification.

vii.

The contractor shall supply the skilled staff and all necessary instruments and carry out any test of any kind on a piece of equipment, part of system or on a complete system, if the Engineer In-charge requests such a test for determining specified or guaranteed data, as given in the specification or on the drawings.

Page 237 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar viii.

Any damage resulting from the tests shall be repaired and / or damaged material replaced, to the satisfaction of the Engineer In-charge. In the event of any repair or any adjustment having to be made, other than normal running adjustment, the tests shall be void and shall be recommended after the adjustment or repairs have been completed.

ix.

The contractor must inform the Engineer In-charge when such tests are to be made, giving sufficient notice, in order that the Engineer In-charge or his nominated representative may be present. (All tests should be carried out in the presence of

Engineer-in-charge / their Representative). Complete records of all tests must be kept and 3 copies of these and location drawings must be furnished to Engineer Incharge as well as the consultant.

x.

xi.

Performance test shall consist of two days of 36 hour continuous operation of system for endurance testing. Testing of major equipment at factory in the presence of two personnel from Owners / consultant shall be included, if found necessary, and as required by engineer in charge / consultant.

Three copies of the certified manufacturers’ performance curves for each piece of equipment, high lighting operational parameters for the project, shall be submitted along with the test certificates. Contractor shall also provide four copies of record of all safety and automatic control settings for the entire installation.

xii.

The installation shall be tested again after removal of defects and shall be commissioned only after approval by the Owners site representative. All tests shall be carried out in the presence of the representatives of the architect / consultant and

Owners site representative.

xiii.

Rejection of Defective System

If on test any portion of the plant, equipment or components are found to be defective or not fulfilling the intent or the meaning of the specifications, the same shall be replaced or repaired to the entire satisfaction of the Project

Managers / Consultants.

In case the contractor fails to remove the defects, within a period considered reasonable, the Owner reserves the right to take necessary remedial measures through other agencies and all expenses thus incurred would be recovered from the contractor.

The Owner reserves the right to operate all the equipment and complete system whether or not the plant is taken over after the initial test and commissioning. Any defects found during the initial or running tests shall be

Page 238 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar removed at a suitable time as decided upon by the Owner and / or their

Project manager / Consultants.

20) Completeness of the plant & completion certificate

i.

The contractor shall provide all the required materials, equipment, ancillary items etc. to install a complete and satisfactory HVAC system capable of fulfilling the intent and purpose of the contract whether or not each and every item is mentioned in the specifications and / or drawings. Any shortcomings noticed at any stage shall be made good at no extra cost.

ii.

On completion of the Electrical installation for HVAC, a certificate shall be furnished by the contractor, counter signed by the licensed supervisor, under whose direct supervision the installation was carried out. This certificate shall be in the prescribed form as required by Engineer-in-Charge.

iii.

On satisfactory completion of all Balancing, testing, commissioning and

Performance test, the plant / system shall be considered to be virtually complete for the purpose of taking over by the owner.

iv.

The contractor shall be also responsible for getting the entire electrical installation for HVAC system for their scope of work - duly approved by the local authorities concerned, if required and shall bear all expenses, if any, in connection with the same.

21) Completion Drawings

Contractor shall periodically submit completion drawings as and when work in all respects is completed in a particular area. These drawings shall be submitted in the form of two sets of CDs and three portfolios in A1 size (595 x 840mm) each containing complete set of drawings on approved scale indicating the work as built.

These drawings shall clearly indicate complete HVAC layouts & ducting layouts, location of wiring and sequencing of automatic controls, locations of all concealed piping, valves, controls, wiring and other services. Each portfolio shall also contain consolidated control diagrams and technical literature on all controls. The contractor shall frame under glass, in the air conditioning system, one set of these consolidated control diagrams.

Page 239 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

22) Operating instruction & maintenance manual

Upon completion and commissioning of part HVAC system the contractor shall submit a draft copy of comprehensive operating instructions, maintenance schedule and log sheets for all systems and equipment included in this contract.

This shall be supplementary to manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals.

Upon approval of the draft, the contractor shall submit three (4) complete bound sets of typewritten operating instructions and maintenance manuals; one each for retention by consultant and owners site representative and two for owners operating personnel. These manuals shall also include basis of design, detailed technical data for each piece of equipment as installed, spare parts manual and recommended spares for 3 years period of maintenance of each equipment.

23) Onsite training

Upon completion of all work and all tests, the contractor shall furnish necessary operators, labour and helpers for operating the entire installation for a period of seven (07) working days of eight (8) hours each, to enable the owner’s staff to get acquainted with the operation of the system. During this period, the contractor shall train the owners personnel in the operation adjustment and maintenance of all equipment installed.

24) Maintenance during defects liability period

24.1 Complaints

The contractor shall receive calls for any and all problems experienced in the operation of the system under this contract, attend to these within 12 hours of receiving the complaints and shall take steps to immediately correct any deficiency that may exist.

24.2 Repairs

All equipment that requires repairing shall be immediately serviced and repaired.

Since the period of Mechanical maintenance runs for two years concurrently with the defects liability period, all replacement parts and labour and consumables shall be supplied promptly free of charge to the owner.

25) Uptime Guarantee

The contractor shall guarantee for the installed system an uptime of 99 %. In case of shortfall in any month during the defects liability period, the defects liability period shall be get extended by a month for every month having shortfall. In case of shortfall beyond the defects liability period, the contract for operation and maintenance shall

Page 240 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar get extended by a month for every month having shortfall and no reimbursement shall be made for the extended period.

The contractor shall provide log in the form of diskettes and bound printed comprehensive log book containing tables for daily record of all temperatures, pressures, power consumption, starting and stopping times for various equipment, daily services rendered for the system alarms, maintenance and record of unusual observations etc. contractor shall also submit preventive maintenance schedule.

Each tenderer shall submit along with the tender a detailed operation assistance proposal for the owners site representatives / consultants review. This shall include the type of service planned to be offered during defects liability period and beyond.

26) Power requirement

The contractor shall submit with their tender, their requirements of power at each of their equipment / system wise.

27) Necessary Insurance Coverage For :

i.

Third Party ii.

CIF Value + Custom Duty Paid By The Owner To Cover Mishaps iii.

Worker Insurance, Provident Fund etc. should be taken up and included in the cost.

28) Safe custody and storage

Safe custody of all equipment’s supplied by the contractor shall be their own responsibility till the final taking over by the owner. They should therefore, employ sufficient staff for watch and ward at his own expenses. The owner may however, allow the contractors to use the plant room / weather maker / rooms / service area etc. for temporary storage of their equipment if such spaces are ready and available.

29) Variations in Quantities and Tender Drawings

The quantities for the item of works given in the schedule and / or in drawings are for the guidance of the tenderer. The contractor shall be paid on the basis of actual quantities of works carried out. However the contractor shall check these quantities before quoting and will bring to the notice of Consultants / Engineer-In charge for any major variation. HVAC system drawings issued with the tender are diagrammatic only and indicate the general arrangement only. The data given in the drawings and specifications is as exact as could be secured but, its accuracy is not guaranteed.

Contractor shall carry out their own computations and provide all such equipment, as required to achieve the specified conditions. The contract shall be on works contract

Page 241 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar basis and the Owner reserves the right to add / delete any items of work during the currency of contract.

30) Safety Codes

The following IS codes shall be followed.

1. Safety code for scaffolds and ladders

2. Code of practice for fire precaution in welding & cutting operations

3. Code for safety procedures & practices in electrical works

4. Code of practice for safety & health requirements in electrical

& gas welding & cutting operations

IS 3696

IS 3016

IS 5216

IS 3696

Design, installation, Testing, Commissioning and balancing of the system shall be carried out broadly as per following codes

INTERNATIONAL / NATIONAL CODES AND STANDARDS APPLICABLE

i. AIR CONDITIONING

1. ANSI/ASHRAE / 111-1988 : Practices for measurement, testing and balancing of building,

Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System.

2. SMACNA : HVAC Systems- Testing, adjusting and balancing

ii. ELECTRICALS

1. IS 694 -1977 Part I & Part II

1100V with Copper &

: PVC Insulated cables for voltage up to

Aluminium conductors respectively.

2. IS 3043 -1966 : Code of practice for earthing

iii. SHEET METAL WORK

1. IS 277 – 1992

2. IS 655 – 1991

3. IS 1977 – 1992

: Galvanised Steel sheet (5th rev., Amendment 2)

: Metal air ducts (revised) (Amendment – 3)

: Structural steel (ordinary quality)

Page 242 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Note: In case of a conflict in national and international codes, the stringent of the two shall apply

Page 243 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

GUARANTEE PROFORMA ANNEXURE 1

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE FOR COMPLETE HVAC SYSTEMS

We hereby guarantee the year round performance air conditioning system which we have installed in the complex described below:

COMPLETE HVAC SYSTEM FOR 19

TH

FLOOR, B.O.B OFFICE - QC 1 TOWER AT

GIFT CITY, GANDHINAGAR.

For a period of 1 years (One year) from the date of acceptance of the total installation,

WE AGREE TO repair or replace free of cost to the satisfaction of the owner, any or all such work that may prove defective in workmanship, equipment or materials within that period, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excluded, together with any other work, which may be damaged or displaced in so doing. In the event of our failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within a reasonable time, after being notified in writing, we collectively and separately, do hereby authorize the owner to proceed to have the defects repaired and made good at our expense, and we shall pay the cost and charges thereof, immediately upon demand and also authorize them to deduct from the security deposit kept with the owner. (the guarantee stand extended for further period of 2 years from the date of failure, if the duration of failure is more than 1 week)

SIGNATUREOF CONTRACTOR

DATE SEAL

Page 244 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

ANNEXURE-II

SCHEDULE OF FISCAL ASPECTS

1

) Date of commencement : Immediately upon receipt of letter of intent issued by the

OWNER to commence work.

1.1) Submission of Shop layouts : Within 2 week of LOI by successful contractor

2) Period of completion

3) Liquidated damages

4) Power Penalty

5) Defects liability period

6) Terms of payment

: __________________________________

: __________________________________

: As mentioned in Special Purchase Conditions 27 a) Imported Equipment:

: 12 Months from the date of handing over.

: Option for Bidders who may import Main Air

Conditioning Equipment’s

1) 90% of FOB value as irrevocable letter of credit at the time of issue of letter of intent towards the amount to be paid to foreign supplier. Balance 10% will be paid against security deposit after completion of installation, commissioning and satisfactory endurance testing.

2) 90% of all other charges like clearing, port handling, forwarding and all other incidental charges at the time of arrival of equipment/material at Indian ports (IRS), local transport including transit insurance will be paid after the equipment / material are received at site in good conditions. Balance 10% will

Page 245 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar be paid after equipment / material is satisfactorily installed interconnected, commissioned and endurance tested against security deposit.

(b) Indigenous Equipment: 50 % of the cost of against receipt of material at site after inspection and acceptance.

20 % after installation.

20 % after satisfactory testing & commissioning at site as per tender conditions against the security deposit.

Balance 10% of contract value after receipt of all completion / as built drawing, test documents / certificates, O & M Manual etc. as per tender specifications.

Prices shall be including all taxes and duties at site rates including services duly commissioned system at site and handed over to client.

7) Escalation: All rates shall be final and escalation free during

Period of contract subject to only statutory variation In taxes and duties on undelivered equipment and

Materials & exchange variation rate for undelivered imported equipment within stipulated time period.

8) Running bills : Not applicable

9) Submission of final bills : 15 days after completion of work and Site certification

10) Insurance to be availed by the contractor

& Provident / ESI Coverage etc.: As per conditions of contract

11) Measurement / Billing Process and Certification

The measurement shall be taken by Contractor jointly with Client / PMC

Page 246 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Ducting shall be measured as per executed dimensions following linear measurement method only including Trapezoids / Elbows / Bends etc.

Quantity of Insulation materials shall be equal to Ducting quantity on which it has been applied measured as per above calculations.

All bare / insulated piping shall measure as per linear measurement only across its complete length including Bends / Elbows / Tees etc.

Grille / Diffusers shall be measured as per the open area excluding flanges.

The final quantities measured / reconciled as above shall require Site In-charge’s certification attached with final billing by Contractor.

12) For any item / quantity that exceed 50% beyond the quantity mentioned in the tender during initial measurement on final approved layouts, Client’s shall have the right to renegotiate the rates for such items / equipment’s with the contractor executing the project.

13) Maintenance Scope

The tender asks for Maintenance services to be quoted by the bidder in line with the scope and terms of Volume 7 of this tender.

The Maintenance contract shall commence after the DLP of 1 year from the date of successful handing over and shall be quoted for a period of 5 years.

The Maintenance period shall be quoted for and valid for 5 years from date of satisfactory handing over by contractor.

Rates for Maintenance shall be quoted as per the GRAND Summary format.

Scope of Maintenance shall be as per separate HVAC System Maintenance scope & condition Document of Tender Volume 7 issued as a part of HVAC tender.

Volume 2

Page 247 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

HVAC System Design Document

TENDER DOCUMENT – HVAC SYSTEM for 19

TH

FLOOR, B.O.B OFFICE - QC 1 Tower at GIFT

CITY, GANDHINAGAR.

Table of Contents

1.0 Project Brief.................................................................................................................................

Page 248 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

2.0 Codes and Standards .................................................................................................................

2.1.1 Standards for balance HVAC Systems Design ...................................

2.2 HVAC System Design Philosophy..........................................................................

2.2.1

Air-conditioned Areas.......................................................................

2.2.2

Ventilated Areas...............................................................................

3.0 Design Basis ...............................................................................................................................

3.1 Considerations

.........................................................................................................

3.1.1 Site Parameters ...........................................................................

3.1.2 Heat Load Summary Sheet..........................................................

1.0 Project Brief

It is planned to construct State of the Art Air Conditioning system along with smart air distribution system for 19 th

Floor, B.O.B Office - QC 1 Tower at GIFT City - Gandhinagar.

Broadly, the current Air Conditioning & Ventilation System demand shall be for catering to following facilities at respective areas as per Tender layouts enclosed.

Air Conditioning -

All high side equipment’s up to Air Handling Units along with chilled water are already installed / available at site. The installation scope of work shall be limited up to air distribution only. 2Nos. of split units for Server shall be supplied & installed by vendor.

Our design calculations based are on following assumptions – a. AHU capacity provided / available 1) 35.40 TR / 18425 CFM b. Fresh air quantity provided / available – 1464 CFM c. Chilled water inlet Temperature at AHU coil shall be 8 °C with 5 °C delta T at required pressure.

However, the vendor shall be responsible for complete system to get final result as per design if above parameters shall be available inline as per considerations / assumptions.

Non-Diversified Peak Cooling Load for above areas is computed as 51.61 TR.

Page 249 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

2.0

Codes and Standards

The Detailed engineering, Equipment supply & Design, Installation work shall comply to following standards but not limited to i.

All relevant codes as per NBC for design shall be complied by the bidder ii.

ASHRAE 2000 : Systems and Equipment iii.

ASHRAE 62.1-2007 : Indoor Air Quality Standards iv.

ARI 550-98 : EUROVENT Standards for Chiller Performance v.

SMACNA Std : Duct Construction Codes vi.

BS EN 13053 : Rating and Performance of Air Handling Units vii.

ARI 410 & 420/81 : CHW Coil / HW Coil Design and Performance viii.

NBC 2005 : National Building Code ix.

All Fire Norms shall be wetted with Local Fire Office prior to its implementation by contractor

(a) 2.1.1 Standards for balance HVAC Systems Design

Systems and Equipment 2000

ASHRAE Indoor Air quality standard 62.1-2007

BS EN 13053 for Air Handling Units

ARI 410 and 420/81 for CWC and HWC cooling coil design and performance

Duct Construction Standard as per SMACNA Codes

Page 250 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Codes for Motors, Cabling, wiring and accessories as per relevant international codes and standards - part covered under our Electrical documents.

National Building Code 2005

2.2

HVAC System Design Philosophy

(b) 2.2.1

Air-conditioned Areas

An air cooled DX type Air-conditioning system for Server Rooms is designed / proposed to maintain the temperature within specified tolerance and indoor air quality, within desired and comfortable conditions with proper air distribution within the Air Conditioned area.

(c) 2.2.2

Ventilated Areas

Toilets shall be negatively pressurized through individual fans either letting into a shaft or outside.

3.0

Design Basis

3.1

Considerations

On the basis of architectural drawings, and details available, following actual site conditions and the assumptions made for the load estimation and subsequent system design.

3.1.1 Site Parameters:

a. Site : b. Application :

19 th

Floor, B.O.B Office - QC 1 Tower at

GIFT City – Gandhinagar.

Comfort Air Conditioning & Ventilation c. Area & Construction detail d. Ambient Design Condition

: details

As per Architectural and structural

:

DBT ( °C) WBT (°C) Relative Humidity (%)

Seasons

Page 251 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Summer

Monsoon

Winter

43.3

32.2

15.6

25.6

28.3

10.6

24%

82%

60%

(DBT: Dry Bulb Temperature, WBT: Wet Bulb Temperature.) e. Inside Design Conditions

Sheet

: As mentioned in Heat Load Summary f. Occupancy

Sheet g. Equipment load – KW

Sheet h. Lighting load i.

j.

Fresh Air standard

62.1-2007.

Exposed Glass :

:

:

:

: As mentioned in Heat Load Summary

As mentioned in Heat Load Summary

1.1 Watt / Sq. Ft. as provided.

30 % more than ASHRAE Standard

Glazing details With Solar Heat Gain

Co-efficient (SHGC) – 0.40 & ‘U’ Value –

0.32 BTU / Hr. Sq. Ft. °F (1.8 Watt/Sq.

Mtr. °K).

Page 252 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3.1.2 Heat Load Summary Sheet

SR

NO

AREA DESCRIPTION

1 Waiting Area

2 Conference Room

3 Office Area & Work Stations

4 SME Office

5 RLF Office

6 RM Office - 1

7 Discussion Room

8 DRM Office - 1

9 DRM Office - 2

10 Dining Area

11 AHU Room

12 Server Room

TOTAL

4927

220

220

429

219

192

210

210

314

217

10655

Area

(Sq. Ft.)

1194

2303

Height (

Ft.)

11

11

Inside

Condition

( °F)

75

74

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

Equipment load (KW)

0.00

0.50

5.46

0.13

0.13

0.13

0.13

0.13

0.13

0.20

0.00

5.00

11.94

Occupancy

12

133

90

4

4

20

-

-

6

9

4

4

286

Fresh Air

CFM

171

1044

969

43

43

294

17

15

42

42

63

75

2820

CFM

683

4981

5839

765

722

1103

463

395

374

1177

240

1333

18074

TR

2.42

17.17

17.09

1.52

1.45

2.21

1.28

0.91

0.87

3.92

0.47

2.28

51.61

Notes: 1) Suggested Models for Units in Bill of Quantity are nominal capacities. The power consumed shall be in proportion to the actual Cooling Load (TR) and shall be demonstrated by vendor after unit installation.

2) Vendor shall provide evidence of de-rating factors applicable to Nominal capacities for their units mentioned above @ 42 °C outdoor DBT conditions in their bids by enclosing rating charts approved by manufacturer.

The load available is 35.40, whereas the requirement is 51.61 TR. It was agreed

& accepted by all during the meeting held on 8th August, 2015, to get uncomforted when conference room air conditioning / air supply will be in working condition as the load for conference room is additional against available load at site. We have compensate additional

Page 253 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

VOLUME 3

HVAC SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

TENDER DOCUMENT – HVAC SYSTEM for 19

TH

CITY, GANDHINAGAR.

FLOOR, B.O.B OFFICE - QC 1 Tower at GIFT

1.0

AIR COOLED DX SPLIT UNITS

Specifications for these units shall be referred if part of HVAC tender BOQ.

1.1

Broad Specifications

The scope of this section comprises the Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Air Cooled DX Split Units as per the Ratings & Quantities provided under the Bill of Quantities.

Scope of supply shall comprise of i.

Air Cooled Condensing Unit complete with all safeties, air cooled condenser fans ii. DX Coil with Expansion valve connected through Refrigerant Piping,

Refrigerant with the Condensing unit

The DX Coil shall be integrated with Air Handling unit and installed in series with the coil for Variable Refrigerant System AHU.

The outdoor (condensing unit) shall be of Corrosion resistant Galvanized powder coated or equivalent paint Sheet steel low vibration assembly installed on suitable vibration isolators and comprising of energy efficient Scroll compressor with controls such as thermal protector, HP/LP cut-outs, Pressure relief valve; the outdoor unit shall also comprise of finned tube air cooled condenser and condenser fan unit; the units shall have integral refrigerant copper piping within compressor and condenser

Page 254 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar and accessories such as refrigerant shutoff valves at compressor / compressors and liquid refrigerant outlet if required & filter dryer; Cooling fans shall have protective metal frame.

The unit shall be microprocessor type complete with Motor Starters; Microprocessor based Control Panel, Power and Control wiring & earthing.

DX Coil Section of Evaporator

The Indoor unit is of sectionalized construction of corrosion resistant heavy gauge steel, finished with enamel paint and consisting of fan section, coil and filter section, and insulated drain pan.

The unit shall be internally lined with fibre glass of adequate thickness for thermal insulation and acoustic lining. If the insulation will be damaged condition during transit or otherwise, vendor to repair with either PU foam / Phenolic foam with suitable finish.

Evaporator shall be installed in series with the Chilled Water AHU so as to utilized the same Filter / Fan Section when the CHW is OFF.

DX Cooling Coils

DX Cooling coils shall be of fin and tube type having aluminum fins firmly bonded to copper tubes assembled in G.I. Frame. Face surface area of cooling coils should be adequate for the air quantity handled and air velocity across the coil shall not exceed as recommended for the application. Aluminum fins shall be corrugated and collared with mechanical bonding. The coil shall be three rows (or as required) deep and fin spacing is 5 fins/cm complete with Expansion valve.

Evaporator Fan & Motor (Beyond scope since Coil section to be integrated

within AHU Section)

Fan impellers and housing shall be fabricated with heavy gauge steel. Fan impeller shall be forward curved, multi blade type enclosed in housing and mounted on a common shaft. All rotating parts shall be statically & dynamically balanced. Vendor to check the condition of Fan at site accordingly prior to startup and commissioning.

Fan motor shall be squirrel cage totally enclosed fan cooled type of adequate capacity suitable to operate on three phases, 400/440 volts, 50 cycles AC supply.

Fan motor shall be mounted on an adjustable vibration - isolating base located on the casing of the unit. Fan shall be driven directly or through standard v - belts with belt guard. The belt drive package shall be adequately designed to meet the desired design CFM.

Filter (Not Applicable as above)

Page 255 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Each filter shall be HDP washable or metallic type with adequate thickness. Filter holding frame shall be designed such that leakage of air can be avoided. Velocity across filter shall not exceed design requirement.

Drain Piping

Condensate from the evaporator unit shall be drained through properly installed drain piping designed to prevent any accumulation of condensate in the drain pan.

Drain piping shall be made of 1.1/4" dia / 2" dia rigid PVC pipe of 6 Kg/Sq cm.

pressure rating with water tight threaded connections, leading from the room unit to a suitable drain point. Complete drain piping shall be made leak proof and water tight by means of precise installation and the use of leak proof sealant / adhesives.

Insulation of drain piping shall be by Expanded Polyethylene.

(i)

Air Cooled Condensing Unit

(i) Casing

Condenser casing shall be made of corrosion resistant heavy gauge steel finished with enamel paint. If specified it shall be epoxy painted or powder coated.

(ii) Compressor

Compressor shall be energy saving Scroll type Compressor (Twin or

Single as per Unit rating) and shall be complete with required accessories such as pipe flanges, suction strainers, muffler, suction and discharge pressure gauges, oil heaters, oil pressure gauge, HP -

LP cutout, OP cutout, pressure relief valve, overload for motor protection etc. Compressor shall be suitable to operate on 3 phase,

400/440 volts, 50 cycles AC supply and shall be designed to withstand voltage fluctuation of 15 %.

(iii) Condenser coil

Condenser coil shall be of copper tubes having aluminum fins firmly bonded to tubes. Tube dia. shall be between 12.5 to 15 mm.; min. 24 g wall thickness and fin spacing shall be 5 fins per cm. Condenser coil shall be three rows deep. Each coil shall be factory tested at 21 kg./ sq.cm. test pressure.

Page 256 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The coil shall have integral sub-cooling circuit. The air volume and coil face area shall be adequate for the capacity. Air velocity across the coil shall not exceed design requirements. Air volume of the condenser shall be minimum 25 cu. m. / min. per ton of refrigeration capacity. If specified the coil shall be made out of tinned copper tubes and tinned copper fins.

(iv) Condenser Cooling Fans

Fans shall be propeller axial type. One or more fans shall be provided for the required capacity.

(v) Condenser Cooling Fan Motor

Fan motor shall be TEFC, squirrel cage, induction motor suitable to operate on 3 phase, 50 cycles, 400/440 volts, 50 cycles, AC supply and provided with pulley, v belt set or direct drive flexible coupling with guards. Motor shall have class "B" insulation and shall be provided with weather protection.

(vi) Connections with valves

(i) Refrigerant gas inlet connection, Liquid refrigerant outlet

(ii) connection.

Pressure relief valve, drain valve and air-vent valve.

(vii) Installation

Entire air-cooled condensing unit assembly shall be installed on MS channel stand through vibration isolators and at the place as indicated in drawings. If specified spring isolator and Hot dip galvanized / epoxy painted structure shall be provided. Entire Evaporator assembly shall be supported through MS rods of required mm and suspended from the slab and at the place as indicated in drawings.

(viii) Painting

All the equipment shall be factory painted with two coats of a suitable enamel paint of approved colour over a rust resistant primer. Paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off with mineral spirit, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with enamel paint to match the color shade of original painted surface. Fabricated base-frame for outdoor condensing unit installation at site shall be painted with anti-corrosive paint.

Page 257 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

(ix) Testing

All safety controls like HP cut out, LP cut out, line flow switches/differential pressure switches shall be checked for their functioning and setting and record of all the settings shall be submitted to consultant/client. The procedure for testing and commissioning shall be as approved by the consultants. The contractor shall provide all testing and measuring instruments.

(ii) Microprocessor Based Control Panel

The microprocessor based control panel shall be with digital display showing trip and status conditions; it shall have a membrane/alternate design userfriendly key board for set-point control. It shall as a minimum provide following features: i.

Auto-switch off of the condenser fan when the compressor cuts off for power saving.

ii.

Single button start and stop flexibility for the user; the sequences for start and stop shall be taken - care by the controller.

iii.

Integrated electronic temperature sensor for precise measurement and consequent control of return air temperature.

iv.

Compressor start-up delay timer for compressor protection and increase operational life.

v.

Auto restart on power restoration – optional.

(iii) Package Unit Starter Panels

The Panels shall be supplied by HVAC Vendor only and factory constructed and preferably wall mounted type, 2mm CRCA, totally enclosed, completely dust and vermin proof and degree of protection being not less than IP : 54 to

IS : 2147. Gaskets between all adjacent units and beneath all covers shall be provided to render the joints dust proof. All doors and covers shall be fully gasketed with foam rubber and /or rubber strips and shall be lockable. The painting shall be seven tank process with epoxy paint.

Page 258 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Each circuit breaker and switch fuse unit shall be housed in separate compartments and shall be enclosed on all sides. Sheet steel hinged lockable door shall be duly interlocked with the breaker / switch fuse unit in `ON’ and

`OFF’ position.

The Panels shall be equipped complete short-circuit and overload safeties as minimum with required number of MCB/MCCBs, Starters, switch fuse units, contactors, relays, fuses, Voltmeter and Ammeters, Phase indicating lamps, push buttons, equipment, fittings, cable boxes, cable glands etc. and all the necessary internal connections / wiring as required.

All related interlocks for safe operation (ON/OFF) of compressor shall be built into the hardwired/digital relay logic in the starter panel.

A.

HIWALL SPLIT UNITS

Hi-Wall Mount Split Units shall be remote control operated and shall be with single or multi splits design as per the ratings and quantities provided in the schedule of quantities.

The units shall be ready-to-operate type and shall comprise of a Indoor type

Fan-Coil unit (installed within the room) and Outdoor Air Cooled Condensing unit connected through insulated refrigerant piping. The system shall be charged with first charge of refrigerant after proper pre-commissioning process.

Single phase connection shall be provided by user at one point near each Hi

Wall split unit. Rest of the electrical work including cabling from the power point up to the Unit’s electrical panel including voltage stabilizer shall be supplied, laid and installed by vendor only.

The units shall be of one among the Approved Makes mentioned elsewhere in this Tender.

A1 Brief Features desired in Indoor (Fan-Coil) Unit

Hi Gloss finish all fiber body

Highly efficient 3 layered air purification system to remove dust/bacteria and odours from the return air.

Four bend heat exchanger design for efficient heat transfer

Noise level of Indoor Unit at operating speed shall not be exceeding 48 dB measured at a distance of 3 M from source.

Page 259 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Operated through remote control having a large LCD display, temperature set-point, sleep mode operation, On/Off timer, Real time clock, Auto-restart, filter status warning, dry mode operation (reduces the humidity without the temperature when required)

A2 Brief Features desired in Outdoor Condensing Unit

Operating on single phase 230±10% V supply

Preferred Rotary Scroll compressor design for low power consumption per ton generated – not exceeding above 1.28 kW per TR

Electrolytic zinc steel sheet with antirust coated components to ensure rust free outdoor unit even in humid condition.

Hydrophilic fins to improve the heating efficiency by accelerating the defrosting process

2.0

AIR MOVING EQUIPMENTS:

2.1

Ventilation Fans:

The design, materials, construction, manufacture, inspection, testing and field performance of the fans shall comply with all currently applicable international / national codes / safety regulations. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the VENDOR of his responsibility. In particular the equipment shall conform to latest editions of all applicable codes and standards listed below.

2.1.1 CODES AND STANDARDS

AMCA-201 -Fans and systems –Application guide

AMCA-203 -Field performance measurement of fan systems

AMCA-210-Laboratory Methods of testing Fans for Aerodynamic performance rating.

AMCA-2404 -Drive arrangements for centrifugal fans

ASME Section-V -Code for Non Destructive examination

ASME Section-IX -Welding and brazing procedure and welder's qualification

Page 260 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

BS: 848, Part-1 -Fans for general purposes -Methods of testing performance

BS: 4675, Part-1/ ISO-2372 -Mechanical vibrations in rotating and reciprocating machinery

VDI-2056 -Criteria for assessing mechanical vibrations of machines

IS: 816-Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel

IS: 823 -Code of practice for manual metal arc welding of mild steel

IS: 1353 (Grade C) -Black Hexagonal bolts, nuts and lock nuts and black hexagonal screws

IS: 210 -Specification for grey iron castings

IS: 2062 -Structural steel (standard quality) for general structural purposes

IS: 2074 -Specifications for Red Oxide Zinc chrome, Priming Ready mixed paint air drying

IS: 325 -Three phase induction motor

IS: 4894 -Specifications for centrifugal fans

ISO: 1940 -Balance quality of rotating rigid bodies (static & dynamic of rotary parts)

IS: 4029 -Guide for testing three phase induction motor

IS-3588 -Specification for Electric Axial flow fans

IS-2312 -Propeller Type A.C. Ventilation Fans

BS-848 -Methods of performance test for Fans

IS-1367 -Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners.

IS-737-Wrought aluminum and aluminum alloy sheet and strip (for general engineering purposes)

2.1.2 Ceiling mount cassette type fan unit for Toilet exhaust

The unit shall be with Round spigot opening for easy connection to flexible hose along with non return flap to prevent back-flow.

The Body of the unit shall be made of high impact ABS plastic.

Page 261 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The fan shall be of balanced turbine type with wide angle, curved blade for quiet operation and high air volume also the design shall be with high static pressure for ducted air handling.

The unit shall be with Capacitor operated motor with thermal switch.

Spring Clip on front cover of the unit shall be easily removable for cleaning.

3.0

VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) BOXES

3.1

Scope :

This specification covers the general design, materials, construction features, manufacturer, shop inspection and testing at manufacturer’s works, delivery at site, installation, testing, commissioning and carrying out performance test at site of Variable Air

Volume System for single outlet as per the project requirement

3.2 Codes and standards

The design, material, construction features, manufacturer, inspection, testing and performance of air distribution system shall comply with all currently applicable statues, regulations, codes and standards in the locality where the system is to be installed. Nothing in this specification shall be constructed to relieve latest edition of standards.

3.3 Features:

a. These shall of the low velocity double wall variable air volume boxes without reheat coils, and shall be a proprietary line as marketed by a firm specializing in this field. The contractor shall supply and install units to the quantity and locations as specified.

b. Pressure independent VAV Box with flow sensor, modulating damper, electronic controls, wall mounted adjustable flow sensor with Modbus / equivalent open protocol to BMS maximum NC 35 of sound level and maximum pressure drop

50 Pa (0.2" WC) c. Boxes shall be supplied with all internal attenuation treatment and acoustical damped casing necessary to achieve the required noise criteria. Casing shall be of 20 BG minimum fitted with a completely sealed, easily removable means of access to all internal parts. Access to all boxes must be from the underside only.

Connection from main duct to VAV control unit shall be of the same size. All

VAV units shall be supported suitably, and independently of the connecting ductwork.

d. Maximum allowable static pressure to the boxes for its satisfactory operation shall not exceed 0.2" W.G. otherwise fan and motor selections may be affected.

Page 262 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar e. Boxes shall be able to reset any air flow between zero and the maximum air quantity that the boxes can handle without changing orifices or other parts. Air quantity limiters will not be accepted.

f.

The units shall be fitted with measuring grid for sensing the air volume flow rate.

Boxes shall be able to reset any air flow between proportions of 10:1. Air quantity limiters will not be accepted.

g.

The internal actuator shall employ a manual override that allows for powered or non-powered adjustment of the damper position.

h.

A suitable device shall be provided for the field adjustment of minimum air flow.

All boxes shall be initially factory set at minimum air quantity of 10% of the design requirements. Under shut-off conditions, all boxes shall not have air leakage more than 10% of the maximum air quantity.

i.

All boxes shall be electrically controlled. Controllers and operators shall be supplied by the Contractor. The boxes shall be pressure independent.

j. VAV box shall be BMS compatible.

k.

Provide step down transformer for stepping down voltage from 230V to 24V &

50 Hz. The transformer shall be part of supply and the controller shall be compatible to the sensor selected.

l.

The height of the VAV shall be less than 400mm irrespective of the capacity.

4.0

SHEET METAL WORK-

a) CODES & STANDARDS

Ducts shall be made of either Galvanized sheets or Aluminum sheet & confirm to IS:

655.

The Galvanized steel sheet shall confirm to IS: 277. Aluminum sheet shall confirm to

IS: 737.

The duct construction shall be as follows:

b) RECTANGULAR DUCT CONSTRUCTION:

MAX. SIDE THICKNESS – G

Page 263 of 468

TYPE OF JOINT

BRACING

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Up to 750

751 to 1500 MS angle

GSS

24

22

1501 to 2250 MS angle 20

2251 & above MS angle 18

AL

22

20

18

16

25 mm QSS flanges None

25mm x 3mm MS angle flange.

25mm x 3mm

40mm x 3mm MS angle flange.

40mm x 3mm at 1.25

m centers.

40mm x 3mm MS angle flange.

40mm x 3mm at 1.25

m centers.

c) HANGERS FOR DUCT:

DUCT SIZE

(MM)

Up to 750

751 to 1500

1501 to 2250

Above 2250

SPACING

(M)

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

SIZE OF MS ANGLE

(MM X MM)

40 x 40 x 3

50 x 50 x 3

50 x 50 x 3

50 x 50 x 3

SIZE OF ROD DIA.

(MM)

10

15

15

15

d) DUCT INSTALLATION:

All ducts shall be fabricated and installed in workman like manner, generally confirming to IS:

655: 1963 updated. Round duct shall be die- formed for achieving perfect circle configuration.

Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints. All joints shall be made airtight.

Ducts for OT areas being Hi Static shall be soldered.

All exposed ducts within conditioned spaces, shall have slip joints - no flanged joints. The internal ends of slip joints shall be in the direction of air flow. Ducts and accessories within ceiling spaces, visible from air-conditioned areas shall be provided with two coats of mat black finish paint.

Changes in the dimensions and shape of ducts shall be gradual. Air-turns shall be installed in all vanes, arranged to permit the air to make the turn without appreciable turbulence.

Page 264 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Ducts shall be fabricated as per details shown on drawings. All ducts shall be rigid and adequately supported where required standing seams, teas, or angles, of ample size to keep the ducts true to shape and to prevent buckling, vibration or breathing.

All sheet metal connections, partitions and plenums required to confine the flow of air to and through the filters and fans, shall be constructed of 18 G GSS / 16 G Aluminium, thoroughly stiffened with 25mmx25mmx3mm angle iron braces and fitted with all necessary inspection doors as required to give access to all parts of the apparatus. Doors shall be not less than

45 cm x 45 cm in size.

Plenums shall be panel type and assembled at the site. Fixing of MS angle, iron flanges on duct pieces shall be with rivets heads from inside and riveting shall be done from outside.

Rubber lining 6 mm thick shall be used between duct flanges instead of felt, in all clean room ducting installations.

The contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be required to carry out the intent of this specifications and drawings. The work shall meet with the approval of the engineer In-charge at site in all it parts and details.

The contractor shall make all necessary provisions and allowances to avoid beams or other structural work, plumbing or other pipes, and / or conduits, the ducts shall be transformed, divided or curved to on a side, (the required area being maintained) all as per the site requirements.

If a duct cannot be run as shown on the drawings, the contractor shall install the ducts between the required points by any path available, in accordance with other services and as per approval of site engineer.

All ductwork shall be independently supported from building construction. All horizontal ducts shall be rigidly and securely supported, in an approved manner, with trapeze hangers formed of MS rods and angle iron.

Ducting over ceiling shall be supported from beams, after obtaining approval of site engineer. In no case shall any duct be supported from false ceiling hangers or be permitted to rest on false ceiling.

Where metal ducts or sleeves terminate in woodwork, tight joints shall be made by means of closely fitting heavy flanged collars. Where ducts pass through brick or masonry openings, wooden frame work shall be provided within the opening and crossing of ducts provided with heavy flanged collars on each side of the wooden frame work, so that duct crossing is made leak - proof.

All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operation. Wherever duct work is connected to fans / air handling units or blower coil units that may cause vibrations in the ducts, ducts shall be provided with two flexible connections, located close to the unit, in mutually perpendicular directions, flexible heavy canvas sleeve at least 10 cm long securely bonded and bolted on both sides. Sleeve shall be made smooth and the connecting

Page 265 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar ductwork rigidly held by independent supports on both ends. The flexible connection shall be suitable for pressures at the point of installation and shall be of approved make.

Documentation & Measurement for Ducting

All ducts fabricated and installed should be accompanied and supported by following documentation:

1. For each drawing, all supply of ductwork must be accompanied by computergenerated detailed bill of materials indicating all relevant duct sizes, dimensions and quantities. In addition, summary sheets are also to be provided showing duct area by gauge and duct size range as applicable.

2. Measurement sheet covering each fabricated duct piece showing dimensions and external surface area along with summary of external surface area of duct gauge-wise.

3. All duct pieces to have a part number, which should correspond to the serial number, assigned to it in the measurement sheet. The above system will ensure speedy and proper site measurement, verification and approvals.

Testing

After duct installation, a part of duct section (approximately 5 % of total ductwork) may be selected at random and tested for leakage for class 12 as per SMACNA standards. The procedure for leak testing should be followed as per SMACNA - “HVAC Air Duct Leakage

Test Manual” (First Edition)

All ducting must be fabricated at factory with SMACNA standard only, no site fabrication of ducts allowed except termination / connecting pieces.

Flexible Ductwork

The flexible ductwork shall have a liner and a cover of tough tear-resistant fabric equal in durability and flexibility to glass fiber fabric. The fabric shall be impregnated and coated with plastics. It shall be reinforced with a bonded galvanized spring of stainless steel or other approved wire helix between the liner and the cover An outer helix of glass fiber cord or equal shall he bonded lo the cover to ensure regular convolutions, flexible ductwork without a liner may not be used.

In no cases shall material containing asbestos fabric be used.

Alternatively, flexible ductwork shall consist of flexible corrugated metal tubing of stainless steel, aluminum, tin plated steel or aluminum coaled stud. The metal surface(s) may be coated with a plastics material.

The leakage from any section of flexible ductwork shall not exceed 1% of the local design

Page 266 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar airflow rate at the local maximum static pressure.

Flexible ductwork shall be suitable for an operating temperature range of -5° C to 90° C and shall comply with BS 476 Rating Class P; Part 6 having an index of performance not exceeding 12 of which not more than 6 should derive from the initial period of test; Part 7

Class 1 (surface of very low flame spread) unless otherwise indicated.

5.0

GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS-

General

The grilles and diffusers shall be rated in accordance with ASHRAE standard 3672.

All grilles and differs shall have concealed fixing system and shall have quick release frame to facilitate cleaning.

All supply grilles and diffusers shall he mounted on substantial frame and shall be provided with soft rubber or felt joining ring inserted under the frame to prevent air leakage and the formation of condensate on the fitting,

All grilles and diffusers shall not be less than the size indicated; where no size is given they shall be capable of handling the air flows and distribution indicated without producing unacceptable air flow noise. The Contractor shall select the supply air grilles and diffusers to achieve good air distribution and adequate air movement in the conditioned space.

In order for the ceiling grilles and diffusers to match with the false ceiling layout pattern, the actual size of the grilles and diffusers shall he confirmed by the Architect/consultant before ordering.

For all grilles and diffusers which are smaller than the ceiling tile on which they are installed, they shall be located in the centre of the ceiling tile. The exact location of the ceiling grille sand diffusers shall be co-ordinate with other services. The Contractor shall confirm the exact location with the Architect/consultant before works commence.

Where grilles and diffusers are to be incorporated into false ceilings before any grilles or diffusers are installed into ductwork or fan coils, the Contractor shall ensure that the Building

Contractor marks out the ceiling line on the adjacent plastered walls or columns and also indicates where ceiling tee bars line up or the ceiling joints occur in order that such datum can be worked to.

The finishing color of the grilles and diffusers shall be approved by the Architect as different colors may be specified in different areas. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Building

Contractor and other specialist Contractors especially the ceiling and electrical Contractor for the integration of the air diffuser into the ceiling and luminaries (for light troffer diffuser).

Grilles

Grilles shall be of steel, aluminum, PVC or as otherwise indicated. Steel grilles shall be

Page 267 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar protected against rusting and supplied in fully finished stove-enameled or otherwise specified condition.

Each supply air grille shall have two sets of separately adjustable louvers, one set horizontal and one set vertical, and shall be complete with an opposed blade multi-leaf damper.

Alternatively in lieu of the opposed blade multi-leaf damper a rhomboidal air controller may be provided; this air controller shall control both the volume of air passing and the distribution of air across the grille lace. The louvers and the damper or air controller shall be adjustable from the front of the grille.

Return air grilles shall have either a single set of louver or bars (either vertical or horizontal)or a lattice, egg crate or expanded metal from.

Each return air grille shall be complete with/without an opposed blade multi-leaf damper or rhomboidal air controller operable from the front as specified.

Where return air grilles are fitted for fan coil units, they shall be arranged such that the central core of the grille hinged and demountable for access to the filter for cleaning.

Mounting frames for these grilles shall include provision for fixing the filter in position.

Diffusers

Diffusers shall be of steel or aluminum. Steel diffusers shall be protected against rusting and shall be stove enameled / powder coated for finished color approved by the Architect.

Diffusers shall incorporate an edge seal, diffusers mounted on ceilings shall have antismudge rings. Pan type diffusers shall be provided except where cone type diffusers are indicated, Diffusers shall be provided with volume control dampers of the iris, flap or sleeve type which shall be adjustable from the front of the diffuses Where the length of a vertical duct to a diffuser is less than twice the diameter of the diffuser an equalizing deflector shall be fitted.

The design of the supply air diffuser shall be capable to induce adequate air movement and provide the throw to cover the entire air-conditioning space without causing air turbulence and cold draft.

Linear diffusers shall be constructed of extruded aluminum section and include a control damper al the rear of the vanes giving volume control down to complete shutoff and operated from the face of the diffuser. Linear diffusers for supply air shall have adjustable blades to give directional control of air flow. The linear diffuser shall be capable of maintaining a horizontal discharge pattern at a turn down ratio down to 20% of the maximum specified air volume without air dumping.

The linear diffuser shall be complete with factory fabricated plenum with suitable inlet connection for flexible ductwork, The plenum and diffuser neck shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheets internally lined with 25 mm 48 kg/m glass cloth faced fiber glass insulation enclosed in galvanized perforated metal liner.

Page 268 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Where linear diffusers are mounted in a continuous line there shall be means of ensuring alignment between consecutive diffusers and of equalizing pressure behind the vanes. The dummy portion of the diffuser shall be internally covered by a demountable galvanized metal enclosure to block the view into the ceiling void from below.

The linear slot diffuser shall be constructed of extruded anodized aluminum, with multiple slot for the required air flow rate,

All the supply air grilles/diffusers will be provided with opposed blade volume control dampers fabricated from Al. anodized in matt black shade. The damper should be suitable for operation from front face of grille / diffuser. The Diffusers should have also removable core type fixing facility, constructed from the same material of the diffuser. The grilles / diffusers must be submitted to Architect / HVAC consultant / PMC / Client for prior approval before procurement and installation.

Installation

A good quality expanded polyethylene / rubber of uniform thickness and width shall be used as gasket between flange joints. The gaskets shall be fixed by a suitable adhesive and holes made by passing a heated rod through.

All ducts shall be rigid and shall be adequately supported and braced where required withstanding seams, tees or angles of ample size to keep the ducts true to shape and to prevent buckling, vibration or breathing. All the joints shall be made tight and all interior surfaces shall be smooth. Bends shall be made with radius not less than one half the width of the duct or with properly designed interior curved vanes where metal ducts or sleeves terminate in woodwork, brick or masonry openings, tight-flanged collars. Ducting over false ceiling shall be supported from the slab above or from beams.

In no case a duct shall be supported from the false ceiling hangers or to be permitted to rest on a hung ceiling.

All holes in concrete, masonry etc. made by contractor for fixing supports etc. shall be made good and restored to original finish by them.

Air handling units and fans shall be connected to duct work by inserting at air inlet and air outlet a double canvass sleeve. Each sleeve shall be minimum 100mm long, securely bolted to duct and units. Each sleeve shall be made smooth and the connecting ductwork rigidly held in the line with unit inlet or outlet.

Testing

All the test readings shall be furnished for peak summer and monsoon outside conditions.

Page 269 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

After completion all such system shall be tested for leakage.

The entire air distribution system shall be balanced to supply the air quantities as required in various zones and rooms to maintain the specified room conditions. The final readings shall be recorded and submitted to the Consultant for approval before acceptance and taking over of the entire system by the Employer.

Painting-

Angle iron flanges, stiffeners, hangers and supports shall be painted with 2 coats of anti rust primer and those remaining uncovered shall be further painted with 2 coats of synthetic enamel paints of black color.

Double deflection adjustable blade grille:

To be constructed from high quality aluminum alloy extrusions with cleated & mitred frames

Vanes should be in double banks are individually adjustable shape of vanes should be teardrop and are held in position with stainless steel spring wire for long life.

Finish of grille should be epoxy polyester powder coated & shade should be as per Architect

/ interior designer’s choice.

Linear Grilles

To be constructed from extruded aluminum sections fabricated in to modular assembly’s frames are mitered & cleared.

Finish of grille should be epoxy polyester powder coated & shade should be as per Architect

/ interior designer’s choice.

Air Transfer Grilles

Should be suitable for mounting in doors, partitions and wall should have no sight feature to be constructed from aluminum extrusions sections fabricated in tube cores and mitered, cleated frames.

Finish of grille should be epoxy polyester powder coated & shade should be as per Architect

/ interior designer’s choice.

Dampers – General

The respective functions, types and general constructional requirements of dampers shall be in accordance with the HVAC ductwork specification unless otherwise indicated, sufficient

Page 270 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar dampers shall he provided to regulate and balance the system. Dampers on grilles or diffusers shall he used for line control only.

All dampers shall he of flanged type for connection to ductwork and shall he sufficiently rigid to prevent fluttering. Air leakage rate for dampers shall be tested according to EN 1751

Section 3 when the damper is in the closed position. For dampers installed for shut-off purpose, the maximum air leakage rate shall be tested according to EM 1751 Section 4.

Low Leakage Duct Damper

Air volume control dampers shall be of the aero foil, double skin, opposed blade type with low pressure drop and noise regeneration characteristics. Damper blades in rectangular ductwork shall not exceed 225 mm in width and 1500 mm in length. Blades shall be of hollow section constructed from the same material of the ductwork or of stainless steel encapsulating an internal double contoured stud longitudinal reinforcing bar, mounted on square section steel spindles. Bearings shall be of nylon material and the units shall be of low-leakage design by incorporation of synthetic trailing edge seals and a peripheral gasket which shall be tested according to BS 476. All manually and automatically operated dampers shall include a means for indicating externally the position of the blades. Manual dampers shall include a device for positioning and locking the damper blades. The positions of all dampers 'as-set' after final regulation shall be indelibly marked at the adjusting device.

Each air volume control damper in the ductwork shall be fitted with a non-corrodible label stating the actual air flow in m

3

/s when in the fully open position, its overall cross sectional area, and the degree to which the damper has been closed in order to achieve the design or actual air flow.

Unless otherwise indicated, quadrants and operating handles shall be of die-cast aluminum or other material approved by the Architect with the words 'OPEN' and 'SHUT’ marked on the quadrant. Quadrants shall be securely fixed and the damper spindles shall be closely fitted in the quadrant hubs to prevent any damper movement when the damper levers are locked.

Access openings with readily removable air sealed covers shall be provided adjacent to all dampers. Subject to limitations of ductwork size the dimensions of access openings shall not be less than 300 mm x 300 mm and shall be located so as to afford easy access for inspection and maintenance.

Method of Measurements for Air Distribution System

Sheet Metal work:

Page 271 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Duct Length shall be measured along the center line from flange face to face unless otherwise stated. Ductwork shall be measured on the basis of external surface area (length as measured above, multiply by duct perimeter) of ducts including the joints for each duct section. Duct measurement shall be taken before application of the insulation. For taper section average perimeter shall be used for measurement. For special pieces like bends, reducers, branches, and collars, mode of measurement shall be identical to as described above using the length along the center line.The quoted unit rate for external surface of ducts shall include all wastage allowances, flanges and gaskets for joints, nuts and bolts, hangers and angles, and angles/flats with double nuts for supports, felt strip between duct and support, vibration isolation, inspection chamber / access panel, splitter damper with quadrant and lever for position indication, turning vanes, straightening vanes, and all other accessories required to complete the duct installation as per the specifications. These accessories shall not be separately measured nor paid for.

Duct Accessories: Shall be measured by the cross section area perpendicular to air flow.

Grilles and diffusers: Width multiplied by height, excluding flanges, volume control dampers shall form part of the unit rate for registers and shall not be separately accounted.

Diffusers: Cross-section area for airflow at discharge/capture area, excluding flanges.

Volume control dampers shall form part of unit rate for supply air diffusers and shall not be separately accounted.

Linear Diffusers: Shall be measured by linear measurements only not by cross sectional areas, and shall exclude flanges for mounting of linear diffusers. The supply air plenum for linear diffusers shall be measured with ducting as described earlier.

Fire Damper: Shall be measured by their cross sectional area perpendicular to the direction of airflow. Quoted rates shall include the necessary collars, and flanges for mounting, inspection pieces with access door, solenoid valves etc. No special allowances shall be payable for extension of cross section outside the air stream.

Flexible connection: Shall be measured by their cross sectional area perpendicular to the direction of airflow. Quoted rates shall include the necessary mounting arrangement, flanges, nuts and bolts and treated-for-fire requisite length of canvas cloth.

6.0

NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL

General

This section of the Specification intends to direct the Contractor to select the appropriate and sufficient noise and vibration control measures on the plant/equipment, the interconnected

Page 272 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar piping, ductwork and conduit so that when the installed plant/equipment are put into operation, the resulting noise and vibration levels at locations within the building and at the adjacent or nearby buildings shall not exceed the acceptable limits.

The Corrected Noise Level at potential Noise Sensitive Receiver in the adjacent or nearby building, if so identified in the Particular Specification and/or Drawings, shall not exceed the

Acceptable Noise Level stipulated in the Technical Memorandum for the Assessment of

Noise from Places other than Domestic Premises, Public Places or Construction Sites issued by the Environmental Protection Department when the plant/equipment installed by the Contractor are put into operation.

Equipment Bases

General

Floor mounted equipment shall be installed on 100 mm high concrete housekeeping pads provided by the Building Contractor covering the whole floor area requirements of the equipment bases plus a minimum of 150 mm further on each side or on inverted beams at the roof. Vibration isolators shall be mounted on this concrete pad or inverted beams.

Welded Structural Steel Bases

Bases shall be constructed of adequate T or channel steel members reinforced as required to prevent the bases from flexing at start-up and from misalignment of drive and driven units.

All perimeter members shall be of steel sections with a minimum depth equal to 1/10th of the longest dimension of the base but need not exceed 350 mm provided that the deflection and misalignment are kept within acceptable limits as determined by the equipment manufacturer. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to provide a base clearance of 50 mm.

Concrete Inertia Bases

Concrete inertia bases shall be formed within a structural steel beam or channel frame reinforced as required to prevent flexing, misalignment of the drive and driven units or transferable of stresses into equipment. The base shall be completed with height saving brackets, concrete reinforcement and equipment bolting down provisions.

In general the thickness of concrete inertia bases shall be of a minimum of 1/12th of the longest dimension of the base but never be less than 150 mm. The base depth needs not exceed 300 mm unless specifically required.

As an indication of the standards required, minimum thickness of the inertia base shall generally comply with the following table or be 1/12th of the longest dimension of the base, whichever is the larger:

Motor Size (KW)

3.7-11

Minimum Thickness

150mm

Page 273 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

15-37

45-55

75 -185

200mm

250mm

300mm

Base forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcement consisting of 13 mm bars or angles welded in place on 150 mm centers running both ways in a layer of 40 mm above the bottom, or additional steel as is required by the structural conditions.

Unless otherwise specified, concrete inertia bases shall weigh from 2 to 3 times the combined weight of the equipment/plant to be installed thereon.

Base forms shall be furnished with drilled steel members and with anchor-bolt sleeves welded below the holes where the anchor bolts fall in concrete locations.

Height saving brackets shall be provided in all mounting locations to maintain a base clearance of 50 mm.

Vibration Isolators

The following types of vibration isolation mountings or suspensions are not exhaustive but serve to cover the main types that shall be applied as appropriate unless otherwise stated in the Particular Specifications.

Free Standing Spring Mounts

These shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with a minimum of 6.0 mm neoprene acoustical friction pads between the base plate and the support.

All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment.

Spring diameters shall be no less than 80% of the compressed height of the spring at rated load with horizontal spring stiffness 1.1 times the rated vertical spring stiffness. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to 'solid' (fully compressed) equal to 50% of the rated deflection.

Springs shall be so designed that the ends of the springs remain parallel.

The springs selected for any given application shall be non-resonant with the equipment's or support structure's natural frequencies. This shall apply to all springs hereafter described.

Restrained Spring Mounts

Equipment with operating weight different from the installed weight such as chillers, boilers

Page 274 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar etc. and equipment exposed to the wind such as cooling towers and other roof mounted plants shall be mounted on spring mountings but a housing shall be used that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when some of the weight is removed, i.e.

when the system is drained or lifted by abnormal wind pressure.

Double Deflection Neoprene Mounts

These mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 8.5 mm. All metal surfaces shall be neoprene covered to avoid corrosion and shall have friction pads on both the top and the bottom so that they need not be bolted to the floor. Bolt holes shall be provided for applications where bolting down is required.

Neoprene Pads

These mountings shall consist of 'waffle' form neoprene pads of 8.0 mm thickness. Where required these shall be adhesive cemented to 3 mm steel plate of similar area so as to form a sandwich.

The area of pad to be used and the number of layers shall be determined for each application in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

7.0

INSULATION

Scope

The scope of this section comprises the supply and application of insulation conforming to these specifications.

7.1 Duct Thermal Insulation: (Round)

Material technical specifications:

Duct Insulation

For Duct thermal insulation, we have suggested the chemically cross linked closed cell

Polyethylene foam insulation material with factory laminated Aluminum foil.

MATERIAL

Insulation material shall be chemically cross linked closed cell polyethylene foam

(XPE) insulation material.

Density of material shall be 30+_3 kg/m3

Thermal conductivity of XPE foam shall not exceed 0.035 W / (M.K) at an average temperature of 40

.

Page 275 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Flammability, Smoke Density and non-dripping of material shall be as per DIN 5510

(Pt-2)-54837

Horizontal Flammability test should classify 94 HBF as per UL -94

The insulation shall have fire performance such that it passes Class 1 as per BS476

Part 7 and also pass Fire Propagation requirement as per BS476 Part 6 to meet the

Class ‘O.’

Insulation material shall have negligible water vapor permeability, water vapor resistance factor (μ) >12000 (plain) and >17000 (when laminated with Al. foil on one side) as per DIN EN ISO: 12572

Insulation material shall have good ozone resistance non-fiber erosion and CFC /

HCFC free

Insulation material shall have negligible effects of acids and alkalis as per IS 9845 –

1998

Insulation material shall have zero rating for fungal and bacterial growth as per ASTM

G-21 and ASTM G-22

Adhesive for Duct Thermal Insulation: It should be supplied by insulation manufacturer. It should be rubber based adhesive in a blend of solvents, free from benzene. The adhesive shall be of low viscosity for ease of application and quick drying characteristics. The properly cured adhesive shall maintain water vapor resistance expected of insulation. It should have service temperature same as of insulation.

The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of 0 to 65 °C.

MATERIAL BASE & INGREDIENTS

1. Chloroprene Rubber

2. Solvents

3. Phenolic Resin.

4. Metal Oxides

PHYSICAL APPEARANCE

1. Colour - Dark Brown

2. Appearance - Liquid

3. Odour - Non Objectionable (Aromatic)

4. Weight - 0.87 ± 0.05 Kgs per Litre

5. Viscosity - 2500 - 4500 Cps

6. Dry Shear Strength - Above 30 Kgs.

Page 276 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

DIRECTIONS TO USE i.

Stir Adhesive Tin before use.

ii.

Coat Both Surfaces with proper quantity of Rubber Adhesive.

iii.

Allow the Surface to dry until Tacky and give sufficient drying time.

iv.

Press both surfaces under maximum pressure.

v.

Allow Adhesive to Dry.

PRECAUTIONS WHILE USING a.

Keep Tin Closed when not in use.

b.

Use in Well Ventilated Surroundings.

c.

Keep away from Fire / Flammable objects / smoking areas and Sunlight and store in cool dry conditions.

d.

Use appropriate equipment during handling and application.

FIRE HAZARD & EXTINGUISHERS.

a.

Cause - Short Circuit, Spark in Electricity Connection, Ignition sources, any naked flame near the vapors of adhesive, Friction between machinery and spares.

b.

Extinguisher Type - A.B.C. Type, Foam, CO2, DCP.

c.

Procedure - Break Seal and spray on the fire from all sides. Raise Alarm and wear protective equipment covering mouth and body.

d.

Note - Refill Extinguisher every year and check periodically.

TOXICOLOGICAL PROPERTIES & PREVENTIVE MEASURES

Page 277 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar a.

Skin Contact: May irritate the skin on repeated contact. Skin may peal and cause rashes. To avoid use Gloves and wear full sleeves. Repeated skin contact may cause dermatitis.

b.

Eye Contact: May irritate the eye and cause injury. To avoid use safety goggles or splash water for at least 15 mins c.

Inhalation: Can cause nausea, headache, and drowsiness if applied in closed room with no ventilation. To avoid wear masks covering mouth and apply in well ventilated surroundings.

d.

Swallowed : If swallowed do not induce vomiting, give patient glass of water to drink and seek medical advice.

e.

Hair Contact: Can cause stickiness and expose to flame if left for long. To avoid wear cap and immediately remove from hand.

f.

Prolonged Exposure to vapors may cause sleepiness and unconsciousness.

DISPOSAL & SPILLING a.

Prevent spreading of flammable vapors and dispose in plastic bag. Do not dispose in drains and shut all sources of ignition. Use appropriate protective equipment

7.2 Duct Thermal Insulation: (Within the building)

DUCT INSULATION THICKNESS

Supply Air Duct (Line Temperature

Insulation Thickness Material to be used

25 Class ‘0’ XPE Aluminium laminated

1

4

°

C

)

Return Air Duct (Line Temperature 13 Class ‘0’ XPE Aluminium laminated

2

6

°

Page 278 of 468 l a t e i r m a t e m a

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Supply Air Duct in Return Air Path

(Line Temp. 14°C)

9

C

)

Class ‘0’ XPE Aluminium laminated

Material technical specifications:

Duct Insulation

For Duct thermal insulation, we have suggested the chemically cross linked closed cell

Polyethylene foam insulation material with factory laminated Aluminum foil.

MATERIAL

Insulation material shall be chemically cross linked closed cell polyethylene foam

(XPE) insulation material.

Density of material shall be 30+_3 kg/m3

Thermal conductivity of XPE foam shall not exceed 0.035 W / (M.K) at an average temperature of 40

.

Flammability, Smoke Density and non-dripping of material shall be as per DIN 5510

(Pt-2)-54837

Horizontal Flammability test should classify 94 HBF as per UL -94

The insulation shall have fire performance such that it passes Class 1 as per BS476

Part 7 and also pass Fire Propagation requirement as per BS476 Part 6 to meet the Class ‘O.’

Insulation material shall have negligible water vapor permeability, water vapor resistance factor (μ) >12000 (plain) and >17000 (when laminated with Al. foil on one side) as per DIN EN ISO: 12572

Insulation material shall have good ozone resistance non-fiber erosion and CFC /

HCFC free

Page 279 of 468 l i a e r m t a i r l a

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar iii.

iv.

v.

1998

Insulation material shall have negligible effects of acids and alkalis as per IS 9845 –

Insulation material shall have zero rating for fungal and bacterial growth as per ASTM

G-21 and ASTM G-22

Adhesive for Duct Thermal Insulation: It should be supplied by insulation manufacturer. It should be rubber based adhesive in a blend of solvents, free from benzene. The adhesive shall be of low viscosity for ease of application and quick drying characteristics. The properly cured adhesive shall maintain water vapor resistance expected of insulation. It should have service temperature same as of insulation.

The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of 0 to 65 °C.

MATERIAL BASE & INGREDIENTS

1. Chloroprene Rubber

2. Solvents

3. Phenolic Resin.

4. Metal Oxides

PHYSICAL APPEARANCE

1. Colour - Dark Brown

2. Appearance - Liquid

3. Odour - Non Objectionable (Aromatic)

4. Weight - 0.87 ± 0.05 Kgs per Litre

5. Viscosity - 2500 - 4500 Cps

6. Dry Shear Strength - Above 30 Kgs.

i.

DIRECTIONS TO USE

Stir Adhesive Tin before use.

ii.

Coat Both Surfaces with proper quantity of Rubber Adhesive.

Allow the Surface to dry until Tacky and give sufficient drying time.

Press both surfaces under maximum pressure.

Allow Adhesive to Dry.

Page 280 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

PRECAUTIONS WHILE USING a.

Keep Tin Closed when not in use.

b.

Use in Well Ventilated Surroundings.

c.

Keep away from Fire / Flammable objects / smoking areas and Sunlight and store in cool dry conditions.

d.

Use appropriate equipment during handling and application.

FIRE HAZARD & EXTINGUISHERS.

a.

Cause - Short Circuit, Spark in Electricity Connection, Ignition sources, any naked flame near the vapors of adhesive, Friction between machinery and spares.

b.

Extinguisher Type - A.B.C. Type, Foam, CO2, DCP.

c.

Procedure - Break Seal and spray on the fire from all sides. Raise Alarm and wear protective equipment covering mouth and body.

d.

Note - Refill Extinguisher every year and check periodically.

TOXICOLOGICAL PROPERTIES & PREVENTIVE MEASURES a.

Skin Contact: May irritate the skin on repeated contact. Skin may peal and cause rashes. to avoid use Gloves and wear full sleeves. Repeated skin contact may cause dermatitis.

b.

Eye Contact: May irritate the eye and cause injury. To avoid use safety goggles or splash water for at least 15 mins c.

Inhalation: Can cause nausea, headache, and drowsiness if applied in closed room with no ventilation. To avoid wear masks covering mouth and apply in well ventilated surroundings.

d.

Swallowed : If swallowed do not induce vomiting, give patient glass of water to drink and seek medical advise.

Page 281 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar e.

Hair Contact: Can cause stickiness and expose to flame if left for long. To avoid wear cap and immediately remove from hand.

f.

Prolonged Exposure to vapors may cause sleepiness and unconsciousness.

DISPOSAL & SPILLING a.

Prevent spreading of flammable vapors and dispose in plastic bag. Do not dispose in drains and shut all sources of ignition. Use appropriate protective equipment

7.3 Duct Thermal Insulation: (exposed to sun)

DUCT INSULATION THICKNESS

F o r

Supply Air Duct (Line Temperature

Insulation Thickness Material to be used

25 Class ‘0’ XPE Aluminium laminated

1

4

°

C

)

Class ‘0’ XPE Aluminium laminated

2

6

)

Return Air Duct (Line Temperature 13

For a n g u c t

R e l a r

Supply Air Duct in Return Air Path

(Line Temp. 14°C)

d u

Page 282 of 468

9 Class ‘0’ XPE Aluminium laminated l a i r t e m a l a i r t e m a t e m a l r i a

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

cts (Exposed to Sun):Thickness & XPE (Chemically cross linked closed cell polyethylene foam).

Duct Insulation

For Duct thermal insulation, we have suggested the chemically cross linked closed cell

Polyethylene foam insulation material with factory laminated Aluminium foil.

MATERIAL

Insulation material shall be chemically cross linked closed cell polyethylene foam (XPE) insulation material.

Density of material shall be 30+_3 kg/m3

Thermal conductivity of XPE foam shall not exceed 0.035 W / (M.K) at an average temperature of 40

.

Flammability, Smoke Density and non-dripping of material shall be as per DIN 5510 (Pt-2)-

54837

Horizontal Flammability test should classify 94 HBF as per UL -94

The insulation shall have fire performance such that it passes Class 1 as per BS476 Part 7 and also pass Fire Propagation requirement as per BS476 Part 6 to meet the Class ‘O.’

Insulation material shall have negligible water vapor permeability, water vapor resistance factor (μ) >12000 (plain) and >17000 (when laminated with Al. foil on one side) as per

DIN EN ISO: 12572

Insulation material shall have good ozone resistance non-fiber erosion and CFC / HCFC free

Insulation material shall have negligible effects of acids and alkalis as per IS 9845 – 1998

Insulation material shall have zero rating for fungal and bacterial growth as per ASTM G-

21 and ASTM G-22

Adhesive for Duct Thermal Insulation: It should be supplied by insulation manufacturer. It should be rubber based adhesive in a blend of solvents, free from benzene. The adhesive shall be of low viscosity for ease of application and quick drying characteristics. The properly cured adhesive shall maintain water vapor resistance expected of insulation. It should have service temperature same as of insulation.

The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of 0 to 65 °C.

Page 283 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

MATERIAL BASE & INGREDIENTS

1. Chloroprene Rubber

2. Solvents

3. Phenolic Resin.

4. Metal Oxides

PHYSICAL APPEARANCE

1. Colour - Dark Brown

2. Appearance - Liquid

3. Odour - Non Objectionable (Aromatic)

4. Weight - 0.87 ± 0.05 Kgs per Litre

5. Viscosity - 2500 - 4500 Cps

6. Dry Shear Strength - Above 30 Kgs.

DIRECTIONS TO USE i.

Stir Adhesive Tin before use.

ii.

Coat Both Surfaces with proper quantity of Rubber Adhesive.

iii.

Allow the Surface to dry until Tacky and give sufficient drying time.

iv.

Press both surfaces under maximum pressure.

v.

Allow Adhesive to Dry.

PRECAUTIONS WHILE USING a.

Keep Tin Closed when not in use.

b.

Use in Well Ventilated Surroundings.

c.

Keep away from Fire / Flammable objects / smoking areas and Sunlight and store in cool dry conditions.

Page 284 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar d.

Use appropriate equipment during handling and application.

FIRE HAZARD & EXTINGUISHERS.

a.

Cause - Short Circuit, Spark in Electricity Connection, Ignition sources, any naked flame near the vapors of adhesive, Friction between machinery and spares.

b.

Extinguisher Type - A.B.C. Type, Foam, CO2, DCP.

c.

Procedure - Break Seal and spray on the fire from all sides. Raise Alarm and wear protective equipment covering mouth and body.

d.

Note - Refill Extinguisher every year and check periodically.

TOXICOLOGICAL PROPERTIES & PREVENTIVE MEASURES a.

Skin Contact: May irritate the skin on repeated contact. Skin may peal and cause rashes. to avoid use Gloves and wear full sleeves. Repeated skin contact may cause dermatitis.

b.

Eye Contact: May irritate the eye and cause injury. To avoid use safety goggles or splash water for at least 15 mins.

c.

Inhalation : Can cause nausea, headache, and drowsiness if applied in closed room with no ventilation. To avoid wear masks covering mouth and apply in well ventilated surroundings.

d.

Swallowed : If swallowed do not induce vomiting, give patient glass of water to drink and seek medical advice.

e.

Hair Contact: Can cause stickiness and expose to flame if left for long. To avoid wear cap and immediately remove from hand.

f.

Prolonged Exposure to vapors may cause sleepiness and unconsciousness.

DISPOSAL & SPILLING a.

Prevent spreading of flammable vapors and dispose in plastic bag. Do not dispose in drains and shut all sources of ignition. Use appropriate protective equipment.

Page 285 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

7.4 Duct Acoustic Insulation: c t

R e

DUCT INSULATION THICKNESS

Supply Air Duct (Line Temperature

F o r

Insulation Thickness Material to be used

25 Class ‘0’ XPE Aluminium laminated

1

4

°

C

)

Return Air Duct (Line Temperature 13 Class ‘0’ XPE Aluminium laminated

2

6

°

C

)

Supply Air Duct in Return Air Path

(Line Temp. 14°C)

9 Class ‘0’ XPE Aluminium laminated

Specifications ducts: Ducts are included in Schedule of Quantities shall be provided with acoustic lining of thermal insulation for a distance of minimum 5 meters (or 30% of the duct length whichever is more).

Scope: The scope of this section comprises the supply and application of insulation conforming to these specifications.

Acoustic Insulation

Material shall be engineered Nitrile Rubber open cell foam

The Random Incidence Sound Absorption Coefficient (RISAC); tested as per ISO 354, should be minimum as per following chart

Page 286 of 468 l a t e m a l a t e i r m a t e r m a l i a

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Freq (Hz)

10 mm

15 mm

20 mm

25 mm

30 mm

50 mm

125

0.03

0.01

0.04

0.02

0.07

0.23

250

0.04

0.09

0.13

0.25

0.32

0.73

500

0.14

0.29

0.4

0.86

0.99

1.29

1000

0.04

0.74

0.9

1.14

1.16

0.99

2000

0.88

1.08

1.04

0.88

0.93

1.09

4000 NRC

1.00

0.35

0.83

0.90

0.99

0.55

0.60

0.80

1.08

1.11

0.85

1.05

The material should be fiber free

The density of the same shall be within 140-180 Kg/m3

It should have antimicrobial product protection, and should pass Fungi Resistance as per ASTM G 21 and Bacterial Resistance as per ASTM E 2180.

The material should have a thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.047 W/m.K @ 20 °C

The material should withstand maximum surface temperature of +850C and minimum surface temperature of -200C

The material should conform to Class 1 rating for surface spread of Flame in accordance to BS 476 Part 7 & UL 94 (HBF, HF 1 & HF 2) in accordance to UL 94,

1996.

The insulation should pass Air Erosion Resistance Test in accordance to ASTM

Standard C 1071-05 (section 12.7).

Thickness of the material shall be as specified for the individual application. The insulation should be installed as per manufacturer’s recommendation.

Thickness for Duct Acoustic: 15 mm

Adhesive for Duct Acoustic Insulation:

Specifications: The adhesive shall be formulated for the Duct insulation application and supplied by insulation (Nitrile) manufacturer. The adhesive shall be rubber based, solvent based contact adhesive, free from benzene. The adhesive shall have minimum tear strength resistance of > 20 N / 25 mm when tested as per AFERA – 4001. The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of 0 °C to +85 °C.

Page 287 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Installation Procedure

The inside surface for the ducts shall be covered with adhesive recommended by the manufacturer. Cut Foamed sheets into required sizes apply adhesive on the foam and stick it to the duct surface.

7.

5 AHU Room Acoustic Insulation: (Material specifications same as Duct Acoustic)

Installation Procedure

The wall surface shall be cleaned and required surface preparation shall be done for applying adhesive. Rubber based contact adhesive recommended by the manufacturer shall be used. The foam sheets shall be cut to require size and a thin layer of adhesive shall be applied to both the surfaces; wall and insulation. When it is tack dry, it is applied / stuck with enough pressure to the walls/ceiling. Minimum 5 fasteners with washer (of G.I Sheet 2.5 inch x 2.5 inch) / square meter, 4 at corners & 1 at center shall be put immediately after sticking with the help of adhesive. The length of the fastener shall be minimum 75 mm.

Thickness: 25mm for AHU Room Insulation

Adhesive for Wall Acoustic Insulation:

Specifications: The adhesive shall be formulated for the Duct insulation application and supplied by insulation (Nitrile) manufacturer. The adhesive shall be rubber based, solvent based contact adhesive, free from benzene. The adhesive shall have minimum tear strength resistance of > 20 N / 25 mm when tested as per AFERA – 4001. The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of 0 °C to +85 °C.

7.6 Drain pipe insulation.

Class‘0’ Chemically cross linked closed cell polyethylene foam insulation material (XPE)

13 mm thick sleeve with factory laminated Aluminium foil.

Material technical specifications:

Insulation material shall be chemically cross linked closed cell polyethylene foam

(XPE) insulation material.

Density of material shall be 30+_3 kg/m3

Flammability, Smoke Density and non-dripping of material shall be as per DIN 5510

(Pt-2)-54837

Horizontal Flammability test should classify 94 HBF as per UL -94

Page 288 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The insulation shall have fire performance such that it passes Class 1 as per BS476

Part 7 and also pass Fire Propagation requirement as per BS476 Part 6 to meet the

Class ‘O.’

Insulation material shall have negligible water vapour permeability, water vapour resistance factor (μ) >12000 (plain) and >17000 (when laminated with Al. foil on one side) as per DIN EN ISO :12572

Insulation material shall have good ozone resistance non-fiber erosion and CFC /

HCFC free

Insulation material shall have negligible effects of acids and alkalis as per IS 9845 –

1998

Insulation material shall have zero rating for fungal and bacterial growth as per ASTM

G-21 and ASTM G-22

Adhesive - It should be as per recommended by insulation manufacturer. It should be

Modified chloroprene rubber adhesive in a blend of solvents, free from benzene. The adhesive shall be of low viscosity for ease of application and quick drying characteristics.

The properly cured adhesive shall maintain water vapour resistance expected of insulation. It should have service temperature same as of insulation.

The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of - 40 to + 105 °C.

Product specifications: 13 mm thick XPE material sleeve for drain piping insulation.

7.7 Shaft / under deck Insulation:

Material specifications:

Insulation material shall be chemically cross linked closed cell polyethylene foam (XPE) insulation material.

Density of material shall be 30+_3 kg/m3

Thermal conductivity of XPE foam shall not exceed 0.035 W / (M.K) at an average temperature of 40

.

Flammability, Smoke Density and non-dripping of material shall be as per DIN 5510 (Pt-2)-

54837

Horizontal Flammability test should classify 94 HBF as per UL -94

Page 289 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The insulation shall have fire performance such that it passes Class 1 as per BS476 Part 7 and also pass Fire Propagation requirement as per BS476 Part 6 to meet the Class ‘O.’

Insulation material shall have negligible water vapour permeability, water vapour resistance factor (μ) >12000 (plain) and >17000 (when laminated with Al. foil on one side) as per DIN

EN ISO: 12572

Insulation material shall have good ozone resistance non-fiber erosion and CFC / HCFC free

Insulation material shall have negligible effects of acids and alkalis as per IS 9845 – 1998

Insulation material shall have zero rating for fungal and bacterial growth as per ASTM G-21 and ASTM G-22

Thickness: 20 mm with factory laminated UV barrier film

Colour: Base material - Grey, lamination – Black

Application for shaft insulation: Providing & fixing the XPE sheet with mechanical supports (screw – washer system with the help of G.I. wire) cross wire system. No adhesive required.

7.8 False-ceiling acoustic insulation nearby trap door areas.

Specification for Acoustic Insulation

The scope of this section comprises the supply and application of insulation conforming to these specifications.

ACOUSTIC INSULATION

Material shall be engineered Nitrile Rubber open cell foam

The Random Incidence Sound Absorption Coefficient (RISAC); tested as per ISO 354, should be minimum as per enclosed chart -

Freq (Hz)

10 mm

125

0.03

250

0.04

500

0.14

1000

0.04

2000

0.88

4000

1.00

NRC

0.35

Page 290 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

15 mm

20 mm

25 mm

30 mm

50 mm

0.01

0.04

0.02

0.07

0.23

0.09

0.13

0.25

0.32

0.73

0.29

0.4

0.86

0.99

1.29

0.74

0.9

1.14

1.16

0.99

1.08

1.04

0.88

0.93

1.09

0.83

0.90

0.99

1.08

1.11

0.55

0.60

0.80

0.85

1.05

The material should be fiber free.

The density of the same shall be within 140-180 Kg/m3.

It should have antimicrobial product protection, and should pass Fungi Resistance as per ASTM G 21 and Bacterial Resistance as per ASTM E 2180.

The material should have a thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.047 W/m.K @ 20 °C.

The material should withstand maximum surface temperature of +850C and minimum surface temperature of -20 0C.

The material should conform to Class 1 rating for surface spread of Flame in accordance to BS 476 Part 7 & UL 94 (HBF, HF 1 & HF 2) in accordance to UL 94,

1996.

The insulation should pass Air Erosion Resistance Test in accordance to ASTM

Standard C 1071-05 (section 12.7).

Thickness of the material shall be as specified for the individual application.

The insulation should be installed as per manufacturer’s recommendation.

Adhesive for Trap door Insulation:

Specifications: The adhesive shall be formulated for the Duct insulation application and supplied by insulation (Nitrile) manufacturer. The adhesive shall be rubber based, solvent based contact adhesive, free from benzene. The adhesive shall have minimum tear strength resistance of > 20 N / 25 mm when tested as per AFERA – 4001. The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of 0 deg to +85 deg C.

Application procedure:

Page 291 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Glue the rubber on the trap door with mechanical supports as required. Stick also on the surround area of the unit & above the false ceiling. Just need to lay and stick. Apply 150

Sq. Ft. area per unit (nearby the unit) to be acoustic.

Thickness: 10 mm

7.9 Insulation for Refrigerant piping

A.

Inside the Building

Supply Side: 13 / 19 MM Nitrile Sleeve Without Bonded & Without Self Sleeve. (For 6mm ID

(1/4”) thickness shall be 13 mm, rest all the ID’s up to 48mm id (1 7/8”) thickness shall be 19 mm)

Return Side: 13 MM Nitrile Sleeve without Bonded & without Self Sleeve (For all the ID’s from 6mm ( 1/4”) to 48mm id ( 1 7/8”).

Material Technical Specifications:

Insulation material shall be Closed Cell Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber

Thermal conductivity of elastomeric Nitrile rubber shall not exceed 0.035 W/ (M.K) at an average temperature of 0

C

The insulation shall have fire performance such that it passes Class 1 as per BS476

Part 7 for surface spread of flame as per BS 476 and also pass Fire Propagation requirement as per BS476 Part 6 to meet the Class ‘O’ Fire category as per 1991

Building Regulations (England & Wales) and the Building Standards (Scotland)

Regulations 1990

Material shall be FM (Factory Mutual), USA approved.

Moisture Diffusion Resistance Factor or ‘µ’ value shall be minimum 7,000.

(ADHESIVE)

It should be supplied by insulation manufacturer. It should be Modified chloroprene rubber adhesive in a blend of solvents, free from benzene. The adhesive shall be of low viscosity for ease of application and quick drying characteristics. The properly cured adhesive shall maintain water vapour resistance expected of insulation. It should have service temperature same as of insulation.

The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of - 40 to + 105 °C.

Page 292 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

B.

Outside the Building or Open to sky & wherever mechanical protection is needed following procedure to be followed.

Additional covering of treated woven glass fibre over Nitrile sleeve for mechanical &

U.V. protection.

7.10 Measurement of Insulation

Unless otherwise specified measurement for duct and pipe insulation for the project shall be on the basis of center line measurements described herewith a.

Pipe Insulation shall be measured in units of length along the center line of the installed pipe, strictly on the same basis as the piping measurements described earlier. The linear measurements shall be taken before the application of the insulation. It may be noted that for piping measurement, all valves, orifice plate sand strainers are not separately measurable by their number and size. It is to be clearly understood that for the insulation measurements, all these accessories including cladding, valves, orifice plates and strainers shall be considered strictly by linear measurements along the center line of pipes and no special rate shall be applicable for insulation of any accessories, fixtures or fittings whatsoever.

b.

Duct Insulation and Acoustic Lining shall be measured on the basis of surface area along the center line of insulation thickness. Thus the surface area of externally thermally insulated or acoustically lined be based on the perimeter comprising center line (of thickness of insulation) width and depth of the cross section of insulated or lined duct, multiplied by the center-line length including tapered pieces, bends, tees, branches, etc. as measured for bare ducting.

8.0

PAINTING - COLOUR CODE.

All Equipment’s shall be supplied with approved finish. Shop coat of paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with two coat of synthetic enamel paint. Pump base-plate / piping supports subject to water exposure to be painted with rubber paint using zinc base primer. Water treatment Units to be painted with anticorrosive paint / CGC, as exposed to acid and caustic solutions.

All sheet steel work shall undergo a process of degreasing, thorough cleaning, and painting with a high corrosion resistant primer. All panels shall then be baked in an oven.

The finishing treatment shall be by application of synthetic enamel paint of approved shade.

All exposed condenser water piping shall be applied with cold galvanizing spray / paint.

8.1

Standard Colour Code:

Page 293 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The tentative colour code given below shall be followed. However changes if any will be indicated well in advance. All painting colour code shall be approved before execution. No separate payment shall be made for painting work.

ITEM :

Motors

AHU

All supports / Stands / drain

Ducting / Grilles / Diffusers

COLOUR:

Siemens Grey

Mulshell Grey

Dark Blue

Black

Approved by Architect

All “Approved shade” shall be duly approved by Engineer In-charge / Architect.

9.0

INSPECTION AND TESTING

9.1

Inspection (pre-dispatch & site), testing & acceptance

Pre-dispatch inspection shall be carried out for certain items. All the system equipment, parts shall be checked for physical damage, before commencing the installation work. Complete fabrication, installation and commissioning work shall be jointly supervised and shall be carried out as per the specifications and instructions of site Engineer In-charge. All the rotating equipment shall be checked for static and dynamic balancing, minimum operating vibration and noise.

All the system / equipment’s shall be checked before / after satisfactory commissioning, at manufacturer’s works / site as may be required for the approved technical specifications, performance data provided by supplier / manufacturer. Actual capacity of each equipment shall be calculated based on the test readings, recorded jointly for design conditions / operating conditions. Performance acceptance is subject to comparison of test results with supplier / manufacturer’s performance data and contract specification. Acceptance is subject to satisfactory installation, commissioning and performance testing with respect to technical specifications. Rejected items must be replaced or rectified for the defects. In case of system modification / rectification complete performance tests are to be repeated. Site test readings shall be jointly recorded.

9.2

Methodology

In general following Inspection / tests are involved. Type of test, duration of test, testing procedure / parameters, will be as per the applicable BIS codes. However the detail

Inspection and test procedure shall be worked out jointly by the purchaser and the contractor along with the approval of drawings, within 30 days from the date of contact agreement

.

Page 294 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar a.

Pre-dispatch Inspection (as per client/consultant’s format) b.

Pre-dispatch testing at manufacturers shop / factory. (Material, performance, pressure, joints, etc.) c.

Physical Inspection – Pre-installation at site.

d.

Brazing / welding joint inspection and testing at site.

e.

Pressure and / or leak testing at site.

f.

Performance testing at site (capacity, power consumption, pressure drop, vibration, etc.) g.

Calibration at site if required

SR. NO.

ITEM / EQUIPMENT

INSPECTION /

TEST INVOLVED.

3.

4.

5.

6.

1.

2.

AC Units

Refrigerant Piping

Inline / Propeller Fans

Ducting

Insulation

Diffusers / Dampers and Grilles c c a, b, c, e, f.

c, d, e a, b, c, e, f c, e

9.3

Test certificates and documents

Contractor shall furnish following Test certificates for Approval / Information of Client /

Consultant

Material Test Certificates for items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 under table mentioned above.

Welder’s / Brazer’s qualification certificate.

Performance test certificates and Calibration Certificates - carried out by manufacturer before Pre- dispatch inspection & testing.

All equipment operation and maintenance manual.

9.4

TESTING THE EQUIPMENTS AT SITE

The following aspects shall be considered for performance testing

.

Prevailing conditions shall be as close as to design conditions at the time of performance testing procedure.

Page 295 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Type, quantity, location, frequency, duration of test parameters shall be decided and recorded accordingly during the test.

Rated capacity, power consumption, and other operating parameters shall be checked.

Functional test for all Instruments, controls (safety and capacity) shall be carried out to check for the expected operation / action / accuracy / response time / repeatability parameters.

(a) Air Conditioning Unit:

The unit shall be selected and installed for the lowest operating speed and noise level.

Capacity ratings and power consumption with operating points clearly indicated shall be submitted and verified at the time of testing and commissioning of the installation.

Measurements of air flow rate and temperature of air entering the DX coil (Return Air) and leaving the coil (Dew Point Temperature) shall be used to ascertain tonnage capacity of each unit. Calibration certificates of the measuring instruments shall be furnished by vendor.

Power consumption shall be computed from measurements of incoming voltage & input current.

Above Air side and Electrical Side measurements shall be carried out simultaneously for arriving at the measured performance at site.

(b) Control & Instruments:

All Instruments shall be factory calibrated and provided with necessary instructions for site calibration and testing. Various items of the same type shall be completely interchangeable and the manufacturer shall guarantee their accuracy. All automatic controls and instruments used in the DX unit (Thermostat / Pressure Cut-outs) shall be tested at site for accuracy and reliability before commissioning the installation.

(c) Piping:

Refrigerant Piping Test Procedure shall be submitted for approval by the short listed bidder for approval of Client / Consultant

All piping shall be tested to hydrostatic test pressure of at least one and half times the

Maximum operating pressure, but not less than 10 kg/cm2 gauge for a period of not less than 24 hours. All leaks and defects in joints revealed during the testing shall be rectified and gotten approved at site.

Page 296 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Piping repaired subsequent to the above pressure test shall be re-tested in the same manner.

System may be tested in sections and such sections shall be securely capped, then retested for entire system if called for.

The Contractor shall give sufficient notice to all other agencies at site of his intention to test a section or sections of piping and all testing shall be witnessed and recorded by

Owner’s site representative.

The Contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is achieved through all coils and other heat exchange equipment in the system concerned. If proper circulation is not achieved due to air bound connection, the Contractor shall rectify the defective connections. He shall bear all expenses for carrying out the above rectifications including the tearing up and re- finishing of floors and walls as required.

The Contractor shall provide all materials, tools, equipment, instruments, and services and labour required to perform the test and to remove water resulting from cleaning and after testing.

(A) Inspection Check List

SR. INSPECTION ITEM

NO.

1. Physical

2.Fabrication,

Installation & commissioning

3. Vibration and noise.

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

DUCTABLE / HI WALL / HIDE

AWAY UNITS

- Body

AIR DISTRIBUTION

- Compressor

- Condenser

- Cooling Coil

- Sheet metal Work / Ducting

- Dampers

- Diffusers /

Registers /

Grilles

-----------

- Fan- Blower

- TSE valve.

-Refrigerant piping

- Accessories

- Supports etc.

4. Insulation and painting.

Page 297 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

(B) Testing:

All the system / equipments shall be checked after satisfactory commissioning, for the tender specifications, performance/ technical data provided by supplier / manufacturer. Actual capacity all equipments shall be calculated based on the test readings, recorded jointly, for design conditions / operating conditions. Performance acceptance is subject to comparison of test results with supplier / manufacturer’s performance data and contract specification. In case of system modification / rectification complete performance tests are to be repeated. Following test readings shall be jointly recorded.

(C) Test Reading sheet:

Duct able / Hi Wall Split / Hide Away / Cassette type Air conditioning Units.

(i) Unit:

Main volts / Amps.

(ii) Compressor:

Refrigerant suction pressure (LP, Bar) / Temp.

C.

Refrigerant Discharge pressure (HP, Bar) / Temp.

C

Discharge cut out pressure (Bar)

Discharge cut in pressure (Bar)

Suction cutout pressure (Bar)

Suction cut in pressure (Bar)

Compressor motor Amp.

(iii) Cooling Coil:

Surface (Face) area - Sq. Mt.

Return (entering coil) air Temp. DBT / WBT

C

Supply (leaving coil) air Temp. DBT / WBT

C

Air velocity across the cooling coil – Mt. / Min.

Air volume -CMH capacity

(iv) Air cooled Condenser:

Air Temp. In - DBT

C

Air velocity across the coil - Mt. / Min.

Air Temp. at Fan outlet - DBT

C

Air Temp. at Grilles, Supply Duct outlets - DBT

C

Air volume - CMH at Supply Duct outlets

Air volume – CMH at fresh air intake

(v) Room Conditions:

Average reading of DBT / WBT

C, at 12-00 PM, 14-00 PM, and 16-00 PM on a test

(summer / monsoon) day, shall be recorded to check the inside / room design condition.

Page 298 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

10.0

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE

Commissioning shall be done before handover of system.

A Performance Quality (PQ) measurement document shall be issued by Vendor for consultant’s review to follow the Commissioning procedure.

Balancing of Air flow across all diffusers for single AHU such that the total CFM meets the design CFM delivered by AHU

Ensuring Inside conditions at peak load committed in designs.

11.0

IS CODES

Following IS CODES will be applicable for the project.

1) IS: 659 - 1964 : Safety Code for Air-conditioning.

2) IS: 660 - 1963 : Safety Code for Mechanical Ref.

3) IS: 5111 - 1969 : Code of Practice and Measurement Procedure for Testing

Refrigerant Compressors.

4) IS: 325 - 1970 : Specifications for 3 Ph. Induction Motor. Also confirm toIS:

1231 for Foot Mounted & IS: 2223 for flange mounted motors.

5) IS: 2147 - 1962

6) IS: 3012 - 1965

: Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low Voltage switches and control gears.

:Code of Practice for installation (PART-I) & Maintenance of switchgear.

7) IS: 3016 - 1982

8) IS: 3615 - 1967 :

: Code of Practice for Fire precautions in welding and Cutting operations.

Glossary of terms used in Refrigeration & Air Conditioning.

9) IS STD. FOR INSULATION WORK-

9.1) IS: 4671 - 1984 : Expanded Polystyrene for Thermal insulation purposes

9.2) IS: 661 – 1974: Code of Practice for Thermal Insulation of Cold Storage.

9.3) IS: 7240 - 1981 :Code of Practice for Application and finishing of

Thermal Insulation

9.4) IS: 7413 - 1981 : Code of Practice for Application material at Temp. from

– 80°C to 40 °C & finishing of Thermal Insulation material at Temp. from 40 °C to700 °C.

Page 299 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

9.5) IS: 8183 - 1976

10) IS: 1239

11) IS: 3589

12) IS: 780/ISI

13) IS: 5312/ISI

14) IS: 900

15) IS: 4064 & 4047

16) IS: 2516

17) IS: 3069 :

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

18) IS: 702

19) IS: 8183

20) IS: 655 – 1963

21) IS: 277

22) IS: 3043 -1963

23) IS: 3043

24) IS: 732 - 1963

25) IS: 520

26) IS: 2825

27) IS: 4503 :

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

Specifications for Bonded Mineral Wool.

Pipes up to 150 MM Dia.

Pipes above 200 MM Dia.

Values of PN 1.6 rating Certificate

Check Valves Certificate

Installation of motor

Switch fuse unit

ACB

Glossary of Items symbols & units relating to thermal materials.

Industrial bitumen.

Bonded Mineral Wool

Ducting work.

For Sheet galvanizing spec.

Earthing.

Earth Station.

Testing of Electrical Installation.

Standard for positive displacement Refrigeration,

Compressor and condensing unit.

Unfired pressure vessels.

Shell and Tube type Heat Exchanger.

12.0

TECHNICAL DATA SHEET:

(List of Technical Information to be furnished by the Bidder)

Equipment’s:

Technical details :

Note:

 Separate Technical data sheet shall be furnished for different type / model / configuration for any item.

Page 300 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

 All data sheets shall be endorsed with stamp and signature by bidder.

 Contractor has to provide minimum technical details as enclosed herewith, however shall also provide remaining / additional details for approval. All the Items shall be ordered only after Technical specification approval.

 Attach Technical leaflets, performance curves, etc. for all products / system parts offered.

13.0 INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY THE TENDERER ALONG WITH THE

TENDER

TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS

A) DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR HI SIDE EQUIPMENTS

Conventional DX System - DATA SHEET

A Compressor

TR

1 Type

2 Make / Model

3 Quantity

4 KW ( Motor Connected )

5 KW ( Motor Consumed )

6 Full Load Current

7 Refrigerant Capacity – At 5 °C Suction & 43

°C discharge

Data by Bidder

1.0 TR 1.5 TR

8 Refrigerant

B Condenser

1 Type

2 Air Quantity

3 Coil Face Area

4 No. of Rows

5 By pass Factor

6 Fan Motor KW / RPM

Page 301 of 468

2.0 TR

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

7 Full load Current of Fan Motor

8 Static Pressure of Fan

9 No. of speed for Fan

10 Copper Tube thickness / Diameter

11 Aluminum fins spacing / Gauge

C Evaporator

1 Type

2 Air Quantity

3 Coil Face Area

4 No. of Rows

5 By pass Factor

6 Fan Motor KW / RPM

7 Full load Current of Fan Motor

8 Static Pressure of Fan

9 No. of speed for Fan

10 Copper Tube thickness / Diameter

11 Aluminum fins spacing / Gauge

D Overall Dimensional details

1 Condensing Unit

2 Evaporating Unit

E Salient Features

1 Type of filter

2 Filter area

3 Filtration level

4 Any other details

F Total power consumption of the unit

1 For all condensing units at full capacity

2 For all indoor units at full capacity

G Tolerances

1 Voltage

Page 302 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

2 Power Factor

3 Frequency

Vendor Seal

Signature

Date

B) DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR DUCTING

SR.

NO.

SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION

1.

Make :

2.

Coating Classification :

3.

Type of Gasket used :

4.

Are Turning/ deflecting vanes provided

5.

Duct Fabrication, supports,

6.

Reinforcement, Testing, Adjusting

7.

Balancing etc. as per specification : YES / NO

8.

Duct air leakage test provided : YES / NO

C)

SR.

NO.

DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR GRILLS / DIFFUSERS

SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION

1 GENERAL :

1.1

Make :

1.2

Material of Construction :

1.3

Type of Louvers : Fixed / Adjustable

1.4

Volume Control damper : Provided/ Not

Provided

1.5

Net Area Sq.Ft. :

Page 303 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

SR.

NO.

SPECIFICATION

1.6

Outlet Velocity (FPM) :

1.7

Minimum and Maximum throw (Mt.) :

1.8

Pressure Drop (MMWG) :

1.9

Finish :

DESCRIPTION

D) DOCUMENT : TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR INSULATION

SR.

NO.

SPECIFICATION

1.

Expanded polystyrene ‘ TF ’ quality/ Fibre

Glass / Cross Linked Polyethylene

2.

Make / Thickness /Density / Thermal conductivity / coating / covering/ finish etc

DESCRIPTION

For : Refrigerant Pipe Insulation

Duct Insulation

Duct Acoustic Lining

Room Acoustic Lining

Under deck Insulation

False Ceiling Insulation

Note:

a. Technical brochures of following items to be enclosed with the bid

Air Conditioning Units for capacities offered

Ventilation Fans

Insulation Materials c.

Actual makes considered in the bid shall be strictly indicated

14.0 TECHNICAL DEVIATION STATEMENT

SR.

NO.

Original Tender Condition

Page 304 of 468

Deviation

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

14

15

16

17

9

10

11

12

13

6

7

8

3

4

1

2

5

21

22

23

18

19

20

24

25

Page 305 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Volume4

TERMS & SCOPE OF MAINTENANCE

CONTRACT

TENDER DOCUMENT – HVAC SYSTEM for 19

TH

FLOOR, B.O.B OFFICE - QC 1 Tower at GIFT

CITY, GANDHINAGAR.

BIDDER TO FURNISH THE MAINTENANCE OFFER IN FOLLOWING FORMAT, TERMS,

CONDITIONS & SCOPE -

APPENDIX 2

GRAND SUMMARY OF PRICES - HVAC SYSTEM and O & M for HVAC System

1.0

System Maintenance: (refer Volume 7 of

Tender for Scope)Rate / Year

Bidder shall indicate their charges for the following:

Comprehensive preventive maintenance contract for the entire HVAC System supplied by the

HVAC contractor inclusive of all parts and labor for all equipments supplied. This contract will commence after completion of Defects liability period of 1 year of successful handing over of the system. This rate shall be valid for 5 years from the date of successful Handing over of HVAC system.

1st Year (Immediately on completion of DLP)

2nd Year

3rd Year

4th Year

5th Year

TOTAL

Amount in Figures Amount in Words

Our Charges for the above shall be Rupees ……………………Only.

Page 306 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Name, Signature and Stamp of HVAC Contractor

Date

Terms and Conditions to be agreed by HVAC Contractor

1. Validity:

Starting from the date of the PO issued on Principal Contractor, the rates shall be valid for -

4 years after completion of 1 year defects liability period for Maintenance

Contract.

2. Taxes and Duties:

The above rates are inclusive of all applicable service charges on services provided and also other duties / local taxes viz. GST / CST as applicable on replaceable items during the course of the contract.

Supply and installation cost of all items supplied as replacement items during the course of Maintenance contract shall be deemed to have been included in above rates and shall be supplied free of cost at site.

3. Terms of Payment:

Yearly at the end of each year after satisfactory performance acceptable to client.

4. Retention Money:

10% every year to be paid at the end of contract on cumulative basis without any interest charges.

Page 307 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

5. Penalty on lapse in Services:

To be decided by client based on Quality of Services rendered and Uptime maintained.

6. Site: Services shall be provided at Gandhinagar Site.

Page 308 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Annexure 1 – To be Complied by HVAC Contractor

1.0

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CONTRACT

1.1 Intent & Coverage

The intent of this contract is to ensure almost zero breakdown of the HVAC System at any point of time through scheduled maintenance program and provide maximum uptime for critical condition.

The Contract shall be effective after completion of 1 year of defects liability period.

To maintain the facility and conduct diagnostic tests to keep system downtime low and ensure very low breakdown

To ensure fastest turn-around times possible to get system back to running condition in case of break down

1.2 Scope of Maintenance Contract

The scope of the comprehensive maintenance contract shall cover regular servicing of all rotating and static items which affect the smooth running & intended operating performance of equipment as well as directly or indirectly affect energy consumption of the system.

Contractor shall provide the client with a call escalation matrix, which helps CLIENT to trigger your services in case of any major issues, which may require assistance you’re your senior staff members.

1.2.1 Regular Service

i. All equipment will be checked and serviced 12 times in a year. This service shall also be provided during warranty period.

ii. Each such preventive maintenance service shall mainly consist of: a. Checking general functioning of all the running equipments including but not limited to Variable Refrigerant System / Conventional DX System / Split AC /

AHU / Controls / Fans etc.

Page 309 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar b. Checking and adjusting belt tension / alignment of all drives, tightening of bolts, etc.

c. Lubricating bearings of motors and fans and checking oil levels in various equipments like compressor, motor starter and gear boxes, wherever required.

d. Checking refrigerant leaks in Variable Refrigerant & Split AC Systems.

e. Inspecting / adjusting refrigeration controls.

f.

Attending Break down call as and when called upon by the owner.

Note:

a. Above program is indicative b. The Maintenance program and schedule shall also consider the data provided in respective maintenance manuals of major equipments provided either by principal

HVAC contractor as well as outsourced equipments (example - Variable Refrigerant

System / Motors etc)

1.2.2 Periodic Repairs and Replacement

i. Free replacement of defective / worn out parts with new or serviceable parts at

Owner’s option – sample as per below:

Repairs or replacement of coils and bottom trays

Repairs or replacement of FCU

Repairs or replacement of Drain piping, insulation, ducting, sheet metal, outdoor condenser coils, refrigerant piping, back cover, front grille, dampers, grills, diffusers, false ceiling, doors, locks, gasket, heating elements, hinges.

Any kind of masonry, structural and carpentry works.

Cooling tower structural, fills, louvers

Page 310 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar ii.

Free over hauling / repairing of equipment at site / service station as and when necessary.

iii.

Chemical cleaning of Evaporator coils / fins, cleaning of air cooled condenser coil and fins whenever required during the contracted period or at least once every year.

iv.

Free replacement of consumables like V belts, filters etc v.

Replenishment of refrigerant gas and compressor oil in the system required as a result of leak in the system.

vi.

Painting of equipment installed on terrace / outdoors every 2 years and indoor units every year.

vii. Any other activity / item appearing in Vendors’ standard service contract manual

1.2.3 Day-to-day / Routine Maintenance activities

Contractor shall prepare a detailed list of parameters that affect smooth operation / performance of major equipment’s and also effect energy consumption of the system; these parameters shall form the basis of daily measurements either through BAS log or manual log depending upon the BAS scope.

Day-to-day / routine maintenance of system shall be programmed to ensure desired performance of above parameters. The guidelines for the program shall be as under but not limited to: i.

Measurement and Maintenance of daily log of all parameters which affect / help identify the system performance through BAS System log.

ii.

Latest gadgets / instruments shall be used by your engineers to measure temperature, humidity, air velocity and other electrical parameters as and when required.

iii.

Maintain hourly log on manual basis for key parameters (shall be identified at the start of the contract by client) to cross check the calibration aspect of all BAS sensors.

iv.

Rectifying the sensors which are erroneous in measurement shall be a part of this contract.

Page 311 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar v.

Manual readings shall be taken through calibrated measured devices which shall be cross referred to master calibrator.

vi.

Cleaning of drain piping external to the equipment.

vii.

Repairs to or replacement of electrical installation like cabling, dressing of lugs, switch boards isolators, panels, fuses, strip heaters with associated ammeters / voltmeters – for starters / panels supplied by HVAC vendor.

viii.

Routine cleaning of Sensors / Transducers / Transmitter / Switches of BAS which affect the sensing / recording / transmitting functions. For e.g. Valve / Damper

Actuator maintenance, Air DP switches tubing for proper filter status availability on

BAS Software as recommended by BAS manufacturer.

Page 312 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Low Voltage Works

A. Item Specifications

Section

1 TELEPHONE & DATA DISTRIBUTION

02

Section–2 FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEM

07

Section –3 VIDEO SURVELLIANCE/CCTV SYSTEM

09

Section – 4 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

10

Section – 5 CATV DISTRIBUTION

Section – 6 AUDIO VIDEO SYSTEM

12

Section – 7 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

13

Page 313 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

TELEPHONE AND DATA DISTRIBUTION

1.1

General:

Supply, Laying, Installation, Commissioning, Termination and testing of cabling distribution network and accessories for Voice and Computer Network connectivity. The unit rate considered on running meter basis includes SITC of multi-pair telephone/CAT6 data cables through rigid

PVC conduit between various end-sections such as: -

Krone /Tag Block to another Krone /Tag Block, Krone/Tag Block to RJ-45 or RJ-11 Wall socket

CAT6 Patch to RJ-45/RJ-11 Wall Socket, CAT6 Path Panel to another CAT6 Patch Panel.

(Terminations to be carried out in any intermediate wiring closets/telecom closets by way of racks/MDF/IDF)

1.2

PVC Conduits:

1.2.1

Supply & laying of 25 mm dia. rigid PVC conduit of heavy gauge.

Material

As per item no 1.2

Workmanship

As per item no 1.2

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 meter of PVC/DWC pipe complete with all clamps etc.

1.3

1.3.1

Tag Blocks or Krone Blocks

ITC of 10/20/50/100 pair Tag block with KRONE provision for earthing & built-in protection for over-current and over-voltages by way of integrated IPM modules.

Page 314 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Material

Shall conform to 1.4

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4

Telephone / Data Networking Cabling:

1.4.1

SITC indoor UTP CAT6 cable and accessories for Data Cabling.

Material

Shall confirm 1.5.1

Workmanship

A) As per item no 1.5.1

B) Same cable shall apply for termination of data, voice (EPABX) & CCTV. All cables shall be on cable racks and neatly stitched together.

C) All the cables for telecom shall be terminated on the patch panels in a rack as crossconnect or on a tag block (wall mounted or frame mounted) using OEM specified impact tool to achieve gas tight connection. When terminated in a patch panel they shall appear as a crossconnect.

D) All the cables for data and computers and CCTV shall be terminated on patch panels either as inter-connect or as a cross-connect. The patch panels shall be rack mounted.

Dressing of cables and patch cords to be carried out to minimize clutter.

E) CAT6 termination and punching and IOs termination to be done only by qualified personnel authorized/certified/approved by the OEM vendor of material.

F) The final branch connections with single pair cables in conduits and the maximum number of cables in each conduit shall be as follows:

Conduit diameter

3/4"

1"

1¼"

1½"

Inch/mm.

20

25

32

40

Max. No. of cables

2 Nos. single pair

4 Nos. single pair

6 Nos. single pair

12 Nos. single pair

Page 315 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 meter of cable for Items with Unit of Measurement as

‘Rmeter’. For items with UoM as ‘No.’ countable quantities shall apply.

1.4.2

SITC of indoor UTP CAT6 cable and accessories for Voice Cabling.

Material

Shall confirm 1.5.1

Workmanship

A) As per item no 1.5.1

B) Same cable shall apply for termination of data, voice (EPABX) & CCTV. All cables shall be on cable racks and neatly stitched together.

C) All the cables for telecom shall be terminated on the patch panels in a rack as crossconnect or on a tag block (wall mounted or frame mounted) using OEM specified impact tool to achieve gas tight connection. When terminated in a patch panel they shall appear as a cross-connect.

D) All the cables for data and computers and CCTV shall be terminated on patch panels either as inter-connect or as a cross-connect. The patch panels shall be rack mounted. Dressing of cables and patch cords to be carried out to minimize clutter.

E) CAT6 termination and punching and IOs termination to be done only by qualified personnel authorized/certified/approved by the OEM vendor of material.

F) The final branch connections with single pair cables in conduits and the maximum number of cables in each conduit shall be as follows:

Conduit diameter

3/4"

1"

1¼"

1½"

Inch/mm

20

25

32

40

Max. No. of cables

2 Nos. single pair

4 Nos. single pair

6 Nos. single pair

12 Nos. single pair

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 meter of cable for Items with Unit of Measurement as ‘Rmeter’. For items with UoM as ‘No.’ countable quantities shall apply.

Page 316 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.4.3

SITC of UTP CAT6 solid conductor twisted pair Patch Cord - 3ft.

Material

Shall conform to 1.5.7

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.4

SITC of UTP CAT6 solid conductor twisted pair Patch Cord - 7ft.

Material

Shall conform to 1.5.8

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.5

SITC of Category 6 Modular Patch panel for 24 Ports.

Material

Shall conform to 1.5.2

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.6

SITC of Category 6 Modular Patch panel for 48 Ports.

Material

Shall conform to 1.5.3

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

Page 317 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.4.7

SITC of UTP CAT6 IO modules for LAN connectivity.

Material

Shall conform to 1.5.4

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.8

SITC ofSingle Face Plate for mounting IO

Material

Shall conform to 1.5.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

Page 318 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.4.9

SITC of CAT6 dual faceplate for mounting IO

Material

Shall conform to 1.5.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.10

SITC of Mounting Accessories - (Rack / MDF etc)

Material

Shall conform to 1.5.6 & 1.5.7

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.11

SITC of MM Fiber Optic LIU

Material

Shall conform to 1.6.3

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.12

SITC of SC Fiber Optic Patch Chords

Material

Shall conform to 1.6.4

Page 319 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.13

SITC of SC Fiber Optic Couplers

Material

Shall conform to 1.6.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.14

SITC of Layer 3 Core Switch

Material

Shall conform to 1.7.1

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.15

SITC of Layer 2 Access Switch

Material

Shall conform to 1.7.2

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.16

SITC of Wireless Access Points

Material

Shall conform to 1.7.3

Page 320 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.17

SITC of Wireless Controller

Material

Shall conform to 1.7.4

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4.18

SITC of EPBAX

Material

Shall conform to 1.7.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.

FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM

Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of UL listed Microprocessor based networkable addressable Main Fire Alarm Control System having minimum 2 loop capacity, each loop having capacity of 159 addressable detectors and 159 addressable devices.

Page 321 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The Panel as well as detectors and devices shall be UL 9th edition Approved/Listed and in conformance with international standards such as NFPA 72 2010 edition National

Fire Alarm and Signaling Code for Human Life Safety.

1.1. SITC of Fire Alarm Control Panel.

Material

Shall conform to 2.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.2. SITC of Addressable Multi Sensor Smoke Detector.

Material

Shall conform to 2.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.3. SITC of Rate of Heat Detector.

Material

Shall conform to 2.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.4. SITC of Addressable Manual Call Point

Page 322 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Material

Shall conform to 2.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.5. SITC of Remote Response Indicator.

Material

Shall conform to 2.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

1.6. SITC of 2 core 1.5 sq mm Armoured multi-stranded FRLS copper conductor cable with all required accessories.

Material

Shall conform to 2.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 meter of cable.

1.7. SITC of PVC Conduits 25 mm dia. open/conceal manner heavy guage rigid PVC pipe.

Material

Shall conform to 2.5

Mode of measurement

Page 323 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The rate shall be for 1 meter of PVC/DWC pipe complete with all clamps etc.

.

1.8.

SITC of 2 Core 1.5 Sq. mm 15 AWG twisted FRLS cable.

Material

Shall conform to 2.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 meter of cable.

Page 324 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

2.

Video-Surveillance / CCTV System

Supply, Installations, Testing and Commissioning of High performance IP based video surveillance system with cameras having built-in web browser, remote access and remote management complete with storage solution.

2.1. SITC of High Definition Fixed Dome Indoor network Cameras.

Material

Shall conform to 3.2

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment..

2.2. SITC of 8 Channel NVR

Workmanship

As per item no 3.3

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

2.3. SITC of indoor UTP CAT6 cable and accessories for CCTV Cabling.

Material

Shall confirm 1.5.1

Workmanship

A) As per item no 1.5.1

B) Same cable shall apply for termination of data, voice (EPABX) & CCTV. All cables shall be on cable racks and neatly stitched together.

Page 325 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3/4"

1"

1¼"

1½"

C) All the cables for telecom shall be terminated on the patch panels in a rack as cross-connect or on a tag block (wall mounted or frame mounted) using OEM specified impact tool to achieve gas tight connection. When terminated in a patch panel they shall appear as a cross-connect.

D) All the cables for data and computers and CCTV shall be terminated on patch panels either as inter-connect or as a cross-connect. The patch panels shall be rack mounted. Dressing of cables and patch cords to be carried out to minimize clutter.

E) CAT6 termination and punching and IOs termination to be done only by qualified personnel authorized/certified/approved by the OEM vendor of material.

F) The final branch connections with single pair cables in conduits and the maximum number of cables in each conduit shall be as follows

Conduit diameter Inch/mm.

Max. No. of cables

20

25

32

40

2 Nos. single pair

4 Nos. single pair

6 Nos. single pair

12 Nos. single pair

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 meter of cable for Items with Unit of Measurement as

‘Rmeter’. For items with UoM as ‘No.’ countable quantities shall apply.

3.

Access Control Systems

3.1. SITC of Microcontroller/Microprocessor base Door Controller for Access

Control with all interfaces for computer/server connectivity for card base access control. (Access Control)

Material

Shall conform to 4.2

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

Page 326 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

3.2. SITC of Finger print card reader

Material

Shall conform to 4.3

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

3.3. SITC of Web based Software Application for System Configuration,

Management & Diagnostics, Time Attendance and Leave Management

Application.

Workmanship

Shall conform to 4.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

4.

CATV Distribution

4.1. SITC of RG-6/11

Material

Shall conform to 5.3

Mode of measurement

A) The rate shall be for 1 meter of cable.

B) The main Television cables shall include supply and laying of RG 6 / 11 cables on ceiling/wall/on cable trays/racks including all supports and shall be measured and paid on running length basis. Cable trays/racks shall be paid for separately.

Page 327 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

5.

AUDIO VIDEO SYSTEM

5.1. SITC OF Ceiling mount Projector System - 4000 Lumens

Material

Shall conform to 6.1

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

5.2. SITC of Microphone / Audio Cable

Material

Shall conform to 6.2

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

5.3. SITC of Speaker Cable

Material

Shall conform to 6.3

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

5.4. Video Conferencing System

Material

Shall conform to 6.4

Page 328 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

6.

Public Address (PA) System

Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Public Address System with Central Digital

Signal Processor module and an optional interface for Fire Alarm signal. System shall support essential capabilities such as - pre-programmed emergency messages, background music & configurable multiple zones as per EN60849 or equivalent internationally accepted standards

6.1.

SITC of Network Controller for Public Address System.

Material

Shall conform to 7.2.1

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

6.2.

SITC of power amplifiers 250w, 500w for Public Address System.

Material

Shall conform to 7.2.2

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

Page 329 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

6.3.

SITC of paging microphone for Public Address System.

Material

Shall conform to 7.2.3

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

6.4.

SITC of Ceiling Mount Speaker

Material

Shall conform to 7.2.4

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

6.5.

SITC of Wall Mount Speaker

Material

Shall conform to 7.2.5

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 no. of Each Equipment.

6.6.

SITC of 2 Core 1.5 Sq. mm 15 AWG twisted FRLS cable.

Material

Shall conform to 7.2.7

Mode of measurement

The rate shall be for 1 meter cable.

Page 330 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Page 331 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

SUMMARY PAGE

A.

Material Specification

Page No

Section – 1 TELEPHONE AND DATA DISTRIBUTION

Section – 2 FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEM

Section – 3 VIDEO SURVELLIANCE SYSTEM

Section – 4 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

Section – 5 CATV DISTRIBUTION

Section – 6 AUDIO VIDEO SYSTEM

Section – 7 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

Page 332 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

LOW VOLTAGE (LV) SYSTEMS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

1.

TELEPHONE AND DATA DISTRIBUTION

1.1. SCOPE OF WORK:

a) Complete installation shall be done in accordance with installation practices for a well structured cabling system, using components from a single vendor to ensure consistent and assured performance. The structured cabling distribution network shall serve as a vehicle for transport of data, video and voice telephony signals throughout the network.

b) Installation, termination and identification of wiring between station outlets,

Telecom Rooms and the Equipment Room shall be considered part of the contractors work.

c) Wiring utilized for data and voice communications shall originate at owner provided hubs and concentrators either wall mounted, in vertical free standing equipment racks, and/or enclosed wall mounted vertical equipment racks located at the Telecommunications Equipment Room (ER), the Main Crossconnect (MC) , the Intermediate cross-connect (IC), and/or the

Telecommunications Room (TR) location(s). Wiring, terminations and patch bays between these designated demarcation points and outlet locations designated on the plans shall be considered part of the contract.

Telecommunication Outlets (TO) shall be furnished, wired and installed by the structured cabling distribution network system contractor.

d) The system shall utilize a network of unshielded twisted pair, riser, tie and station cables. Cables and terminations shall be provided and located as shown and in the quantities indicated on the drawings.

e) All cables and terminations shall be identified at all locations.

f) All cables shall terminate in an alphanumeric sequence at all termination locations.

g) All balanced twisted pair cable terminations shall comply with, and be tested to TIA/EIA568-C standards for Category 3, Category 5e, Category 6 &

Category 6A installations.

Page 333 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar h) The contractor carrying out the SITC shall make the system entirely operational for its intended use, by addition of components specific to its make/model even if not specifically mentioned in the BoQ. Also most current versions of software and applications shall be provided by the contractor, as applicable at the time of execution and commissioning.

i) The Contractor has to furnish working drawings and as-built drawings, which shall be an essential component of commissioning.

Supported Applications, but not limited to:

a) Ethernet Applications b) IEEE 802.3af Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via Media Dependent Interface

(MDI) c) Fiber Channel Applications d) IEEE 802.11a/b/g Wireless LAN Applications e) Digital Subscriber Loop (DSL) Applications f) Voice, Video and ISDN Applications g) Building Automation Systems (BAS) Applications

References & Standards, but not limited to:

a) ANSI/TIA / EIA b) International Electro technical Commission (IEC) c) European Committee for Electro technical Standardization (CENELEC) d) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

It shall be the responsibility of the installer and OEM manufacturer to ensure that:

Page 334 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar a) The Passive Components of structured cabling distribution network will be free from manufacturing defects in material and workmanship under normal and proper use; b) All Passive Components in the structured cabling distribution network meet or exceed the relevant component specification of the TIA 568-B series and ISO/IEC

11801: 2002 standards; c) The structured cabling distribution network compliant channels will meet or exceed the Guaranteed Channel Performance as per relevant standards in the structured cabling distribution network Performance Specifications in effect at the time of installation.

d) The Application Assurance covers the structured cabling distribution network compliant channels to support operations of the application(s) that the system was designed to support.

e) The site will be duly certified by OEM for a period of Twenty years from the date of issuance of the registration certificate or installation, whichever is earlier.

The Items, and the Specifications for the same in this section, applies to the following:

a) Jelly Filled Armoured Telephone Cable b) Category 6 Data Networking UTP Cable and associated components such as CAT6 patch panels – 16/24/48 ports, IOs/RJ45 jacks, CAT6 patch cords,

Face plates & SMBs c) Multimode Outdoor/Indoor Optic Fiber Cable and accessories such as –

Light Guide Interface Unit (LIU), wall mount and rack mount, pigtail, splices, couplers, patch cords, splicing kit and splice trays d) Networking Racks – for termination of networking cables e) Equipment Racks – for servers and hardware f) Wire-Less Access Point

Page 335 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar g) Networking Switches – Simple Manageable, Layer 2 & Layer 3 inclusive of their options such as uplinks, transceivers for fiber transmission

Installation:

a) The installation of conduits shall generally be as specified under section `CONDUIT WIRING'.

b) All cables shall be on cable racks and neatly stitched together.

c) The connection at the tag blocks shall be silver soldered of IDC type so as to achieve minimum contact resistance gas tight connection.

d) The final branch connections with single pair cables in conduits and the maximum number of cables in each conduit shall be as follows :

Conduit Diameter

1"

1½"

Inch/mm.

25

40

Max. No. of cables

4 Nos. Of CAT6 cables

6 Nos. Of CAT6 cables

Mode of measurement:

a) The main telephone/data cables shall include supply and laying of multi pair cables on ceiling/wall/on cable trays/racks including all supports and shall be measured and paid on running length basis. Cable trays/racks shall be paid for separately.

b) The multi pair tag blocks shall consist of two telephone connector’s strips, jumper interconnections silver IDC terminated soldered enclosure etc. and shall be measured and paid as one unit.

c) The conduit wiring for telephone/data shall include single pair 0.6 diameter cable in heavy duty rigid, PVC conduits and shall include junction boxes, pull boxes, 2 pair 2

A connector in GI box, Perspex cover etc. and shall from one point.

1.2. CONDUITS

a) Conduits shall be as given below : b) The conduit shall generally be as specified under section `Telephone and Data

Distribution'.

Page 336 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

1.3. JELLY FILLED ARMORED TELEPHONE CABLES – 10/ 50 / 100 / 500 / 1000

PAIRS

a) All multi core cables and wires shall be of tinned copper conductor of not less than

0.5 mm diameter and shall be color coded twisted pairs with rip cord.

b) The conductor resistance shall be less than 150 ohms per KM and the insulation resistance between the conductors shall be not less than 50 mega ohms and the nominal capacitance measuring about 0.1 microfarad per kilometer.

c) Cables which are laid underground or locations subject to dampness and flooding shall be filled with polyethylene compound and shall have sufficient protection against moisture and water ingress.

d) All armoring shall be of galvanized steel wires and protected against corrosion by an outer sheath of PVC in the case of indoor cables and polyethylene in the case of outdoor cables. Outer sheathing must be fire retarding and anti-termite.

e) The Jelly Filled armored cable (JFA) shall be of 10/ 50 / 100 / 500 / 1000 pairs’ capacity as required and suitable for direct burial application.

f) Physical Specifications:

Gauge of Conductor: 23/24 AWG

Material: Annealed soft electrolytic copper wire monolithic

Operating Temperature: -20 Deg. C to + 80 Deg. C

Current Resistance: Minimum 90 ohm/mile

1.4. TAG BLOCKS OR KRONE (50/100/500/1000 PAIRS) BLOCKS

a) The telephone tag blocks shall be suitable for the multi core telephone cables and shall have two terminal blocks, cross connect type. All incoming and outgoing cables shall be terminated on separate terminal blocks and termination shall be of insulation displacement type (IDC) to provide silver soldered gas tight connection. The cross connecting jumpers shall be insulated wires of same diameter and terminated using

Page 337 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar impact tool for gas tight connection. Screw connected.

b) The tag blocks shall be mounted inside fabricated sheet steel boxes with removable hinged over’s and shall be fully accessible. The enclosure shall be painted with 2 coats of red oxide and stove enamelled.

1.5.

TELEPHONE/DATA NETWORKING

1.5.1.

CATEGORY 6 UTP CABLE

a) Cable should meet or exceed the TIA Category 6 / ISO Class E attenuation specification, NEXT requirements in ISO/IEC 11801, CENELEC EN50173 and

TIA/EIA 568C.

b) CAT 6 UTP balanced twisted pair cable shall conform to the Category 6 component specifications and the installed channels shall comply with the ANSI/EIA/TIA 568C.2-

1Category 6 and ISO/IEC 11801 Class E Channel Performance Specification c) All balanced twisted pair cable and apparatus shall conform to the Category 6 component specifications and the installed channels shall comply with the Category

6/Class E Channel Performance Specification up to the maximum 100 meters (328 feet) length, including up to 6 connection points.

d) The high performance Category 6 UTP cable shall be of the traditional round design with mylar bisector tape e) There should not be any limitation for minimum length of Cat 6 Channel (should not have high resonance problem in shorter channels.

f) The Category 6, 4 pair UTP channel shall support emerging high-bandwidth applications, including 1 Gbps Ethernet, potentially 1.2 Gbps ATM and 2.4 Gbps

ATM, IEEE 1394B S400,Multi-Tasked Split Screen Computing, Virtual Holographic

Video Conferencing, Instant Access Telemedicine, 3D CAD/CAM Engineering,

Internet-Intranet Communications/Commerce, as well as all 77 channels (550 MHz) of analog broad band video g) Category 6 cable shall perform on 400 % margin and at least 6 db NEXT h) The Category 6 cable and components shall be electrically backward compatible with existing Category 3, 5, and 5e

Page 338 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar i) Should be UL verified as Category 6 / ETL listed as Category 6, i.e., The 4 pair UTP cable shall be UL

 and c (UL

) Listed Type CMP (plenum) or CM (non-plenum) j) Should have thin bisector tape for additional performance benefits k) Performance guaranteed to meet or exceed Category 6/Class E Channel

Specifications to 550 MHz l) Performance guaranteed up to 6 connections in any length channel configuration up to 100 meters m) CAT 6 UTP indoor cable shall consist of 23 AWG polyethylene, insulated conductors, twisted into four pairs and shall be of the traditional round design with bisector tape and jacketed with a non-plenum polyethylene jacket.

n) Category 6/Class E NEXT, PSNEXT, FEXT, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT and return loss extrapolated to 250 MHz o) Cable should be capable of delivering potentially in excess of 1.2 Gbps to the workstation in accordance with application standards.

p) The cable shall support Voice, Analog Baseband Video/Audio, Fax,

Modem,Switched-56, T-1, ISDN,RS-232, RS422, RS-485, 10BASE – T Ethernet,

Token Ring, 100Mbps TP-PMD, 100BASE-T Ethernet, Ethernet IEEE 802.3

1000BASE-T, TIA-854-A 1000BASE-TX, 155 Mbps ATM, AES/EBU Digital Audio,

270 Mbps Digital Video, 622 Mbps 64-CAP ATM and emerging high-bandwidth applications, including 1 Gbps Ethernet, gigabit ATM, IEEE 1394B S100 and S400, as well as all 77 channels (550 Mhz) of analog broadband video, Building Automation

System applications.

q) Transmission: The balanced twisted pair cable channel performance shall be guaranteed up to the maximum 100 meters (328 feet) length, including up to 6 connection points.

r) The cable jacket shall comply with Article 800 NEC for use as a plenum or nonplenum cable. The 4 pair UTP cable shall be UL

 and c (UL

) Listed Type CMP

(plenum) or CMR (non-plenum) s) The Category 6 UTP Ethernet Cable and Category 6 Channel Components shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer. The manufacturer shall warrant the

Page 339 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Category 6 channel cable, components, and applications for a period of 20 years.

t) Physical Specifications:

Nominal Jacket Thickness: 0.022 in (0.56 mm)

Nominal Outside Diameter: 0.232 in (5.89 mm)

Gauge of Conductor: 23/24 AWG u) Electrical Specifications:

Maximum DC Resistance: 7.61 Ohms/100 m

Maximum DC Resistance Unbalance: 3% v) Conformance to Electrical Standards as follows:

ANSI/TIA/EIA 568B.2-1 Category 6

ISO/IEC 11801: 2002 (Edition 2) Class E

CENELEC EN50173: 2002 (Edition 2) Category 6

1.5.2. CATEGORY 6 MODULAR PATCH PANEL, ANGULAR (24 PORTS – 1U)

a) The patch panel shall have electrical performance guaranteed to meet 0r exceed

TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1 Category 6 and ISO/IEC Category 6/Class E specifications. The individual six port distribution copper modules shall meet or exceed the channel specifications of ANSI/EIA/TIA 568C.2-1 and ISO/IEC Class E up to 250 MHz. It shall support network link speed in excess of 1Gbps b) The Category 6 modular jack panels shall meet or exceed the Category 6/Class E standards requirements in ISO/IEC 11801, CENLEC EN 50173 and TIA/EIA and shall be UL Listed.

Page 340 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar c) Category 6/Class E NEXT, PSNEXT, FEXT, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT and return loss extrapolated to 250 MHz d) The panel shall support network line speeds in excess of 1 gigabit per second and be backward compatible with Category 5e, 5 and 3 cords and cables.

e) The panel shall be equipped with a terminator manager at the rear for high quality terminations allowing for easier, faster, more reliable terminations, and reduced variability in the placement and termination of cables.

f) The panel shall be available in 24- port configurations capacity with universal A/B labelling and 110 IDC connector terminations on rear of panel allowing for quick and easy installation of 22 to 24 AWG cable.

g) The Modular patch panel shall be supplied with 24 port configuration capacity having vertical and horizontal cord organizers to improve patch cord management h) The patch panel must be angular to allow the cable to flow to each side of the rack enabling the patch cords to be routed directly into vertical cable managers and thus allowing a better labelling scheme and port identification visibility i) The modular patch panel shall be 19” rack mountable.

j) The modular patch panel shall have a black powder finish over high-strength steel.

k) The modular patch panel shall accept six-port distribution copper modules. ( 4 Nos. x

6-port modules in full loaded condition or lower as necessary) l) The six port distribution copper module shall have 110 connector terminations on rear for termination of 22 to 24 AWG cable.

m) All plastic components of patch panel and distribution module shall be made of high impact plastics and shall be UL and cUL listed.

n) All components shall be manufactured by single manufacturer. The manufacturer shall warrant the Category 6 channel cable, components, and applications for a period of 15 years.

o) Blanking panel shall be provided to protect unused slots of patch panel from the entry of dust and deterrents

Page 341 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar p) Physical Specifications:

24 Port: H x W x D: 1.74

inch x 19 inch x 1.6 inch

48 Port: H x W x D: 3.50

inch x 19 inch x 1.6 inch

Plastic Material: High-impact, flame retardant, thermoplastic

Flammability Rating: UL-rated 94 V-0

Operating Temperature: 14°F to 140°F (-

10°C to 60°C)

Storage Temperature:

(-40°C to 70°C)

-40°F to 158°F

Humidity: 95% (noncondensing) q) Contact Material & Plating: bright solder over plate. Insulation solid or

Copperalloy, 100 micro-inch

100 micro-inch nickel under displacement connectors accept stranded wire

0.40 mm to 0.64 mm r) Nominal Solid Conductor Diameter:

(26 to 22 AWG) s) Nominal Stranded Conductor Dia.:

(24 to 22 AWG)

0.51 mm to 0.64 mm t) Insulation Size: 0.76 mm to 1.17 mm u) Insulation Types:

PVC, e, Nylon and FEP

All plastic insulates, including: irradiatedPVC,Polyethyle

Polypropylene,PTFE,Polyurethan

Page 342 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar v) Outlet Wires: Copper alloy, 50 micro-inch hard gold plating over 100 micro-inch nickel under plate.

133 N minimum between modular w) Plug Retention Force: plug and jack x) Plug Insertion Life: position y) Plug/Jack Contact Force: contact using

750 minimum insertions of an 8-

IEC 60603-7 compliant plug

100 grams minimum per

FCC approved plug z) Electrical Specifications:

Insulation Resistance: minimum

500 mega ohms

Current Rating: 1.5 A at 68°F (20°C)

TIA/EIA Category: 6

Dielectric Withstand Voltage: 1,000 VAC RMS, 60 Hz minimum, contact-to-contact and 1,500 VAC RMS, 60 Hz minimum to exposed conductive surface

1.5.3. CATEGORY 6 MODULAR PATCH PANEL, ANGULAR (48 PORTS – 2U)

a) The patch panel shall have electrical performance guaranteed to meet or exceed

TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1 Category 6 and ISO/IEC Category 6/Class E specifications. The individual six port distribution copper modules shall meet or exceed the channel specifications of ANSI/EIA/TIA 568B.2-1 and ISO/IEC Class E up to 250 MHz. It shall support network link speed in excess of 1Gbps.

b) The Category 6 modular jack panels shall meet or exceed the Category 6/Class E standards requirements in ISO/IEC 11801, CENLEC EN 50173 and TIA/EIA and shall be UL Listed.

Page 343 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar c) Category 6/Class E NEXT, PSNEXT, FEXT, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT and return loss extrapolated to 250 MHz d) The panel shall support network line speeds in excess of 1 gigabit per second and be backward compatible with Category 5e, 5 and 3 cords and cables.

e) The panel shall be equipped with a terminator manager at the rear for high quality terminations allowing for easier, faster, more reliable terminations, and reduced variability in the placement and termination of cables.

f) The panel shall be available in 48- port configurations capacity with universal A/B labelling and 110 IDC connector terminations on rear of panel allowing for quick and easy installation of 22 to 24 AWG cable.

g) The Modular patch panel shall be supplied with 24 port configuration capacity having vertical and horizontal cord organizers to improve patch cord management h) The patch panel must be angular to allow the cable to flow to each side of the rack enabling the patch cords to be routed directly into vertical cable managers and thus allowing a better labelling scheme and port identification visibility i) The modular patch panel shall be 19” rack mountable.

j) The modular patch panel shall have a black powder finish over high-strength steel.

k) The modular patch panel shall accept six-port distribution copper modules. ( 8 Nos. x

6-port modules in full loaded condition or lower as necessary) l) The six port distribution copper module shall have 110 connector terminations on rear for termination of 22 to 24 AWG cable.

m) All plastic components of patch panel and distribution module shall be made of high impact plastics and shall be UL and cUL listed.

n) All components shall be manufactured by single manufacturer. The manufacturer shall warrant the Category 6 channel cable, components, and applications for a period of 15 years.

o) Blanking panel shall be provided to protect unused slots of patch panel from the entry

Page 344 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar of dust and deterrents p) Physical Specifications:

24 Port: H x W x D: 1.74

inch x 19 inch x 1.6 inch

48 Port: inch x 19 inch x 1.6 inch

H x W x D: 3.50

Plastic Material: High-impact, flame retardant, thermoplastic

Flammability Rating: UL-rated 94 V-0

Operating Temperature: 14°F to 140°F (-

10°C to 60°C)

Storage Temperature:

(-40°C to 70°C)

-40°F to 158°F

Humidity: 95% (noncondensing) aa) Contact Material & Plating: Copperalloy, 100 micro-inch bright solder over

100 micro-inch nickel under plate. Insulation displacementconnectorsaccepts olidorstranded wire bb) Nominal Solid Conductor Diameter:

(26 to 22 AWG)

0.40 mm to 0.64 mm cc) Nominal Stranded Conductor Dia.: 0.51 mm to 0.64 mm

(24 to 22 AWG) dd) Insulation Size: 0.76 mm to 1.17 mm ee) Insulation Types: All plastic insulates, including:

Page 345 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

PVC, e, Nylon and FEP ff) Outlet Wires: irradiatedPVC,Polyethyle

Polypropylene,PTFE,Polyurethan

Copper alloy, 50 micro-inch hard gold plating over 100 micro-inch nickel under plate.

133 N minimum between modular gg) Plug Retention Force: plug and jack hh) Plug Insertion Life: position

750 minimum insertions of an 8-

IEC 60603-7 compliant plug ii) Plug/Jack Contact Force: contact using jj) Electrical Specifications:

Insulation Resistance: minimum

100 grams minimum per

FCC approved plug

500 mega ohms

Current Rating: 1.5 A at 68°F (20°C)

TIA/EIA Category: 6

Dielectric Withstand Voltage: 1,000 VAC RMS, 60 Hz minimum, contact-to-contact and 1,500 VAC RMS, 60 Hz minimum to exposed conductive surface

1.5.4. CATEGORY 6 INFORMATION OUTLET (IO)

a) Category 6 IOs shall meet or exceed Category 6 transmission requirements for connecting hardware, as specified in TIA/EIA 568-B Commercial Building

Telecommunications Cabling Standard and ISO/IEC 11801:2002 Second

Edition, CENELEC EN 50173, and TIA/EIA568B b) The Category 6 IOs shall be backward compatible with Category 5E, 5 and 3 cords and cables.

c) The Category 6 IOs shall be of a universal design supporting T568 A & B

Page 346 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar wiring.

d) The Category 6 IOs shall be either a part modular patching situation or as a modular telecommunication outlet (TO) supporting current 10BASE-T, Token

Ring, 100 Mbps TP-PMD, 155 Mbps ATM, 622 Mbps ATM using parallel transmission schemes and evolving high-speed, high-bandwidth applications, including Ethernet, 1000BASE-T/Tx and 1.2 Gbps ATM.

e) Category 6 IOs shall have improved pair splitters and wider channel for enhanced conductor placement. The outlet shall also have a low-profile wire cap, which protects against contamination and secures the connection.

Multicolored identification labels shall be available to assure accurate installation.

f) As an option, the Category 6 IOs shall be capable of being installed at either a

45o or a 90 o angle in any modular faceplate, frame, or surface-mounted box avoiding the need for special faceplates by using matching suitable components g) TIA Category 6/ISO Class E NEXT, PSNEXT, FEXT, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT and return loss extrapolated to 250 MHz.

h) The Category 6 IOs shall be available in at least 3 colours for identification with different applications such as Data, Voice, IP voice etc.

i) The category 6 IOs shall allow universal A/B type wiring and labelling.

j) The Category 6 outlets shall be capable of being installed at either a 45 or a 90 angle in same manufacturer supplied modular faceplate, frame, or surfacemounted box avoiding the need for special faceplate.

k) The Category 6 outlets shall have improved pair splitters and wider channel for enhanced conductor placement. The outlet shall also have a low-profile wire cap, which protects against contamination and secures the connection.

Multicoloured identification labels shall be available to assure accurate installation.

l) The Category 6 IOs shall be made from high impact thermoplastic and shall be

ULand c UL rated.

m) The Insulation Displacement connectors must accept solid as well as stranded wire.

Page 347 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar n) 24 Port:

19 inch x 1.6 inch

H x W x D: 1.74 inch x o) 48 Port: H x W x D: 3.50 inch x

19 inch x 1.6 inch p) Plastic Material: High-impact, flame retardant, thermoplastic q) Flammability Rating: UL-rated 94 V-0

14°F to 140°F (-10°C to r) Operating Temperature:

60°C) s) Storage Temperature:

70°C)

-40°F to 158°F (-40°C to t) Humidity: 95% (non-condensing) u) Contact Material & Plating: Copperalloy, 100 micro-inch bright solder over

100 micro-inch nickel under plate.

Insulation displacementconnectorsacceptsolidorstranded wire v) Nominal Solid Conductor D 0.40 mm to 0.64 mm

(26 to 22 AWG) w) Nominal Stranded Conductor Dia.: 0.51 mm to 0.64 mm (24 to 22 AWG) x) Insulation Size: 0.76 mm to 1.17 mm y) Insulation Types: All plastic insulates, including: PVC, irradiatedPVC,PolyethylePolypropylene,PTFE,Polyurethane,Nylon and FEP z) Outlet Wires: Copper alloy, 50 micro-inch hard gold plating over 100 micro-inch nickel under plate.

Page 348 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar aa) Plug Retention Force: modular plug and jack bb) Plug Insertion Life: an 8-position cc) Plug/Jack Contact Force: minimum per contact using

133 N minimum between

750 minimum insertions of

IEC 60603-7 compliant plug

100 grams

FCC approved plug dd) Electrical Specifications:

Insulation Resistance: 500 mega ohms minimum

Current Rating: 1.5 A at 68°F (20°C)

TIA/EIA Category: 6

Dielectric Withstand Voltage: 1,000 VAC RMS, 60 Hz minimum, contact-to-contact and 1,500 VAC RMS, 60 Hz minimum to exposed conductive surface

1.5.5. FACE PLATE FOR INFORMATION OUTLET (SINGLE / DUAL)

a) Faceplate should contain slots that cover the screws to house labels and covers.

b) Labels and covers should be included with the face plate as required.

c) Faceplate outlet opening should be numbered on both sides for installation & maintenance identification.

d) Should have provision of blank to fill the unused outlet openings.

e) Should be made from high impact, flame retardant, UL rated 94 V-0 thermoplastic.

f) The modular face plate shall be used to mount or install CAT 6 information outlets.

Page 349 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar g) The modular shall be available in single, dual and quad arrangement in single gang.

h) All faceplates material (Plastic) shall meet the specifications of High-impact, flame retardant,UL-rated94V-0, thermoplastic. The dimensions shall be co-ordinate with project authorities as per actual site requirements.

1.5.6.

19” WALL MOUNTED NETWORKING RACK – 15U/30U –

GENERAL SPECS

a) Construction shall be single Section welded robust with ventilation holes on the sides and top & bottom covers with provision to mount 2 fans b) Top/ Bottom Covers and Side panels shall be of sheet steel and powder coated c) Vertical 19” metric panel mounts and door trims shall be of sheet steel and powder coated d) The top and bottom covers shall be provided with 35mm round cuts for cable entry and round cuts shall be edge protected with rubber grommets e) Two pairs of 19” Equipment mounting angles with mounting holes conforming to IEC

297-3 f) Toughened glass front lockable door g) Swinging door on hinges from left to right h) Wall mounted 19” Networking rack shall be available in various heights i) Cooling shall be achieved with the help of two fans, 90 CFM capacity each, mounted on top j) Power - Power shall be provided in form 19” rack mountable power strip which shall consist of minimum four 5/15A power sockets. Power strip shall be provided with 20A

MCB k) Cantilever Shelf – One number of front mounting 1U cantilever shelf shall be provided

Page 350 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar l) Stationery Shelf – One Number Stationery Shelf shall be provided for installing network equipment such as 16/24 port switch m) 1U vertical cable managers on A/R (As Required Basis) for dressing of cables for 24 ports patch panel, 24 ports switch n) Hardware Pack / Rack mounting accessories and hardware A/R o) Horizontal managers on A/R basis for ensuring neat and aesthetically clean installation p) Cabinet material – cabinet shall be made of 14 Gauge (2mm) thick cold rolled steel sheets or thicker q) Finish – cabinet shall be black or grey epoxy powder-coated of durable quality r) Load carrying capacity – min. 25 kg load of equipments should be mountable s) Product must be UL listed and certified for use in Information Technology or

Communication Equipment t) EIA standard pattern design with 12-24 tapped holes (EIA-310-E compliant) u) Dimensions – at least 15U/30U usable height, 600mm (W), 450mm(D) v) The Metal Enclosures/Racks must have unit prices for its individual knocked down items such as - 15U x 600mmW x 450mmD main frame, glass front door, perforated/vented steel rear door, vented side panels (2), 2 x 90cfm fans tray and fans,

1x5A/15A power strip, 1U Cable Manager, Sliding Shelf, Rotating Shelf, Cantilever

Shelf, Heavy Duty Stationery Shelf, Castors, Vertical manager/runner, hardware and any other such accessory. It must be possible to configure the enclosure as per specific needs for a customized installation for every rack.

1.5.7.

SPECS

19” WALL MOUNTED NETWORKING RACK – 42U – GENERAL

w) Construction shall be single Section welded robust with ventilation holes on the sides and top & bottom covers with provision to mount 2 fans x) Top/ Bottom Covers and Side panels shall be of sheet steel and powder coated

Page 351 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar y) Vertical 19” metric panel mounts and door trims shall be of sheet steel and powder coated z) The top and bottom covers shall be provided with 35mm round cuts for cable entry and round cuts shall be edge protected with rubber grommets aa) Two pairs of 19” Equipment mounting angles with mounting holes conforming to IEC

297-3 bb) Toughened glass front lockable door cc) Swinging door on hinges from left to right dd) Wall mounted 19” Networking rack shall be available in various heights ee) Cooling shall be achieved with the help of two fans, 90 CFM capacity each, mounted on top ff) Power - Power shall be provided in form 19” rack mountable power strip which shall consist of minimum four 5/15A power sockets. Power strip shall be provided with 20A

MCB gg) Cantilever Shelf – One number of front mounting 1U cantilever shelf shall be provided hh) Stationery Shelf – One Number Stationery Shelf shall be provided for installing network equipment such as 16/24 port switch ii) 1U vertical cable managers on A/R (As Required Basis) for dressing of cables for 24 ports patch panel, 24 ports switch jj) Hardware Pack / Rack mounting accessories and hardware A/R kk) Horizontal managers on A/R basis for ensuring neat and aesthetically clean installation ll) Cabinet material – cabinet shall be made of 14 Gauge (2mm) thick cold rolled steel sheets or thicker mm) Finish – cabinet shall be black or grey epoxy powder-coated of durable quality

Page 352 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar nn) Load carrying capacity – min. 400 kg load of equipments should be mountable oo) Product must be UL listed and certified for use in Information Technology or

Communication Equipment pp) EIA standard pattern design with 12-24 tapped holes (EIA-310-E compliant) qq) Dimensions – at least 42U usable height, 800mm (W), 800/1000mm(D) rr) The Metal Enclosures/Racks must have unit prices for its individual knocked down items such as - 15U x 600mmW x 450mmD main frame, glass front door, perforated/vented steel rear door, vented side panels (2), 2 x 90cfm fans tray and fans,

1x5A/15A power strip, 1U Cable Manager, Sliding Shelf, Rotating Shelf, Cantilever

Shelf, Heavy Duty Stationery Shelf, Castors, Vertical manager/runner, hardware and any other such accessory. It must be possible to configure the enclosure as per specific needs for a customized installation for every rack.

1.5.8. CATEGORY 6 PATCH CORD (3 FEET / 7 FEET FEET)

a) All patch cords shall exceed TIA/EIA & ISO/IEC Category 6/Class E specifications b) Performance guaranteed to meet or exceed the channel specifications of the TIA

“Category 6” up to 250 MHz capable of delivering greater than 1Gbps bandwidth on

CAT6 channel c) Complies Category 6/Class E NEXT, PSNEXT, FEXT, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT and return loss extrapolated to 250 MHz d) Cat 6A patch cords shall be 4-pair Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP), round construction, with a bisector tape in the core, available in PVC, LSZH and Plenum versions with plugs compliant with IEC 60603-7-4 e) The patch cords shall be factory terminated with matching CAT6 plugs or connectors f) The patch cords shall incorporate an anti-snag feature that provides maximum protection from snagging during moves and re arrangements g) Patch cords shall be UL listed, UL-C certified

Page 353 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar h) Patch cords shall be available in stranded and solid conductor in lengths to 100 feet i) All patch cords shall be backward compatible with Category 5 and Category 5E systems j) Physical Specifications:

Contact Material: Phosphor Bronze

Contact Plating: a combination of Gold & Nickel

Insertion Life: 750 events minimum

Plug Material: Polycarbonate UL-rated 94 V-O

ALL CAT6 NETWORKING COMPONENTS MUST BE FROM A SINGLE

MANUFACTURER.

MANUFACTURER SHALL WARRANT THE COMPONENTS AND INSTALLATION

FOR A PERIOD OF 15 YEARS WITH TEST RESULTS.

THE MANUFACTURER SHALL HAVE ELABORATE PRODUCT & INSTALLATION

SUPPORT SYSTEM WITH TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE CONTACT NUMBERS

AVAILABLE 24 X 7.

1.6. DATA NETWORKING - FIBER OPTIC CABLE AND COMPONENTS

SM = Single Mode & MM = Multi Mode as applicable

1.6.1. OUTDOOR SM FIBER OPTIC CABLE

6 Core Outdoor SM Fiber Optic cable, All Di-Electric, Outdoor Loose Tube All Dry

Cable

The SM fiber shall be fully capable of handling existing and legacy SM applications which traditionally operate in the 1310 nm and 1550 nm regions.

Page 354 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The fiber cable shall be designed to handle the new and emerging applications that utilize the "Extended" E-band; 1360-nm to 1460nm has ZERO WATER PEAK in this operating window.

The fiber cable shall also be designed to provide optimum performance across the entire frequency spectrum - from 1260nm to 1620nm making it suitable for Coarse

Wavelength Division Multiplexing (CWDM) applications

The cable core shall be water blocked with dry water-blocking materials, making access and handling of individual tubes easier and craft-friendly

SM fiber should be completely gel-free all dry cable, so as to avoid use of solvents and chemicals during splicing and preparation of fiber cores for termination.

The fiber optic cable shall have 6 cores.

SM fiber optic cable shall support 10G, 1G and 100Mbps LAN applications for minimum distance to 2KMs

Fiber cable shall support the use of ST, STII, SC as well as high-density LC connectors/couplers

All the fiber cores shall be colour coded as per industry standards

For the installed channel a minimum 15 year extended product warranty and application assurance has to be provided.

Physical Characteristics:

Nominal Cable Outside Diameter 0.41 in (10.5 mm)

Cladding Diameter 1 25.0 ± 0.7 μm

Core/Clad Offset ≤ 0.5 μm

Coating Diameter (Uncolored) 245 ± 10 μm

Coating Diameter (Colored) 254 ± 7 μm

Coating/Cladding Concentricity Error 12 μm maximum

Clad Non-Circularity ≤ 1%

Page 355 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Optical Performance Parameters

Max. Attenuation, Loose Tube Cable

Max. Attenuation, Tight Buffer Cable

Mode Field Diameter in um

Group Refractive Index

1310 nm 1385 nm

0.34 dB/km

0.70 dB/km

9.2 ± 0.3

1.466

0.31 dB/km

0.70 dB/km

9.6 ± 0.6

1.466

1550 nm

0.22 dB/km

0.70 dB/km

1 0.4 ± 0.5

1.467

1.6.2. INDOOR MM FIBER OPTIC CABLE

It shall be a MM fiber optic cable meeting or exceeding next generation multimode

OM4 specifications

The fiber optic cable construction shall be 6/12 core central tube MM for indoor application

The fiber cable shall be to control Differential Mode Delay during very high speed data transmission using laser optimization

The MM fiber shall be capable of handling existing Gigabit Ethernet (1000Mbps) as well as legacy (10Mbps) LAN deployments up to a distance of 1000 meters with suitable transceivers or switch electronics

Should also support 10Gbps LAN bandwidth deployments using short wavelength electronics (850nm) components for a distance of up to at least 300 meters

The fiber cable shall also support all old serial and Coarse Wavelength Division

Multiplexing (CWDM) application options for 10Gbps Ethernet

The fiber optic cable shall have 6/12 cores

The fiber optic cable shall be suitable for laying in underground conduits or concealed pipes/conduits and provide an easy mid-sheath entry

The cable core shall be inside a central tube gel-filled with water-blocking material

Page 356 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Fiber cable shall support the use of ST, STII, SC as well as high-density LC connectors/couplers

All the fiber cores shall be color coded as per industry standards

For the installed channel a 15 year extended product warranty and application assurance has to be provided

Physical Characteristics:

Nominal Cable Outside Diameter

Core Diameter

Cladding Diameter

Core/Clad Offset

Coating Diameter (Uncolored)

Coating Diameter (Colored)

Coating/Cladding Concentricity Error

Clad Non-Circularity

0.47 in (12.1 mm)

50.0 ± 2.5 μm

125.0 ± 1.0 μm

≤ 1.0 μm

245 ± 10 μm

254 ± 7 μm

6 μm maximum

≤ 1%

Optical Performance Parameters 850 nm

Max. Attenuation, Loose Tube Cable

Max. Attenuation, Tight Buffer Cable

Bandwidth Laser

Distances supported (1Gbps, Gigabit)

Distances supported (10Gbps)

3.0 dB/km

3.0 dB/km

2000 MHz-Km

1000 meters

300 meters

1300 nm

1.0 dB/km

1.0 dB/km

500 MHz-Km

600 meters

N.A.

Environmental and Mechanical Performance Parameters:

Operating Temperature:

Installation Temperature:

-40°C to 70°C (Test Method: FOTP – 3 IEC 60794-1-2-F1)

-30°C to 60°C

Page 357 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

Crush Resistance: 44 N/mm (Test Method: FOTP – 41 IEC 60794-1-2-E3)

Impact Resistance: 5.88 N-m (Test Method: FOTP – 25 IEC 60794-1-2-E4)

Flexing: 25 cycles (Test Method: FOTP – 104 IEC 60794-1-2-E6)

Twist Bend: Exceeds (Test Method: FOTP – 85 IEC 60794-1-2-E7)

Tensile Performance: Short-term/long-term load 2700N/600N (Test Methods:

FOTP – 33, 38, IEC 60794 1-2-E1A, E1B)

1.6.3.

FIBER OPTIC LIU

Fiber optic patch panel

Height

Core of fibers

Core of OSP Cables for termination

Grounding

Cable Management rings

Termination of 3-port /6port adapter plates

19-inch, Rack mounted Fiber optic patch panel

1U, 1.75 inches

6 / 12 / 24

Minimum 6

2 Nos. of earthing lugs, pre-loaded

Front and rear cable management rings, pre-loaded

6 Max.

1.6.4. DUPLEX SC MM PIGTAILS AND PATCH CORDS

Individual MM fibers shall be terminated in 1U Combination Shelf by fusion splicing of fiber cores to duplex SC MM pigtails

Pigtails/Patch Cords shall be with colorized 0.9mm tight-buffered cordages as per TIA norms

The duplex Pigtails/Patch Cords shall be available in various lengths, minimum being

1mtr length

Type of termination for pigtails shall be SC, and that for patch cord shall be SC-LC

Page 358 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

The quality, make and type of pigtails and patch cords used must complement the main specification of the fiber optic cable to be terminated inside the LIU such as the core diameter, whether SM or MM.

1.6.5. SINGLEX / DUPLEX SC FIBER OPTIC COUPLERS – MM

Duplex SC Fiber Optic couplers shall be used in conjunction with front faceplate to ensure proper alignment of the fibers when mating two connectors.

Duplex SC Fiber Optic Coupler shall accept the multi mode fiber connectors and shall be colour coded as per industry standard for identification.

Duplex SC Fiber Optic Coupler shall be with dust protection cover.

The quality, make and type of pigtails and patch cords used must complement the main specification of the fiber optic cable to be terminated inside the LIU such as the core diameter, whether SM or MM.

ALL FIBER OPTIC SYSTEM NETWORKING COMPONENTS MUST BE FROM A

SINGLE MANUFACTURER.

MANUFACTURER SHALL WARRANT THE COMPONENTS AND INSTALLATION

FOR A PERIOD OF 15 YEARS WITH TEST RESULTS.

THE MANUFACTURER SHALL HAVE ELABORATE PRODUCT & INSTALLATION

SUPPORT SYSTEM WITH TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE CONTACT NUMBERS

AVAILABLE 24 X 7.

1.7. Network LAN, Wifi & WAN Equipment

1.7.1. Layer 3 – Core Switch

Overview

The Core Switch shall supports advanced features that deliver a unique combination of unmatched 10 Gigabit Ethernet; Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) connectivity; high-availability architecture; full Layer 2/3 dual-stack IPv4/IPv6; and line-rate, lowlatency performance on all ports. Extensible embedded application capabilities enable these switches to integrate services into the network, consolidating devices and appliances to simplify deployment and reduce power consumption and rack space.

Extremely versatile, the switches can be used in high-performance, high-density building or department cores as part of a consolidated network; The core Switch

Page 359 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar switches shall ideal for use in the network core of buildings or departments, or as high-performance switches in the convergence layer or network edge of enterprise campus networks.

Features

i.

Quality of Service (QoS)

Powerful QoS feature: creates traffic classes based on access control lists

(ACLs), IEEE 802.1p precedence, IP, and DSCP or Type of Service (ToS) precedence; supports filter, redirect, mirror, or remark; supports the following congestion actions: strict priority (SP) queuing, weighted round robin (WRR), weighted fair queuing (WFQ), weighted random early discard (WRED), weighted deficit round robin (WDRR), and SP+WDRR

Integrated network services: with support for open application architecture (OAA) modules, extends and integrates application capability into the network

Ring Resiliency Protection Protocol (RRPP): provides fast recovery for ring

Ethernet-based topology; helps ensure consistent application performance for applications such as VoIP

ii.

Management

Remote configuration and management: is available through a secure Web browser or a CLI

IEEE 802.1ab LLDP discovery: advertises and receives management information from adjacent devices on a network

USB support: File copy: allows users to copy switch files to and from a USB flash drive.

DHCP options: provides server (RFC 2131), client, snooping, and relay options

SNMPv1, v2c, and v3: facilitate centralized discovery, monitoring, and secure management of networking devices

iii.

Connectivity

High-density port connectivity: 194 10GbE ports with a 40 Gbps resilient backplane

Data center/server room I/O consolidation: the core switch FCoE module supports two 4x4/2 Gbps FCoE modules (up to four Fibre Channel ports total) to reduce cost and complexity while boosting network performance

Jumbo frames: on Gigabit Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports, jumbo frames allow high-performance remote backup and disaster-recovery services

IPv6 native support: IPv6 host: enables switches to be managed and deployed at the IPv6 network's edge. Dual stack (IPv4/IPv6): transitions from IPv4 to IPv6,

Page 360 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar supporting connectivity for both protocols. MLD snooping: forwards IPv6 multicast traffic tothe appropriate interface. IPv6 ACL/QoS: supports ACL and QoS for IPv6 network traffic, preventing traffic flooding. IPv6 routing: supports IPv6 static routes and IPv6 versions of RIP, OSPF, IS-IS, and Border Gateway Protocol

(BGP) routing protocols.

iv.

Performance

Hardware-based wire-speed access control lists (ACLs): feature-rich ACL implementation (TCAM-based) helps provide high levels of security and ease of administration without impacting network performance

Unique versatile architecture: supports the best of both fixed-port and modular configurations

Cut-through switching: delivers wire-speed, line-rate performance on all ports, as well as cut-through switching for low latency

v.

Layer 2 switching

GARP VLAN Registration Protocol — allows automatic learning and dynamic assignment of VLANs

32K MAC addresses — provide access to many Layer 2 devices

4,094 port-based VLANs — provide security between workgroups

IEEE 802.1ad QinQ and Selective QinQ — increase the scalability of an

Ethernet network by providing a hierarchical structure; connect multiple LANs on a high-speed campus or metro network

Gigabit Ethernet port aggregation — allows grouping of ports to increase overall data throughput to a remote device

10 GbE port aggregation — allows grouping of ports to increase overall data throughput to a remote device

Spanning Tree/MSTP, RSTP, and STP Root Guard — prevent network loops

IPFIX/sFlow — allows traffic sampling

vi.

Layer 3 services

Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) — determines the MAC address of

another IP host in the same subnet; supports static ARPs; gratuitous

ARP allows detection of duplicate IP addresses; proxy ARP allows normal ARP operation between subnets or when subnets are separated by a Layer 2 network

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

— simplifies the management of large IP networks and supports client and server; DHCP

Relay enables DHCP operation across subnets

Page 361 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

vii.

Layer 3 routing

Layer 3 IPv4 routing — provides routing of IPv4 at media speed; supports static routes, RIP and RIPv2, OSPF, IS-IS, and BGP

RIP and RIPng support — provides complete support of RIP for both IPv4 and IPv6

OSPF and OSPFv3 support — provides complete support of OSPF for both

IPv4 and IPv6

IS-IS and IS-ISv6 support — provides complete support of IS-IS for both

IPv4 and IPv6

Layer 3 IPv6 routing — provides routing of IPv6 at media speed; supports static routes, RIPng, OSPFv3, IS-ISv6, and BGP4+

Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) — enables link connectivity monitoring and reduces network convergence time for RIP, OSPF, BGP, IS-

IS, VRRP, MPLS, and IRF

Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) and VRRP Extended — allow quick failover of router ports

Policy-based routing — makes routing decisions based on policies set by the network administrator

IGMPv1, v2, and v3 — allow individual hosts to be registered on a particular

VLAN

PIM-SSM, PIM-DM, and PIM-SM (for IPv4 and IPv6) — support IP Multicast address management and inhibition of DoS attacks

Equal-Cost Multipath (ECMP) — enables multiple equal-cost links in a routing environment to increase link redundancy and scale bandwidth

viii.

Security

Unicast Reverse Path Forwarding (URPF) — allows normal packets to be forwarded correctly, but discards the attaching packet due to lack of reverse path route or incorrect inbound interface; prevents source spoofing and distributed attacks; supports distributed UFPF

Defense-in-depth security — provides integrated and distributed security enforcement that can be managed from a central location, such as the HP

Intelligent Management Center (IMC)

Advanced processor queuing mechanism — helps prevent denial-ofservice (DoS) attacks, while DHCP snooping helps ensure that devices can only receive an IP address from a legitimate DHCP server on the network

IEEE 802.1X-based dynamic delivery of QoS, ACLs, and VLANs — allows complete control over user network access

Guest VLAN — similar to IEEE 802.1X, it provides a browser-based environment to authenticated clients

Port isolation — secures and adds privacy, and prevents malicious attackers from obtaining user information

MAC-based authentication — allows or denies access to the switch based on a client MAC address

Page 362 of 468

1.7.2 Layer 2 – Access Swi

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

IP Source Guard — helps prevent IP spoofing attacks

HTTPS management — provides secure Web management

Multi-Customer Edge (MCE)-Multicast Virtual Routing and Forwarding

(MVRF) — provide MPLS Edge router support

Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) — is used to control access

RADIUS/HWTACACS — eases switch management security administration by using a password authentication server

Secure Shell (SSHv2) — encrypts all transmitted data for secure, remote CLI access over IP networks

IP Source Guard — filters packets on a per-port basis, which prevents illegal packets from being forwarded

1.7.2.Layer 2 - Access Switch

Overview

Access Switch shall comprised of Gigabit Ethernet switches that support static Layer

2 features, diversified services, and IPv6 forwarding, as well as provide up to two 10-

Gigabit Ethernet (10GbE) uplink interfaces. Unique Intelligent Resilient Framework

(IRF) technology creates a virtual fabric by managing several switches as one logical device, which increases network resilience, performance, and availability, while reducing operational complexity. These switches provide Gigabit Ethernet access and can be used at the edge of a network or to connect server clusters in data centers.

High scalability provides investment protection with two expansion slots, High availability, simplified management, and comprehensive security control policies are among the key features that distinguish this series.

High scalability for investment protection

Support for multiple services

Comprehensive security control policies

Diversified quality of service (QoS) policies

Excellent manageability

Features i.

Quality of Service (QoS)

Broadcast control — allows limitation of broadcast traffic rate to cut down on unwanted network broadcast traffic

Advanced classifier-based QoS— classifies traffic using multiple match criteria based on Layer 2, 3, and 4 information; applies QoS policies such as setting priority level and rate limit to selected traffic on a port, VLAN, or whole switch

Powerful QoS feature — supports the following congestion actions: strict priority (SP) queuing, weighted round robin (WRR), and SP+WRR

Traffic policing — supports Committed Access Rate (CAR) and line rate

Page 363 of 468

B.O.B General Technical Specification B.O.B office GIFT ONE Building, Gandhinagar

ii.

Management

Friendly port names — allows assignment of descriptive names to ports

Remote configuration and management — enables configuration and management through a secure Web browser or a CLI located on a remote device

Manager and operator privilege levels — provides read-only (operator) and read/write (manager) access on CLI and Web browser management interfaces

Command authorization — leverages HWTACACS to link a custom list of

CLI commands to an individual network administrator's login; also provides an audit trail

Secure Web GUI — provides a secure, easy-to-use graphical interface for configuring the module via HTTPS

Multiple configuration files — stores easily to the flash image

Complete session logging — provides detailed information for problem identification and resolution

SNMPv1, v2c, and v3 — facilitate centralized discovery, monitoring, and secure management of networking devices

Remote monitoring (RMON) — uses standard SNMP to monitor essential network functions; supports events, alarm, history, and statistics group plus a private alarm extension group

IEEE 8